Author: UncaScroogeMcD

  • Comics in Context #49: Gray ‘n’ Green

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    I continue to be surprised by the inroads that superheroes have made into popular culture. Recently I caught part of a cable telecast of a 1980 TV movie, More Wild Wild West, reuniting the lead actors of the classic 1960s television series. The villain of the piece employed two musclemen in shorts whose skin was colored green; they were referred to in the dialogue and in the cast credits as “the Hulks.” I sat before my television set wondering: how did they get away with this? (The TV movie, by the way, was a disappointing mess, turning what had been a witty fusion of the Western and the Bondian spy thriller into a dopey and unfunny comedy. And still it was better than the later theatrical film version. The incapability of various Hollywood people to comprehend what makes the concept for a movie or TV show ““ or comics series ““ work can be stunning.)

    My guess is that Wild Wild West‘s Hulks were not directly based on the Hulk comics but on the Incredible Hulk live action television series of the 1970s. Recently I took the opportunity to watch a representative example of this show on the big screen.

    As readers of this column’s last two installments know, I spent a recent Saturday afternoon attending screenings at New York City’s Museum of Television and Radio, which has been holding a retrospective, “Look! Up at the Screen! It’s Superheroes on Television!” When I left off last week I had finished watching the first episode of The Adventures of Superman, from 1953, in a screening “package” titled “Comic-Book Classics,” in the Museum’s main theater.

    The next show in the “package” was made over a quarter of a century later: a 1979 episode of The Incredible Hulk live action series. Stan Lee and Jack Kirby had created the Hulk in 1962, a mere nine years after the start of the Superman television series, and yet the characters seem ““ and are ““ the product of different ages. Created in 1938, at the start of the Golden Age of Comics, Superman was at first a mysterious, even somewhat ruthless vigilante. But he rapidly evolved into the figure presented in the 1950s television series: the noble but humble all-American hero, benefactor of humanity. Beneath the facade of mild-mannered Clark Kent was a man who represented moral and physical perfection. Lee’s Marvel revolution of the 1960s established that superhuman powers could be a curse as well as a blessing, and portrayed protagonists with character flaws ranging from Spider-Man’s neuroses to the Hulk’s destructive rage.

    One could regard the Hulk as a nightmarish variation on Superman. Beneath his everyday identity, mild-mannered Clark Kent is a superhumanly strong hero, the perfect man. Beneath his own everyday identity, mild-mannered Bruce Banner is a rampaging, superhumanly strong monster, the dark side of humanity taken physical form. Lee was inspired by Dr. Jekyll in co-creating Bruce Banner, another doctor: Superman has the high-minded personality Jekyll hoped to gain through his experiments; the Hulk is like what Jekyll actually became, Mr. Hyde.

    The Superman and Clark sides of Kent’s personality co-exist in a healthy balance, with both selves under his conscious control, and in the 1950s TV series there is little real difference between them. Banner, in contrast, suffers from a self shattered into fragments, none of which is healthy: the “normal” Banner represses his inner anger and traumatic psychological pain, while the Hulk incarnates that pain and rage without restraint.

    So, while Superman represents a sunny optimism about humanity’s higher potential, the Hulk represents a darker, pessimistic view of the nature and fate of humanity. We’ve gone from the superhero as member of a happy family/conformist society in The Adventures of Superman to the superhero as angst-ridden outcast in TV’s Incredible Hulk, as if the optimism of the 1960s has deteriorated into despair in the 1970s.

    The episode of The Adventures of Superman that the Museum screened was clearly and unapologetically a superhero show. One thing that struck me about watching this episode of The Incredible Hulk. is that it is an object lesson in doing a superhero show while minimizing the superhero elements. The Hulk’s appearances are few and brief. There aren’t any super-villains, and the Hulk basically operates in a realistic world, in which he is the principal fantasy element.

    The Incredible Hulk television series instead puts its emphasis on Bruce Banner, whom the show renamed David Banner. (Why the name change? Perhaps it was to avoid the alliteration of Bruce Banner’s name, which may have been thought to make it sound too much like a name out of comic books. Or perhaps it was because decades ago “Bruce” was somehow considered to be a stereotypical homosexual name, before macho figures like Bruce Springsteen and Bruce Willis became famous. Or perhaps it was just a sign of Hollywood’s disdain for comics as source material: the TV show people may have simply liked the name “David” better and saw no reason to be faithful to the comic.)

    Recently I listened to director Ang Lee’s commentary track for the Hulk movie DVD. It’s striking to note the disparity between some of the Ang Lee’s intentions and how the movie actually turned out. More than once, Lee speaks on the track about how he sought to give the film “B-movie energy” (and he says this about scenes in which the Hulk doesn’t appear!) and how he conceived of the Hulk movie as “operatic.” Meanwhile, I watched the movie and, when the Hulk wasn’t onscreen, was reminded of how quiet, subdued, slow, talky and mundane most of the movie’s scenes are. Let me put it this way: it may have been a mistake watching this late at night; one would not expect that staying fully awake during a movie about the Hulk might be a problem. At one point I stopped the Hulk movie to see what was being telecast. Lo and behold, I came in on the middle of one of Peter Jackson’s Lord of the Rings movies on cable, which genuinely did have that “B-movie energy” of a genre action-adventure movie, put in the service of an A-movie, and really did have an “operatic” scale. It was if I had taken a quantum leap upwards from the level of the Hulk movie I’d been watching. Once again, I found myself wondering what the heck Ang Lee was talking about. (He also keeps saying that he finds Nick Nolte’s performance as Bruce Banner’s father funny. At one point Lee acknowledges that perhaps he’s the only one who does. I expect that may be true.)

    At another point on the commentary track, Ang Lee declares that nobody really cares about Bruce Banner, whom he dismisses as a “wimp” and a “loser.” This is a prime example of what I think of as the Everybody Syndrome, in which a person assumes that everyone shares his own opinions on a subject. Stan Lee, Peter David, Roy Thomas, Jeph Loeb, and John Byrne, among others, have done interesting work with the tormented personality of Bruce Banner in the comics. Ang Lee seems to me to be projecting his own opinion of Bruce Banner onto everyone else. Yes, the movie, drawing ultimately from Bill Mantlo’s comics work with the Hulk, gives the character of Banner a horrific childhood trauma. But the adult Banner behaves in such an understated, introverted manner that it’s hard to empathize with him. He doesn’t seem like the scientific genius of the comics, deeply committed to his research. He doesn’t seem deeply emotionally repressed, either in terms of anger or sexuality. He doesn’t seem a tragic, suffering figure. The personality of this movie Banner is virtually a blank.

    In contrast, the Hulk TV series’s Bruce Banner comes to much more vivid dramatic life. Watching this episode, I was pleased watching the late Bill Bixby’s performance of Banner as a good man figuratively weighed down by a heavy burden, repeatedly trying to conceal his dark secret, feeling distanced from other people, forever a homeless migrant, suffused by continual melancholy. Bixby’s Banner is palpably a tragic figure. He, not the Hulk, is the emotional center of the show.

    The Hulk TV show transplants a lead character from the superhero genre into a different sort of story model. The Museum of Television and Radio’s brochure for its superhero retrospective rightly calls the Hulk “a nuclear age Jean Valjean.” Valjean is the protagonist of Victor Hugo’s novel Les Miserables and hence of the celebrated musical of the same name. Imprisoned for a minor crime, stealing bread to relieve his hunger, Valjean escapes and is pursued for decades by the implacable policeman Javert. Over that time Valjean creates new identities for himself to conceal his guilt.

    More likely, though, the Hulk TV show was more directly inspired by another television series, The Fugitive, which was an earlier variant on Les Miserables, and is familiar to a new generation through the later successful film adaptation. In The Fugitive Richard Kimble, who like Banner has the title of a doctor, is unjustly accused of murdering his wife, is convicted, escapes, and is pursued by another policeman, Lieutenant Gerard. Kimble wandered through the United States, adopting false identities, encountering different people and situations and then inevitably moving on. If Valjean was guilty of a minor crime, Kimble was entirely innocent. In fact, Kimble was searching for the real killer.

    Following the pattern set by The Fugitive, the TV show Banner leads a nomadic existence, becoming involved with new people in a different place in each episode. Banner flees not the police but an investigative reporter, who is tracking down the Hulk. A reporter isn’t as serious a threat as the police, but represents a different kind of menace in an age of mass media: the public exposure of one’s personal secrets. Like Kimble and Valjean, the TV Banner hides behind false names. Banner has even faked the death of his Bruce Banner identity; ironically, the Hulk is wanted by the law, which blames him for murdering Banner.

    But in fact Banner bears the burden of his own dark, monstrous side: he is indeed “guilty.” Kimble can rightly pin the blame for the crime he is accused of on a scapegoat, the notorious one-armed man. But Banner cannot separate himself from the “guilty” party: he is inextricably linked with the Hulk.

    The opening of this Hulk episode recaps the TV series’ version of his origin. In this version there’s no “gamma bomb.” In Lee and Kirby’s origin, Banner is a nuclear physicist who has created this powerful new weapon, which has no purpose other than inflicting death on an enormous scale, and he appears to have no moral qualms about this. The bomb can be seen as an expression of the destructive rage within Banner’s repressed personality. The explosion of the gamma bomb is like the bite of the irradiated spider was to Peter Parker: in being transformed by gamma radiation into the Hulk, Banner has become the bomb in humanoid form. As I’ve noted in a previous column (way back in Comics in Context #2), Banner is a modern version of Faust, who symbolically makes a deal with the devil in the pursuit of knowledge, and pays the price.

    The TV Banner is more of a noble innocent in his origin. Like Dr. Jekyll, he was experimenting on himself in an attempt to unleash man’s higher potential, not to inflict death. Banner and Jekyll were trying to tap their Jungian “shadow” self, which they saw as buried potential for good; they inadvertently released the destructive side of the “shadow” self instead. Like Spider-Man forever paying for inadvertently causing his uncle’s death, the comics’ Bruce Banner has paid for years for inventing the gamma bomb. The TV Banner is instead the innocent victim of an experiment gone wrong.

    In Ang Lee’s movie, the blame for Banner’s transformation is displaced even further, onto a separate person: Banner’s father, who conducted genetic experiments that mutated his child. This genetic engineering combined with the effects of Bruce Banner’s exposure to gamma radiation (not from a bomb) and Bruce’s experiments in nanotechnology. These latter experiments are morally ambiguous. They are intended to enable soldiers’ bodies to repair injuries rapidly. So in a sense the nanotechnology will serve the purposes of war. But it does so through healing, so one could argue that Bruce Banner is conducting experiments to save lives, not take them. It is Banner’s father who is a killer, and whose experiments have evil intent. Significantly, the moviemakers name Banner’s father “David” (in the comics he is “Brian”), presumably as a nod to the TV series. That may also suggest that David is an aspect of Bruce. But it is an aspect he can rid himself of. Towards the movie’s end the Hulk/Bruce destroys David, who has turned himself into a monster. Like the one-armed man in The Fugitive, the movie’s David Banner becomes a scapegoat, who can be blamed and punished for evil and eliminated instead of the protagonist.

    By coincidence or not, the episode of The Incredible Hulk that the Museum chose to screen featured its own version of Banner’s father. This predated the first appearance of Banner’s father in the comics, but provides an intriguing parallel.

    In Bill Mantlo’s landmark story about Banner’s childhood (In The Incredible Hulk #312, October 1985 ““ now nearly twenty years ago!), Dr. Brian Banner was a physically abusive father and husband, a rage-aholic, who outright killed Bruce’s mother, Rebecca. Peter David, in the comics, picked up on this; later Ang Lee and screenwriter James Schamus had Bruce’s father murder the boy’s mother in the movie. This was presented by Mantlo and Lee and Schamus as the prime cause of the traumatic rage that became physically incarnate as the Hulk.

    In the television series, we see in flashbacks that Banner’s mother was seriously ill, and that young David urged his father, here named D. W. Banner, to take her to the hospital. Inexplicably, D. W. refused, and so the mother died. Dreaming about this, Banner awakes with his eyes turned green, a sign he is about to “hulk out.” Hence, the anger manifested by the Hulk connects with Banner’s anger towards his father over his mother’s death.

    Hence, this is a milder precursor of Mantlo’s and Schamus’s later scenes of Bruce’s father directly murdering his mother. I wonder if Mantlo knew this Hulk episode. In all three versions, the Hulk becomes the physical embodiment of Banner’s unresolved Freudian rage from childhood, his Oedipal resentment towards the father for depriving him of the mother.

    Now, maybe in the TV version, Banner’s father simply distrusted doctors, or, like a Christian Scientist, was opposed in principle to medical care, or even did not realize just how seriously ill his wife was. Since he did not directly kill her, and presumably did not intend her death, it is easier for David to forgive his father, as he does in the course of the episode.

    In fact, before David and D. W.’s actual reconciliation, D. W. comes face to face with the Hulk. One might think that if David still blamed D. W. for his mother’s death, the Hulk would attack him, but the Hulk just stares at him and then runs off. Apparently David’s love for his father outweighs his resentment of him.

    The TV episode also gives David Banner a sister. Hugging David and worrying about him, the sister comes off as a protective, maternal figure. She has no visible boyfriend or husband; apart from David, the man she is most closely connected with is their father. In the comics and the movie, Banner, General Ross and Betty form a Freudian triangle; David Banner, his dad and his sister form a similar but different Freudian grouping in the TV show.

    In the episode Banner’s sister and father each witness his transformation into the Hulk, yet neither of them is frightened of him. Well, why should they be? The TV Hulk looks like a bodybuilder in green body paint, which, of course, is what he’s played by. Before the creation of the technology used to create the movie’s computer-generated Hulk, this was the best they could do. The TV version doesn’t seem like a massive Hulk or like a monster at all. When he leaves the scene, he doesn’t take those gargantuan leaps from the comics, but just seems to jog away. That’s hardly very intimidating.

    It’s interesting that at one point in this episode, David Banner claims to have a radiation disease. So, by extension, becoming the Hulk is a kind of disease. That’s certainly faithful to the traditional Marvel concept that Bruce Banner’s transformations are like a curse.

    Maybe that even helps make sense out of the reactions of the TV Banner’s father and sister to seeing the Hulk. They don’t see him as a fearsome monster, a kind of green King Kong, but as a distorted version of a human being.

    Watching this episode, I also thought that though Stan Lee says that the Hulk was inspired by Mr. Hyde and Frankenstein’s Monster, the character has another forebear in classic horror. The Hulk is also like a werewolf, the man who transforms into a beast, an incarnation of his dark side; indeed, originally in the comics, Bruce Banner turned into the Hulk at sunset and back again at dawn. Bixby’s portrayal of the Hulk reminds me of treatments of werewolves in movies and television, so often as good people who cannot help turning into monsters, and must continually wander from town to town lest their secret be exposed.

    Interesting as its variants on the Hulk mythos may be, this episode was not particularly good. It had the usual dramatic slackness of much of 1970s television, meandering in pace, insufficiently developing supporting characters and dramatic relationships, and visually undistinguished. Here’s a measure of the dullness of the plot: it turns on Banner’s development of a method to speed up the life cycle of bugs so they won’t destroy local crops! Then there was the standard issue corporate villain, dressed in expensive 1970s clothing, that now looks quite repellent, who wants Banner killed before he tampers with the bugs.

    Considering how uninspired most of the episode was, its high point displayed unexpected imagination as well as a bigger budget that had earlier been in evidence: Banner transforms into the Hulk while hanging onto a small airplane in flight. Still, the Hulk’s reactions seem surprisingly subdued, and it seems improbable that he would have behaved so intelligently in not upsetting the plane.

    There lies a major problem with the TV show as well as the movie: the Hulk is so underdeveloped as a character. In the comics, Bruce Banner is not necessarily dull as Ang Lee contends, but he is of secondary importance to the Hulk. In large part that is because the comics’ Hulk can talk, enabling his writers to explore and develop his personality, and to have the Hulk articulate his emotions and desires. As comics readers know, the Hulk can even manifest different personalities. The most familiar is the traditional childlike green Hulk, who mood swings between his catastrophic temper tantrums, his defiant insistence on solitude, and his lonely longing for companionship. Then there is the more intelligent and Hyde-like gray version of the Hulk.

    But the TV Hulk does not talk; the movie Hulk only speaks two lines (one in Bruce’s hallucination). Their personalities seem restricted to a short spectrum of responses: rage at enemies or awkward, confused stillness when confronting a loved one, like Betty in the movie or his relatives in the TV episode. Thus the Hulk really comes across only as a kind of animal, often wild, sometimes tame, whereas the writers of the comic book Hulk can turn him into Banner’s distorted mirror image, a character as complicated as Banner’s “normal” human self can be.

    As an example, I am taking this opportunity to revisit another of my columns about the Hulk, which dealt with the initial issue of writer Jeph Loeb and artist Tim Sale’s Hulk: Gray mini-series (see Comics in Context #16.) It’s my hope that whenever I review the first issue of a limited series, if it seems interesting enough, to do a subsequent critique of the entire series after its completion.

    My original qualm about the first issue was that Loeb and Sale redid scenes from Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s first Hulk story, with Loeb rewriting Lee’s dialogue. My preference would be to keep the original dialogue intact, just as Sale, without imitating Kirby’s style, adheres to his basic designs for the characters. It seems to me that the major comics companies too often act as if individual creators are unimportant except as sources of raw material that can be reshaped by contemporary writers, artists and editors at will. To my mind, to rewrite Lee’s dialogue from his classic work implies that his writing style has no real artistic value.

    However, now that I have the new hardcover collection of the entire Hulk: Gray series, I can see that most of it consists of brand new sequences that Loeb and Sale have inserted into the first twenty-four to forty-eight hours since Bruce Banner’s initial transformation into the Hulk. I have no problem with inserting new scenes or even dialogue into “gaps” in the original story; I’ve done this myself in some of the few Marvel stories I’ve written dealing with past continuity.

    Loeb’s expanded tale of the Hulk’s origin is contained within a present-day framing sequence in which Bruce Banner has a session with his psychiatrist, longtime supporting character Dr. Leonard Samson, himself a superhero known as Doc Samson. Through this device Loeb provides insights into Banner’s personality through subtle means that one does not expect in superhero comics, which usually operate in broad strokes. (In the Tuesday, August 10 New York Times is a new article about the ongoing dispute among psychiatrists over the value of traditional talk therapy in this new age of Prozac. But I note that the traditional “talking cure” retains its grip on popular culture, whether in Frasier or The Sopranos or this Hulk: Gray series.)

    Claiming that he came because he needed to talk to someone (it is the anniversary of his wedding to Betty Ross, now supposedly deceased), Bruce then tells Samson that perhaps he merely wanted to get out of the rain. Demonstrating his knowledge of French scatological references, Samson replies that “that’s the biggest pile of merde I’ve heard all day.” Here Loeb signals his method to the readers: we are not necessarily to take what Banner says at face value. The Hulk is a manifestation of Banner’s unhealthy psyche; what Banner will say inadvertently points to his psychological problems. In literary criticism, Banner would be classified as an “unreliable narrator.”

    For example, Banner responds to the “merde” accusation with an understated warning, “I wouldn’t take that tone with me,” as the colorist gives Banner’s eyes and forearm a Hulk-green hue. Banner tells Samson, “If I were in your shoes, I would be” afraid of him, and then Banner admits to being afraid himself. But Banner is not just talking about how everyone, including himself, fears the Hulk: this was a passive-aggressive threat, the Hulk’s anger emerging into the surface of the Banner persona.

    Significantly, the green on Bruce’s forearm vanishes once he acknowledges his own fear of the Hulk and then opens his fist to reveal Betty’s ring: Bruce is afraid of the loss of Betty, which he blames on his life as the Hulk.

    In my previous column about Hulk: Gray, I wrote about the following sequence, in which Bruce comments on photographs of General “Thunderbolt” Ross, his longtime nemesis (whose nickname conjures up images of Zeus), and Rick Jones, the boy he saved from the gamma bomb blast, and unwittingly demonstrates the psychological phenomenon of projection. Banner denies hating Ross, but claims that Ross hates him. The General does hate the Hulk, and has often hated Banner, too. But we know that the Hulk hates Ross; surely Banner does too, after so many years of persecution by him. Is Banner in denial about his feelings towards Ross, accusing Ross of the hatred Banner himself feels? Seeing Rick’s photo, Banner hesitates (“um”) and then says “Guilt.” Samson asks if “You blame Rick?” “No,” replies Banner, “he blames himself, don’t you think?” But wouldn’t Banner, at least unconsciously, blame Rick for what happened to him? If Rick had not gone onto the test site, Banner would never have become the Hulk.

    For a starting point for their conversation, Samson suggests Bruce talk about his father. “We’ve done that to death, haven’t we?” says Bruce, dismissively. Is this merely Loeb’s way of signaling that he is going to deal with the Lee-Kirby origin story, and not Mantlo’s story of Bruce’s childhood trauma? Or is this Loeb’s sly reference to the story Peter David wrote revealing that Bruce finally killed his father?

    From here Loeb and Sale shift to the moment at which Banner was caught in the gamma bomb blast. Banner’s skeleton is illuminated in a green glow by the radiation, not only suggesting the traditional green color of the Hulk, but also making clear that this is Banner’s symbolic death, from which he will be resurrected not as a god but as a monster.

    When Banner revives from the blast, Rick thanks Bruce for rescuing him and tells the doctor treating him that Bruce is his “dad.” Since the doctor told Rick he’d get in trouble if he had been “snooping” around the army base, presumably Rick thought it best to conceal his and Bruce’s true identities. Still, the fact that Rick chooses to call Bruce his “dad” is revealing: an orphan, perhaps Rick sees Bruce, the adult who saved his life, as the father figure he’s longed for. This enables Loeb to establish the nature of Rick’s relationship with Banner, dismissing the homophobic Wertham theory about kid sidekicks.

    Once the doctor has left, Banner bursts into anger at Rick. The present day Banner speculates that it was because Rick had called him his father, causing Bruce to think of his own father, who is the object of his long-repressed anger. This is a clever stratagem of Loeb’s: the furious Banner is at once rebelling against the idea of being someone’s “father” and yet, by taking out his wrath on Rick, is actually behaving like his father: the abused child finds himself repeating his father’s anger, though not yet his physical abuse. Moreover, Banner’s rage at Rick triggers his first transformation into the Hulk, which begins with Bruce’s eyes turning green, which may be a nod to the television series.

    As In the first issue of his series in 1962, the Hulk is colored gray. Commenting on the Hulk’s first rampage through the army base, the present day Banner hypothesizes, “Maybe this was the price I had to pay for unleashing the Gamma Bomb into the world.” So Loeb too recognizes what I’ve called the Faust theme underlying the Hulk’s origin. Whether Lee and Kirby consciously thought this was Banner’s punishment for creating the Gamma Bomb, I do not know. In 1962, the height of the Cold war, perhaps they considered it Banner’s moral duty to devise weaponry for the United States; keep in mind that in the 1960s Tony Stark, alias Iron Man, was a munitions maker. Yet the Faust interpretation fits the Hulk origin.

    In issue two Loeb may take it too far in suggesting that in rushing out to save Rick from the blast, Banner was acting out a death wish inspired by his own guilt over creating the bomb. As Banner himself points out, he had given the order for the countdown to be suspended, so he would be safe. He never could have expected that his assistant was a spy and would ignore the order. Perhaps a better question might be why Banner didn’t simply have General Ross send out soldiers to take Rick to safety. Why did Banner choose to do it himself?

    Loeb likewise gives Betty Ross, the General’s daughter, who loves Banner but seems nearly as repressed, her own subconscious death wish. Warned of a mysterious threat, Betty nonetheless foolishly opens her door on hearing a knock, only to be confronted by the Hulk. Samson points out that at this juncture she thought that Banner was dead. Hence, subconsciously, she may have felt she had no more reason to live. We could go beyond Loeb and Samson’s hypotheses: perhaps Betty regarded a relationship with Bruce as her only hope of getting out from under the heavy hand of her domineering father. This may be yet more reason why she no longer cares about living. (How appropriate it is that both Bruce and Betty have problems with oppressive fathers, while Rick suffers from not having a father.)

    At first Betty is surprisingly brave, defying the Hulk before finally collapsing unconscious in the more familiar kind of reaction for an ingenue in an early 1960s monster movie. Here Loeb may be suggesting the feistier, more independent side of Betty that would emerge in the Hulk series decades later, in more feminist-friendly times.

    General Ross arrives and directs an attack on the Hulk. The present day Banner points out that Ross was endangering Betty, whom the Hulk was holding. Ross threatens to kill the Hulk if the monster harms Betty, and yet Ross came close to killing her himself through what seems his own disposition towards using violence, regardless of the consequences.

    “We’ll show that ““ Hulk ““ what it means to mess with this man’s army.” Top priority for General Ross seems to be proving he’s a bigger alpha male than the Hulk. How different is this from the Hulk’s mantra about being “the strongest one of all”?

    Ross refers to Betty as “my little girl,” which may seem simply a fond, fatherly endearment towards someone who is actually now a grown woman. But on the very next page Ross’s phrase takes on spooky undertones. He finds Betty’s baseball from her childhood and recalls how she “actually wanted to play baseball” as a child; the phrasing suggests Ross’s amazement that she would want to do something so untraditionally feminine. Ross also muses that Betty would ask “why girls can’t be soldiers.” This indicates that Betty, as a child, resisted being confined to traditional feminine roles. But Ross has now given her the sedative that he says her late mother would take when she became “overexcited.” Ross notes that “no one would need to know” about the sedative, and says, “I worry that you’ll be. . .just like” her mother. Can we deduce from all this that Ross actually sedated Betty’s mother whenever she acted in too independent a fashion, and that it is because he fears that Betty will take after her mother that he has been so domineering towards her? General Ross intends to keep Betty as his “little girl,” right there with him on the base, and away from potential suitors like Banner.

    Through present-day Banner and Samson’s comments on the flashback in which Rick finds Banner (who awakes after spending the night as the Hulk), Loeb explicitly establishes Bruce’s transformations into the Hulk as a metaphor for alcoholism: Banner too can wake up after wreaking all sorts of damage as the Hulk and not even remember what he’s done. (By the way, usually in the 1960s Banner remembers little or nothing of his experiences as the Hulk, as Loeb acknowledges in the notes at the back of the book. As if he had drunk too much alcohol, Banner in effect “blacks out.” To make this framing sequence work, Loeb must have Banner remember what the Hulk did, at least in those initial hours of the Hulk’s existence. But, as noted, Loeb has indicated that Banner’s memories are not altogether reliable.)

    Loeb and Sale recreate an iconic motif from the early Hulk stories, in which Banner has Rick imprison him in an underground cave. The Hulk’s pounding at his prison door, bellowing to “Banner! Let Hulk out! Out of dark!” is a brilliant dramatic metaphor for Banner’s attempts to suppress the Hulk side of his psyche. As usual in the 1960s, the Hulk thinks of Banner as a separate person and an enemy. The Hulk thus suffers from his own form of denial: obsessed with being “the strongest one of all,” he cannot acknowledge he is also the “puny human” Banner. (Oddly, by the opening of the third issue, the Hulk is out of the cave. Loeb and Sale have chosen not to explain why he isn’t still trapped.)

    In the opening of the third issue, the Hulk, like a child, has adopted a rabbit as a “friend” and unintentionally kills it by petting it too hard. In the back of the book, Tim Sale ascribes the inspiration for this scene to the Boris Karloff Frankenstein movie. Can this possibly also be an allusion to Lenny, the strong but childlike and retarded character in John Steinbeck’s Of Mice and Men? Whenever you see a cartoon from Hollywood’s Golden Age with a big, not particularly bright character who is obsessively fond of rabbits or other small animals, as in Chuck Jones’s The Abominable Snow Rabbit, that’s a parody of Steinbeck’s Lenny.

    In this sequence Loeb introduces another interesting theme. Samson points out to the present day Banner that the Hulk “at least in the way you told the story” (reminding us that Banner is an unreliable narrator), did not intend to kill the rabbit and was “innocent.” Banner denies that the Hulk is ever “innocent.” Burdened by guilt over the Hulk’s actions, Banner, perhaps surprisingly, judges the Hulk more harshly than Samson does or than we might. Loeb and Sale are presenting the traditional 1960s Hulk, who has the personality of a small child, as likely to adopt a pet as to throw a temper tantrum. (In notes at the back of the volume Loeb characterizes the Hulk as a “monstrous child.”) Banner interprets the Hulk differently, it seems: as an evil Hyde-like being.

    In notes in the back of the Hulk: Gray hardcover, Loeb observes that the Hulk “transcends the simple Jekyll & Hyde/black and white metaphor because the Hulk has an innocence about him that Hyde never had. There are people-Ross in particular ““ who see the world in black and white. There is a clear line between good and evil. In Ross’s mind the Hulk is a monster. There is no other choice.” It would appear that Banner may agree with Ross on this. But he is wrong, as Samson maintains. The title Hulk: Gray refers, then, not just to the Hulk’s original color but to the notion that the Hulk cannot be judged in black and white terms. In fact, all of the major characters’ psyches are more complex than one might first think.

    Samson counters Banner’s insistence on the Hulk’s evil by noting that despite all the destruction that the Hulk causes, no one was ever killed. That’s true of the Hulk into the 1990s. Hulk: Gray isn’t acknowledging the more recent treatment of the Hulk, in which the monster has indeed caused people’s deaths through his rampages, worsening Banner’s sense of guilt.

    Despite Banner’s condemnation of the Hulk, in the present-day dialogue he also seeks to shift blame to General Ross. Banner offers to bet that Ross has made more people’s lives “miserable” than the Hulk has; Samson pointedly refuses to take the bet.

    Interrogating Rick about the Hulk, Ross finally hits him. Ross is an oppressive father figure: he is literally Betty’s father, and he is symbolically a father figure to Banner and even to Rick. In striking Rick, he is unwittingly repeating the behavior of Bruce’s abusive father. So it makes metaphorical sense that as soon as Ross hits Rick, the enraged Hulk, the personification of Banner’s anger towards his father, bursts in.

    In the fourth issue there follows a battle between the Hulk and Iron Man, wearing the bulky golden armor from the early days of his career. (The Hulk’s first issue was cover-dated May 1962, and Iron Man debuted in Tales of Suspense #39, cover-dated March 1963. Hulk: Gray supplies further evidence that Iron Man’s career began earlier in Marvel history than his first story’s publication date would suggest.)

    As the Hulk and Iron Man wage furious combat in the artwork, the present-day Banner recounts a story about a collie tied to a tree by his owner, who started firing a gun towards him; unable to escape, the collie was terrified, traumatized, and driven to brutal violence himself. At one point, Banner says, the owner got drunk: this should remind the reader of the previous comparison of the Hulk to an alcoholic. Samson asks which of the two enemies, the Hulk and General Ross, is the collie and which is the owner. Banner replies, “There are days when I can’t tell the difference.”

    This dark parable indicates that beneath all of the Hulk’s and Ross’s bravado and blustering threats, each is actually terrified by the other. It’s surprising that Banner recognizes Ross’s insecurity. It’s also notable that Banner is also accusing both the Hulk and Ross of genuinely sadistic behavior towards the other.

    What further interests me about this is that since Loeb runs the story about the collie through the fight between the Hulk and Iron Man, perhaps he means us to see both the terrified collie and the brutal owner within Iron Man as well. That’s a very unusual take on a character who is traditionally depicted as a classic hero.

    At one point Samson comments on the Hulk’s difficulty in telling Betty he loves her; this reflects Banner’s own inhibitions about telling her the same thing. But the Hulk ends up abducting Betty and insisting that she stay with him. I wonder if this is another example of the Hulk breaking through Banner’s repression, acting on the feelings that at that time Banner did not dare voice.

    At the end of the Iron Man-Hulk fight, the Hulk lashes out at Betty, apparently not realizing who he was hitting, injuring her. The Hulk, as his Banner self would, now feels guilty and takes the unconscious Betty to a gas station, searching for first aid supplies. (There is an “Atlas” sign at the station, perhaps a reference to a previous name for Marvel.)

    Banner takes issue with Samson for saying the Hulk hurt Betty. “You mean when I hurt Betty,” Banner retorts, “the first time.” So again Banner is blaming himself for the Hulk’s actions, and here linking his guilt over the Hulk’s injuring Betty to Banner’s guilt over the way his marriage to Betty led to her death. (She was given radiation poisoning by the Hulk’s enemy, the Abomination, who symbolically is an evil version of the Hulk.)

    Then, returning to the theme of a previous disagreement, Samson contends that the Hulk hurt Betty by “accident” and should be commended for trying to heal her. Banner tells Samson not to “excuse the Hulk’s behavior as ‘an accident.’” Now that’s actually something one might expect a psychiatrist to say: that there are no accidents, and hence the Hulk subconsciously intended to strike her. (And this would be the Hulk repeating Brian Banner’s physical brutality towards his wife.) Moreover, Banner is again refusing to acknowledge the Hulk’s childlike innocence. In refusing to excuse the Hulk for anything he does, Banner is also heaping further guilt upon himself for the Hulk’s actions. (Though this is an understandable reaction, I wonder if Banner’s obsession with guilt is also just as much a means of self-dramatization as the Hulk’s continual boasts about being the strongest.) Loeb significantly places a caption in which Banner forbids Samson to “excuse” the Hulk in a full page panel in which the Hulk tells Betty, “Hulk sorry.” The childlike Hulk seeks redemption; the embittered, cynical adult Banner denies the possibility of forgiveness for the Hulk or for himself. Looking at Betty as she begins to revive, the Hulk looks terrified, and the reader should recall from the opening pages Banner’s own confession of fear of the harm that the Hulk can inflict.

    Once more awake, Betty rages at the Hulk, shouting “You are not going to destroy me!” This seems rather Hulk-like of her, and why not? At this point in the Hulk’s history, she’s another inhibited person who’s been bottling up anger inside herself her whole life, and now she has the opportunity to let it out.

    Here the theme of the unreliable narrator reaches its apex. Hearing Banner describe Betty’s angry defiance of the Hulk, Samson asks, “is this what happened or is it how you remembered what happened?” Banner finally admits, “The memory of how she was at the end of her life rings truer to me than maybe how she really was back then.”

    So, again, Loeb lets us know that Banner is not necessarily recounting events as they actually took place. In Betty’s case, this enables Loeb to avoid presenting Betty as the stereotypical helpless, timid ingenue she could seem in the early 1960s, though elsewhere in Hulk: Gray he uses that very image to show how the domineering General Ross has tried to keep her in a submissive, childlike role. Maybe, in imagining Betty as more assertive and less frightened than she was, Banner is unconsciously trying to lessen his guilt over the Hulk’s actions towards her. Or perhaps the angry Betty he imagines berating the Hulk is voicing Banner’s own self-accusations.

    In underlining the idea of Banner as unreliable narrator, Loeb can justify the departures that Hulk: Gray makes from exact continuity. As panels from the early Lee-Kirby Hulk reprinted in the back of the book show, the Hulk was actually more articulate back then than he is in Hulk: Gray. Loeb’s Hulk speaks in the more familiar style, like a small child with a limited vocabulary, that the Hulk spoke when his series was revived in Tales to Astonish. But this, perhaps, is how Banner recalls how the Hulk voiced his simple emotional responses. The idea of Banner’s imperfect memory of these events even excuses the substitution of new dialogue in the recreation of Lee-Kirby Hulk scenes.

    Betty pleads with the Hulk to let her go, and the Hulk glowers at her, commanding, “Stay.” Is he becoming as possessive towards her as her father?

    Samson points out to the present day Banner that Betty’s reactions, as he described them, including her anger leading to depression, comprise the five stages of grief. We are thus reminded that Betty thinks that Bruce Banner, the man she loves, is dead, understandably unable to recognize him in his monstrous alter ego. She makes her earlier death wish explicit: “Maybe I’d be better off dead. . . .”

    Ultimately, decades later in Marvel publishing history, Betty does end up dead (at least for now, since virtually all Marvel deaths seem reversible). Do Banner ““ and Loeb ““ see Betty’s death wish when confronted by the Hulk as an omen of her future? Did Betty actually say this, or is Banner, haunted by her death, imagining that she said it? Considering the way he projected his own emotions onto others in the early scene with the photos, is it possible that the guilt-ridden Banner is really imagining Betty voicing his own death wish, that was established earlier in this series?

    As the final issue begins, the Hulk and General Ross confront each other. “Ross hunt Hulk. Hulk find Ross!” says the angry Hulk. There’s brief but interesting phrasing. It implies that Ross and the Hulk have been stalking each other. And in keeping with their game of one-upmanship, the Hulk claims to “find” Ross, implying that he succeeded where Ross failed, though in fact they seem to have simultaneously “found” each other.

    Banner recalls, “the only thing I’m sure of is. . .I wanted to kill Ross that night.” The way he puts it suggests that this is an exception to the rule that Banner’s unreliable narration draws the events he describes into question: Loeb wants us to believe that the Hulk really did want to kill Ross.

    Banner goes on, “And that either would’ve been the smartest thing the Hulk ever did. . .or something nine of us could have lived with from that point on. . . .” And that suggests that even present-day Banner is still morally conflicted over this moment, that Banner, in his human persona, is still tempted by the desire to murder his nemesis. Ross is a negative father figure who surely reminds Banner/Hulk of his own father. In “smashing” Ross, Banner/Hulk symbolically strikes back at his own father. Soon Banner labels Ross “psychotic,” a description that would presumably fit Brian Banner as well.

    Loeb’s Ross keeps calling the Hulk a “monster,” and the Hulk roars back, “Hulk is not a monster!” Can Loeb be alluding to Mantlo’s story, in which Brian Banner insanely thought of his infant son Bruce as a “monster.” In Ang Lee’s film David Banner applies the same word to the movie’s infant Bruce.

    Also, as this series has been reiterating, the Hulk and General Ross are mirror images of each other. So, in “smashing” Ross, the Hulk, driven by Banner’s guilt, may also subconsciously be attempting to punish his own dark side.

    The Hulk seizes Ross and holds him helpless, while the General defiantly baits him. Ross orders his men to fire on the Hulk, but they hesitate, telling him that Ross is “in harm’s way.” Earlier, Ross didn’t let Betty’s proximity to the Hulk stay his hand, and now he reiterates his order to shoot. So perhaps this is General Ross’s own death wish in action. And perhaps Ross too subconsciously recognizes the Hulk as his mirror image, and that hence to kill one of them is symbolically to kill the other.

    Samson emphasizes that, despite the extreme provocation, the Hulk did not kill Ross: the Hulk, in Samson’s view, is simply not a killer. Ultimately, the Hulk gives in to Betty’s plea not to kill her father, but there were long moments before she arrived in the scene when the Hulk was just holding onto Ross, as if frozen in place. Considering how the Hulk so easily gets carried away by his own rage, enough to lash out at Betty without thinking, as we saw earlier, I find it hard to believe that he refrained for so long in this scene from smashing Ross into oblivion.

    Maybe this sequence needed more work. Bruce Banner created a nuclear weapon that he knew could kill millions, yet, confronted by the sight of a lone boy in danger of death, Rick Jones, rushed out himself to save him. Is something similar going on here, that the Hulk will gleefully lay waste to weapons but, face to face with a single victim, cannot bring himself to kill in cold blood? Despite Banner’s hatred for his father (and actually killing him in a Peter David story), is Banner/Hulk still cowed by the moral taboo against patricide, even against a symbolic father/authority figure like General Ross?

    Infuriated by Betty’s attempt to defuse this confrontation, Ross calls the Hulk a “creature,” thereby denying him his humanity, and calls Betty an “insolent child,” denying her the status of an adult who can make decisions for herself. As for that word “insolent,” “Thunderbolt” Ross storms that Betty is “just like your mother. Confusing defiance with heroism.” Ross, it seems, is a father/authority figure who demands submission and unquestioning obedience from everyone, including his soldiers, his wife and his daughter. Ross sedated his wife and daughter to prevent them from “defying” him. So the Hulk is a particularly nightmarish figure for him: the ultimate rebel (who will turn out to be his potential son-in-law). Readers may see heroism in the Hulk’s defiance of the military that will not leave him alone; Ross castigates those who link “defiance” with “heroism.” (Samson, however, implies that Banner may again be unreliable in describing Ross’s “borderline psychotic” behavior in this scene, as if to justify the Hulk’s murderous rage at him.)

    At the end of Banner’s reminiscences, Bruce, back in human form, returns to the base and tells General Ross “I’m sorry” for having been missing for so long. This apology only provokes a torrent of verbal abuse from Ross, who lambastes Banner as “weak” and “cowardly.” The words “I’m sorry” remind me of the “Hulk sorry” line earlier. The Hulk’s remorse over harming Betty is one of his saving graces; Ross regards contrition as a sign of weakness.

    The long flashback ends with Betty directly stating one of the book’s themes: “Daddy, you’re as horrible as that Hulk!”

    Back in the present, Bruce Banner concludes that he is indeed a “coward” for failing to admit to himself the conclusion he’s drawn from the mirror image theme of this series. Banner concludes that if the Hulk and General Ross are indeed so much alike, then Betty loved him, Bruce, even after finding out he was the Hulk, for the same reason she loved her father: she is drawn to loving “monsters.”

    As if referring to the symbolism of the title of this series, Samson cautions that “Not everything is. . .as black and white as you’re saying.” He is warning Banner against oversimplifications. But this concluding sequence of the story is visually depicted in black and white, with green as the color of the present day Hulk, and this reflects Banner’s mindset. Continuing to hate the Hulk and his human self, Banner chooses to believe that Betty only loved him because there was something wrong with her.

    Maybe there’s a Freudian rivalry going on here, as if Banner is hurt at the idea that Betty loved him because she saw him as identical to her father. Or perhaps Banner’s fear is that Betty loved Bruce not for his human side, but for his monstrous persona, which he himself detests? Is it that Banner sees Betty as someone who will not break away from a father who abuses her, whereas Banner, as the Hulk, is in outright rebellion against oppressive father figures? Worse, if Bruce thinks that Betty identifies him with her tyrannical father, that may make Bruce see a similarity between himself and the abusive Brian Banner. We’ve already seen Bruce explode into the Hulk’s rage when Rick Jones called him “Dad.”

    In the concluding notes, Loeb states that “By the end of our tale, Banner has a new understanding. . .But it’s not necessarily the right understanding.” Banner sees a new aspect to his past, but still lacks a complete vision and comprehension of what happened. Banner’s understanding of his life, of other people, and of himself is fragmented, just as his psyche itself is. He hasn’t pieced together the entire truth no more than he has yet integrated his multiple personas.

    So, despite my original qualms about Loeb and Sale’s Hulk project, it ultimately emerges as a true tribute to the stature of Lee and Kirby’s origin story and an object lesson in reinterpreting classic comics work without tampering with the original. So many comics professionals feel the need to rewrite and reboot classic material, so often losing the creative strengths of the originals in the process. In exploring and elaborating upon the themes and characterizations in Lee and Kirby’s original Hulk stories, Loeb and Sale demonstrate just why Lee and Kirby’s best works are enduring classics: they have psychological and thematic depth that have resonated with readers for decades.

    Moreover, Hulk: Gray shows how complex and dramatic the characters of Banner and the Hulk can be. The 1970s television series only scratched the surface. The more ambitious 2003 movie still did not go far enough. As yet the Hulk has still received his best work in the medium that spawned him: the supposedly lowly comic book.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #48: Small Town Kryptonian in the Big City

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In the last installment of this column, I began my first day attending the Museum of Television & Radio’s summer retrospective, “Look! Up at the Screen! It’s Superheroes on Television.” I had had high hopes for this exhibition, but found myself dismayed by the Museum’s display of art from bad 1960s superhero animation and Underoo designs.

    Finally, it was three o’clock, and the retrospective’s Main Event of the day commenced in the MT & R Theater on the Museum’s Concourse level (below the street floor). This is the New York branch of the Museum’s largest screening room, a genuine auditorium where television shows are projected onto a movie-sized screen.

    The size of the projected images and the setting, a theater within a midtown Manhattan museum, alter the experience of watching television shows. Watching television at home is a more intimate experience, since one watches alone or with one or a few other people. The smaller size of the screen (for those of us without those huge home theaters) makes television seem less important than a wide-screen movie. And watching television is an everyday experience, one that you can get for free (on broadcast channels as opposed to cable, anyway), and so it’s easy to take TV for granted.

    But here, at the Museum, watching old television programs can be like watching film, an artform with higher cultural standing. Marshall McLuhan would contend that film is a “hotter” medium than television: one relaxes more with the “cooler” television medium, but concentrates more on film. So one watches film with a different kind of attentiveness, and presumably watches television programs shown as if they were films that same way. A while back I saw the Buffy the Vampire Slayer episode “Hush” on the Museum’s big screen during its horror retrospective, and it came across as if it were a feature film. It’s also interesting to watch television shows as part of an audience in a theater: for example, to hear the laughs at Joss Whedon’s witty dialogue.

    So, this first program in the Museum’s main theater was titled “Comic-Book Classics,” and comprised three early television adaptations of iconic superheroes from the comics.

    The first show in this triple bill was from the 1950s television series The Adventures of Superman, starring the late George Reeves as the Man of Steel. The Museum made a good choice in selecting the very first episode of the series, Superman on Earth, from 1953, a recounting of Superman’s origin that provides interesting points of comparison with other versions of the Superman mythos in the comics, movies, and later television series.

    Superman is meant for storytelling media that can transform fantasy into reality. On the comics page Superman can perform any feat his writers and artists can conceive. Superman worked well on radio, back in the classic era of radio drama, when writers and actors created a theater of the imagination, conjuring fantastic visions within the listeners’ minds. The Max Fleischer cartoons were perfect for Superman: animation could depict superhuman spectacles long before the rise of CGI.

    So how, then, could Superman work on low budget 1950s TV?

    Considering the obvious limitations, this first episode succeeded quite well. It began with the familiar opening to the series, which simply and effectively evokes the epic, cosmic scale of the Superman concept. There is the opening shot of Superman standing against a background of large planets in the black void of space, as if he is a god. As the narrator describes how this “strange visitor from another planet” masquerades as mild-mannered reporter Clark Kent, the image of actor George Reeves as Superman fades into that of Reeves in his Clark Kent guise, complete with glasses. That simple dissolve evokes the idea of Superman as a god who descends to Earth to become human, this reiteration of a mythic motif that can be found in Greek mythology and the Bible.

    This first episode recounts Superman’s origin, and the narrator informs us that the planet Krypton is populated by “a race of supermen.”

    This notion goes back to Superman creators Jerry Siegel and Joe Shuster’s original version of his origin. In the more familiar versions since the 1930s, Kryptonians had no superhuman powers on their native world. This first episode actually treats the question rather ambiguously. We are told that the Kryptonians are “supermen,” and yet they display no super-powers in the Krypton sequence. Certainly they do not fly off the planet to escape its doom! Still, the narration plants the idea in the viewers’ minds that Krypton is, in a sense, a world of gods, an Olympus heading towards doom, Asgard on the verge of Ragnarok.

    That doom does not come about through the now-familiar scenario of Krypton’s explosion. There is no talk of Krypton’s uranium core, as in Silver age Superman comics, or of the doomsday weapon that John Byrne established as the cause of Krypton’s destruction in his rebooted continuity. These were surely inspired by the atomic age, the bombing of Hiroshima, and fears of nuclear war, all of which came about years after Superman’s first appearance in 1938.

    Instead, in this television version, Krypton is going to fall into its sun. That’s perhaps even a grander and more horrifying apocalypse than the planet’s explosion: surely the Kryptonians would have been incinerated before the planet was actually consumed. This scenario, however, does not account for the creation of Kryptonite, the radioactive fragments of the destroyed planet, which had already been introduced on the radio show. Had no one thought of introducing Kryptonite into the television series as yet? Moreover, just what caused Krypton to start falling out of its orbit towards the sun? Perhaps there’s another reason why the explosion scenario prevailed in the Superman legend.

    Now there is the traditional scene of Superman’s father, the brilliant scientist Jor-El, standing before Krypton’s ruling council (which will be called the Science Council in later comics stories, indicating that Krypton is a technocracy). Since this show was made in the 1950s, everyone on the Council is a male Caucasian, most well along in years.

    Jor-El plays the same role that Cassandra did in the Trojan War, warning about a future disaster but believed by no one. (Unlike the unfortunate princess of Troy, Jor-El does have one person who believes him, his wife Lara.) This scene, in its many versions, is a dramatic part of the Superman legend. Anyone can relate to Jor-El’s situation who has been unable to persuade people in power to recognize what seems to him or her to be an obvious truth. The ruling council represents any established body of power run by people with closed minds, whether in politics, religion, business, or any other field. They are the managers and bureaucrats, not the visionaries. They are the establishment, who will not and can not look beyond the status quo, or beyond maintaining their own power within it.

    John Byrne once stated that the sterile, repressed Krypton he depicted in The Man of Steel “deserved to die.” Other versions of Superman’s origin portray Krypton as a lost paradise. But the ruling council seem to bring their own doom upon themselves through their blindness. Jor-El is a Campbellian herald, issuing the call to adventure, to leave their world and save themselves. And as Joseph Campbell warned, when people refuse the call to adventure, they risk grave consequences.

    Krypton has often been depicted as a technocracy, ruled by scientists, presumably an appealing notion for various science fiction aficionados of the mid-twentieth century. But notice how in this episode, and so often in other versions of this scene, the Council members refuse to examine Jor-El’s evidence. This is strange behavior for scientists. The Council members’ complacent insistence that Krypton is safe, and that those tremors in the ground are just minor nuisances, seems nearly ideological. They refuse to consider the ideas that Krypton is vulnerable, that their knowledge is inadequate, that their security is an illusion. They so want to be right so they will not consider any evidence to the contrary.

    Those of you who have been reading the 9/11 Commission’s report about the United States’ preparedness against terrorism before the September 11 attacks should see the parallels here.

    The ruling council scene (and Jor-El) were not part of the “original” version of Superman’s origin. Yet I wonder, since Superman is a creation of the late 1930s if Siegel and Shuster consciously or unconsciously had been thinking of isolationist Americans and Europeans who did not foresee that the menace of Hitler would lead to World War II. Indeed, Superman has repeatedly been regarded as a symbol of the immigrant. Krypton’s destruction and Superman’s escape to Earth, specifically to America, could easily be a metaphor for the Nazis’ destruction of the “world” of European Jews, save for those relative few who had gone to the “New World” of America.

    This pilot episode presumably had a bigger budget than the standard installments of the series, but not that much more. But considering my expectations were low, the Kryptonian scenes were okay. The ruling council set and costumes were decent enough. Jor-El and Lara’s home hardly looked alien or even well furnished, but their costumes were serviceable and their rocket wasn’t embarrassing for its time.

    The actor who played Jor-El looked quite young, as if he were a Superman who could’ve been had he gone to Earth. Perhaps that was the intention.

    In this episode the ruling council has vetoed Jor-El’s plan to construct great spaceships to evacuate the population of Krypton before the disaster strikes. Jor-El has only constructed a “model” spaceship, that can hold only one adult. If it’s supposed to be a scale model, why was it built to hold a full-size adult, why does it have life support equipment that can sustain that passenger, and how come the rocket actually works? Perhaps “model” was the wrong word for the writers to use.

    In America’s Space Age Superman readers might have wondered why more Kryptonians did not escape in spaceships. Krypton was supposed to have a more scientifically advanced civilization than our own. Earth was taking its first strides towards space travel; wouldn’t Krypton have mastered it? Back in the early 1960s, the explanation was that Krypton had halted its space program after the destruction of one of its moons, which the Kryptonians had colonized. (This atrocity had been the work of Jax-Ur, the leading criminal in the Phantom Zone.) I suppose the moon’s destruction could be regarded as a harbinger of Krypton’s own end; it also seems like an anticipation of the space shuttle disasters of later decades.

    For decades not just science fiction writers and readers but Americans in general assumed that the nation would continue its space program indefinitely: first men would land on the moon, then there would be lunar bases (as in 2001: A Space Odyssey), and then it was on to other planets in the solar system. Pop culture visions of the future (even The Jetsons) took space travel for granted.

    This year marks the 35th anniversary of the first landing of men on the moon. Of course, neither the United States nor any other country has sent astronauts to the moon for decades. The attitude appears to be Been There, Done That, and that we’re better off spending money on projects here on Earth.

    So nowadays I find Krypton’s lack of a space program more credible. They presumably came to the same conclusion about space travel that America has.

    To my surprise, the current television series Smallville has established that Krypton did have an interstellar space program, and even that Jor-El visited the town of Smallville as a teenager. So in the Smallville continuity, the question remains: why didn’t more Kryptonians than baby Kal-El escape?

    Oddly, in the first episode of the 1950s Superman, Jor-El initially wants to send Lara to Earth, not their baby Kal-El, the future Superman! Now there’s an Oedipal nightmare situation. Lara insists that they send the baby. Jor-El then wants to send her and the baby in the rocket, but she insists on staying with Jor-El.

    Now, this has traditionally been considered an expression of the deep love between Jor-El and Lara: she would prefer to die with him than live without him. But how many people have considered this: shouldn’t she go to Earth to take care of the baby? We know that Kal-El will be found and adopted by the kindly Kents, but Jor-El and Lara don’t know what will happen. Yes, in various versions of the origin, Jor-El and Lara know that Kal-El will gain super-powers on Earth. So then he won’t be harmed, but a baby doesn’t yet have the intelligence to take care of himself. And in other versions, including the Byrne reboot, Kal-El has no super-powers on Earth as a baby, and only develops them as he grows up.

    So, here’s another Freudian dilemma: Mom prefers dying with Dad to staying with her son. Does it ever occur to Superman that perhaps he should resent this? The problem does not arise in those versions of the origin in which the spaceship is only big enough to hold the baby are preferable.

    Now, though the Superboy series was established in the 1940s, and the episode does use the name Smallville for the town where Clark Kent grows up, the show reverts to the original version of the Superman legend, in which Clark had no teenage superhero career as Superboy. Despite the long, popular run of the Superboy comics, more recent versions of the Superman legend, beginning with the 1978 movie, and including the Byrne reboot, the Lois and Clark TV series, the 1990s Warners Animation series, and now the Smallville TV series, all return to the original concept that Clark did not begin his costumed career until after he reached adulthood.

    In the Adventures of Superman episode Jor-El and Lara launch the rocket towards Earth as earthquakes, or, rather, Kryptonquakes, begin shaking their planet. Landing on Earth, the rocket is sighted by Jonathan and Martha Kent, who show up under their original names from the comics, Eben and Sarah Kent. They are, perhaps condescendingly, portrayed as hicks, given to such expressions as “Land sakes alive!” How different this is from the more recent portrayals of the Kents. Even in the early 1960s, the Kents had given up their farm to run a store in town. Maybe the editor and writers did not want the Kents, then portrayed as elderly, to be shown engaging in hard physical labor, or perhaps they wanted to make the Kents and Smallville seem less rural. In Mark Waid’s Superman: Birthright Martha is sufficiently au courant with contemporary technology to communicate with the adult Clark via the Internet. In the current Smallville TV series Ma and Pa Kent may be farmers, but they look youthful and sexy, and certainly aren’t given to archaic colloquialisms. The billionaire Luthors have a mansion in town; there are computers everywhere; there’s a hip hangout for teens, the Talon; and townspeople regularly visit Metropolis. Even in the 1978 Superman film Smallville seemed to be far from the beaten path, surrounded by vast wheatfields. The 21st century TV Smallville seems more like the suburbs.

    Since this episode was made in 1953, baby Kal-El arrived in Depression-era America of the late 1920s. This is another point to keep in mind when considering this version of Smallville, which hardly seems the prosperous, sophisticated town of the current TV series.

    In the 1950s TV origin, the Kryptonian rocketship blows up, rather than surviving as proof to the grown Clark of his alien descent, as in other versions. In this origin episode Clark presumably never finds out about Krypton. This version of Clark thus assimilates so totally into American – and human – society that his past “ethnicity” might as well not exist for him.

    But lest we assume that this version of Superman is an unquestioning example of 1950s conformism, there is a striking scene in which Clark, grown to age 12, asks his foster parents why he is “different” from everyone else, possessing powers that they don’t. Young Clark does not seem happy about this, either.

    This is an intriguing anticipation of the Smallville series, in which Clark initially thought of himself as a “freak”; antagonists who learn of his powers label him that way, and he keeps his superhuman abilities secret so he and his foster parents won’t be hauled off by government investigators.

    In Smallville this treatment might appear to demonstrate the influence Marvel’s reconceptualizing of the superhero genre has had even on Superman. It’s as if Clark were a mutant like the X-Men, afraid of exposure; indeed, various other super-powered characters on the series, genetically altered by exposure to Kryptonite, are in effect mutants.

    On a featurette on the X2 DVD, Chris Claremont points out that X-Men‘s theme of the majority’s prejudice against mutants, dating back to Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s original stories in the 1960s, may be a response to the McCarthy period of the 1950s, with its political “witchhunts” against people suspected of being Communists. I’ve read speculation by cultural historians that various, seemingly superficial TV situation comedies of the 1960s dealing with magic and science fiction gimmicks, might have worked subconsciously as rebellions against conformity in postwar American society. So it is that Samantha Stephens keeps secret the fact that she’s a witch in Bewitched, Uncle Martin hides his true identity as a Martian in My Favorite Martian, and so forth.

    So here, in a popular television show of the 1950s, is another character with paranormal abilities who has to keep them secret. Clark’s fears of being treated as a “freak” in Smallville don’t just reflect the Marvel influence but, whether consciously or not on the part of the current show’s creators, descend from this surprising scene in the first Superman episode of the witchhunting 1950s. It’s striking to think that 1950s fears of persecution for being “different” have resurfaced in the treatment of the Superman legend a half century later.

    In this same episode, Clark lives at home with his foster parents until he has reached the age of twenty-five (!), at which point George Reeves takes over the part. Doesn’t this seem a little long to keep living with the folks? Or does this reflect different attitudes from those of the present? Did sons stay on family farms and then take over running them after the fathers retired? (Some other TV series of past decades depict a similar unwillingness of adult children to leave the nest. J. R. Ewing may have been a feared oil tycoon in Dallas, but he (and his wife) still lived with his mom and dad. Carolyn Stoddard on Dark Shadows felt stifled living in the family mansion in a small town in Maine, but it never seems to have occurred to her to go to college or get a real job or move to the city.) How odd it is, too, to see Clark dressed in overalls, as if he were going to become not Superman but Li’l Abner.

    Finally, the 25-year-old Clark leaves home after Eben dies. It is as if Clark cannot assume an adult role until his father is dead. There’s another strange Freudian aspect to the Superman saga. That too is true to the earliest comics version of his origin, in which Clark does not begin his career as a costumed hero until after his foster father’s deathbed speech, instructing Clark to use his great powers to aid humanity. (This prefigures Uncle Ben’s “power and responsibility” lecture to Peter Parker, although Clark dies not bear partial responsibility for his foster father’s death. Or does he? In Silver Age Superman continuity, in which Clark had a teenage career as Superboy, he tries desperately to save his foster parents’ lives from a rare disease but fails. Psychologists would surely say Clark/Superboy would therefore partially blame himself for their deaths.) In the 1978 Superman movie, too, Clark remains with his foster parents until his adoptive father dies. (Apparently Clark thinks he had to keep both parents company, but now that his foster dad is gone, his adoptive mom can fend for herself.)

    In the 1950s TV origin, there is no deathbed speech by Eben, who dies off-camera. The deathbed speech could have been presented as a key element in motivating Clark to pursue his career as Superman. As the episode stands, we learn that Ma created the Superman costume, but we don’t see how and why she and Clark decided he should be a costumed superhero. This may well be in keeping with the standard assumption in superhero comics of the 1940s and 1950s that people would just automatically decide to fight crime once they gained super-powers. (Part of Marvel’s revolution was to supply credible motivations for such unusual career choices.)

    So Clark bids farewell to Ma Kent and heads to Metropolis by train. (Why doesn’t he simply fly there under his own power?) So, on arriving, Clark is very much the Country Boy in the Big City. Consider how different this makes him from so many other superheroes. It’s not just that the Kents taught him the traditional values of the American heartland.

    It’s that he comes from an idyllic rural America, a very different milieu than the crime-ridden modern city. In contrast, Bruce Wayne grew up as part of the city, which claimed his parents’ lives, as did Peter Parker and classic Marvel heroes including Captain America, Daredevil, Nick Fury, and the Thing.

    Not until Clark arrives in Metropolis does he first don his disguising glasses. So I wondered the same question that should plague viewers of Smallville; won’t the people who knew Clark in Smallville recognize him as Superman?

    Now, yes, I know, in real life the glasses wouldn’t fool anybody. They work in the comics medium because most superhero artists don’t draw individually distinctive faces. Just drawing glasses on someone is enough to make him look like somebody else. Having said that, I note that Christopher Reeve was so good at playing a shy, nervous Clark Kent that he enabled the audience to suspend its disbelief over the thinness of his disguise. In the 1950s TV show George Reeves doesn’t give that kind of comedic performance as Kent, but somehow he manages to look and seem just different enough from Superman to allow a similar suspension of disbelief. Maybe in part it’s because, in a decade long before contemporary fashion’s body consciousness, Reeves’ wardrobe as Clark Kent, complete with hat and large glasses, so thoroughly obscured his physique. The idea of glasses and shape-concealing clothing as a disguise also may relate to the stereotypical idea of the dowdy woman who turns out to be beautiful once she takes off her glasses, lets her hair down, and gets what today would be called a makeover.

    Watching this 1950s episode, with its version of Smallville as the proverbial sticks, I finally realized what the Superman writers’ original assumption about that small town was. Since Superman debuted in 1938, Clark would have grown up in the 1920s and 1930s, long before the rise of television; even in 1953 television was not yet the mass medium it would soon become. It was unlikely that the citizens of a small town would read big city newspapers like Metropolis’s Daily Planet. And the popularization of the Internet was many decades in the future. So the idea must have been that it was highly unlikely that people in Smallville would see pictures of Superman, who, initially, was a “mystery man” who avoided public appearances. For that matter, the people of Metropolis would have little contact with a rural town like Smallville. Smallville was thus presumably intended to be in the middle of nowhere, a secluded spot where Clark Kent could grow up unobserved by the outside world.

    (Exactly where Smallville is is a good question. The 1978 Superman movie visually implied that Smallville was in the American Midwest; John Byrne specified its location as in Kansas. The Smallville TV series follows Byrne’s lead, and indicates that Metropolis is in the Midwest as well. That seems odd, since Metropolis, like Gotham City, has usually been portrayed as a fictionalized New York City. Of course, the 1978 Superman movie even filmed location shots in Manhattan. That means that the DC Universe has three versions of New York City; someone, perhaps E. Nelson Bridwell, established that Metropolis was actually in Delaware, and that Gotham City was in New Jersey, as a kind of “twin city” to New York much like Minneapolis and St. Paul. If Metropolis was on the Northeast Coast, would that imply that Smallville was originally meant to be in someplace like upstate New York or Bucks County, Pennsylvania?)

    As the decades have passed, it has become harder to believe in Smallville’s isolation. By the late 1940s, with DC’s launch of Superboy comics stories, Smallville would have become known throughout the world as the home of this amazing new superhero. Superboy comics established that Clark began wearing his glasses and posing as “mild-mannered” from the age of eight. Still, even growing up, I wondered why the news media (never mind that snoopy Lana Lang) didn’t descend on this small town and easily figure out from amidst this highly limited population who Superboy must be. (Maybe this is one reason that DC and Byrne dropped Superman’s Superboy career in the 1980s reboot.) Even if there had been no Superboy career, once Superman stopped being the mysterious urban legend of the 1930s and began appearing in public, surely the citizenry of Smallville would have begun seeing his picture and thinking, why, that’s Clark! Land sakes alive!

    In this episode as in various other versions of the saga, Clark applies for a reporter job at The Daily Planet, Metropolis’s leading newspaper (and hence comparable to The New York Times or The Chicago Tribune), without having a journalism degree or much or any newspaper experience. Was it possible once upon a time to get hired for such a job with so little background?

    The episode quickly introduces the viewers to the familiar Daily Planet supporting cast, which looks from the start like a surrogate family for Clark: the grumpy “dad” Perry White (a more benign curmudgeon than his later counterpart, J. Jonah Jameson), the “kid brother,” Jimmy Olsen (Spider-Man is, in a sense, a recasting of a Jimmy type of character as the lead superhero), and Clark’s potential wife, Lois Lane. Played at this point by Phyllis Coates (later to be replaced on the series by Noel Neill), Lois makes a strong initial impression by unscrewing the lid on a jar that Perry couldn’t open. That, and her businesslike demeanor, make clear that this 1953 Lois still fits the model of the career woman in a “man’s” field in the popular culture of the time that Superman was created. There are quite a few examples of tough young woman reporters in the movies of the 1930s and 1940s, like the roles played by Jean Arthur in Mr. Deeds Goes to Town, Barbara Stanwyck in Meet John Doe, and Rosalind Russell in His Girl Friday. Clark/Superman is to become the central figure of this “family” unit.

    In Superman’s first case on the TV show, he rescues a man dangling from a dirigible. This is something that the limited special effects available can actually pull off. It is probably just coincidental that this seems like an earlier, low tech version of the first public feat that John Byrne gave Superman in The Man of Steel: rescuing the passengers of a “space plane” in danger of crashing, a sequence subsequently adapted into the first episode of television’s Lois and Clark. All three are aerial rescues by Superman.

    The 1953 TV Clark gets his job at the Daily Planet by reporting on Superman’s first appearance. This reminds me of Peter Parker’s long career photographing his own appearances as Spider-Man. Stan Lee says that he did not intend to base Spider-Man on Superman in any way, but there are parallels between the two characters, and this is another of them.

    There are some nice bits of business in this first episode. Not allowed to get in to see Perry White, job applicant Clark ducks into another room, nonchalantly walks along the building ledge, and then enters White’s office through a window. Can it be that another reason that Clark Kent wears glasses is that his creators were thinking of Harold Lloyd, the great silent movie comedian, whose screen persona was that of an ordinary young man in glasses who could perform amazing feats (including, famously, scaling the exterior of tall buildings)?

    When White and Lois want to know how Clark got in, he tells them he came in through the window. They don’t believe him.

    At the end Lois asks Clark how he got to the scene of the dirigible rescue before she did. Clark smiles and says maybe he’s a superman. Now Clark does not expect Lois to believe this, and she doesn’t.

    So Clark has twice basically told people he’s Superman and they don’t believe it! (Like the Science Council, they refuse to believe facts right in front of them!)

    John Byrne once did a Superman story in which Lex Luthor had computers programmed to uncover Superman’s secrets. When the computers deduced that Superman was Clark Kent, Luthor refused to believe it, contending that no one so powerful would masquerade as such an ordinary person.

    Similarly, there is an early Spider-Man story by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko in which Spider-Man, weakened by illness, is easily overpowered by Doctor Octopus and unmasked in front of witnesses, including J. Jonah Jameson. And none of them believe the evidence before their eyes. They persuade themselves that young Parker was merely pretending to be Spider-Man.

    Just this year, there was an episode of The Simpsons in which Homer became a costumed hero called the Pie Man, who threw pies in the faces of the unjust. Ultimately Homer unmasks in front of the entire population of the town, and they react just as JJJ and Doc Ock did to the unmasked Peter Parker. The people of Springfield decide as one that n ordinary guy like Homer can’t be the mighty Pie Man; Homer is just trying to fool them.

    The transparency of Superman’s disguise as Clark Kent is really what makes it work dramatically. Clark Kent is Everyman, and Superman represents our true inner self, our potential for greatness, that goes unrecognized. Then the glasses and the flimsiness of the disguise are a joke on everybody who refuses to see one’s true self. The truth is right there in front of people, but they are too locked into their preconceptions about a person, or too narrow-minded and unimaginative, to see it. I note that in the last issue of Mark Waid’s recent Superman: Birthright series, Clark, smiling knowingly, points out to Lois that no one has ever seen him together with Superman, and she misses the real point.

    Though the episode’s narrator refers to Clark as timid, he’s not. Watching this episode, I realized what it is I like about George Reeves’ performance as Clark: his Clark Kent is not timid or weak, but is quiet and polite, and appears genuinely humble. This is important. We like Superman because he’s one of us. George Reeves’ Superman doesn’t swagger about his power. The Clark Kent presented in this episode does not seem to be a put-on; he’s not a comedy character like Christopher Reeve’s often is, and certainly not a caricature. The Clark Kent portrayed by George Reeves seems to be what Superman is “really” like: the truly decent person produced by his small-town upbringing, who doesn’t let his physical superiority to “normal” people swell his ego.

    So the Superman of the Nineteen Fifties turns out to be Ward Cleaver as Clark Kent. Clark is no caricature, but contentedly conforms to the conventions of his time, as the center of a (surrogate) nuclear family, a cog in the wheel of American business (journalism division), and member of the prospering postwar middle class. Yes, he does every so often depart from conventional behavior to fly about in tights, but he does so to uphold the law, working in alliance with Inspector Henderson, who has not turned up in this first episode, but will become another member of the regular cast. (Notice that Henderson does not play so visible a role in post-1950s versions of Superman; the conventional forces of law and order are de-emphasized in the Superman sagas of later decades.) As long as Superman/Clark can keep anybody from realizing that Clark Kent, proper member of society, and Superman are one and the same, stability will continue at the Daily Planet: this planet won’t explode.

    So, just this one episode of The Adventures of Superman provided plenty of food for thought about the Superman mythos as a whole. If only the Museum had chosen to do a complete program of Superman shows, demonstrating how the concept changed over the years. What if they had shown Superman on Earth alongside an episode of Lois and Clark, in which the rather subdued and square Clark and Lois become a youthful, sexy couple in a series that is as much romantic comedy as adventure? Then there’s Warner Brothers Animation’s 1990s Superman, which so masterfully combines the spirit of the Fleischer cartoons with the greater sophistication in story and characterization that evolved in the comics since the 1060s. And then, of course, there’s Smallville. But no, this is an opportunity the Museum overlooked.

    Instead, the Museum packaged Superman on Earth with an episode of the 1970s Incredible Hulk television series and a two-parter from the 1960s Batman, two series which represent radical departures from the idealized world of the 1950s Superman, as we shall see in the next installment.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #47: Retro Hero Retrospective

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    If we can judge by the publication known as the Newspaper of Record, then comics’ bid for mainstream cultural acceptability is rapidly increasing in momentum. On Sunday, July 11, the cover story in The New York Times Sunday Magazine was devoted to graphic novels, including interviews with Joe Sacco (Palestine), Marjane Satrapi (Persepolis), Art Spiegelman (Maus), and Chris Ware (Jimmy Corrigan) (all of whom will be reviewed in this column eventually; I’m in this criticism business for the long haul) and Alan Moore (about whom I’ve already written a considerable amount). The piece’s author, Charles McGrath, is no less than the former editor of The New York Times Book Review, and he ventured that “it’s not too soon to wonder what the next new thing, the new literary form, might be,” following the decline of the novel. ” It might be comic books,” he said, and although he did condescend to the medium at times, to put it mildly (“and if the highbrows are right, they’re a form perfectly suited to our dumbed-down culture and collective attention deficit”), it was overall a very positive piece.

    Speaking of the Times Book Review, on Sunday, July 18, it ran two pages surveying a wide range of comics in book form, including the first volume of Fantagraphics’ Complete Peanuts (another future Comics in Context topic). (This confirms what I’d long thought: if the Times was ever looking for a comics reviewer, I’d never find out in time to apply.)

    And then, on Monday, July 26, the Times‘s business section ran a report from the San Diego Comic-Con, focusing on movies adapted from comics, including an interview with Frank Miller, who is co-directing an film of his own Sin City with filmmaker Robert Rodriguez. The Times noted, “Mr. Miller. . .commands a nearly mythic status among comic book fans as the creator, writer and illustrator of the Sin City series of graphic novels. . . ” Actually, I think it was Miller’s work on Daredevil and Batman that made him “mythic” (see Comics in Context #30, 31 and 34), but never mind! The Times came close enough! This year’s San Diego Con, from what I’ve read, represents further progress in publicly showcasing the movement of material that originated in comics into the cultural mainstream via film and television.

    Well, I couldn’t get to the San Diego Con this year (It’s a long story; next year I’ll definitely go ““ I hope.), but maybe I can find some local event celebrating comics that might offer some compensation. Perhaps I can locate another public vehicle for advancing the cultural profile of comics. There was the third annual MoCCA (Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art) Art Fest, which proved to be a great place for renewing contacts with old friends in the comics industry who’ve been dispersed over the years. But is there an event outside the comics world that would pay homage to the medium?

    Could this be it? Beginning in June, the Museum of Television & Radio has been staging a retrospective called “Look! Up at the Screen! It’s Superheroes on Television” at both its Manhattan and Beverly Hills locations; the retrospective runs through October 10. This seemed to be good news indeed.

    Before many screenings at the Museum, it runs a video clip of actress Candice Bergen asking us if we knew that before the Museum’s founding, over twenty years ago, there was no institution for the preservation and study of America’s cultural heritage of radio and television programs. Hence, the Museum is a pioneer in the serious appreciation of these forms of American popular culture. In their library I’ve watched examples of high art on television (like Ingmar Bergman’s production of Euripides’ The Bacchae for Swedish television, believe it or not) and videos of Museum seminars about prestigious series like The West Wing. But I’ve also viewed videos of Museum seminars on the writing of science fiction for television (with such luminaries as Harlan Ellison, Richard Matheson and J. Michael Straczynski) and on fantasy genre series including Buffy the Vampire Slayer, Dark Shadows, and Xena; Warrior Princess. The Museum thus pays respect even to genres to which cultural arbiters often condescend. In another example, some years back the Museum staged a soap opera retrospective, even publishing a book of academic essays on the subject. It has held retrospectives on animation from Hanna-Barbera, Jay Ward and Cartoon Network; its library holds a colossal supply of Simpsons episodes.

    Surely, I thought, the Museum of Television & Radio will treat the superhero genre with the same dignity and scholarly intent that it has bestowed upon so many other television programs and genres. Attending the various programs in this superhero retrospective should provide ample compensation for not making it to San Diego this year.

    But it didn’t. Oh, the Museum is providing plenty of material for me to write about over the coming weeks, and I’ve quite enjoyed some of it. But this “Superheroes on Television” went deeply wrong, as you shall see over the course of these next few columns.

    MUTANTS THAT GO BUMP IN THE NIGHT

    Arriving at the Museum’s Manhattan building on a Saturday in June, I started out with the daily program called “Superfun for Families,” billed in the retrospective brochure as a “superhero-themed screening appropriate for all ages!” This day the Museum was screening an episode of Goosebumps, based on author R. L. Stine’s series of supernatural tales for children.

    This particular show was titled “The Mutant Attacks,” and its protagonist is a boy who reads superhero comics., or, rather, super-villain comics. His favorite comic was “The Masked Mutant,” so presumably the makers of this episode had some awareness of X-Men. The comic’s artwork was in the style of a run-of-the-mill 1990s Image imitation. But they’d missed the main point of X-Men. The Masked Mutant was a villain, and the implication was that mutants are bad guys. And how many comics have villains as the title characters?

    As is to be expected, our protagonist was to some extent a walking cliche of a comics fan: he was out of shape and something of a social misfit,. There is an attractive girl who tagged along with him on his adventure, and, of course, she made fun of his interest in comics. But the comics fan did indeed prove to be the episode’s hero.

    Initially this episode bored me. Children’s shows aren’t made for adults, of course, but I like to think that the best children’s literature, whether Lewis Carroll or L. Frank Baum or J. K. Rowling, has imaginative and stylistic qualities that will interest adults as well. But as the episode proceeded, it did prove to have points of interest. The premise was intriguingly spooky, reminiscent of Twilight Zone plots: the comics fan sees the Masked Mutant’s headquarters and discovers he is being drawn into the world of the comics.

    At times the episode used a special effect to show how reality looked to our protagonist as he was drawn (so to speak) into the world of comics: he saw huge spots before his eyes, meant to suggest the tiny dots formerly used to print colors in four-color comics, so beloved by pop artist Roy Lichtenstein. This, of course, is long dated, but demonstrates how the concept of what comics are like, originating in the mid-20th century, has persisted for decades in the popular imagination. Now came the best part of the episode: exploring the Masked Mutant’s headquarters, our protagonist came across his captive, a superhero with the nonsensical name of the Galloping Gazelle, played by Adam West, the television Batman of the 1960s! Here was West again, decades later, still employing his wonderful deadpan delivery to convey an ironic tone that adult viewers would more readily recognize and appreciate than the kids watching the show.

    This led to the cleverest bit in the episode. With the Gazelle free, the comics fan attempts to become his new sidekick and tries to keep up with his hero as he athletically makes his way through the Mutant’s lair. But the kid, as noted earlier, is out of shape and soon covered with sweat. The Gazelle, annoyed, advises him (in West’s tones of understated exasperation) to start working out. I found this amusing, taking it not as a cheap shot at the overweight (and the kid was not actually fat), but as an affectionate acknowledgement of reality. Growing up we may identify with the hero’s kid sidekick, going off on exploits with the senior hero. But if we were really going into action, we’d be more like this comics fan than the athletic figure like Robin we imagine ourselves to be.

    After a brief tussle with the Masked Mutant, the Gazelle decided he was “too old” for this sort of thing and took his leave. Unfortunately, that was the end of Adam West’s contribution to the episode, and the Goosebumps makers did not cast the villain nearly as well. The Masked Mutant himself simply indulged in hackneyed cackling without a trace of wit.

    Unable to overcome the Mutant physically, the comics fan plays trickster instead. This is a familiar fairy tale device: tricking the villain into defeating himself, as with Rumplestiltskin. Indeed, that’s how Superman regularly beats Mr. Mxyzptlk (tricking him into saying his own name). Even in Wagner’s Ring of the Nibelung, Wotan captures the dwarf Alberich by tricking him into using his powers in a self-defeating way. So the comics fan persuaded the (incredibly stupid) Masked Mutant that he was actually a stretchable hero like Plastic Man. To cope with his supposedly rubbery foe, the shapeshifting Masked Mutant turned to acid, inadvertently dissolving himself. Yes, it’s a fate similar to that of the Wicked Witch of the West, though Dorothy did not intend to melt her nemesis. It’s rather odd that this children’s program shows its kid protagonist intentionally bringing about his adversary’s death.

    At the episode’s end we see that the comics fan really has gained Plastic Man-like powers: he stretches on-camera, using up the rest of the episode’s miniscule special effects budget. I get that this is a metaphor to show that through his actions he actually became the hero he wanted to be. But I wish there’d been some logical explanation. Were this indeed some sort of Twilight Zone for kids, rationales might be unnecessary; the Zone created an eerie world in which various accepted rules of logic and science no longer applied. This Goosebumps episode took a more matter-of-fact approach to its paranormal doings, that led me, anyway, to expect logical explanations: the hero’s final transformation seemed to come out of nowhere.

    So, this was not an auspicious start for my viewing of the retrospective, but not without interest. Though recognizing that superhero comics genuinely evoke heroic aspirations in their readers, this Goosebumps episode still treated the costumed heroes and villains of the genre as silly stuff for kids.

    And how did the rest of the audience react, you may wonder. This was “Superfun for Families,” after all. Well, I was the only person who remained in the screening room from the time I entered till the episode’s end. Some other adults came in, got bored, and left. There were no kids. This seemed ominous.

    A LOST GOLDEN AGE

    The next screening in the “Superheroes” retrospective was over an hour away, at 3 PM, so I found other, somewhat related programs with which to pass the time till then.

    For one thing, for a long time I’ve thought that puppets are effectively cartoon characters in three dimensions. Puppets are to cartoons as sculpture is to drawing. So I don’t think that puppetry is out of place in a column that concerns itself with cartoon art, comics and animation.

    In the fifth floor corridor, outside the screening room for Goosebumps, were a series of large color photographs of the Muppets and puppet characters from Fraggle Rock, Bear in the Big Blue House, and even a British puppet show unknown in this country, all under the exhibition title “Creating Characters That Entertain the World: Photographs of Characters from The Jim Henson Company.”

    In retrospect, this seems ironic. It was this same day that I learned the old news (from February) that Disney had finally bought the Muppets (though not the ones from Sesame Street, who’d already been sold to Children’s Television Workshop by previous corporate owners) and the Bear characters. So this was really an exhibition of characters from the Jim Henson Company, Children’s Television Workshop and the Walt Disney Company.

    At one end of the corridor was a video wall with multiple screens showing Of Muppets and Men: The Making of The Muppet Show, a documentary going behind the scenes at the Muppets’ classic 1970s television series. Of course it’s fun and interesting seeing the faces and hearing the real voices of the Muppeteers, though founder Jim Henson and his second-in-command, Frank Oz, were already familiar to me, and watching footage of the Muppeteers manipulating their puppets from below as scenes for The Muppet Show are shot. (Somehow I assumed that the puppeteers sat or crouched down, but instead they seem most often to be standing, and even walking back and forth, the puppets held high over their heads.)

    If I saw this documentary when it was first televised, I would have had these same reactions. But now, decades after it was made, it takes on a new dimension. It’s a time capsule, capturing what may, in retrospect, be the high point in Muppets history. Jim Henson, the creative visionary who founded the Muppets, died abruptly in 1990, but here he is, on video, alive, enthusiastic, and at the height of his artistic powers. Frank Oz is now primarily a live action movie director, most recently for this year’s remake of The Stepford Wives, but there he is in the documentary by Henson’s side, still a full-time Muppeteer providing major creative input into their projects. The Muppet Show was at this time an astonishing, international success, shown in an extraordinary number of countries. Even with many “Muppet” movies still to come, this was arguably the peak of the Muppets’ success. And yet Henson’s organization is still a relatively small group, with what appears to be a genuine sense of community. On camera Henson talks about how the group is made up of people who like each other, and that their chemistry helps their work. Certainly what the documentary shows viewers bears this out: good feeling abounds. Now, it’s possible, even probable, that there were black sheep in this creative “family,” and one would expect that any proverbial dirty laundry would be edited out of this self-promotional documentary. Still, I’d like to think that the image Henson presents of his company at that time is basically true.

    Now consider what has happened in the decades since this documentary was made. Henson passed away in 1990, and his children take over the organization and attempt to keep it creatively vital, moving into new directions while maintaining the viability of the classic characters. But there is no making up for the loss of the founder’s creative genius, as indeed there was not for the Disney organization after Walt’s death. And the question arises as to whether the Muppets are truly evergreen characters, popular with each succeeding generation, or whether they have become dated, at least until the right person comes along who knows how to revitalize the concept.

    So, no longer as successful as they once were, the Muppets come under corporate control. First, in the 1990s, the Hensons sold off the Muppets and their other creative properties to a Germany’s EM.TV and Merchandising AG, only to buy them back, after the new owners proved their inability to manage these acquisitions effectively. Thereafter, in 2004, the Henson Company sells the Muppets to the Disney Company, which has long pursued them.

    So, in June I read reports about the Muppets’ fate on JimHillMedia.com, a comprehensive online site of Disney-related news. According to him, the Hensons believed that the Disney Company would find the means to revitalize the Muppets for the new century, But, it would seem, apart from the Imagineers who design theme park attractions, Hill says in an April 16 article that “it’s becoming more and more apparent that the Walt Disney Company really doesn’t have a clue what to do with the Muppets.” Worse, due to lack of sufficient work for their company, Hill reports that two thirds of the Henson company staff may be downsized. Hill notes, “Most of these folks initially came to work for the Jim Henson Company because that was where the Muppets were. Now that Kermit and Co. will soon be heading off to Burbank, a lot of these people just don’t know what to do with themselves. They’re worried that ““ once the Disney acquisition deal is completed ““ that their jobs will be eliminated.”

    This should strike a familiar note with readers of this column. Sounds like what happened in the world of comics, and more recently, at Disney Animation, ironically enough. It sounds like yet another case of people who got to fulfill their dream of working within a particular creative tradition and then had it taken away from them.

    I recently watched a television interview with a filmmaker named Rick McKay, who had made a documentary called, Broadway: The Golden Years. Asked why Broadway’s Golden Age came to an end, McKay wisely pointed out that a Golden Age, by its very nature, must come to an end. In other words, no Golden Age lasts forever. Moreover, pointing out that the Golden Age of the movie musical lasted only fifteen years, McKay rhetorically asked if anyone involved in that particular Golden Age at the time would have believed it if you had told him that it was going to end “in ten minutes”? That’s true in my experience. When one is part of a creative enterprise enjoying success, it seems as if it will go on forever. But it won’t.

    LUNAR TOONS

    It’s still not yet time for today’s superhero retrospective main event, so I reenter the screening room for a showing of the first of Nick Park’s stop-motion animated films starring Wallace and Gromit, A Grand Day Out, made in 1989 by Aardman Animations for British television (hence its presence in the Museum’s collection). Park’s stop-motion figures are puppets of a sort, and hence could also be regarded as sculpted cartoons.

    The two later Wallace and Gromit featurettes, The Wrong Trousers and A Close Shave, are comedic thrillers, with outright villains, and dynamically staged, suspensefully edited action sequences. This first film is more of an exercise in gentle whimsy. All three films pull off the trick of appealing to adults as well as to children; in fact, my impression is that these films are intentionally aimed not at either audience but at both.

    Appropriately, then, Wallace and Gromit themselves simultaneously partake of adulthood and childhood. Wallace, the human, is clearly along in years: he’s bald and has an old man’s voice. But there’s something childlike about him. Though he has a cerebral, adult profession, that of an inventor, he’s driven by appetite. Wanting cheese to spread on his crackers, Wallace decides to take a vacation to the moon, which, as we told as children, is made of cheese. (Actually, are we all told this, or are Wallace and I dating ourselves? Do today’s children still get told the moon is made of green cheese?)

    So Wallace sets out building a rocket ship in his basement. Not only does he hold the child’s belief that the moon is made of cheese, but he also has a child’s incomprehension of the difficulties of going to the moon.

    But perhaps this also parodies the way we’ve grown accustomed to the miracles of science. I recently saw a Broadway production of Tom Stoppard’s 1970s play Jumpers, which contends that astronauts’ successful landings on the lunar surface demystified the moon, making it useless as a romantic symbol in the songs sung by the play’s heroine. The moon is no longer unattainable; going to the moon is no longer inconceivable. We grew so used to it we stopped going! Wallace wants to go there, but displays no awe at the thought. His attitude is the same as if he were taking a trip to any of the Earthly vacation spots he had been considering. Actually, maybe even going elsewhere on Earth wouldn’t give him any sense of wonder either. He’s basically going to the moon as a substitute for visiting the supermarket: he’s looking for a place to get cheese so he can have a picnic.

    Another childlike aspect of Wallace’s world is that animals, including his dog Gromit, can possess human intelligence. Gromit can’t talk, but he can read, and though Wallace is the inventor, Gromit is clearly the more practical of the pair. Some people treat pets like substitute children, but Gromit seems the more “adult” of the two, with his silent, ironic reactions to Wallace’s naivete. (This becomes clearer in the next film, in which it is Gromit, not Wallace, who first recognizes the criminality of the villain, a penguin boarding in their house.)

    Wallace’s attitude towards the moon, as if it were a combination of neighborhood park and cheese shop, might also be intended as a satire on British provincialism. Significantly, the interior of Wallace’s rocket ship is a cozy sitting room much like the rooms of Wallace’s own home. It’s as if travel consisted not of exploring different cultures, but of transporting one’s own environment and lifestyle somewhere else. I also recently saw the original 1950s film adaptation of Around the World in 80 Days, in which world traveler Phileas Fogg insists on having his British menu for dinner every day, no matter where he is. It’s like the stereotypical image of British explorers dressing up for teatime in the jungle. Now, long after Britain’s imperial age, it’s the middle-class Wallace and his pet having cheese and crackers on the moon. And yes, I am well aware that this parody of British attitude towards other countries could equally apply to Americans’ similar sort of provincialism.

    Could A Grand Day Out even be a gentle jab at imperialism and the British Empire? After all, Wallace and Gromit go to the moon to exploit its cheese resources, oblivious to the desires of any natives they may find there. And they do indeed come in conflict with one of the natives. Oddly, the native is a machine of some sort. Wallace invents and uses machines, so perhaps it makes sense that his nemesis is a machine with a mind of its own.

    Oddly, this moon machine seems very Earthlike. It looks like some sort of kitchen appliance, it has a drawer and wheels, and it is activated by inserting British coins! Its existence seems to reflect Wallace’s own inability to imagine a truly alien environment. Since Wallace inadvertently activates the threat by putting coins into the machine, there’s a bit of a Frankenstein motif here.

    The moon machine also proves to be something of a counterpart to Wallace: it wants to go on vacation, too. And, as if proving the cliche that grass is always greener on the other person’s side, whereas Wallace wanted to go to the moon, the machine, studying his travel brochures, wants to go skiing, presumably on Earth.

    For some moments, the moon machine poses a menace to Wallace and Gromit, trying to prevent them from escaping in their rocket ship. But, after ripping strips of metal from the rocket ship, the machine realizes it can use them as skis. No longer resentful of the two invaders, the machine gestures a happy farewell to Wallace and Gromit. So in this film there is no real villain, unlike the implacable evildoers in the following films in the series. The film leaves the moon machine happily skiing over the lunar hills (which don’t really exist), and perhaps we are meant to ignore the inevitability that the machine will eventually stop when it needs a new coin (as we’ve seen earlier in the film).

    There are only three significant characters in the entire film, and Wallace does not talk all that much. The great animated shorts of Hollywood’s classic studio years followed in the tradition of the live action silent comedies of the 1910s and ’20s. This is especially noticeable with characters who don’t talk, like Tom and Jerry and the Roadrunner and Coyote, but the craft of constructing and timing visual gags is evident even in talk-heavy cartoons in this tradition, like Bugs Bunny’s. The Wallace and Gromit featurettes often, as in A Grand Day Out, maintain a certain British reserve and understatement, in contrast with the in-your-face slapstick of the American cartoon tradition. But the Wallace and Gromit shorts take the same care in creating humor and characterization and suspense through visual terms, and the climactic tumult of the later shorts matches the larger than life action of the Hollywood cartoons. Gromit is a latter-day silent comedian, neither talking nor barking, communicating through understated facial expressions and body language even when enacting elaborate stunts: he’s sort of a canine Buster Keaton. The Wallace and Gromit animated shorts capture a mastery of visual comedy and storytelling that often seems absent from recent animation; I’m looking forward to their forthcoming feature film, 2005’s ominously titled Wallace and Gromit and the Curse of the Were-Rabbit.

    SUPERHEROIC UNMENTIONABLES

    With the time for the afternoon’s main presentation drawing close, I head downstairs to the first floor’s Steven Spielberg Gallery (the Museum has some high profile contributors), which held another part of the retrospective: an art display titled “Saturday Morning Super Cels: Madison Avenue Meets the Superheroes.”

    It was not so very long ago that it seemed that any newspaper article about comics had BAM! POW! ZAP! in the title. Headline writers everywhere appeared to think this was clever and original. But in the last several years the sound effects faded away, I noticed at first and was grateful, but I now realize that over time I had taken the headline writers’ newfound respect for the subject for granted. I had forgotten what it used to be like.

    To walk into the Spielberg Gallery, however, was to suffer flashbacks. There they were atop the long display texts: pointy balloons with WHAM! POW! PLONK! and the like.

    The Museum’s brochure for the retrospective describes this art exhibit thus: “See eye-popping animation cels from various Saturday morning superhero cartoons and commercials from the 1960s, ’70s and ’80s. . . .” Dear readers, you need not fear that I was in any danger that my eyes would pop out of their sockets and get inadvertently trampled on the floor by the crush of comics enthusiasts, eager to gaze upon dazzling examples of animation art. In fact, much of the art was from Filmation’s DC superhero cartoons, which is less likely to pop one’s eyes than to glaze them over from ennui.

    The wall texts disagree with my assessment. One asserts that “the studio’s superhero series of the late 1960s and early ’70s as seen here in examples from Aquaman, Batman and Green Lantern remain cherished fan favorites for the vividly realized look of these classic comic-book characters.” Now I am well aware that virtually any form of comics-related material has its devotees. But I can’t say that I know anyone who “cherishes” Filmation superhero cartoons. The artwork on the walls is bland, mediocre and undistinguished, lacking in any distinctive style. The television sets in the gallery, playing endless loops of the actual animated cartoons, serve as reminders of just how dull and uninspired they were.

    And yet the wall texts praise the “strong graphic design and liberal use of rotoscoping” ““ tracing live action movement ““ in the Filmation superhero cartoons. The wall texts acknowledge that rotoscoping is “controversial.” Actually, my impression is that most animation aficionados consider it just plain bad.

    Now, whoever wrote these wall texts does have more knowledge about comics history than I would have expected from the Museum. The anonymous author credits the late Julius Schwartz as editor of stories that inspired the early DC superhero TV cartoons (see Comics in Context #32). The wall texts state that in these cartoons, “the lighthearted adventures. . .harken back to the optimism, whimsy, and enthusiasm of classic ‘Silver Age’ comic books (roughly covering the late ’50s through the late ’60s), in which definitive versions of many classic heroes were established.” Yes, but there’s a decided difference between the classic Schwartz “Silver Age” stories and these early TV cartoons. Schwartz’s stories were ingeniously written and stylishly drawn, playing not to the lowest common denominator in the audience, but reaching out to the more intelligent readers, old and young. The Filmation and later Hanna-Barbera Super Friends cartoons look dull and have dull stories; small children might like them but will quickly outgrow them. They are examples of what the general public has long thought superhero stories are: mediocre material lacking in depth or artistic value.

    Now there are some features of this exhibit of genuine interest to longtime comics enthusiasts. Here, for example, are drawings that longtime Marvel artist Herb Trimpe did of the Hulk for commercials for Post’s Honeycomb cereal. The wall text calls Trimpe “a legendary comic-book artist.” Well, Trimpe’s comics work on the Hulk is certainly classic, memorable, and distinguished. But is he a “legend”? The Trimpe art displayed here is craftsmanlike but hardly his best, despite the ecstatic somersaults the wall text’s writer seems to have turned in praising it.

    I was surprised that the wall texts noted that “Trimpe was one of many older artists laid off by Marvel in the early 1990s when falling comic-book sales forced the company to file for bankruptcy.” That’s true enough; perhaps the anonymous writer saw the article that Trimpe wrote about the Marvel downsizings in The New York Times a few years ago. And were Trimpe or any of them hired back when Marvel financially recovered? The wall texts do not address the subject.

    Elsewhere in the gallery comics aficionados will find something else of interest: drawings of DC’s Teen Titans for a projected 1974 Hanna-Barbera animated series that never got made, even Titans characters who are now as obscure as Mal. The drawings were done by Mike Royer, who is perhaps best known as a longtime inker of Jack Kirby’s work, or, rather, as the wall text calls him, the “legendary artist Mike Royer.” Another legend! If Trimpe and Royer are legends, what does this make a truly great artist like Kirby? A myth?

    In describing the Teen Titans drawings, the wall texts note there is currently an anime-influenced Teen Titans animated series on Cartoon Network, and that other teen versions of DC heroes have appeared on the live action TV series Superboy (in the ’80s) and Smallville, and the animated Batman Beyond. Yes, indeed. And are any of these series represented in the Museum’s retrospective. No.

    But doesn’t Smallville represent a serious, psychologically perceptive reworking of the Superboy concept for teens and adults? Don’t Batman Beyond and Warners’ other recent superhero animated series demonstrate a level of sophistication in writing, art design, and animation technique far beyond the level of any of the Filmation DC shows? Wouldn’t anyone with a reasonably developed sense of appreciation of cartoon art prefer seeing an exhibit of superhero artwork by Bruce Timm and other contemporary Warners Animation artists? Surely examples are available; there used to be loads of them for sale only several blocks away at the Warner Brothers Studio Store on 5th Avenue before it closed.

    But the guiding principle behind this exhibition appears to be nostalgia for juvenilia. Another subject covered in the gallery is superhero artwork done for Underoos, children’s underwear. The wall text notes, “Froot of the Loom has also introduced an adult line of Underoos in classic superhero characters, betting that even adults still long to be their favorite superheroes.” (I leave it to my readers to imagine what it would be like to take someone back to your apartment for a romantic evening and discovering, when he/she undresses, that he or she is wearing superhero adult Underoos. Seems to me that might kill the moment.)

    The Museum’s retrospective brochure observes that “the spectacle of superpowered ‘long underwear’ vigilantes has resonated with audiences of all ages and inspired debate and analysis in the halls of academe.” Indeed, I agree, speaking as someone who is about to undertake just such analysis in academia. The brochure acknowledges that superhero sagas can be “enjoyed as escapist fantasy or pondered as archetypes of modern myth. . . .”

    “But,” the wall text instructs museumgoers, “let’s not get too high-flown. The best value this work embodies is fun.” The text refers to “the invitations from Underoos and Post Cereals to become your favorite superhero. . . .”

    That’s my problem with this retrospective. The Museum recognizes that the superhero genre has mythic depths worthy of serious academic study, and chooses to ignore that very fact. The same Museum that directs serious attention to other children regards the superhero genre merely as fodder for small children and adults seeking ironic humor. The retrospective ignores mythic underpinnings in favor of adult Underoos.

    But the retrospective will get better, as you shall see in the next installment.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #46: The United States of Spider-Man

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Superman traditionally fights for “truth, justice and the American way,” and he belongs to the Justice League of America. Captain America wears a costume patterned after the American flag and upholds classic American ideals. Will Eisner’s superhero version of Uncle Sam is literally the spirit of America. And now, Spider-Man is being portrayed in his movies as a hero who represents America.

    Not so long ago this would have seemed so unlikely. Superman and Captain America are establishment figures, acclaimed by the American public of their fictional worlds. Spider-Man is far from being a member of the establishment. He is pilloried by the news media, in the form of J. Jonah Jameson and his Daily Bugle. Spider-Man is mistrusted and feared by much, perhaps even most, of New York City’s citizenry. Often during his career he has been an outlaw, wanted by the police for crimes he did not commit. He is a vigilante, operating without either the official sanction granted to the Fantastic Four and the Avengers, or even the unofficial cooperation Commissioner Gordon gives Batman.

    At the end of Superman II, the title hero carries the American flag back to the White House, having thwarted the takeover of the country by General Zod and his cohorts from the Phantom Zone. As if echoing that image, the first Spider-Man movie ended with Spider-Man executing a spectacular series of web-slinging maneuvers amid the Manhattan skyline, culminating with a shot of Spider-Man and the American flag. At the time the film came out, I assumed that this was a patriotic gesture by the filmmakers in the wake of the 9/11 attacks.

    One of Marvel Comics’ own principal responses to 9/11 was J. Michael Straczynski’s Amazing Spider-Man issue set amid the ruins of the World Trade Center. It was Spider-Man’s series, not Captain America’s, that was chosen for such a story. I would guess that this was because Spider-Man has become Marvel’s flagship solo star.

    And now, Spider-Man 2 also ends with flag-waving. (I offer my usual caution: this column about the movie will discuss plot developments and the ending, things that those of you who have not yet seen the film may not wish to read about yet.) As Spider-Man, with his renewed dedication to his crimefighting career, swings through the city, alerted by police sirens to a new mission, the audience sees American flags hanging over one of Manhattan’s main streets. (Intentionally or not, this concluding shot reminds me of similar images that conclude the current Metropolitan Museum of Art retrospective of the American Impressionist Childe Hassam: his most famous works are patriotically-inspired paintings of large American flags hovering above Manhattan’s streets.)

    The movies’ director, Sam Raimi, and his collaborators are clearly, intentionally making a point about Spider-Man as a symbol of America. It would seem that Straczynski and others at Marvel may be consciously or unconsciously moving towards the same idea.

    So what is it that makes Spider-Man a symbol of America?

    Part of it is that Spider-Man seems to strike a chord in viewers following the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks. (In this column we’ve seen the influence of 9/11 in Chris Claremont’s X-Men, Neil Gaiman’s 1602, and Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again.)

    In Newsweek’s cover story on Spider-Man 2 (June 28, 2004), writer Sean Smith contends that “Much has been made of the fact that Spider-Man was the first post-9/11 blockbuster, and the conventional wisdom is that the film was a phenomenon because America needed heroes again. But maybe it’s something more. To the rest of the world, the superhero symbol of the United States is Superman ““ broad-shouldered, unconflicted, virtually indestructible. For decades, we’ve preferred to see ourselves that way, too. Spider-Man is none of these things. He’s burdened by self-doubt. He wants to do the right thing, but isn’t always sure what that is. He’s constantly forced to choose between helping others and helping himself. He looks tough, but he’s easily injured. In America after September 11, Superman was who we wanted to be. Spider-Man was who we were.”

    Critic Andrew Sarris in The New York Observer (July 8, 2004) likewise notes that, unlike Superman and Batman, Spider-Man in the new movie “is strikingly vulnerable ““ we get to see him in a state of powerlessness and helplessness….”

    For Smith, to turn to Spider-Man is to recognize our limitations as a nation. For New York Times columnist and media critic Frank Rich, Spider-Man is a role model for post-9/11 Americans. In his July 11, 2004 column Rich declares that “Spider-Man wants to vanquish evil, but he doesn’t want to be reckless about it. Like the reluctant sheriff of an old western, he fights back only when a bad guy strikes first, leaving him with no other alternative.” (Rich has here stumbled onto one of the links between the superhero genre, a heroic myth for the contemporary urban United States, and that earlier myth for a more rural America, the western.) Reminding his readers that Spider-Man stars in a Fourth of July movie, Rich continues, “As a man locked in a war against terror, Peter Parker could not be further removed from the hubristic bravura of Mr. George W. Bush and his own cinematic model, the Tom Cruise of Top Gun. There’s nothing triumphalist about Spider-Man. . . .”

    Indeed, since the movies’ Spider-Man just sees himself as doing his duty, he does not rejoice in his victories over the Green Goblin and Doctor Octopus. In the films, moreover, these were both men whom he liked before the accidents that drove them criminally insane. And in the comics, though Spider-Man may have a good laugh over discomfiting a villain, he doesn’t take time to boast or celebrate: there’s always some new problem lying just ahead.

    Rich concludes about Spider-Man 2, “It gives us a selfless wartime hero unlike any on the national stage, and it promotes a credo of justice without vindictiveness.”

    Yet though the Spider-Man 2 movies came out in 2002 and 2004, they are mostly faithful to the spirit of the Spider-Man of the comics, who first appeared in 1962, in the midst of President John F. Kennedy’s administration, which proudly asserted that America “would pay any price, bear any burden” to defend freedom.

    How odd that Spider-Man, as described by Smith and Rich, was a product of that time. Or is it? The debacle of the Bay of Pigs invasion had occurred the year before. 1962 was the year of the Cuban Missile Crisis, when the world came to the brink of nuclear annihilation.

    Whether in 1962 or 2004, Spider-Man counters the notion of the American hero who is omnipotent, who is always right, and whose confidence in his goals and choices is unshaken. Perhaps this reflects Stan Lee’s well-known midlife creative crisis just before he co-created Fantastic Four in 1961, when he questioned his own purpose in continuing to work in comics. On a broader scale, perhaps the creation of Spider-Man anticipates the shift in liberal political thought over the course of the 1960s: by the end of the decade millions would be questioning American involvement in the war in Vietnam.

    There’s still more to Spider-Man 2‘s revisionism towards America’s standard self-image. I was struck and surprised by something that Peter Parker / Spider-Man tells Mary Jane Watson, the woman he loves, towards the end of the second movie.

    Up to that point the film has shown how Peter’s commitment to rescuing people from danger as Spider-Man has had serious negative repercussions on his everyday life. He has been fired from his job, which couldn’t have paid much to begin with; he is failing his courses at Columbia University; he is disappointing and even alienating people he cares about, including Mary Jane herself. He is virtually alone, nearly broke, seemingly doomed to failure in his education, and hence in his future career as a scientist, and in his personal life if he continues along the path of being Spider-Man.

    cic-046-01.jpg

    Nowadays, after four decades of Spider-Man 2 comics, with several new issues every month, writers would probably think it boring to keep writing about the perennial misfortune that Stan Lee put into Peter Parker’s life. But the filmmakers did a great job of sharpening our awareness of Peter’s continual troubles, presenting a whole spectrum from minor, annoying mishaps (like the scene in the laundromat) to major concerns, like Peter’s guilty awareness of the deaths he helped bring about: those of his Uncle Ben and his friend Harry Osborn’s father (whom Harry did not know was the criminal Green Goblin). One can see how this continual drumbeat of adversity wears Peter down to the point of renouncing what he regards as the source of all his problems: his life as Spider-Man.So Peter literally throws away his costume, in a new version of Stan Lee and John Romita, Sr.’s classic comics story, “Spider-Man No More,” intending to lead a successful, normal life.

    And Peter finds that he can’t: there is a limit to his ability to ignore the urgings of his conscience to help the people around him. The turning point comes when Doctor Octopus abducts Mary Jane right before the eyes of Peter Parker (who at that point seems as if he might have literally lost his super-powers). He resumes his Spider-Man persona and abilities. Later, Peter explicitly tells the rescued Mary Jane that he has learned that one has to do what is right even if it means giving up the “dream.”

    This is really an astonishing statement. The concept of the “dream,” or, rather, the “American dream” of success, is so thoroughly a part of American culture, and hence of American popular culture as well. In America, it is said, with ambition, talent and perseverance, anyone can become a success in his career, anyone can become rich, and anyone can even become President, recognized by the rest of the populace as their leader. Despite all the social changes over the last several decades, people in America are still expected to marry the person he or she loves, ideally for life, have children, and get a house in the suburbs.

    Typically, we would expect a movie hero to do the right thing, overcome his opponents, and get the girl, win the acclaim he deserves, and gain material rewards as a result of his efforts.

    The “dream” is even part of the X-Men legend. Professor Xavier and his students strive towards achieving his vision of a world in which mutants and “baseline” humans live together in peace and harmony, however distant the realization of that dream may be in the future, if ever.

    But in Spider-Man 2 Peter Parker rejects the American dream, at least as a goal for himself. He tells Mary Jane that there is something more important than “the dream,” presumably meaning success in leading a “normal” life and even in romantic love. What Peter sees as more important is doing what is right; this is his reworking of his late Uncle Ben’s guiding maxim that “With great power must come great responsibility.”

    In his review of Spider-Man 2 in The New York Times (June 29, 2004), critic A. O. Scott says that in the first movie, “the hero was forced to choose between superhuman powers and the earthly charms of Kirsten Dunst,” by whom he means Mary Jane, the character this actress portrays.

    His use of the word “earthly” to describe Mary Jane is intriguing. As Spider-Man, Peter Parker is driven by the demands of conscience: having inadvertently been responsible through inaction for the death of his uncle, Peter refuses to allow any other innocent person to come to harm if he can help it.

    Uncle Ben has become a saintly figure, perhaps literally so: he even makes an appearance, actual or imagined by Peter, from beyond the grave in this second movie to advise Peter. (The parallel is the late Norman Osborn’s similar visitation ““ real or imagined ““ to his son Harry towards the end of the movie, casting Norman in the role of a devil. Whereas Ben beckons Peter to follow the path of what’s right, only to be rejected, Norman tempts Harry towards vengeance, and Harry is on the verge of succumbing.)

    By resuming his duties as Spider-Man, Peter chooses the path of conscience. He is following a higher moral calling than that of most people. In his dedication to moral ideals and responsibilities, Peter/Spider-Man is following what could be termed a spiritual path. Mary Jane could indeed be described as “earthly,” not simply because she represents potential sexual fulfillment for Peter, but because a successful relationship with her is part of the “dream” that Peter believes his life as Spider-Man prevents him from having.

    I am reminded of an episode of Buffy the Vampire Slayer in its later seasons, in which one of the supporting characters abruptly has an epiphany, and realizes that Buffy will never have a good, prosperous job. The reason is that she has to devote most of her time to the higher purpose she has been assigned: the role of the Slayer in combating supernatural evil. I’ve long thought that Buffy is influenced as much by Spider-Man 2 as by X-Men: here’s a case in point. Season 2 even ended with a variation on “Spider-Man No More,” with Buffy, her personal life having collapsed in ruins, takes a bus out of town, abandoning her duties and even as we learn in the first episode of Season 3, her identity. (In that same episode she undergoes the same kind of moral reawakening that Peter has in Spider-Man 2 and resumes her Slayer career.) Occasionally the Buffy season would even remind the audience that with her life of continual combat, its heroine could not expect to live even into middle age.

    Leading his life as Spider-Man thus becomes an ongoing form of self-sacrifice for Peter Parker. He gives up his own chances for conventional forms of success in order to ensure the safety of others, so they can lead normal, happy lives instead.

    Whether in the comics or the movies, Spider-Man 2 is not an explicitly religious series. But superhero stories are a form of secular mythology, and they do deal with moral values. In sacrificing the normal goals of material success and sexual fulfillment in order to pursue a higher moral purpose, Spider-Man is even like a priest or monk. George Lucas thinks along the same lines in his Star Wars mythos, depicting his Jedi Knights as celibate members of a pseudo-religious order dedicated to serving the Force.

    Or think of the end of The Lord of the Rings. Aragorn receives the conventional rewards for heroism: kingship, marriage to his true love, acclaim by his people, wealth. As for the two lead hobbits, Frodo and Sam enact a similar archetypal pairing as that of Don Quixote and Sancho Panza, the quester pursuing a vision of duty, and his loyal, more practical-minded servant (hence Sam’s continual references to “Mr. Frodo”). Sam is the more “earthly” one of the two, and it is he who achieves a conventional middle-class vision of happiness as his reward: a wife and children and their own home in the ‘burbs, er, the Shire. In contrast with these two, Frodo, permanently changed by his experiences, apparently cannot return to a “normal” way of life or find happiness and fulfillment there. Instead he ends up sailing off with Bilbo, Gandalf and the elves to a land of the immortals, which, especially considering that Bilbo seems near death, appears to be a metaphor for the hereafter. Having followed something of a spiritual quest (to destroy evil), Frodo can no longer stay in the material world.

    So “earthly” Sam finds love in the mortal world; “spiritual” Frodo does not. Similarly, whereas George Lucas leads us to expect a possible romance between Luke and Leia in the original Star Wars, he ends up establishing them as brother and sister. The Jedi Knight (and spiritual quester) Luke remains single (in the movies, anyway), and Leia instead becomes romantically involved with the decidedly “earthly” Han Solo.

    If J. K. Rowling follows this archetypal pattern, who do you think is more likely to wind up as Hermione’s boyfriend in the last Harry Potter book: Harry or Ron?

    (And now to go off on a momentary tangent, comparing the Tolkien and Rowling mythologies to Spider-Man reminds me that these two fantasy writers both employ gigantic spiders as horrific monsters. Aside from E. B. White’s Charlotte’s Web, spiders tend not to be positive figures in fiction. Though this may not have been Stan Lee’s conscious intention, I wonder if part of the reason for the general mistrust of Spider-Man in his series is the fact that people have a negative reaction to spiders, especially if they are as big as or bigger than human beings.

    Comics aficionados may be so used to Spider-Man that they overlook the idea that a human being who scurries up walls and shoots webbing might well seem monstrous at first glance. Stan Lee has stated on numerous occasions that he initially met resistance to naming the character “Spider-Man” because he was told nobody likes spiders. And in Spider-Man’s comics stories, most people don’t like Spider-Man.)

    Though written in the 1950s, The Lord of the Rings first achieved widespread popularity as a cultural phenomenon in the 1960s, as Spider-Man did. Recently seeing the Spider-Man 2 movies and rewatching the recent Rings movies, I am struck by a major parallel. Frodo does not embark on his quest out of a sense of adventure or a longing for glory, but out of a sense of moral duty and a realization (that others confirm) that he is the only one capable of bearing the evil Ring to destruction while resisting being corrupted by it (better than others could, anyway). He takes no pleasure in his quest: being the Ringbearer is a burden that increasingly weighs down upon his spirits, inducing anguish, depression, and even, towards the end, despair. Like Peter in “Spider-Man No More” and Spider-Man 2, Frodo even tries to give up this moral burden (as when he offers the Ring to Galadriel) only to discover that he can’t. In the third film and book, when Sam has carried the Ring for a while, Frodo even takes it back from him, explaining that the Ring would “destroy” his friend. (Surely some critic has likened Frodo’s dilemma to the Gospels’ scene in the Garden of Gethsemene.) As noted above, bearing the Ring has rendered Frodo unfit for conventional happiness in the “normal” world: he is sacrificing himself so that Sam and others can enjoy the kind of happy, normal lives he will never have.

    So too, as I explained in last week’s installment, the movies’ Peter Parker seems to take no real joy in being Spider-Man. Watching the first film again last week, I noticed that sometimes Spider-Man utters an excited whoop when he swings through the city, but that’s not dramatically interesting. In the first film Spider-Man also makes some stabs at the familiar Spidey witty repartee, which falls flat. In the second film the whoops and most of the attempted witticisms are gone.

    Now Spider-Man’s “power” and “responsibility” are both burdens, ruining his personal life. A. O. Scott rightly observes in his review that Peter is suffering from “depression.”

    That reminds me of the controversial sixth season of Buffy. Normally in the first five seasons she, like Spider-Man in the comics, took a certain pleasure in exercising her powers in battle while verbally jabbing at her opponents with jokes. But in Season Six, though the word is rarely used, Buffy falls into a serious state of depression and increasingly neglects her Slayer responsibilities; even after reaccepting these duties, she remains somber in outlook in Season Seven, far removed from the master of repartee of the earlier years. And remember how the TV series ends: now that other women have been endowed with Slayer powers, Faith and Willow point out to Buffy that she is no longer the sole “Chosen One” for her mission, and we are left with the sight of Buffy smiling in relief that her burden has been lessened.

    No such luck for Peter Parker in Spider-Man 2, who resumes his moral responsibilities but does so realizing he has to surrender the “dream.”

    This is true to the spirit of Stan Lee and Steve Ditko’s first Spider-Man 2 story in Amazing Fantasy #15 back in 1962. This remains a startlingly dark and disturbing story. The first movie, which retells Spider-Man’s origin, includes his redemption by becoming the hero who defeats the Green Goblin and saves Mary Jane, a tram full of kids, and many others. Lee and Ditko’s first Spider-Man 2 story provides no such happy ending: it concludes with Spider-Man’s discovery of his own role in his uncle’s death, and with the hero walking into the darkness of night, weighed down by a sense of patricidal guilt and remembering Ben’s words about responsibility. It is clear at that moment that Spider-Man’s crimefighting career will really be an endless effort at expiating his own sin. (The second movie has a strong scene in which Peter confesses to Aunt May how he failed to stop the Burglar who killed Uncle Ben. She eventually forgives Peter, but it is clear he has not forgiven himself.)

    The comics’ origin story even addresses the topic of the “American dream” of fame and fortune. Spider-Man/Peter initially uses his new super-powers for personal gain. In the first movie Peter simply enters a wrestling contest to win enough money to buy himself a new car with which to impress Mary Jane. The wrestling world he enters is a tawdry, small time milieu. In Lee and Ditko’s origin, Peter thinks bigger: he goes on from the wrestling match to launching himself into a high profile show business career, appearing on television. But, though this is more upscale than the wrestling, Spider-Man’s show business career is still portrayed as crassly materialistic, and worse, as immoral. In the movie Peter Parker lets the Burglar escape out of a sense of resentment towards the man the Burglar robbed, who had just cheated Peter. In the comics version, it is show biz Spidey, a male diva in the making, full of his own ego, who lets the Burglar escape out of a sense that he’s too important to sully his hands with matters that are none of his business. So we see that the dual personality aspect of Spider-Man/Peter has already emerged. In fact, show biz Spidey was far different in personality from everyday Peter than superhero Spidey is. Show Biz Spidey really was Peter’s version of Mr. Hyde: after all those years of being bullied, now he turns arrogant, taking on the same mindset as the Big Men on Campus who lorded it over him. Despite his claims of wanting to make money for Ben and May, this Peter Parker was really out for Number One. (In the 1980s Peter B. Gillis wrote a remarkable What If story in which Uncle Ben was not killed, and Peter Parker became a nasty, amoral Hollywood mini-mogul.)

    Ben’s death shakes Peter out of his complacent, egocentric selfishness. Show Biz Spidey was a particularly American form of the dark side of the ubermensch concept: the man who sets himself above other people as their superior. After Ben’s death and his capture of the Burglar, Spider-Man recognizes himself as a member of the community of mankind. He will sacrifice his own happiness and welfare to ensure that no one else comes to harm.

    Ironically, as Lee and Ditko begin showing in Amazing Spider-Man #1, after Ben’s death, once Peter dedicates himself to helping others, his show business career collapses, largely due to the way J. Jonah Jameson turns the fickle public against him. When Spider-Man was chasing fame and fortune, the public loved him; after he becomes a true hero, Jameson accuses him of being merely a “glory-hound.” It’s as if Spider-Man will pay for the rest of his career for that aspect of his initial arrogance as well.

    So it is that Lee and Ditko quickly establish the money worries that have plagued Peter Parker off and on ever since. The first movie was remarkable in dealing with this theme of people’s economic vulnerability.

    Uncle Ben was downsized at an age when it would be difficult for him to find a new job. Mary Jane must work at a downscale waitressing job, clearly beneath her real abilities. Jameson characteristically tries to pay Peter as little as possible for his photos, and even tries to persuade him that working freelance, rather than as a regular staff member, is a Good Thing. (And doesn’t that hit home with some of us?) Even the wealthy Norman Osborn, at the other end of the economic spectrum, faced the threat of being forced out of his own company. (This was one of the reasons his mind snapped and he became the Green Goblin.) The second movie continues the theme of economic instability. While Peter’s contemporaries are doing better than he is (Harry was born rich, Mary Jane is doing well as an actress and model), Peter loses his bottom-of-the-barrel job as a pizza delivery boy. Unable to get a loan from her bank, Aunt May loses her home. (How can Peter afford attending Columbia University? Though the movie does not say so, he must be on full scholarship, which he presumably would lose if he keeps failing his courses.)

    (Here’s another tangent. Why is it that Spider-Man 2 shows Mary Jane acting onstage in Oscar Wilde’s The Importance of Being Earnest?

    I expect the ghost of Dr. Frederic Wertham might say this is a coded indication of gay sensibility in the film, but I don’t think so. One easy answer is that Earnest is in the public domain, so the filmmakers didn’t have to pay for the rights to excerpt a play. Nor did screenwriter Alvin Sargent have to invent an excerpt from some fictional play. In his column in The New York Times (July 11, 2003) critic Frank Rich points out the film’s positive attitude towards literature. “In Spider-Man 2 they seem determined to remind us that it is a civilization, not merely a crowd of extras, that is the target of attack. The hero, Peter Parker (Tobey Maguire), turns to poetry to woo his girl next door, Mary Jane Watson (Kirsten Dunst). She is an actress appearing in The Importance of Being Earnest” Rich might also have mentioned that Dr. Octopus’s wife Rosalie is an English teacher with an especial interest in the works of T. S. Eliot; it is after she dies that he goes mad, as if having symbolically lost the sensibility she represented.

    But here I think is the real reason Earnest turns up in Spider-Man 2. In an excerpt we see Mary Jane perform, there is a reference to “secret lives.” Earnest is a comedy in which the two male leads tell false stories about themselves, and one even adopts a false name, in order to court young women (including the one MJ plays). In other words, this is a play involving secret identities. In the end one of the male leads even discovers the truth about his mysterious parentage, and hence his true identity. So surely you can see the relevance of Earnest to the story of a young man with two identities who loves a young women, and how they both come to accept his dual personas.

    cic-046-02.jpg

    Spider-Man debuted in 1962; compare him to another iconic pop culture figure who first made the transition from novels to the movies that same year: James Bond. Not only is Bond presented as the embodiment of cool, which Peter Parker has never been, but he is also an emblem of economic success. Just how Bond does it is unclear: either he is independently wealthy, gets paid an enormous salary for a government employee, or has an unlimited expense account. Yet Bond seems to have all the trappings of wealth and the high life that he could want, as well as an endless succession of women as lovers. As noted, this is decidedly not true of Spider-Man. Then again, though serving his country, Bond is not particularly idealistic or spiritual: he is in fact a cold-blooded killer. Though he operates on behalf of his nation or the free world, Bond seems unconcerned with the welfare of individuals he does not personally know, whereas Spider-Man would risk his life for a stranger as a matter of moral principle. Bond has an “earthly” moral code and “earthly” rewards.

    The ’60s were a time of prosperity, and Bond fits right in. Perhaps Peter Parker’s money worries reflect the fact that Stan Lee was a child of the Great Depression of the 1930s. (Now, of course, the movies’ concern with economic hardship reflect the problematic state of the U. S. economy since the year 2000.) But Lee and Ditko also seem to be questioning what is the point of following a career track to prosperity if it means sacrificing morality? In this, the Spider-Man 2 comic, created in the early 1960s, seems to anticipate the attitudes of the counterculture that arose among Baby Boomers later in that decade. (Many of you may wish here to consider how Lee’s and the Boomers’ attitudes towards careers and wealth may have changed again following the 1960s.)

    But, you may argue, is the “dream” really out of reach for the movies’ Peter Parker, at least as far as true love is concerned?

    Recall how the end of the third Star Trek movie explicitly reversed the apparent moral of the second. In the second “the one” ““ Spock ““ sacrifices himself for the sake of “the many.” In the third, “the many” ““ Kirk and the “Enterprise” crew ““ risk their lives for the sake of “the one,” to bring Spock back to life.

    Similarly, the end of Spider-Man 2 reverses the seeming point of the end of the previous movie. At the end of the first Spider-Man 2 Peter rejects the idea of a romantic relationship with Mary Jane and tells her they can only be “friends.” He’s decided that if any of Spider-Man’s enemies found out who he was and that he loved her, her life would be endangered. (And indeed, the Green Goblin had nearly murdered her earlier in the movie.) I wasn’t the only one dissatisfied with this ending. Indeed, Peter’s happy smile as he walked away from the deeply distraught Mary Jane in the cemetery seemed to convey the wrong message: that loving a woman wasn’t important compared with Guy Stuff like beating up super-villains.)

    But in the second movie, though Peter tries to keep Mary Jane from learning he is Spider-Man, she nonetheless learns the truth. (This is another parallel with Tim Burton’s Batman.) He insists that they cannot become a couple, and, indeed, she’s already been attacked in both films by super-villains who know she’s connected with Spider-Man/Peter Parker.

    And so Mary Jane is set to marry her alternate choice, astronaut John Jameson, son of Jonah. There is a fancy wedding scene, conveying that the two Jameson men and their social circle represent the Establishment in wealth and prestige. Marrying into this world would be achieving the American dream of success. And the traditional end of a comedy is a wedding, about which the community gathers.

    But this is the Wrong Wedding: this is the Old Order that Mary Jane must abandon, and so she does. Instead Mary Jane never arrives at the ceremony, but runs off in her wedding gown. Critic Andrew Sarris correctly points out to the feminist angle here: “If Mary Jane is to leave him her fianc¿ (at the altar as so many of her Hollywood sisters did in the past), she’ll have to do it on her own and without any help from Peter or the scriptwriters.” It’s entirely her decision. It’s like the end of The Graduate if Katharine Ross’s character had run out on her wedding without Dustin Hoffman’s character prompting her to do so.

    Fleeing a ceremony exemplifying wealth and social success, Mary Jane arrives in the realm of poverty, the world of a person excluded from that society: Peter Parker’s apartment. There she tells him that she chooses him as the right man for her, and that she is willing to risk the possible dangers he warned her about. It’s notable that she’s still in the wedding gown: this scene isn’t literally a marriage, but figuratively it is the wedding that concludes the film, the union of the hero and heroine. She is in a sense proposing to him, and he accepts.

    And why does this work for the movie? In his review of Spider-Man 2, Andrew Sarris gets the point exactly: He notes that Spider-Man and Mary Jane each at times face possible death, “a fate they face with superheroic sangfroid. This is the grace note of their final union ““ Mary Jane Watson is found to be worthy as much as he is found brave enough to make a commitment to his sweetheart, despite the danger in which his crime-fighting prowess places her. We’re back in the Middle Ages of knights and lady loves. . . .” Significantly, Sarris goes on to speak of “the overwhelming spirituality of the camera’s love affair with Ms. Dunst. I haven’t seen such luminous close-ups since the great screen stars of Hollywood’s Golden Age. Who would have thought that Mr. Raimi. . .would light up the screen with such a chaste depiction of love, and without a trace of lechery?”

    Spider-Man 2 is not following the archetypal pattern of separating the “spiritual” higher moral mission from the “earthly” life of love and family. Peter and Mary Jane can be united because she has effectively joined his mission. Her courage and the strength of her love for Peter enables her to be willing to accept the potential dangers he and she would face together. As Sarris says, she has proved “worthy.” She participates in his mission by accepting it, and becoming Peter’s confidant and main support; maybe that’s one reason Sarris senses a “spirituality” in the way Mary Jane is depicted in the film. Sarris is also right that Peter demonstrates bravery in accepting Mary Jane’s offer of romance: having lost Uncle Ben, he is now risking further emotional pain should harm befall Mary Jane.

    Now one might say that the happy ending of Spider-Man 2 is cheerfully ironic: Peter Parker had to renounce the “dream” in order to receive it. But has he really achieved the “American Dream”?

    The Times review of political writer David Brooks’ book On Paradise Drive (June 23, 2004) quotes Brooks as writing, “Born in abundance, inspired by opportunity, nurtured in imagination, spiritualized by a sense of God’s blessing and call, and realized in ordinary life day by day, this Paradise Spell is the controlling ideology of American life. . .Just beyond the next ridge., just with the next entrepreneurial scheme or. . .the next political hero. . .or the next true love. . .there is this spot you can get to where all tensions will melt, all time pressures are relieved, and all contentment can be realized. . . .” The reviewer, Joyce Maynard, then asks, “Who would ever mistake that for a description of any country but the United States?”

    That’s not Peter Parker’s United States. He’s never going to arrive at Paradise. The day after the final scene of Spider-Man 2, he’ll still have trouble making his rent, the Daily Bugle will still be smearing his reputation, and he still risks being gunned down any night by any common crook.

    The difference is that now he has a loving companion with whom to share his life. Sam Raimi told Newsweek that “Peter’s living a life out of balance. He thinks he’s got to make this journey alone, but he doesn’t realize that to love someone is nor to shield them from the truth, but to share it with them.”

    Yet there is no guarantee of living happily ever after with Mary Jane. Shortly before the final scene of Peter and MJ’s union, we see Harry Osborn confronting the (real? imagined?) ghost of his father, symbolically seeing Norman in place of his own reflection in a mirror, and (with further symbolism) finding the Green Goblin’s equipment behind that mirror. Even as Peter and Mary Jane happily acknowledge their love for each other, Peter is aware that Harry knows he’s Spider-Man, whom he holds responsible for Norman’s death. And Harry knows that Peter loves Mary Jane. The very kind of danger that Peter fears for MJ is already arising. (And how about the appearance of Dr. Curt Connors, complete ““ so to speak ““ with missing arm, in the new movie, in a clear set-up for Connors’ other self, the Lizard, to show up in Spider-Man 3?)

    So Peter and Mary Jane face a future far from “paradise,” and perhaps it will never be attainable. At least they will find comfort in making the journey that Raimi mentions together.

    cic-046-03.jpg

    So what kind of American hero is Spider-Man? Spider-Man is the hero of mature disillusionment, who strives to do what’s right despite the realization that simply having power does not ensure happiness, that one can make damaging mistakes, that one’s ability to change the world is necessarily limited, and that earthly “Paradise” may be forever out of reach. Spider-Man is the American hero who places morality above material success, who will sacrifice his own happiness for the welfare of the community of which he is a part. Spider-Man is not the ubermensch of the United States as the world’s only super-power. Spider-Man is the American Everyman, who would rather struggle in leading a morally upright life than lead a comfortable, morally complacent one. That’s the spirit of democracy, a system in which people, no matter of what social or economic level, ideally work together for the common welfare. In the comics and in the movies, Spider-Man 2 acknowledges that not everyone will achieve the “American Dream,” but there are more important things about being an American, and that with sufficient moral dedication, anyone can act heroically. Peter Parker is repeatedly castigated ““ even by comics writers and movie critics ““ as a nerd, a dork, a loser, a misfit. To understand Spider-Man 2 properly is to realize that dividing people into winners and losers according to their degree of “earthly” success is irrelevant. It’s how one handles the responsibilities that his or her abilities (powers, if you prefer), however great or small, give him or her that’s important.Spider-Man 2 thus communicates a surprisingly subversive point of view towards conventional thinking about the “American Dream.” Certainly it’s amazing that Sam Raimi and company can convey this message in a big budget movie produced by corporations like Sony and Marvel. The Newsweek cover story informs us that Tobey Maguire “earned only $4 million for the first movie,” was contracted to make the second film “for only $8 million,” but ended up getting “about $17 million.” Seems far removed from the philosophy of the movie, doesn’t it?

    Spider-Man was a hero created in the 1960s who is vitally relevant today. And perhaps he is a pop culture figure who draws on an archetype that underlies another heroic figure who has fascinated readers for centuries. In the July 12-19 issue of The New Yorker, critic Anthony Lane, discussing Spider-Man 2, writes, “There is only one young man I can think of who was more torn about his purpose in life, and he, regrettably, was taken off the case by Laertes.” Lane is talking about Hamlet, and Frank Rich also described Peter Parker’s “inner equivocation he suffers over his role as a superhero” as “playing Hamlet.” I noted two columns ago that Stan Lee has said he was influenced by the bravura of Shakespeare’s language. In Peter Parker’s character, the 1960s youth who, as Roger Stern points out in that same column, questioned everything, perhaps we see another, possibly unconscious, influence of the Bard on the founder of the Marvel Age of Comics.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #45: A Spider-Man State of Mind

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    What better subject could there be to mark the first anniversary of this column than the new Spider-Man 2 movie? Roger Ebert in the Chicago Sun-Times proclaimed it to be “the best superhero movie since the modern genre was launched with Superman (1978).” Critic Richard Schickel of Time (July 5, 2004) went even further, pronouncing it “probably the best special effects extravaganza since Raiders of the Lost Ark.”

    In the immediate aftermath of seeing Spider-Man 2, I think it’s too early to judge whether it reaches a status as exalted as that. My enthusiastic responses on seeing the movie are still relatively fresh in my memory. Time must pass in order to judge how it matches up against Richard Donner’s Superman or Tim Burton’s Batman or even the first Spider-Man movie.

    But Spider-Man 2 definitely belongs in the first rank of comics-based movies. Ebert perceptively refers to the “classical workmanship” of the film’s director, Sam Raimi, and its writers, screenwriter Alvin Sargent, and the three noted superhero aficionados credited with the story: novelist Michael Chabon (The Amazing Adventures of Kavalier & Clay) and the television writer/producer team of Alfred Gough and Miles Millar (Smallville). Spider-Man 2 was built to last; I have little doubt that it will indeed be regarded as a classic in decades to come, while various other comics-based movies that misfired will recede into obscurity.

    From the very first installment of this column, one of its concerns has been how the mainstream media evaluate comics and comics-based movies and television. To my surprise, the major film critics’ reviews of Spider-Man 2 that I’ve read have been warmly enthusiastic, with only occasional, minor traces of condescension towards the material.

    Why is this? In Tom DeFalco’s book Comics Creators on Spider-Man (see Comics in Context #44), he observes that many of the comic’s writers see themselves as writing “The Adventures of Peter Parker,” more than the exploits of Spider-Man. Raimi and his writers followed the same route to success. Spider-Man 2 has brilliantly staged action scenes, but not as many as one might have expected from this kind of action-adventure blockbuster. Raimi and cohorts so successfully seize the audience’s attention with the story of Peter Parker’s life that it becomes the basis, indeed, the heart of their film. It’s what Ang Lee and his collaborators tried and failed to do with their Hulk movie: they neither created sufficient empathy for their lead characters nor successfully created suspenseful, exciting action sequences. Raimi’s new film succeeds on both counts.

    What various critics said in their reviews bears this out. In Newsweek (June 28, 2004) Jeff Giles expresses his welcome astonishment that Spider-Man 2 is “a summer action flick that’s actually smart and deeply felt.” He goes on, “For a man directing a Fourth of July movie, Raimi spends an unusual amount of time letting emotions have center stage” and credits Raimi and company “for hunting for the highest common denominator” in their audience. Schickel comments that “the effects, though handsomely managed, don’t overwhelm the story and characters.”

    Ebert notes that “the dialogue is more about emotion, love and values,” and asserts that “The movie demonstrates what’s wrong with a lot of other superhero epics. They focus on the super-powers, and short-change the humans behind them. (Has anyone ever been more boring, for instance, than Clark Kent or Bruce Wayne?)” Comics enthusiasts with knowledge of important work done with Superman and Batman will challenge Ebert’s assumption. But it is thanks to the example set by Stan Lee’s groundbreaking work with Spider-Man in the 1960s that later writers would delve into the personalities of the longrunning DC heroes.

    Even New York Times critic A.O. Scott warmed to Spider-Man 2. The title of his review (June 29, 2004) sums up the point that the others are also making: “Putting Action after Feelings of a Superhero.” He declares himself “happy to report” that the movie’s “distinguishing features. . , are strong characters and honest feelings.” In contrast to other summer blockbusters, in Spider-Man 2, he says, “the extravagant action sequences are subordinate to the narrative rather than the point of the movie,” which he calls “a touching and disarming love story, full of grief, longing and sweet confusion.”

    I wonder if there’s something more behind the positive critical reception that Spider-Man 2 has received. Perhaps it’s that there have been enough superhero movies over the last several years that film critics have grown more accustomed to the genre, and less likely to dismiss it out of hand. There have also been noteworthy recent movies in similar genres, like the Lord of the Rings trilogy and the Harry Potter films. They’re learning how to “read” these genres. Rather than being put off by the costumes and fantasy elements, they’re learning to see the emotional and psychological elements underlying them. Scott refers to Spider-Man 2 as a “superhero allegory” with “surprising emotional realism.” “Allegory” is technically not the right word, but he is right to view this superhero story as a metaphor for emotional realities. In other words, they’re learning to appreciate Stan Lee’s achievement in transforming the superhero genre into a means of personal expression.

    Spider-Man 2 is an excellent movie, possibly better than the first, as various critics have contended. But the first Spider-Man movie was quite good, too. Perhaps the real difference is that mainstream reviewers have grown more open to taking movies like these seriously.

    THE FILM’S FOUNDATION

    Possibly expecting Spider-Man 2 to be a kiddie movie, Times critic A.O. Scott brought his nearly eight-year-old son to a screening. Scott reported in his review that his son said afterwards, “But there was one part. . .that I really didn’t like.” Scott explains, “That was when Peter Parker threw his costume in the trash and declared that he was ‘Spider-Man’ no more. ‘He can’t do that,’ my son complained. ‘It’s not right. We need Spider-Man.’”

    The string reaction Scott’s son had to this moment testifies to the ability of Spider-Man’s co-creator Stan Lee at his height as a storyteller to tap the emotions and concerns of his audience. Spider-Man 2 takes as its villain Doctor Octopus, an early creation of Lee and artist Steve Ditko. But the heart of this movie derives from Lee and artist John Romita, Sr.’s classic story “Spider-Man No More!” from The Amazing Spider-Man #50 (July, 1967).

    In fact, I was surprised on the Saturday morning after the movie’s opening to see John Romita, Sr. appear on the Today show. The program did a split screen, placing Romita’s drawing of Peter Parker walking down the alleyway, his costume stuffed in a trash can, against a still image of the same scene from the film; Raimi had recreated the image exactly.

    Actually, in the first Doctor Octopus story (Amazing Spider-Man #3, July 1963), he initially bested Spider-Man so badly that Peter Parker decided to quit his superhero career. It was listening to a speech given by the Human Torch (who is the same age as Parker but had been in the superhero business a bit longer) that refired Peter’s determination to carry on as a costumed crimefighter.

    cic-045-01.jpg“Spider-Man No More” was a more thorough, far more dramatic treatment of the same idea of Peter Parker giving into despair, this time due not to defeat in combat but by the emotional and psychological toll that his years of being Spider-Man had taken on his personal life. I expect it is no coincidence that “Spider-Man No More” appeared in the fiftieth issue of the magazine. Stan Lee presumably sought to create a landmark event in the life of Spider-Man suitable for marking the anniversary of this unexpectedly successful series.

    It likewise makes sense that Sam Raimi and his collaborators chose “Spider-Man No More” as the basis for their second movie. The first was about how Peter Parker became Spider-Man and a crimefighter; the second is about the point at which he wonders if he made the right choice for his life, whether it is worth the price he has to pay in his personal life, and whether it is still possible to go back.

    I have a great deal to say about Spider-Man 2, but before I discuss the surprisingly iconoclastic themes of this movie, I want to devote this column to a different subject: the ways in which the movie versions of Spider-Man and his leading lady, Mary Jane Watson, differ from the traditional versions in the comics. The changes lead to somewhat different interpretations of these characters in the movies, as you shall see. (And, as usual, it will help if you’ve seen the movie first, since I will discuss much of the plot.)

    PETER PARKER ZONES OUT

    The first Spider-Man movie inspired some controversy by changing the nature of Spider-Man’s webbing. In the comics, Peter Parker devised “web fluid” which he projects from “web-shooters” in Spider-Man’s gloves. In the movies, Peter’s own body generates the web fluid, which shoots from his hands. This had a precedent: in the 1990s writer Peter David had his co-creation, Spider-Man 2099, the web-slinger of an alternate future, generate his webbing the same way. Similarly, the movie Spider-Man has tiny (presumably retractable) claws on his hands (and, I assume, his feet) that enable him to cling to walls. This, too, follows Peter David’s example with Spider-Man 2099. (But can these tiny claws really extend through the soles of his boots?) Back in the 1980s The Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe instead stated that Spider-Man somehow (psionically, I’d think) controls the interatomic attraction between himself and the walls he clings to, but Marvel writers have taken no notice of this.

    I would guess that Stan Lee wanted Spider-Man’s webbing to be artificial because he might have thought it too grotesque to have the fluid emerge from Spider-Man’s body. People who criticize the movie’s changes in the webbing argue that the fact that the comic book Peter invented the web fluid demonstrates his scientific brilliance. Indeed it does, though it is somewhat hard to believe that, once he was endowed with his spider powers, Peter succeeded in figuring out how to create this amazing webbing virtually overnight.

    Longtime Spider-Man readers are familiar with scenes in which Spider-Man runs out of web fluid. I wonder what the equivalent would be for the movie Spider-Man. Does he lose weight by generating lots of web fluid? Could he dangerously dehydrate himself by expending too much of the fluid? If he creates a large web, does he feel hungry or thirsty?

    Spider-Man 2 persuades me there is at least one advantage to the movies’ version of the webbing. In this second movie Spider-Man does indeed come up empty on a few occasions when he tries to shoot webbing. Roger Ebert said in his review that “It’s kind of neat that Spider-Man never does find out why his web-throwing [sic] ability sometimes fails him.” In fact, a doctor explains the reason onscreen. Peter’s doubts about whether he should continue his career as Spider-Man are subconsciously blocking his ability to produce the webbing.

    Now, consider what the web fluid looks like before it solidifies into webbing. (In his review in The New Yorker, critic Anthony Lane jokes that he’s glad the movie wasn’t titled Spider-Man 2: Still Not Quite Sure What to Do with All His Sticky Stuff.)

    cic-045-02.jpg

    There may be a conscious or subconscious sexual metaphor behind this sticky near-white liquid Spidey shoots. (Consider too the scene in the first movie, in which Peter tries to keep Aunt May from seeing the “experiments” he’s conducting in his room, which we see filled with those sticky strands of webbing.) So, Spider-Man’s self-doubts are rendering him symbolically impotent. It’s likewise significant that it is when Doctor Octopus kidnaps Mary Jane that Peter’s powers finally return full force, as if in a surge of sexual feeling for her.

    Spider-Man’s self-doubts even prevent him from clinging to walls, So the tiny claws must indeed be retractable and have failed to emerge. Actually, in this case the Marvel Universe Handbook’s implication that Spider-Man’s clinging abilities are psionic would have worked even better in this context.

    What surprised me is that once Peter gives up being Spider-Man, he has to wear glasses again. In the comics, Peter still wore glasses after gaining his spider-powers, but, after breaking his glasses in one issue, discovered that he no longer needed them. There was no explanation, and it’s likely that Lee and Ditko simply thought he’d look better without them. In contrast, the first movie made it clear that the metamorphosis Peter underwent after being bitten by the genetically altered spider cleared up his faulty vision.

    To prove to the movie audience that Peter has not just returned to wearing glasses on a personal whim, when his powers fully return, Raimi gives us a shot from Peter’s point of view, demonstrating that now his vision is blurry with the glasses, and clear without them.

    This all reminds me of a theory that John Byrne had about Superman: that his powers were actually psionic. Byrne never explicitly stated this in any of his Superman stories (DC surely would not have let him), but he implied it in a story line in which Superman becomes an amnesiac on Apokolips and is unable to utilize his powers.

    So it would seem that when Peter gives up his Spider-Man career, he actually loses his superhuman powers. This takes Stan Lee’s original “Spider-Man No More” story even further on a literal level. Does this mean that all the physical changes that Peter Parker underwent have gone into a sort of remission? Is it possible those tiny retractable claws have entirely ceased to exist?

    It also takes “Spider-Man No More” further thematically. It suggests that Peter has chosen to revert to the person he was before he became Spider-Man, the kid in the glasses. In becoming Spider-Man, Peter not only gained superhuman abilities but also, eventually, his sense of duty and responsibility. In forsaking his life as Spider-Man, Peter is rejecting that sense of duty. The super-powers can be read as metaphors for the ability of an adult to effect change; certainly Spider-Man’s sense of duty stands for an adult’s moral responsibilities. In abandoning his Spider-Man career, Peter may be consciously seeking a normal life, but symbolically he is attempting to return to childhood. And this can’t be done.

    Certainly Raimi and the writers make clear that giving up being Spider-Man doesn’t solve Peter’s personal problems: they immediately show him experiencing yet more examples of his characteristic bad luck. One could argue that giving up being Spider-Man is a necessary step in his maturation: that he must reconnect to people in his personal life and pay attention to responsibilities at work and school and to his friends and family..

    But in showing Peter visually reverting to his pre-Spidey self, the kid in the glasses, Raimi & Company are making clear that he has really taken a step backwards, retreating from personal growth.

    They also strongly dramatize the power that guilt has on Peter Parker’s psyche. Take the scene in which Peter witnesses a mugging and forces himself to walk away without intervening. If this happened to non-super-powered people like you or me, we probably couldn’t do anything to help save looking for a policeman. But this scene reminded me of something I see every week: people who pass by beggars on the street without even acknowledging them. Peter Parker cannot so easily ignore other people in distress.

    Later, Peter comes across the scene of a building on fire with people trapped inside. This should remind the viewer of a similar situation in the first movie, in which Spider-Man went to the rescue. Raimi dramatizes Peter’s crisis of conscience in this second fire scene. Peter begins to pull open his shirt, as if by automatic reflex, and is surprised to remember he isn’t wearing his costume, or, metaphorically, he has given up that side of his identity. But he nevertheless goes into the burning building as himself and rescues a child. Peter learns afterwards that someone else died inside; perhaps had Peter come as Spider-Man with his full powers, he would have found and saved this victim, too. So arguably once again someone has died through Peter’s failure to act as fully as he could have. It is as if signifying that until Peter reassumes his Spider-Man persona, his efforts to fulfill his moral duty will be inadequate.

    Over the Fourth of July weekend I looked in on some episodes in the Sci-Fi Channel’s The Twilight Zone marathon, and came across Rod Serling’s episode “Walking Distance,” in which an adult in what today would be termed a midlife crisis literally travels back in time to the days of his childhood and discovers he cannot remain there. Serling’s closing narration acknowledges the longing to undo “growing up” and rejects it as impossible.

    In making Spider-Man’s powers dependent on the state of Peter Parker’s psyche, Raimi and his writers are saying that Spider-Man is more than a set of physical powers. Being Spider-Man is a state of mind. In this movie Peter Parker tries to repress the Spider-Man side of his personality, and it works for a while. But in the end he has to accept that Spider-Man is now who he is; he cannot go back to the time before.

    In Amazing Spider-Man #50 Stan Lee gave Peter’s decision to be “Spider-Man No More” a twist that the movie does not deal with at all. The comics’ Peter convinces himself that being Spider-Man was actually a sign of immaturity, and that by giving up his costumed career, he is putting childish things aside and facing adult responsibility at last. Perhaps this is a metaphor for the adult who faces such difficulties in achieving the idealistic goals he had as a youth that he is tempted to abandon their pursuit and settle for a more practical way of life. Perhaps “Spider-Man No More” reflected Stan Lee’s own, well-known doubts in 1961, the turning point of his life, as to whether he should continue writing comics. One could even read this story as a metaphor for the superhero comics reader’s own dilemma as he grows older: am I getting too old to be reading this stuff?

    But the comics Peter Parker had gotten it backwards. Even if the superhero genre began as a means of entertaining children, the Marvel Revolution redefined the superhero as a sign of accepting and implementing the responsibilities of adults to their community. The moral ideals we are taught as children retain validity in adult life. Stan Lee in the comics and Sam Raimi in the movies may treat Peter Parker’s “Spider-Man No More” identity crisis in different ways, but they, and Peter, end up with the same solution.

    LAUGH, SPIDEY, LAUGH

    New Yorker critic Anthony Lane comments that “What with the mournful [Alfred] Molina,” who plays Doctor Octopus, “the hazed-over [Kirsten] Dunst,” who plays Mary Jane, “and the puffy uncertainties of [Tobey] Maguire, “who plays Peter Parker, “we in the audience are the only ones who still believe, without qualification, in thrill and spill.”

    Lane is onto something here. Something important is missing from the portrayals of all three major characters.

    Certainly the two Spider-Man movies convey great, visceral joy in the scenes of Spider-Man swinging through the city on his webs, conveying the kind of speed and acrobatic movement that the static comics page can only begin to suggest. In the first film Peter Parker had moments of infectious glee as he tested out his newfound ability to leap from building to building.

    But apart from that, the movies’ Peter Parker seems to take no pleasure in being Spider-Man. The joyfulness of the spectacular web-swinging sequences is the director’s, the CGI crew’s, and the audience’s, but Spider-Man himself does not indicate he’s enjoying himself.

    Similarly, Spider-Man 2 is full of humor. Whereas in the first movie J. Jonah Jameson seemed a peripheral character, here he comes into his own as the colorful comedic figure we know from the comics. (Indeed, Raimi and his writers seem to make a point of giving all the recurring characters more to do, ranging from Aunt May’s greatly enlarged role to Betty Brant’s getting more scenes in which to do walk-ons. The movies’ Norman and Harry Osborn may not have the kind of hairstyle that Steve Ditko gave them ““ in real life, does anyone? ““ but it’s amusing to see a live action Betty Brant sporting her distinctive Ditkoesque hairdo.)

    cic-045-03.jpg

    The movie gets plenty of comedic mileage out of the everyday mishaps that beset Peter Parker in both his identities. One high point is the scene in the elevator after Spider-Man, temporarily unable to emit his webbing, has to use it to get down from a high building. Unwilling to consider the possibility that this is the real Spider-Man, his fellow passenger assumes Spidey is a masquerader and asks about his costume. A weary Spider-Man, perhaps grateful for someone to talk to, confesses to certain uncomfortable aspects of his outfit.But notice that even here, Spider-Man is not making jokes. He’s simply stating the truth, which turns out to be funny. In his first battle with Doctor Octopus at the bank, Spider-Man gets off a few lame bits of repartee. Otherwise, this Spider-Man is no comedian at all.

    In my review of Tom DeFalco’s new Comics Creators on Spider-Man, I noted how writers Marv Wolfman, Roger Stern, and Paul Jenkins all emphasize the importance of Spider-Man’s sense of humor. Stern speaks of the side of Spider-Man’s personality that he compares to Bugs Bunny. Like Bugs, Spider-Man outwits and mocks self-important, violent, often bigger opponents. This should remind us that Spider-Man is what Kurt Busiek has called an “urban trickster.” He’s a positive, benevolent version of the trickster archetype. (The Joker is a negative version.) Hence, humor is an essential part of his character. Jenkins even argues that it is Peter Parker’s ability to laugh at his misfortunes that enables him to act as Spider-Man.

    The first two movies portray their villains, Norman Osborn/Green Goblin and Otto Octavius/Doctor Octopus as modern Jekyll/Hydes. This, indeed, is true to their origins in the comic books. But Spider-Man/Peter Parker also has a dual personality. The difference between Spider-Man and these two villains is that in the villains’ cases, the evil personality entirely supplants the good one. In contrast, Spider-Man’s persona and Peter Parker’s are integrated with each other. But the movies treat Spider-Man as exhibiting the same personality whether he is in costume or not. He may act in a more spectacular manner as Spider-Man, but he still seems as introverted, even glum, as Peter Parker does.

    In contrast, in the comics, Spider-Man and Peter Parker are traditionally portrayed as different aspects of the same personality. (Marv Wolfman points out in DeFalco’s book that the two sides of Peter/Spidey even have different styles of humor.) Spider-Man is more extroverted, more uninhibited, and, wearing his mask, can get away with saying things that the more subdued Peter wouldn’t. Like a comedian who uses jokes to cope with his unhappy past, Peter Parker finds a means of escape from life’s everyday miseries through becoming Spider-Man. This certainly does not mean that Spider-Man never has problems or suffers tragedy. But as Spider-Man, Peter Parker can swing acrobatically around the city, and physically defeat his adversaries in combat. The comics have long made the point that Parker enjoys the freedom that being Spider-Man affords. And certainly Parker exults in Spider-Man’s humor. Being Spider-Man is a release for the usually downtrodden Peter Parker.

    Spider-Man is not only in the tradition of Bugs Bunny, but of live action silent movie comedians like Charlie Chaplin, Buster Keaton, and Harold Lloyd: “little guys” who contend with bigger, more powerful opponents and end up performing spectacular physical feats. Spidey is also fits into the tradition of the fast-talking comedian in talking pictures like Bob Hope or Woody Allen, who makes fun of his adversaries. Whereas Hope and Allen portrayed comedic cowards, Spider-Man is like a fusion between the smart aleck comedian and the traditional action hero. He can outdo his nemesis both verbally and physically.

    Spider-Man’s sense of comedy is also yet another factor that set him apart from the stolid DC superheroes of the time like Superman. It’s true that Batman and Robin from the 1940s to the end of the 1960s would engage in humorous banter while fighting bad guys. But Stan Lee’s Spider-Man had an individual style all his own, or, rather, Stan Lee’s own, which subsequent generations of Spider-writers learned to imitate. That style has been watered down over the decades, until today there’s nothing vivid or surprising about Spider-Man’s repartee in the comics. Maybe that’s why Spider-Man isn’t witty at all in the movies.

    Lee and Ditko’s 1960s Spider-Man was an ironic take on the standard conventions of the superhero genre. Irony can be grim: Peter Parker was inadvertently responsible for the murder of his uncle. But irony can also be humorous, as in Spider-Man’s jibes at his enemies or at the absurd aspects of the idea of a guy dressing up as a spider to fight crime. Irony is part of Stan Lee’s and Spider-Man’s world views. Spider-Man’s humor expresses an important side of his outlook on life. Spider-Man’s comedian side is such an essential part of his character that it’s baffling that the movie almost entirely ignores it.

    Perhaps it has to do with Raimi’s focus on the “great responsibility” theme. His Spider-Man is so focused on his moral duty, and so driven by guilt, that being Spider-Man is no emotional release for Peter Parker at all. The Spider-Man costume is merely his uniform for doing his job. In or out of costume, he is still the same gloomy soul.

    Maybe this will change. The Spider-Man of the first movie decides that his duty precludes the possibility of love with Mary Jane. By the end of the second movie, Parker has decided he can have both. I wonder if in the third movie he will have achieved enough balance in his life that he can allow himself to make jokes, to cast off inhibitions, and, when he is not beset by disaster, to have a good laugh.

    YOSEMITE OCK

    In Newsweek‘s June 28, 2004 cover story on Spider-Man 2, Alfred Molina says, “I felt very strongly about keeping the rather dry, sardonic humor he has in the comic books.” To which my reaction was: what the hell is he talking about? Stan Lee’s Doctor Octopus is not known for having any sense of humor, and subsequent writers have followed his lead. He instead indulges in Lee’s standard kind of dialogue for his more intelligent villains: a combination of chest-thumping boasts, egocentric self-praise, grandiose visions of his goals, dire threats, contemptuous insults, and boilerplate bluster. Maybe this is the sort of thing Molina finds funny, but it doesn’t fit the description of “dry, sardonic humor.”

    However, Molina is on target with his other observation about Octopus in Newsweek: “He’s a bit like Richard III, who tells you exactly what he’s going to do, how he’s going to do it, and how he feels about it. Like all great villains, he’s completely transparent.” In DeFalco’s book, Stan Lee talks about how Shakespeare’s language influenced his own writing. While Lee’s Doc Ock doesn’t reach the grandiose heights of Doctor Doom, Molina is quite correct in intuiting that Lee was attempting to endow Ock with an elevated, theatrical speaking style comparable to that of Shakespearean villains. (The comics’ Spider-Man is Shakespearean in his own way, with his characteristic self-searching soliloquies.)

    As I mentioned in one of my 1602 columns, this kind of stylized language seems to be out of favor nowadays, and all too often Lee and other Marvel writers made it seem corny. But Doc Ock’s tirades are important to the comedic side of Spider-Man. Ock is Spider-Man’s straight man, as are many of Spidey’s other foes. Doc Ock represents the dark side of the ubermensch concept: the superhuman who sees himself as superior to ordinary people. Spider-Man, though, is the superhuman as everyman, who remains down to earth, grounded, one of us, and who fights on our behalf. So it is right and appropriate that Spider-Man forsakes dramatic, elevated language for colloquial humor, and cuts Doctor Octopus’s self-important boasting to ribbons with his sharp shafts of ridicule. It’s like Yosemite Sam yelling that he’s the roughest, toughest, sharp-shootingest hombre west of the Rio Grande, only to be informed by Bugs Bunny, “What a maroon.”

    cic-045-04.jpg

    In an interview she gave before the first Spider-Man movie opened, Kirsten Dunst said that she originally thought she would be playing Spider-Man’s first real girlfriend, Gwen Stacy. Now there is testimony to the strength of the Spider-Man legend in American popular culture. Baby Boomers may not like to think about it, but Gwen Stacy died before Kirsten Dunst was born. And yet Dunst knew about Gwen.

    Yet perhaps Dunst was intuiting something about the Mary Jane of the movies. The movie MJ has the same name and hair color as the original comics’ Mary Jane. As in the comics, the movies’ Mary Jane lived next door to the Parkers, had an unhappy family life, and went into acting and modeling. She eventually learns that Peter Parker is Spider-Man, and by the end of Spider-Man 2 Dunst’s MJ even calls him “tiger,” the comic book Mary Jane’s trademark pet name for Peter. (“Oh, Peter,” Gerry Conway once had the comics’ Mary Jane affectionately say, “I call you tiger because you’re not.”)

    But other than that, the movie Mary Jane is very different from Stan Lee’s co-creation. The original comics version of MJ did not go to high school with Peter, though the Ultimate Spider-Man continuity makes her his classmate.

    More importantly, the movie Mary Jane does not have the sassy, sensual, good-humored personality with which Stan Lee endowed her, and which won over readers’ affections.

    In the original comics Peter Parker did not meet Gwen Stacy or Mary Jane Watson until he started college. While Steve Ditko was still drawing and plotting the series, Gwen began as a variation on Peter’s high school classmate Liz Allan: a snooty girl contemptuous of this new arrival. Subsequently, under the team of Stan Lee and artist John Romita, Sr., Gwen evolved into Peter Parker’s first true love. Lee and Romita turned her into their image of the perfect woman: beautiful, sweet, without faults. Lee says in the DeFalco book that Gwen was the woman Peter should have married.

    In contrast, Mary Jane appears to have been the “Bad Girl,” or, rather, the “Not-as-Good Girl” to serve as counterpoint to Gwen’s “Good Girl.” Mary Jane was a “party girl,” though she wasn’t really bad. In 1960s comics under the Comics Code, she could hardly be “bad,” anyway: she couldn’t have been shown sleeping around, although her dalliance with Harry Osborn did not reflect well on her. Gwen and Mary Jane were like Spider-Man’s answer to Betty and Veronica in Archie, or maybe like the 1950s-1970s versions of Lois Lane and Lana Lang. Each duo was competing over the hero, but readers were meant to see Betty and Lois as the worthier of each pair.

    What made Mary Jane less perfect than Gwen by the standards of that time was her apparent lack of moral seriousness: the early MJ just seemed to be out for a good time. The 1960s Mary Jane was also more sexually aggressive than Gwen. There was no hint that any of these characters were sleeping together, but it was very clear that Mary Jane exulted in the sexual side of her being. Despite her equally short outfits, and a particularly sexy dance sequence early on (Amazing Spider-Man #47), Gwen was more decorous about such matters.

    So Gwen was the Ideal Girlfriend, but, not surprisingly, Mary Jane was more vivid and interesting as a character; her scenes were more fun to read than Gwen’s. As Lee acknowledges in the DeFalco book, the readers responded to Mary Jane more than he had intended.

    As a genuine traditionalist, Roger Stern, as he states once more in the DeFalco book, has long opposed Mary Jane’s marriage to Peter in the comics. Stern still realizes that Mary Jane was the (rather tame) “Bad Girl” to Gwen’s “Good Girl,” and insists that Mary Jane should only act as a “spoiler” who resurfaces from time to time to complicate Peter’s life.

    In the early 1970s John Romita and writer Gerry Conway decided to shake up the Spider-Man series by having the Green Goblin kill Gwen. This took place in the celebrated sequence at a New York City bridge (in Amazing Spider-Man #121-122 in 1973) that was restaged, with Mary Jane and a happier denouement, in the first Spider-Man movie. (Writer Gerry Conway, who killed Gwen and ““ temporarily, as it turned out ““ Norman Osborn, and turned Harry Osborn into the second Green Goblin, is the great unacknowledged source for the two Spider-Man movies.)

    This storyline assured the immortality of Gwen Stacy as a character. Stan Lee had put Gwen up on a pedestal, and it worked in a decade before feminism took hold in American popular culture. But perfect Gwen was too two-dimensional to work as a character in later decades. Killing her off was the best thing for her character. It seems more appropriate for Gwen to seem perfect as the saintly deceased girlfriend, an icon rather than a living human being.

    With Gwen gone, Mary Jane was the obvious candidate to become the series’ new leading lady. Conway even did a sequence that seems to anticipate the future, in which Peter, grieving over Gwen’s death, enters an apartment and a somber Mary Jane closes the door after them. Even despite a long period in which Mary Jane was absent from the series, no other credible candidate for leading lady emerged. (Anyone else remember Cissy Ironwood? You see my point.) One could even argue that the Black Cat took over MJ’s role as the Bad Girl, and the Cat really was bad: she was a criminal and she slept around!

    By introducing the idea that Mary Jane had figured out that Peter Parker was Spider-Man, Tom DeFalco set the character on her new path in the comics. He also established her unhappy childhood and the nasty father who turns up in the first movie. DeFalco turned Mary Jane into Peter’s confidante, who shared his secret and could empathize with his unhappiness thanks to her own. Mary Jane now had a new depth and seriousness that made it easier to regard her as a potential leading lady for the series. Unlike Gwen, Mary Jane had proved capable of growth and evolution as a character. Although DeFalco had not intended it, he had set her on the road that led to her marriage to Peter in the comics later in the 1980s.

    In his subsequent graphic novel, Spider-Man: Parallel Lives, Gerry Conway took DeFalco’s concept further, establishing that MJ had learned that Peter was Spider-Man on the night of Uncle Ben’s death. Conway made it clear that Mary Jane’s carefree “party girl” persona was a construct like Peter Parker’s Spider-Man identity. It was her own “mask” through which she could escape for a time from the unhappiness that scarred her childhood. Of course, MJ’s public persona involved a constant, irreverent wit. It was a variation of Stan Lee’s sense of humor, just as Spider-Man’s was.

    So, Conway’s point was that Peter and Mary Jane had each developed dual identities, and that they were actually soulmates, made for each other.

    But just as the title character of Spider-Man 2 lacks his comics’ counterpart’s rapid-fire repartee, the movies’ Mary Jane shows few signs of the irreverence and extroverted sexuality that made the comics character so appealing and distinctive. In fact, the filmmakers could easily have tied the movie MJ’s insistence on marrying John Jameson to the comic book MJ’s carefree, fun-seeking public persona. In denial about her continuing feelings for Peter, the movie Mary Jane could have assumed her happy-go-lucky facade in trying to convince herself and others that she’d just go on to the next good marital prospect.

    cic-045-05.jpg

    No wonder that the first movie’s Green Goblin ended up dangling MJ from a bridge. It seems appropriate that Kirsten Dunst goes from Mary Jane’s deep red hair in the first film to a blonder color in the new movie. Is Dunst’s character really closer to being Gwen Stacy than the original Lee-Romita version of Mary Jane Watson?Yet the movies don’t turn Mary Jane into the idealized figure that Gwen became. Though in the second movie her face seems to be on posters all around the city, the films’ Mary Jane remains grounded and down to Earth. Peter Parker never told Gwen Stacy he was Spider-Man; perhaps, in keeping with attitudes in the 1960s, he thought she couldn’t handle the truth about him. (Women were considered fragile back then: Peter feared if his Aunt May found out he was spider-Man, she would drop dead!) In the comics, Mary Jane discovered his dual identity on her own, eventually grew to accept the fact, became Peter’s confidant and their friendship evolved into love. She could share his troubles, whereas we never found out whether Gwen could.

    The movie Mary Jane proves equally capable of accepting Peter as Spider-Man, and in fact, insists that she can share his potential dangers of his life. In this she is indeed like the Mary Jane of the comics as the character evolved in the 1980s.

    And has anyone noticed how the end of Spider-Man 2 duplicates the end of Tim Burton’s first Batman? In each case, the masked hero does not want to reveal his secret identity to the leading lady, but she finds out anyway. Each film ends with the leading lady committed to a relationship with the costumed hero, and waiting as he goes off on another mission. But as Alfred drives her away, Vicki Vale seems accepting but not entirely happy about the situation; she will not return in the next Batman film. On the other hand, Mary Jane enthusiastically approves as Spider-Man, in response to a police siren, swings out to help. This is a partnership that could last.

    ADVERTISEMENTS FOR MYSELF

    On the very day that Spider-Man 2 opened, I filled out and handed in the necessary paperwork for teaching my course in “Comics as Literature” at New York University this fall. NYU is the model for Empire State University, where Peter Parker attended college in the comics. In the movies, however, Peter attends my own alma mater, Columbia University. (Though the movie doesn’t say so, he must be on full scholarship. How else could he afford it?) Nowadays I live not too far from Forest Hills, the site of Peter’s high school, Midtown High (before the current Marvel administration transplanted it to Manhattan, perhaps hoping no one would notice). All this and I share Spider-Man’s first name. Talk about parallel lives.

    If you’re interested in the course, it’s listed at NYU’s website.

    Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #44: Weavers of the Webs

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    To review a superhero movie like the brand new blockbuster Spider-Man 2 for this column, I intend to examine it in the context of the comics upon which it is based. What does Spider-Man 2 draw from the history of over forty years’ worth of Spider-Man comics? How does it reinterpret the comics’ themes and characters, for better or for worse?

    The opening credit sequence for both Spider-Man movies prominently feature the line “Based on the comic book by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko.” (You’ll notice that’s significantly not the same as “Based on the comic book series created by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko,” which, presumably, would have a different legal meaning.) Lee and Ditko created Spider-Man, but the movies also draw on elements of the series as they evolved over the following four decades in the hands of a long succession of other writers and artists. (For example, the climactic confrontation in the first movie, with the Green Goblin threatening to drop Mary Jane Watson from a New York City bridge, is an uncredited reworking of Gerry Conway and Gil Kane’s story of the death of Gwen Stacy in the comics.)

    By examining these different writers’ and artists’ intentions in chronicling Spider-Man, we can gain insights into how the series has changed over the years, and how Sam Raimi’s movie versions reinterpret this long heritage.

    The DVD set for Columbia and Marvel’s first Spider-Man movie includes a featurette on the history of Spider-Man in the comics. Stan Lee is interviewed, of course, and, not unexpectedly, Spider-Man’s original artist, Steve Ditko, who has always refused to give interviews, is not. But John Romita, Sr., the second artist on Amazing Spider-Man, speaks on camera. As for Lee and Romita’s successors on the characters, the documentary leaps through time to Todd McFarlane, who drew Spider-Man in the late 1980s and early 1990s. John Byrne, who worked on Spider-books shortly before the current Marvel administration took over, shows up. And everyone else in the documentary is a writer, artist, or Marvel executive who has worked on Spider-Man in recent years.

    This, it would seem, is the official Marvel history of Spider-Man in the comics. There are the hallowed days when Stan Lee wrote the series, and there’s Now, with, it would seem, almost nothing (and no one) that the present Powers That Be consider to be of note in between. I have encountered this corporate sort of attitude before: that what is published Now is better than what was published Back Then before We took over. But this is not necessarily true.

    Those who find this version of history to be so riddled with gaps as to resemble Swiss cheese should instead direct their attention to a new book by one of the people omitted from the Spider-Man DVD. Titan Books has just published Comics Creators on Spider-Man, a collection of interviews with Spider-Man‘s leading writers and pencillers by Tom DeFalco, who himself was an important editor and writer on the character.

    Perhaps more importantly, DeFalco was also a longtime editor in chief at Marvel, who restored stability and communal feeling to Marvel editorial after the end of his predecessor’s troubled regime, and presided over one of the publishing division’s most prosperous period. Nonetheless, in yet another example of the Bizarro World rules that now govern the comics business, all that DeFalco is currently doing in comics is writing a series he co-created, Spider-Girl, a well-crafted series about an alternate timeline in which Peter Parker has a teenage daughter who has inherited his powers and succeeded him as a costumed crimefighter. (Marvel has recently released a digest-size paperback collection of the first Spider-Girl stories, if you’d like to see for yourself.)

    But just as another Spider-editor in exile, Danny Fingeroth, found a new outlet for his knowledge and experience in comics by writing Superman on the Couch (see Comics in Context #41), Tom DeFalco has now compiled this excellent new book about Spider-Man, with interviews that are unfailingly informative, good-humored, and entertaining. It may amuse American readers that this book about a leading American superhero, since it is published by Titan, a British company, is full of British spellings (like “colour” for “color”).

    Now you may ask why Marvel doesn’t publish a book like this itself. That’s a good question, but perhaps it’s just as well they didn’t. DeFalco leaves no gaps in his coverage: he deals with every period of Spider-Man’s comics history from his 1962 debut right through the present. There’s no Ditko interview, of course, and an editor’s note explains that contemporary Spider-Man writer J. Michael Straczynski declined to be interviewed. But virtually every other living major writer and penciller associated with Spider-Man is in the book. I would have liked to have seen interviews with some of the principal editors in Spider-Man’s history. such as Jim Salicrup and Danny Fingeroth, as well. But I can understand that there might not have been room, and the creative roles of editors Salicrup, Fingeroth, Ralph Macchio, and even DeFalco himself, are often mentioned by the interviewees.

    This is not necessarily a book for people who only know Spider-Man from the movies or even from Spider-Man comics of the last few years. Though DeFalco provides helpful sidebars explaining various characters and story lines from the Spider-Man canon, this is the sort of book that contains not one but two discussions of a character as obscure as the Rocket Racer. So this is really a book for comics aficionados who already have some sense and knowledge of the four decade sweep of Spider-Man history and want to learn more. I would like to think there’s enough of an audience for this sort of book. Its potential readership could range from old-time fans who may no longer read Spider-Man comics but want to read more about the stories they remember from past decades, to new readers who are beginning to explore Marvel’s Essential and Masterworks reprint collections and want to learn more about Marvel’s rich past.

    Unlike many interviewers in the comics press, DeFalco gives the reader a sense of what his interviewees are like as people: he asks them how they first discovered and came to love comics and the Spider-Man series in particular. He questions them about how they broke into comics, and I find it interesting to see how the process changed so considerably over the decades. Len Wein’s interview disturbingly points out how DC was initially more resistant towards the wave of Baby Boomers seeking to break into comics: he recalls that he and his friend, fellow writer Marv Wolfman, were unjustly suspected of stealing artwork from DC and fired simply because they were young. But Marvel seems to have been more welcoming, and DC eventually became more open to new talent. Even into the 1980s, it was still relatively easy to break into comics, with people working on fanzines, making personal contacts in the business, and sometimes even being invited to apply for a job. (That’s how it happened to me.) But times changed as the business grew: J. Marc DeMatteis reminisces affectionately about a devastatingly critical letter Paul Levitz sent him about his first submission in the 1980s, and artist Mark Buckingham recalls how formidable the odds against breaking in appeared by the decade’s end. By the end of the book, Brian Michael Bendis is saying how it took him nine years of trying to become an “overnight success”!

    Not surprisingly, DeFalco is interested in exploring the craft of writing and drawing comics, so people seeking to make their careers in the business may find helpful hints from this book. (However, considering the depressed state of the business, maybe they should look elsewhere than comics for work! In his interview Ron Frenz recalls how he gave up a steady job in animation to go into comics. It’s hard to imagine someone doing that nowadays.)

    Now, this is not a book that deals in the kind of lit crit analysis that is the stock in trade of this column. Nonetheless, there are gems to be mined in each of the interviews in DeFalco’s book. Let me be your tour guide and point out and comment on some that impressed me. (And then go get the book and find your own favorites.)

    The interviews are arranged in chronological order, from the earliest people who worked on Spider-Man to the most recent. Hence it is Spider-Man’s co-creator, Stan Lee, who leads off the book. Now Lee’s interviews vary considerably in quality. There are those in which he is clearly just recycling his rote answers perfected over the decades of talking to the press. But Lee can be much more forthcoming and insightful when speaking with an interviewer with real knowledge of comics and with whom he feels comfortable. Tom DeFalco, his longtime professional colleague, with whom Lee has even worked on stories, fills the bill. I find DeFalco’s interview an illuminating supplement to themes in Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon’s admirable biography of Lee (see Comics in Context #15 and 16).

    Asked about influences on his writing, Stan Lee names Jules Verne, H. G. Wells, and Edgar Rice Burroughs (as if to support Alan Moore’s theory that these authors wrote stories that were forebears of the superhero genre) as well as Mark Twain (which may benefit students of the history of American humor who may try to draw a line from Tom Sawyer and Huckleberry Finn to Peter Parker). Lee cites great pulp characters who were proto-superheroes, including the Shadow and (of course) the Spider.

    “Believe it or not,” Lee continues, “I also read Charles Dickens”; oh, I believe it. Dickens wrote fiction published in serial form, combined melodrama and humor, wrote coming-of-age stories about young heroes, set much of his work in the great metropolis of his country, and, consciously or intuitively, continually wrote stories along mythic patterns. Certainly I see the connection.

    As for Shakespeare, Lee said he didn’t understand most of it until later in his life, but that “I loved the sound of his verse, the rhythm and the way his words came together. . . . That kind of dialogue sounded so dramatic to me. I’m kind of corny myself so I related to it.” This also makes sense. Lee’s understanding of Shakespeare’s content may be limited: I hope he’s joking in his apparent inability to distinguish between great poetry and “corn.” Still, he is clearly influenced by the sound of his language, in his grandiose story titles, in the elevated language of characters like Thor, the Silver Surfer and Doctor Doom, and even in the colloquial humor of characters like Spider-Man and the Thing, serving a similar purpose as the prose dialogue of Shakespearean clowns.

    One potentially touchy topic is the question of whether Lee considers Steve Ditko to be Spider-Man’s co-creator. Lee’s answer is revealing in its ambiguity. He accepts Ditko’s contention that he is the co-creator because he designed the character’s visual appearance. In that respect, Lee agrees that Ditko is co-creator; here he is perhaps also bowing to the current belief in the comics industry that the original artist should get creator credit. Nonetheless, Lee also notes that “in my heart of hearts, I still feel that the guy who comes up with the original idea for something is the guy who created it.”

    Showing his way with words, Lee describes his intention in creating Spider-Man with admirable conciseness: “I just wanted to do what I thought would be the first realistic superhero.” Of course, the Fantastic Four had preceded Spider-Man, but this nonetheless sums up perfectly what the revolutionary impact of Spider-Man was for solo superhero series.

    Yet Lee also points to how what seems a revolutionary event in American popular culture may not appear so dramatic, even to its own instigator, at the time. Recalling how there were new trends for different genres in comics every few years, Lee says that when Fantastic Four became commercially successful, “I just assumed that it was the time for a superhero trend. I never thought it would last more than two or three years, if that long.” What might he have done differently had he known these characters would still be popular forty years hence ““ and making millions for their owners?

    Lee also shows us that a writer’s creations do not always work the way he (consciously) intends them to. Asked to compare Spider-Man’s first real girlfriend, Gwen Stacy, to Mary Jane Watson, Lee praises Gwen as an ideal woman and declares that she would have made “the perfect wife” for Peter. Yet he confesses that despite his efforts with Gwen, the readers preferred Mary Jane, whom he describes as “hip and cool.” Perhaps the readers were right: Gwen was depicted as Lee’s idea of the Perfect Girlfriend, coming off as rather two-dimensional, whereas Mary Jane, freed from the necessity of acting the moral paragon, had more sheer vitality as a character, and seemed more real. It’s strange, then, that in the movies Mary Jane may have her comics namesake’s acting and modeling career, but lacks her humor and “cool.” It’s as if Kirsten Dunst was really cast as Gwen; no wonder her hair gets blonder in the second movie.

    I’m intrigued by Lee’s own ambiguity towards the comics medium. He says that, yes, indeed, “I was intentionally trying to write the kind of stories that older readers would enjoy.” In another perfect phrase, he sums up, “I tried to make them fairy tales for grownups.” And yet shortly afterwards he confesses that “I always felt that I’d eventually get out of comics. I never felt it was a job for a grown man.” Despite his achievements, he still feels this way, confirming one of the points that Raphael and Sturgeon make about him. Of course, DeFalco points out that Lee is still doing comics projects occasionally, and Lee good-humoredly agrees that despite his efforts to leave, he keeps being asked to do comics and probably will never get out of the business. (He does not quote Al Pacino in Godfather 3, but might as well have.)

    The interview with John Romita that follows confirms some things I already had heard: that Mary Jane was visually modeled after Ann-Margret (though I didn’t know Romita was specifically thinking of her in the movie Bye Bye Birdie), and that Lee and Ditko had disagreed over the true identity of the Green Goblin, who Ditko had wanted to be a nobody no one recognizes. (But Lee and Ditko had already done that with the unmasking of the Crime-Master!)

    I had always assumed that when Romita succeeded Ditko as Spider-Man artist, a conscious decision was made to make Peter Parker look handsomer and more muscular. So it was a surprise to discover that this is yet another example of how the Spider-Man series evolved in a way that the creators did not consciously intend. Romita confesses that “I tried like crazy to make Peter look skinny and narrow-shouldered, but I just couldn’t do it.”

    Again, I already knew that it was Romita who proposed killing off Gwen Stacy to shake up Spider-Man’s status quo. But I hadn’t known till this interview that Romita had been inspired by the unexpected death of the heroine Raven Sherman in Milton Caniff’s Terry and the Pirates decades before. Caniff had with one stroke endowed the adventure comic strip with greater capacity for realism and a wider, darker emotional range; Gwen’s death had a similar impact on superhero comics, as Gerry Conway’s interview in this book emphasizes.

    It’s good to be reminded by Romita’s interview that the comic books of the Golden and Silver Ages were influenced by adventure comic strips in their own classic period in the first half of the Twentieth Century, a body of work of which most contemporary comics pros and fans have little awareness. Romita credits Caniff’s Dragon Lady, the memorable villainess from “Terry,” as an inspiration for his visualization of the Kingpin’s wife Vanessa.

    Similarly, the movies of Hollywood’s Golden Age were an influence on Romita, who explains that he modeled Gwen’s father, Captain Stacy, on the craggy character actor Charles Bickford. It’s intriguing to me that Romita partially based the Kingpin on another character actor, Edward Arnold, perhaps best known now as a corporate villain in Frank Capra’s movies.

    And I find it amusing that in designing the visuals for Daily Bugle editor Joe Robertson, Romita envisioned him as an ex-prizefighter. Romita reports that Lee ignored this; the moviemakers certainly didn’t pick up on it, making their Robertson look rather out of shape.

    I hadn’t read that many interviews with Gerry Conway, Lee’s first successor as writer of Amazing Spider-Man (not counting a short period when Roy Thomas substituted for Stan), so I was surprised by how intelligently analytical he can be.

    Certainly, Conway pins down the difference between Stan Lee and the first two major writers to come to Marvel after the revolution he launched: Roy Thomas, a former teacher, and Denny O’Neil, a future teacher, both of whom were born in a period between Lee’s “Greatest Generation” and the Baby Boomers like Conway. “Stan was something of a primitive,” Conway accurately observes, “and I mean that in a good way ““ he worked from the gut, inspired by instinct. On the other hand, Roy and Denny were both intellectuals of a sort, and their work was more sophisticated. They brought a deeper historical and literary understanding to the material.” This distinction is to a degree true of the Baby Boomer generation of writers whom Thomas would bring into Marvel: they saw the potential for building their own works of personal expression upon the imaginative foundation that Lee and his collaborators had laid.

    Not only was Conway the first Boomer to write Spider-Man, but he reminds us that he was about the same age as Peter Parker at the time: still only nineteen! Boomers were growing up reading Silver Age Marvels in the 1960s and then taking over writing these very series in the 1970s.

    Conway spends much of his interview discussing the death of Gwen Stacy, and, in particular, the mysterious snapping sound when Spider-Man caught the falling Gwen. Though this would not be made explicit in the comics for decades, the “snap” suggested that the impact of Spider-Man catching the fallen Gwen was what actually killed her. Even more directly than in the case of Uncle Ben, Spider-Man had inadvertently been responsible for the death of someone he loved.

    Conway says that he did not think through what it meant when he placed the “snap” sound effect in the scene. But he has enough insight into the writing process to realize “It’s one of a very few inspired moments in my career when my subconscious mind made a choice that meant so much more than my conscious mind ever intended.”

    Indeed, Conway says that he was not fully aware of how that scene altered the history of superhero comics until he read Kurt Busiek and Alex Ross’s Marvels, whose restaging of Gwen’s death is its climactic scene.

    Referring to his own version of Gwen’s death, Conway asserts that “in that story, we introduced fatalism and despair into the comics universe.”

    Indeed, when I’ve sought to figure out for myself exactly when the Silver Age ended, I come up with three landmarks: Jack Kirby’s departure from Marvel (To me, his “Fourth World” books for DC are not part of the Silver Age but of the period that followed), the end of Stan Lee’s run on Amazing Spider-Man, and the death of Gwen, which brought the optimistic spirit of the Silver Age to a decisive end.

    Here’s another big surprise. I had always assumed that Conway had co-created the Punisher to be a continuing character, Marvel’s costumed counterpart to the Executioner, the leading character of a series of novels.

    But no. Conway contends that he came up with the Punisher as “an afterthought to the Jackal,” the new criminal mastermind who first appeared in the same issue of Amazing Spider-Man. Originally Conway intended the Punisher to be “a one-shot character.” Once again, a comics character evolved in a direction that his creator had not originally intended. And indeed, the Punisher seems to me the most prominent Marvel lead character who has the least to do with the traditional Marvel spirit, as embodied in Stan Lee’s own scripts and characters.

    Len Wein, like other interviewees from the 1970s, speaks of his awe at getting the opportunity to write Amazing Spider-Man. “I was scared. I wasn’t sure I was good enough.” This would be following in Stan Lee’s footsteps, working in the shadow of the classic stories he wrote. This is an awe that the first generation following Stan Lee, the Baby Boomers who grew up reading his comics, felt. It’s not something I detect in the interviews of the younger professionals here, or elsewhere.

    Marv Wolfman introduces several recurring themes in this interview book. One is the question of just how old Peter Parker should be in the comics. Brian Bendis, in his interview in this book (as well as recently in his Comics series Alias) claims that Peter is now thirty! I’d be surprised if many others at Marvel agree; I think of him as no more than twenty-five. Considering how many interviewees here think that Peter should not have aged beyond his college years, it’s astonishing that he has nevertheless slowly grown even older over the decades.

    Wolfman says that he once discussed this matter with Ditko, and they agreed that Spider-Man should have stayed sixteen years old. “Sixteen is the last year where you’re allowed to be a total foul-up,” Wolfman contends. “If he’s still fouling up as an adult, he just isn’t a hero anymore. He’s pathetic.”

    Really? It’s good to know that adults never foul up. I wish someday I’d meet adults like that. I wish someday we’d even elect adults like that to national office. I somehow think that Spider-Man has relevance to people older than sixteen.

    But Wolfman’s insistence that Spider-Man should have stayed sixteen may relate to his perception of a bigger, more serious problem: he says that “kids are no longer buying comics.” As a result, he says that series like Spider-Man are now aimed at an adult audience, and as a result “don’t sell or work quite as well.” Wolfman points out that series like Spider-Man can be written in a way to appeal both to younger readers and to older, more sophisticated ones. “I think we slowly weeded out the younger readers over the years by writing stories they couldn’t understand or be interested in,” Wolfman asserts.

    I think Wolfman’s right about this. It’s important that Sam Raimi’s Spider-Man movies don’t make the same mistake. Middle-aged movie critics like them, and so do the small children I saw at the Spider-Man 2 showing I attended. But how many young kids would respond as enthusiastically to current Spider-Man comics, even the Ultimate versions allegedly aimed at new, young readers? I don’t know if the main problem is the level of sophistication. I suspect it’s that over the decades superhero comics writers, with their emphasis on psychological themes and angst, have neglected the craft of entertaining their readers. How many adult fans of the Spider-Man movies, who respond to the joyous web-swinging sequences, the kinetic power of the fight sequences, and even the sheer romantic fervor of the love scenes, would find anything in the comics that create the same visceral impact?

    If the writers of the 1970s and early 1980s were intimidated by the idea of living up to Stan Lee’s example on The Amazing Spider-Man, Wolfman accuses more recent writers of straying too far from what Lee intended. Wolfman begins by talking about the necessity of getting a character’s individual speaking style correct: “If you don’t get the nuance of the dialogue right, the entire character falls apart.” (So, one might ask, does the movie Spider-Man, who refrains from his familiar Stan Lee-style witticisms, really sound like Spider-Man?) From there Wolfman moves to the greater issue that, as he sees it, “today’s writers are more concerned with writing a book in their own, individual style than in preserving a character.” Wolfman contends that various contemporary writers are more interested in “making a splash” in writing a long-running character than in maintaining the character’s consistency, and that “Strangely enough, the companies seem to encourage this attitude.”

    Maybe that’s not so strange nowadays when characters get rebooted and revised over and over, or get spun off into alternate versions as in Marvel’s Ultimate books. Classic stories that shaped the characters’ personalities are summarily dumped from the official canon. Even Stan Lee’s own classic stories get rewritten, altering the dialogue he crafted to express the characters’ personalities.

    Quite rightly, Wolfman declares that “Writers and artists should consider themselves temporary custodians of the characters, and changes should only be made for the long-term health of the title.”

    The problem is that a lot of changes that people might well argue were mistakes ““ aging Peter Parker to (possibly) thirty years old, marrying him to Mary Jane, killing off Aunt May (temporarily, as it turned out) and then revealing his secret identity to her after her resurrection, and the infamous Clone Saga ““ were all made by people thinking they were good for the “long-term health” of the series! Even Stan Lee himself approved of the idea of Peter’s wedding! What’s really needed are editors and writers who have enough analytic ability to understand what makes the character and the series work, and enough sense of historical perspective to realize what kind of changes might be good in the short run but damaging in the long run.

    One of the worst problems is the hubris of certain editors and writers who will kill off a character or destroy a major element of a series on the assumption that just because they think the character or element has run its course, no one else will ever want to use it or imagine anything good to do with it.

    Wolfman also initiates what becomes a recurring discussion of Spider-Man’s sense of humor. It is, Wolfman says, the way for Peter to express his “inner silliness.” Wolfman incisively observes that “Peter’s jokes were very inward and almost negative towards himself. Spider-Man’s humor was exactly the opposite, because he was free to say whatever was on his mind.”

    There’s a great deal to Spider-Man’s humor beneath the surface entertainment value. The humor is a form of release for Parker’s introverted, troubled personality. Certainly in his early stories, Peter Parker is shy, inhibited, even repressed. Becoming Spider-Man affords him physical release: swinging from rooftops, fighting his enemies. Spider-Man’s jokes provide a different kind of release. Rather than suffer in silence under life’s burdens, he can laugh at them. Instead of having to endure J. Jonah Jameson’s tirades as Peter Parker, he can pull pranks on him as Spider-Man. Peter Parker has to follow all of society’s rules; Spider-Man can merrily overturn them. Even as he physically battles adversaries like Doctor Octopus, Spider-Man verbally cuts them down to size. countering their egocentric bluster with witty ridicule.

    The humor is a key to understanding that Peter Parker and Spider-Man represent different sides of the same personality. Wolfman realizes that Peter’s jokes should differ from those Spider-Man makes. Peter’s own jokes are self-deprecating ones, efforts to make light on his own troubles, which actually express the gloom and pessimism in his personality. In the wonderfully funny scene in the elevator in Spider-Man 2, in which Spider-Man makes fun of how uncomfortable wearing his costume could be, those are more like the kind of jokes that Wolfman attributes to his Peter side. Then again, perhaps that’s appropriate, since the other guy in the elevator doesn’t realize he’s talking to the real Spider-Man.

    Usually, though, putting on his mask enables Peter Parker to act in a more extroverted, uninhibited, and daring way than he would in his everyday identity. The masked Spider-Man turns his humor outward: escaping his preoccupation with Peter’s miseries, he has no qualms about mocking other people who are deserving targets.

    In his interview Roger Stern pursues this theme. “Being Spider-Man is a release for Peter.” Stern says, “He can put on a mask and get away with anything he wants. He can even act like Bugs Bunny and Daffy Duck.”

    Way back in the 1980s, in my column “The Enchanted Drawing” for the magazine Comics Feature, I did an article finding similarities between Bugs Bunny and Spider-Man. They’re both modern versions of the trickster archetype, little guys who outwit and outmaneuver bugger, stronger, more self-important opponents.

    It’s a cliche, but with a certain degree of truth to it, that comedians ““ many of them at least ““ use humor to compensate for unhappiness in their lives. It’s certainly true of Spider-Man. It’s important to the concept of the character that Spider-Man is a comedian. So it’s strange that the movies mostly ignore this side of his personality. He can go completely berserk.

    Recalling how he first became interested in comics, Stern recalls that “I started buying comic books because they were. . .just a dime! Anyone could afford that!” And thus Stern concisely sums up how the demographics for comic books have changed since the 1960s. Comic books have gone from being a source of entertainment that any kid could easily afford to an expensive hobby for adults with more than enough disposable income and time.

    Stern is the sole interviewee to take a strong stand against the way that Mary Jane has evolved in the comics from the “party girl” whom Stan Lee first wrote. “She worked best as a spoiler,” Stern argues, “an old girlfriend who would occasionally appear to mess up Peter’s life,” and, indeed, that is how he used to write her.

    It was DeFalco himself who revealed that Mary Jane had long known that Peter Parker was Spider-Man, and who filled in her personal background, revealing that MJ used her “party girl” persona as a means of escaping from her personal troubles just as Peter used the masked persona of spider-Man to rise above his own. Gerry Conway built considerably on DeFalco’s foundation in his Spider-Man: Parallel Lives graphic novel about Peter and Mary Jane. It was creating this other, more serious side to Mary Jane that made her later wedding to Peter in the comics possible, and in the movies the “serious” MJ has almost entirely supplanted Stan Lee’s original characterization of her. I rather wish that DeFalco and Conway had discussed the evolution of MJ, or that DeFalco had debated Stern on her characterization: one of the few important omissions in his book is its failure to more fully explore her personality.

    My favorite part of Stern’s interview comes when he shows how though Spider-Man is an enduringly relevant character, thematically he is very much a product of the time in which he was created. “Spider-Man was a book about me!” Stern exclaims. “Spider-Man transcends my generation, but he was really the first superhero of the Baby Boomer generation. Superman and Captain America came out of my father’s generation, but Peter was a real child of the Sixties. He endlessly questioned what he was doing and why he was doing it. He questioned everything.”

    That’s true indeed, but I’d amend what Roger says to make this point. The Boomers growing up in the 1960s embraced Spider-Man and his fellow Marvel heroes, and, like Conway, some Boomers soon found themselves writing these characters they so loved. But Spider-Man and the other classic Marvel heroes of the 1960s were created by Stan Lee and his contemporaries: in other words, by middle-aged men. The Silver Age Marvel heroes found an audience among the Boomers, but they were the creations of their fathers’ generation, the “Greatest Generation” that had grown up through the Great Depression and World War II. Couldn’t Spider-Man’s questioning of himself and his world also reflect Stan Lee’s own questioning of himself and the world having reached the midpoint of his life? Do Spider-Man’s ““ and, presumably, Stan Lee and Steve Ditko’s ““ angst, uncertainty and disillusionment reflect those of a generation who endured the Depression and World War but still found themselves dissatisfied in life, seeking to do what’s right but wondering which path to take?

    In his interview artist Ron Frenz reminds us of an important point that many recent writers on Spider-Man (even in the movies) have forgotten. It seems as the decades have passed, adult life has taken on the value system of high school: it is now conventional wisdom to brand the school-age Peter Parker as a “nerd” or “geek’ (words that became popular after the 1960s), as if everyone had decided that Parker’s high school nemesis Flash Thompson was the arbiter of social standards.

    Frenz points out that “If you look back on Stan and Steve’s original stories, you’ll see that he may have been introverted, intelligent and misunderstood but he wasn’t a nerd. . . He was just us. He was one of the many invisible people that populate a high school, someone for the popular kids to torment.” In other words, don’t blame the victim for his mistreatment by his tormentors. To condescend to Peter Parker is to miss one of the points of Stan Lee’s stories.

    In his interview Len Wein laments that nowadays comics writers and artists don’t have influences outside comics. This isn’t entirely true: in the rarely-seen documentary I worked on, Sex, Lies and Super Heroes, Neil Gaiman, a contemporary comics writer who clearly reads much more than comics, makes a similar complaint about American comics writers before the medium’s British invasion.

    Still, how often do you see an interview with a mainstream comics artist who talks about influences from in the fine art world? (Artists in that realm may not have dealt in the craft of storytelling through sequential art, but they surely provide examples in other aspects of art.)

    At least in his interview in this book, Todd McFarlane refers to leading illustrator Norman Rockwell: it’s not Rembrandt, but at least it’s outside comics! And writer J. M. DeMatteis reveals that he based his interpretation of Kraven the Hunter in the classic “Kraven’s Last Hunt” on the works of Dostoevsky.

    DeMatteis provides the perfect counterpoint to Marv Wolfman’s argument that Spider-Man’s struggle to do what’s right reflects only the mindsets of the immature teenager. Yet to DeMatteis, that struggle is “one of the reasons why I identify with him so much. I really strive to be a decent human being, to live my life the right way, but, God knows, I screw up as much as or more than anyone else. And when I do something that I think is wrong or if I hurt someone’s feelings ! can easily collapse into a puddle of remorse and guilt. Well, that’s Peter Parker! Stan Lee injected him with a very healthy dose of Jewish guilt.” Works for lapsed Catholics like myself, too. DeMatteis sees just why Spider-Man’s saga remains relevant for readers from teenagers through middle-age. (And again, remember that it was a middle-aged writer, voicing his own emotional concerns, who co-created Spider-Man in the first place.)

    Artist Mark Bagley and writers Howard Mackie and DeMatteis each reminisce about the tremendous enthusiasm that they and their colleagues had about the notorious “Clone Saga” of the 1990s. It had by now sunk in that having Peter marry Mary Jane (a) made him too happy, whereas Peter works best as a character when he is plagued by life’s problems, and (b) made him seem too mature, whereas Peter Parker should always seem young. So it was decided to simplify Spider-Man’s history and revitalize the series by revealing that the Spider-Man/Peter Parker who had appeared in the comics since 1975 was really a clone. Thus the Peter who was happily married to Mary Jane could be sent off to live Happily Ever After with her, and the “real” Spidey could return to live the lonely, angst-ridden life that the creative team realized he should have. To his credit, editor in chief DeFalco initially resisted this idea, but he eventually gave in.

    With perhaps bitter irony, Mackie reports that “The marketing and sales geniuses . . .wanted us to stretch the story out. ‘Do more clones. Clones are great, we love clones.” I find myself exasperated by the current conventional wisdom that the Marvel comics of the early 1990s were all dreadful books cynically churned out by greedy creative teams. Mackie and his cohorts make it clear that they thought they were engaged in an exciting, imaginative, genuinely daring creative project, and Mackie reminds us that initially it was a great commercial success. If everyone hated the Marvel books of the early 1990s, then who was buying them?

    Yet as DeFalco and Stern agree in the latter’s interview, the Clone Saga was ultimately a bad idea. That was no surprise to me at the time: Marvel was effectively telling every Spider-Man reader who’d come on board after 1975 that the stories he’d read didn’t count! I suppose the real surprise was that whereas DC had gotten away repeatedly with consigning past continuity to oblivion, Marvel was unable to get away with a similar tactic.

    But it’s interesting to read interviews like Mackie’s to see how so many creative people can get so swept up in enthusiasm for a direction for a series that only a few years later is regarded as so wrongheaded. Mackie also reports that he had wanted Peter and Mary Jane to have a child. Yet consider Danny Fingeroth’s persuasive case in Superman on the Couch that Peter should stay quite young, implying he should never get to the point of fatherhood. (It used to be that most people I knew in comics agreed that it was unfair to new, young readers to let the characters age just because we ourselves were getting older. High school age kids should be able to experience Peter Parker as their contemporary just as we did.)

    DeMatteis, Bagley and Mackie all defend killing off Aunt May in the 1990s. Yet look at the ways that Paul Jenkins and J. Michael Straczynski have been able to use the character since her resurrection; the movies also underline that May had too much potential to be written out permanently.

    Finally, the book concludes with several interviews with Spider-Man chroniclers of the new century. Writer Paul Jenkins discusses several recent Spider-Man tales of his own. Those of you who have read them will realize they demonstrate that neither the character nor his forty-two-year-old continuity is exhausted, and writers such as Jenkins can still turn out memorably good stories, some of which may eventually become classics themselves.

    Jenkins brings the theme of Spider-Man as comedian to its culmination in the book, arguing that it is Peter Parker’s ability to laugh at his tribulations that makes it possible for him to be Spider-Man. I’d say that if Parker’s life sometimes includes tragedy, in part Spider-Man also represents the spirit of comedy.

    Ultimate Spider-Man writer Brian Michael Bendis’s interview shows us how the Baby Boomer writers’ and editors’ insistence on aging Peter Parker eventually backfired on them. I have observed before that if one pushes a longrunning series too far in the wrong direction, it will eventually ricochet back. And so it is that former Marvel President Bill Jemas, believing that Peter Parker should still be a young student, created Marvel’s new Ultimate line of comics, with their own continuity, in which a high school age Peter Parker becomes Spider-Man in the early 21st century.

    So now Marvel is stuck with its own version of Earth-2., and with both an adult Peter Parker and an adolescent version, each with a different and increasingly complicated history. This situation strikes me as being a time bomb that will eventually explode.

    Bendis tells an affecting anecdote about being present when Stan Lee first watched the initial Spider-Man movie and seeing him choke up at the end.

    Throughout DeFalco’s book there are the expected recurring references to the sad state of today’s comics industry. So many of the interviewees are no longer working for Marvel, and some are no longer even in comics. (It is good to see that Marv Wolfman report that he is writing episodes of Cartoon Network’s Teen Titans series. After all, the series is based on the version of the Titans he co-created in the 1980s!)

    But all of them regard their time in comics and working on Spider-Man with affection. Spider-Man writer David Micheline tells in his interview how he once appeared on a panel with three prose writers and amazed them by saying he had written over five hundred published stories. That’s because he was a comics writer, and Micheline says, “I knew it wouldn’t last forever. I was appreciative of what I had when I had it.” Roger Stern exclaims to DeFalco, “Of course, I miss writing comics in general. It was the best job in the world!”

    What Tom DeFalco has done in compiling this book of interviews is to showcase the history of Spider-Man comics as a great pop culture tradition to which all these writers and artists were significant contributors. Stan Lee handed the reins to Gerry Conway, and they have been passed down, decade after decade, to new writers and artists, right into this new century. Brian Bendis remarks in his interview that “A lot of pop culture only has a two-year shelf life nowadays. Things go away almost immediately. People love them and then they’re gone.” But Spider-Man has proved an exception. “I wasn’t joking when I compared Spider-man to Shakespeare earlier,” he tells DeFalco. “We have to acknowledge when something becomes a kind of mythology.”

    Len Wein puts it best. DeFalco asked him what his favorite thing about his run on Amazing Spider-Man was. Len replies, “My favorite thing about the run is that I actually had a run. I was part of Spider-Man’s history… For the purposes of this discussion, let’s say that a full set of [Amazing] Spider-Man comics measures three feet on a bookshelf. Part of the joy I get from my time on Amazing [Spider-Man] is looking at those three feet and knowing that I wrote these two inches right here. Two inches in which I was part of the amazing history of this contemporary fantasy. I have contributed to the lore of an ongoing American myth, and that’s a great feeling.”

    So how have Sam Raimi and his collaborators contributed to this great pop culture myth with their new Spider-Man movie? Keep what I’ve said this week in mind, and we’ll examine that subject in this column’s next installment.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #43: Joss Whedon’s Tales to Astonish

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In a recent TV Guide interview (June 13-19, 2004), Joss Whedon, creator of Buffy the Vampire Slayer, jokingly complains about the title of the new comics series he is writing for Marvel, Astonishing X-Men. “I kinda wish they hadn’t saddled me with that title. Does it have to be astonishing every month?”

    As his interview in the first volume of Fantagraphics’ new Peanuts reprint series reminds us, Charles M. Schulz hated the title his comic strip was saddled with, but not even with all his tremendous success did he ever get to change it. Despite all his clout, Whedon is similarly stuck. (Would he have found it easier to be “uncanny” every month?)

    When I left off in my last column, halfway through Astonishing X-Men #1, Scott Summers (Cyclops) and Emma Frost (the White Queen) were in bed together when suddenly Logan (Wolverine) appeared at the foot of the bed and accuses Scott of unfaithfulness to the memory of his deceased (yet again) wife Jean. Royally pissed off, Scott fired one of his optic power beam, blasting Wolverine through the window.

    Last time I mentioned that Astonishing X-Men #1, perhaps inevitably, carried echoes of some of Whedon’s past work. Here I am reminded of the way Spike would needle Angel about their past sexual relationships with Buffy.

    In fact now the similarity between Wolverine and Spike comes clear: each is an outsider with a violent past, a former outlaw, a rebel by temperament, and an observer with an ironic perspective.

    I wonder whether anyone at Marvel is really happy with the Scott-Emma relationship. Rachel in Claremont’s Uncanny X-Men #444, Kitty in Whedon’s Astonishing #1, and Wolverine in both books seem to be voicing not only their own but the writers’ dislike of this relationship. It was other writers who turned Scott and Frost into a couple; Claremont and Whedon have inherited the situation. I wonder how long it will last.

    If Wolverine resembles Spike here, then Cyclops is the Angel analogue, reacting the way that Angel might to Spike’s taunts: though he resorts to violence, Scott’s attitude in talking to Wolverine is ““ more proper and reserved, but rage is clearly seething beneath. In fact, Scott, beneath the contained facade, seems angrier than Wolverine.

    “This is good,” Scott says, masking his fury beneath understated dialogue. “The guy who’s tried to steal my wife since the day he met us is gonna tell me all about what’s proper.”

    Well, to nitpick, Wolverine met Scott before he met Jean: Cyclops helped Professor Xavier recruit Wolverine and the other “new” X-Men while Jean and other original team members were being held captive by Krakoa the Living island in Giant-Size X-Men #1.

    It’s more important to observe that there’s also a certain revisionism at work here, and Whedon’s not the only one guilty of this. Chris Claremont toyed with showing Wolverine’s attraction to Jean in his early years writing the series. Later, in Classic X-Men #1, Claremont wrote new scenes set soon after Jean was rescued from Krakoa. In one of these Claremont showed Wolverine making advances towards Jean, and depicted the chemistry between them.

    Nonetheless, for decades since those early days, Wolvy did not seem interested in Jean romantically. For one thing, beginning with Uncanny X-Men #118, way back in 1979, he was in love with the Japanese noblewoman Mariko. But since the first X-Men movie revived the Scott-Jean-Logan triangle, the comics have brought it back. Indeed, from what Scott says here, it seems we are to believe that the triangle has been active all along.

    Wolverine responds to Cyclops’ accusation with one of his own, claiming that the only reason” Jean and Scott remained a couple is that she was “too strong to give in to what she really wanted” (meaning her attraction to Wolverine), “and you were too scared.” Attempting to compliment Jean’s strength of character, Logan actually comes off as presumptuous. What if Jean really wanted Scott? Logan’s egotistical enough to think that Jean really wanted him; maybe Scott isn’t the only one in denial.

    Then again, by saying she was “strong enough” to resist him, perhaps Logan is actually admitting he would not be good for her. In that case, Logan’s surface egotism covers over his insecurities.

    So there’s a question here as to what Logan’s motives are in challenging Scott this way. Are they still fighting over who should have Jean? Or is Logan angry because he believes Jean and Scott belonged together as a couple, and that Scott betrayed her by turning to Frost, even before Jean’s (most recent) demise?

    And what does Logan mean by that last part about Scott being “too scared” to give in to what he really wanted?

    Does he mean that Scott really wanted a “bad girl” like Frost all along, and that Scott really didn’t love Jean? No wonder Cyclops replies first with an understated threat (“Hey, Logan. That healing power’s about to come in really handy.”) and then an off-camera power blast. For the traditionally introverted Cyclops, actions convey his emotions more powerfully than words.

    Notice Scott’s dry wit just before he lets Logan have it with another optic blast: “Hey, Logan. That healing power’s about to come in really handy.” Again, this is not the humorless Cyclops of yore. Moreover, though it is hardly a mature response to reply to insults with violence, Whedon is making an important point here: his version of Cyclops is no wimp.

    At times in the past one might have wondered just how suitable Scott is to be leader. Claremont once (in Uncanny X-Men #201) even had Storm defeat him in a duel to determine who should lead the team. How could Scott, who could seem to be teacher’s pet, keep a strong-willed, born rebel like Wolverine in line? Certainly Cyclops does not seem to be a strong leader in the X-Men movies: in X2 he is captured and the team members mostly operate independently of him. Viewers unfamiliar with the comics might even wonder why Jean sticks with the bland movie version of Scott instead of giving in to Wolverine. This romantic triangle is sagging on one side.

    Whedon’s Cyclops is tough-minded in his own way, perhaps as much so as Wolverine. It now becomes clear why Cyclops outranks Wolverine on the team.

    Watching the two men fight over the absent Jean, Frost comments, “Superpowers. A scintillating wit and the best body money can buy. . .and I still rate below a corpse.” This is a line so good it puts virtually every other superhero writer in the shade. It is the White Queen’s bitter acknowledgement that Scott still does not love her as much as he loves the (repeatedly) dead Jean. Frost has vanished from the panel in which she finishes the line, as if she has disappeared at this moment from Scott’s consciousness.

    How about Frost’s throwaway line that she has the “best body money can buy”? And you may have thought that all these super-people with spectacular bodies had them naturally. Considering how Rachel baits Frost for being older than she is (though Emma is hardly middle-aged) in Uncanny #444, I suppose that this may be another reference to her age.

    More likely, in these days when even the young get breast implants and plastic surgery, it’s a suggestion that there’s something false about Frost. (By using the phrase “the best body money can buy,” Emma may even inadvertently be commenting on her own sexual morality.) On television Whedon has dealt with heroes self-destructively entangled with lovers who are wrong for them: Buffy with Spike, Angel with Darla. Here’s another such pairing.

    The next scene begins with what appears to be a flashback to the reactions of young onlookers watching Cyclops and Wolverine fighting, as the Beast, in the present, is castigating them for battling “in front of the students.” Actually, the girl in front seems to be Kitty, who looks grimly, directly at the senior X-Men, while the three students seem shocked. (To artist John Cassaday’s credit, each person in the shot has a different facial expression.) Grouping Kitty here with the students again emphasizes the dual nature of her position: she’s not that much older than the students, yet she is a member of the faculty. Having returned to her former “home” at Xavier’s she can’t be happy about this turmoil among her elders.

    Again, the focus is not on the X-Men themselves as youthful students, but as authority figures dealing with the young. The Beast’s speech to Logan and Scott is on that classic Marvel theme of power and responsibility, but in this context it’s not about a teenager learning to take responsibility as he grows older, but about exercising a kind of parental responsibility towards kids.

    Having read Uncanny #444 and Astonishing #1, I wonder if the latter will be the series that will be more oriented around the school side of the X-Men.

    Though this issue is primarily a talking-heads story, Cassaday and Whedon use imaginative visual techniques to keep it from seeming static.

    One of them is the setting for this scene, a meeting of the senior X-Men. At first the setting is a surprise; not for another page does the Beast explain that they are in the Danger Room, in which, in its current version, holograms can create artificial environments. (It’s comparable to the holosuites and holodecks on Star Trek series.) Here the X-Men look like giants, sitting atop the Hawaiian islands, as if they were chairs. Amusingly, smoke arises from Wolverine’s body: presumably he is sitting atop a volcano. Since his hair style gives him devil-like “horns,” it’s appropriate that he’s giving off smoke, as if he’s seated in hell.

    In a nicely understated bit of staging, Cassaday and Whedon have the White Queen sitting to the side, her face turned away from the others. She does not participate in the discussion for two pages, and then interrupts basically just to try to get them to hurry up and finish. Likewise, the others ignore her. Frost may be a member of the team, but she’s not a part of their community or “family,” even though it can contain the feuding Cyclops and Wolverine. Nor, it appears, does she care about being part of the group: Scott is the only one of interest to her.

    Scott now begins a long speech. Since the rise of the original Image artists, I’ve been dismayed by the way so many recent comics artists devote huge panels to poster-like images, and then jam action into tiny panels instead. Cassaday and Whedon know how to make the current fashion for such large panels work. They devote a big panel to a shot of Scott uttering a single, simple line: “We’re a team.” This lends emphasis to Scott’s idea and to what seems the confident, idealistic way in which he says it (further emphasized by shooting his face from below, so he seems to tower against the sky).

    Moreover, Scott continues, “We’re a super hero team. And I think it’s time we started acting like one.” Kitty looks towards Scott, interested by this idea. Logan looks forward, away from Scott, listening but not as impressed as she is.

    Then Logan turns his face just slightly, looks warily at Scott, and says, as if startled, “Ho. Whoa. Wait. Is this gonna be about tights?”

    It’s a funny reaction, perhaps suggesting a certain reflexive homophobia on the macho Logan’s part. It’s also the sort of remark one could imagine Spike saying.

    And again there’s a certain revisionism at work here. No one forced Wolverine to wear a superhero costume through many of his past solo adventures. Wolverine’s attitude here reflects the movie version of Logan, who found the idea of superhero names and uniforms silly.

    Scott reacts to Logan’s comment by dismissing his insecurity about looking silly in tights and taking the theme to a higher level: “It’s about everything. Truth. Perception. We’ve saved the world ““ worlds, even ““ time and again. That’s the truth. That’s what we do. But the perception is that we’re freaks or worse. That we’re Magnetos waiting to happen. We’ve been taking it on the chin so long, just trying to keep from being wiped out. I think we’ve forgotten that we have a purpose. I know the rest of the world has forgotten.”

    Scott’s speech is about public relations: letting the world know that the X-Men are a positive force for good. But it’s also an effort to put the X-Men back in touch with another aspect of Xavier’s original vision: that the X-Men fight to save the human race, despite the fact that so many of them fear and hate mutants. Hence Scott’s speech serves as a contrast with Frost’s address to the students earlier in the book. Frost asserted that humans will never trust mutants; Scott, following Xavier’s ideas, argues that the X-Men’s good deeds can win humanity over.

    I wonder if through Scott’s speech Whedon is also commenting on the direction of the X-Men as a series. Perhaps he feels it’s also the readership who may have “forgotten” the X-Men’s “purpose.” Is Whedon asserting that the comics have been spending too much time dealing with the X-Men fighting off persecution ““ playing defense ““ and not enough about them taking an active role, protecting humanity from dangers?

    Certainly in the movies the X-Men appear to keep to themselves, not asserting themselves publicly as protectors of humanity. In the films the X-Men stay in hiding, not venturing out into battle unless they are fighting against their own kind (Magneto and his Brotherhood in the first film) or are themselves attacked by Stryker in the second).

    Despite what Kitty said earlier in the issue, perhaps things have changed at the X-Men’s school. They’ve gotten away from the X-Men’s true purpose, so Whedon plans to put things back the way they were, so that Kitty’s statement that nothing has changed will indeed be true. Again, it’s like John Byrne’s “back to the basics” approach to longrunning comics series. (I would imagine, though, if Byrne were back on X-Men, he would boot his co-creation, the White Queen, out of the team immediately!)

    As if anticipating close, analytical readers like myself, Kitty asks, looking at the holograms about them, “Is this like a theme thing, us being so big?” The Beast dismisses the notion with a joke about having misprogrammed the Danger Room. But the metaphor stands: the X-Men as giants. This ties in with the theme of Scott’s speech: superheroes are larger than life, serving a greater purpose, acting as players on the stage of the entire world.

    Looking wistful, Kitty says, “Remember when thus place was just flame-throwers and rotating knives. I miss that.” Yes, indeed, that’s what the Danger Room was like when Kitty first arrived at Xavier’s school, back in 1978 in our time. Here is more nostalgia for the Claremont X-Men tales of decades past. So yet again we see the duality of Kitty’s role: the girl who has aged only a few years since joining the X-Men, yet who remembers comics from a quarter century ago. She’s a young person who has gone through experiences that make her feel older than she is. Perhaps, too, she embodies the way an older adult might feel that in ways he or she still feels young, not yet the master of his or her life. “Now I have cloud-hair,” Kitty says, literally referring to the holograms of small clouds floating around her head, but perhaps metaphorically suggesting her role bearing adult responsibilities in the world at large. No wonder she feels uncomfortable at seeming so “big.”

    The Danger Room circa 1978 was basically the way that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, its creators, had depicted it in the 1960s. It is appropriate that, as Scott speaks of the original purpose of the X-Men that Kitty should invoke an image that goes back to Lee and Kirby’s original X-Men stories.

    Scott began his speech by acknowledging the absurdity of what he was about to propose. Obviously in part he meant that he intends to be part of the same team as Wolverine, despite the current tension between them. Possibly he ““ or Whedon ““ also meant the “absurdity” of the superhero concept, dressing up in costumes to fight evil, but Cyclops, and through him, Whedon, are arguing that the superhero, however absurd on the surface, is something positive. even necessary.

    “We need to get into the world,” Scott declares. “Saving lives, helping with disaster relief. . .We need to present ourselves as a team like any other.” pointing out that the public accepts the two leading superhero teams, the Avengers and Fantastic Four. The X-Men would thereby be demonstrating why “baseline” humanity should accept mutants. The idea of “getting into the world” is a fundamental part of Xavier’s vision, which is not about mutants and ordinary humans existing in separate but equal societies, but about racial integration. Grant Morrison, in outing the Xavier and his students, was pushing them to play a more active role in the world, but Morrison’s priority seemed to be turning the X-Men into mutant rights advocates, not as champions aiding the rest of humanity.

    Here I wonder how much coordination exists among the current X-Men books. In the final issue of X-Treme X-Men and his new stories in Uncanny X-Men, Chris Claremont has cast team members as official agents of the world’s government in battling mutant menaces. Claremont even has the X-Men refer to themselves as “marshals,” evoking the imagery of the Western. (That’s something one might have expected Whedon to do instead, considering that his Firefly series was explicitly created as a science-fiction version of classic Western motifs.)

    Whedon seems so far to have a more positive focus: Scott says the X-Men will “save lives,” whereas Storm’s “marshals” seem to emphasize combating criminals.

    But really, Claremont and Whedon are having their teams of X-Men follow similar paths: as heroes operating in public to protect the populace at large. Each writer is working primarily with a different assortment of X-Men, yet Wolverine participates in both series. And all of them are based at Xavier’s mansion. So it’s odd that in Astonishing Scott does not mention Storm’s “marshals,” or that in Uncanny Storm and the others don’t mention Cyclops’ effort to revive the X-Men’s reputation as superheroes.

    Once Scott implies that he wants the public to think of the X-Men the way they do of the superhero teams the Avengers and Fantastic Four, Wolverine says, “Here come the tights. . . ,” still troubled by the thought.

    “Sorry, Logan,” replies Scott, “Super heroes wear costumes.” Here, through Cyclops, Whedon is recognizing costumes as an important element of the superhero concept. Whedon has stated in an interview that it was not his decision to bring back the costumes. (It seems to have been the idea of Marvel executive Avi Arad, who only a few years ago was publicly disparaging superhero costumes.) But I gets the sense that Whedon is far from displeased about it.

    “And quite frankly,” Scott adds, “all the black leather is making people nervous.” That reminds me of an observation former Marvel writer Peter B. Gillis made to me years ago: didn’t anyone notice that the Blackhawks were a bunch of men who dressed in black leather and lived together on an island? (How did Dr. Wertham miss that?) So there’s irony for you: people think it’s stupid to put the X-Men in superhero costumes, so they dress them up in black leather uniforms instead, seemingly oblivious to the kinky implications.

    Then Kitty raises her hand, just as a student would: yet again here’s a sign that she occupies this middle ground between the kids and the adults. Kitty says, “I’m not a fighter, not like you guys.” Wolverine replies,: “You’ve been in it plenty, kid. I’d take you at my back any day.”

    What’s going on here? Whedon says that Kitty was a major influence on Buffy, yet Buffy is certainly a fighter, and Kitty is claiming she isn’t, or at least not in the same sense as the other X-Men. And am I the only one who thinks that Cassaday, especially in this shot, makes Kitty look something like Buffy’s friend Willow?

    Wasn’t the point of the “Professor Xavier Is a Jerk!” story (Uncanny #168) that Whedon referenced earlier in this issue that Kitty insisted on being treated as an equal of the older X-Men, and that she could hold her own in dangerous situations (as in her battle against the alien Sidrian Hunters in that story)? It’s difficult to imagine Chris Claremont contending that Kitty isn’t a fighter.

    I’d like to think that in this exchange Kitty is being modest and that Logan is subtly reminding her of Claremont’s Kitty Pryde and Wolverine series, in which he taught her to be a martial artist. More likely, Whedon isn’t remembering it. Then again, maybe he is dealing in revisionism here, consciously dismissing that aspect of her past, preferring to present Kitty as a non-warrior.

    Here Whedon’s foreword to the trade paperback collection of Fray, a series he did for Dark Horse, is relevant. In it Whedon discusses his boyhood interest in Marvel comics. “At least in the Marvel universe, where I made my nest,” he writes, “there were very few interesting girls young enough for a twelve year old to crush on.” (Gosh, why didn’t he fall in love with Jean like the rest of us? Then again, my friends and I first read about Jean in 1960s comics, when she was presented as a teenager.) “But it was deeply slim pickin’s,” Whedon continues, “Until Kitty Pryde. She was such a figure of both affection and identification, I even forgave her inability to think of a decent name for herself.” This explains the White Queen’s disparaging remarks this issue about Kitty’s past superhero names.

    “If she could be in the X-Men,” Whedon concludes, “then there was no reason a short, skinny, not-overly-hygienic New Yorker whose mutant power seemed to be the ability to whine amusingly couldn’t join up too.”

    There’s the key. Kitty is the everyman/woman, the reader’s identification figure. Not only is she the kid who gets to hang out with the adults, but she is our representative: through her we get to hang out with the X-Men. After all, that has always been the basic purpose of the “kid sidekick” in superhero comics. It’s not that the adult superhero is looking for an underage homoerotic sexual partner, as Dr. Wertham famously claimed. The “kid sidekick” was meant as an identification figure for the reader, so he could vicariously participate in the superhero’s adventures. This is why Whedon characterizes her as not basically a fighter, since neither are we, the readers, and she is standing in for us. Since Whedon is having Kitty go into action, but downplaying her role as a fighter, she finds herself standing in yet another middle ground. On one side there are costumed teen combatants like Robin or Bucky on one side, and on the other such noncombatants as Rick Jones in Hulk and Captain Marvel or Snapper Carr in the Julie Schwartz-era Justice League.

    Contradicting Logan, Scott tells Kitty, “But you’re not a fighter. Your power isn’t aggressive, it’s protective.” That actually makes her seem like a throwback to pre-Claremont superheroines like the Invisible Girl, who didn’t actually hit people the way that, say, Buffy would. (In Kitty’s case, she can turn intangible.) “That’s good to show,” Scott goes on. “And people like you.”

    That’s the point. Scott is designating her as a good public face for mutantkind. In that respect she is the best choice among the five X-Men Whedon seems to be working with in this series. (Presumably the large roster of X-Men is being divided among the various books and their current writers.) Scott points out that Hank looks like a Beast, “Emma’s a former villain” (Do people say “villain” in real life?), and “Logan’s a thug.” Logan immediately agrees, “Born and bred.”: like Spike, he takes pride, at once ironic and defiant, in his outlaw image.

    As for himself, Cyclops points out that “I haven’t looked anybody in the eye since I was fifteen.” And while that is not technically true (What about that celebrated sex scene on the mesa in Uncanny #132, in which Phoenix stops his eyes from emitting the deadly power beams?), it’s too good a line to object to, too fine a summing up of Scott’s usual situation in life, and another example of the understated irony with which Whedon has him speak.

    Looking somewhat annoyed, Kitty asks, “So I’m what ““ a P. R. stunt?” Maybe she’s right to object. Scott’s intentions are good, but the X-Men will not succeed in gaining tolerance for mutants until “normal” humans can accept mutants who look like the Beast, as well. (I really doubt that anyone connected with Astonishing would make this connection, but Scott has fallen afoul of badly conceived public relations before, in the original X-Factor series.)

    Finally, Emma inserts herself into the discussion to take the opportunity to insult Kitty. We’ve already seen she dislikes Kitty, and perhaps now Frost feels provoked by Scott’s praise of Kitty for not being a “villain” like herself.

    At long last Scott is exasperated with Frost, too, and tells her to “shut up”: Frost looks surprised and possibly hurt by this sign of anger, while Kitty looks warily at him, perhaps sensing his seriousness, and Logan continues to face forward, taking it in stride.

    Looking grim, Scott tells the group that each of them may have “perfectly good reasons” for not wanting to act as superheroes. “But you’re the team I chose. So think about it.” Not only is Scott acting as a strong leader, but as one determined to get his way. He’s not insisting that they participate, but he seems to be implying that the fact that he chose them to be in his superhero team outweighs any qualms they may have about it. Maybe it’s not so much Kitty who’s like Buffy as Scott is: Scott seems more like the Buffy of the final seasons: the hard-edged leader (in a bad sexual relationship!).

    The scene shifts to another example of public relations at work, as people insist on putting makeup on a woman who turns out to be geneticist Dr. Ravita Rao before she addresses the press. “Doc,” says one, “you’re about to change the world, you gotta look glam.” Dr. Rao and the X-Men are about to compete in the creation of public images for mutants.

    I didn’t realize this until my second time reading the issue, but Dr. Rao is the same doctor from page two of this issue. This is my fault: when she addresses a girl as “Tildie,” I should have remembered that this was the girl from the opening pages. Then again, whereas in a movie or TV show, the viewer will probably recognize a character on his or her return later in the story, the faces of characters in comics tend not to be so individually distinctive.

    This glimpse of Dr. Rao being introduced to the press begins a sequence of cinematic intercutting among various characters and settings that persists to the end of the issue.

    From Dr. Rao we go to a brief scene between Kitty and Logan that serves as a reminder of the bond they’ve had in the past, ever since Claremont began pairing them together. In the context of Whedon’s work, it reminds me of the friendship between Spike and Dawn on Buffy. Here Logan appears to be referring to his mourning over Jean; that is certainly in character for him, and also happens to parallel Spike’s feelings towards Buffy when she was (temporarily) dead at the start of Season 6.

    Dr. Rao begins her speech, “What is a mutant?” From the start of this quiet discourse by an academic we shift to a scene of violence and chaos, with masked gunmen taking hostages.

    Back to Dr. Rao, whose talk at first may seem to fit right in with Charles Xavier’s vision of mutants. “They’ve been called angels and devils,” she notes, as if recognizing religious counterparts to the mythic figures of good and evil mutants in the X-Men series.

    But Rao’s speech begins to vary from Xavier’s ideas in so subtle a fashion it didn’t register on me at first. She says, “They’ve committed atrocities, and been victims of atrocities themselves.” Is she differentiating here between the terrorist mutants like Magneto and those mutants who are victims of persecution? Or does she mean “they” to refer to all mutants? “They’ve been labeled monsters, and not without reason.” That implies that all mutants are indeed monsters.

    “But I will tell you what mutants are,” Dr. Rao says, returning to her theme of defining mutants. At that point Cassaday and Whedon shift to the gunmen’s leader, telling his captives that he plans to rob them, to take (and presumably rape) their daughters, and to “roast” the hostages’ flesh (perhaps for eating?). Cassaday shows us the leader from the back, and then shows him from the front. The leader has green skin: is he a mutant?

    Is he defining through his actions what he thinks mutants should be? (And is he the shadowy figure who was watching Tildie in the opening pages?)

    Then we shift back to Dr. Rao, seen from the back, addressing the press, in a shot which ominously parallels the gunmen’s leader addressing the hostages. Perhaps Dr. Rao was right to disdain being made to look “glam,” but now we see she wears her hair in a rather prim, old-fashioned bun at the back of her head. A hint of her personality? (Is she playing a destructive superego in contrast to the gunmen’s leader’s rampaging id?)

    Finally giving the answer to the question with which she began, Dr. Rao concludes, “Mutants are people. No better or worse by nature than anybody else. Just people.” That seems fine: just the point that Xavier and the X-Men series have always sought to make.

    And then comes the well-timed kicker, in a single balloon: mutants are “People with a disease.”

    Immediately afterwards we see glimpses of the X-Men changing into costumes, about to appear before the public themselves. These are the people who Dr. Rao claims are diseased.

    There follows an impressive double-page spread with the X-Men striding out in costume. Of course, this is designed to show off their new costumes for the benefit of those readers, who, like the Beast, are particularly interested in such things. I find myself more interested in the design of the spread. Most of the space is given over to the wall and floor. Only Kitty and the Beast’s arm and legs make it onto the left hand page.: the X-Men are situated almost entirely in the lower half of the right hand page. Most artists would have had the X-Men figures virtually fill the entire spread. But the use of all the empty space gives an epic feel to the scene, as the X-Men emerge from a brightly lit rectangle, striding out onto this larger stage.

    This brings the story to its final page, with rapid intercutting among the three sets of characters ““ X-Men (taking off in their jet), the gunmen and their hostages, and Dr. Rao addressing the press ““ as Rao’s words flow through and unite the series of shots.

    Dr. Rao tells her audience, “Mutants are not the next step in humankind,” thereby dismissing Magneto’s rationale for proclaiming the racial superiority of mutants. But one could also use that idea to assert that humanity is naturally evolving into mutants, that it is humanity’s destiny; she is rejecting this idea, too. She also dismisses the fears of the usual mutant-haters in the history of this series, such as the Sentinels’ inventor, Dr. Bolivar Trask: “They are not the end of humankind.”

    Instead, she contends, “The mutant gene is nothing more than a disease. A corruption of healthy cellular activity.”

    Apropos of this, the June 21, 2004 issue of Time has an article titled “Surviving Cancer,” which contains a section titled, “Identifying Mutations.” The article states that “A tumor is essentially an accumulation of mutations. It grows uncontrollably because its DNA, laboring under the weight of layer upon layer of genetic errors, has become unstable and unable to repair itself. By studying those mutations, scientists can learn quite a bit about how a particular cancer cell became malignant and the molecular pathways it uses to get the nutrients it needs to fuel growth.”

    In other words, cancer is a form of mutation. Perhaps this is the basis for Rao’s theory about super-powered mutants. Perhaps Whedon got the idea from reading an earlier, similar article.

    But this isn’t a new idea with regard to the X-Men. A few nights ago I watched the X2 movie again and was struck by a scene between Xavier and Stryker, who had wanted Xavier to cure his mutant son Jason. “But mutation is not a disease,” protests Xavier.

    This issue concludes with Rao’s declaration that “And now at last we have found a cure.”

    Though this is an unusual approach to mutation in the world of X-Men, it too is not unique. I have read one review that asserts that the “cure” idea turned up a short time ago in Marvel’s X-Statix series. More importantly, a few years back Alan Davis did a story line in X-Men wherein the Marvel Universe’s master genetic engineer, the High Evolutionary, “cured” all mutants on Earth.

    But the High Evolutionary was motivated by his godlike overview of the course evolution should take. I expect that Whedon is approaching Rao’s movement to “cure” mutants as a new facade for racial intolerance.

    Consider that in this issue Whedon shows both Dr. Rao and the X-Men seeking ways to present a point of view to the public. Both sides are dealing in public relations, in image management, and in what politicians call spin. Cyclops wants to “astonish” the public, casting the X-Men as colorfully costumed champions of the whole human race. He wants to make Kitty their “poster child,” as Frost cynically puts it. The face of mutants is a pretty and friendly teenage girl, who lacks “aggressive” powers and who looks conventionally human. As noted, this is something of a distortion of the truth.

    But it’s not as bad as Dr. Rao’s image of mutants as, in effect, cancer victims. How clever this is. Dr. Rao is not claiming that mutants are evil, but that they are people, no better or worse than other people, but who are afflicted by a disease. It is the disease that must be destroyed, not the mutants.

    Compare this with the Church’s attitude towards mutants in Neil Gaiman’s 1602. The chief clergyman in issue 7 appears to regard those mutants (“Witchbreed”) who are not human in appearance as “monsters.” The clergyman is about to burn the 1602 Magneto, revealed as not only a mutant but as a Jew, at the stake. But the clergyman treats 1602‘s Magneto not as a “monster” but as a “heretic” who rejected “God’s mercy.” In other words, he differentiates between the sinner and the sin, suggesting the possibility that had Magneto been loyal to the Church, he need not have be executed.

    Earlier this week I passed by some demonstrators in an Indian section of the city, who had a sign “Islam is the Only Way to End Homosexuality!” I’m aware of Christians who claim to “love” gays but to “hate” their “sins.” Here is the idea of religion as a “cure” for behavior of which other people disapprove.

    These are means of demonizing an opponent’s behavior but not the opponent himself. Similarly, Dr. Rao is demonizing the mutation, but not the person affected by the mutation.

    But these are false dichotomies. Being a mutant is an essential part of each X-Man’s identity. Being a mutant is each X-Man’s racial identity, just as being black is Dr. Rao’s (It is surely no accident that Whedon and Cassaday “cast” her this way.), or being female is part of her identity.

    In each case, that of he 1602 Inquisition or Dr. Rao, differences from the cultural norm are being labeled as disease, heresy, or abnormality, not as an acceptable alternative to the majority lifestyle. It’s like the way King James in 1602 defined any political opposition to him as treason.

    Consider the title of this issue of Astonishing X-Men: “Gifted.” Each X-Man’s mutant super-power can be regarded as a metaphor for whatever talents any individual in real life has: whatever makes him or her unique, and enables him or her to contribute something to the world that perhaps no one else can. By the issue’s end Dr. Rao is attempting to redefine “gifted” as “diseased.”

    No wonder Kitty looks so somber in our last sight of her in this issue, perhaps sensing that the X-Men are traveling into big trouble.

    So, yes, I’m astonished by this first issue and hooked. After such an auspicious start I’m very much looking forward to the rest of Joss Whedon’s twelve-issue run on this title. And who knows? He did it for Buffy: maybe he’ll be motivated to write X-Men: The Musical.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #42: Joss Whedon’s Comics & Stories

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Long, long ago, in other words, a few years ago back in the 20th century, it was relatively easy to break into writing for comics. There was a continual demand for fill-in stories or for short stories for books like Marvel Comics Presents. High school students who got intern jobs at Marvel, if they did well, might get jobs as assistant editors, and once you were “in,” you had the opportunity to pitch stories. Actually, every friend I had who wanted to get into comics eventually did. (Mind you, I have a talented group of friends.) People would ask me why I didn’t write comics stories. I would explain that my talents lie in a different area: I don’t write comics stories, I write about them. They would have none of this: you’re here, you should be writing stories!

    After becoming established in comics, some writers tried to move on to careers in writing television or movies, In his article in Back Issue #2 concerning the “DC Implosion” of 1978, Mike W. Barr states that “Virtually all the freelancers ““ and most of the DC staffers ““ claimed that comics were a way station in their careers.” (Considering how little comics paid back then, that was understandable.) Barr recalls having a conversation with writers Len Wein and Marv Wolfman: “‘Oh, we’re not going to be in comics much longer,’ Len replied. ‘No, we’re going to move to Hollywood and write The Love Boat,’ said Marvin.” (As you may know, Chris Claremont first got to write X-Men when Wein, who co-created the “new” X-Men team in Giant-Size X-Men #1, found his schedule was too full, and turned the assignment over to his fellow staffer, who proved to have a revolutionary new vision for the superhero genre.)

    But comics writers who went to Hollywood met with radically different degrees of success. As Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon mention in their recent biography of Stan Lee (see Comics in Context #15 and #16), even Stan himself tried to break into screenwriting without success. There have been some success stories more recently, like those of Mark Verheiden and Jeph Loeb, who work on Smallville, a comics-inspired television series.

    And Loeb has worked with the man who is this week’s subject, Joss Whedon, creator of the television series Buffy the Vampire Slayer and Firefly and co-creator of Angel. (They collaborated on a proposed Buffy the Animated Series, and just what is wrong with the Cartoon Network and various other networks that none of them were interested in picking it up? Whedon has been a subject of this column before, in the 2003 San Diego Con report in Comics in Context #9).

    Lately Whedon has started writing comics himself, the latest being Marvel’s Astonishing X-Men #1, the start of a new X-Men series. It is so good that you might wonder why Whedon didn’t start writing comics years ago.

    But now we’re in the 21st century, and the onset of Bizarro World rules in the comics industry. I was recently informed that an editor at a major comics company told a friend of mine who had submitted a series proposal that the company was only interested in projects by Somebody Famous.

    So here’s the path that Whedon took to get to Marvel: he helped write screenplays for blockbuster films (Speed, Toy Story), and then created three TV shows, one of which, Buffy, has become a cultural icon, and even wrote a revision of the screenplay for the first X-Men movie, which is not used. (Although, reading Astonishing X-Men #1, I again wonder why. It’s got better dialogue than anything in the first film.) And now he’s starting to direct his first feature film, Serenity, based on his Firefly series. Only now, after Whedon reaches this extraordinary pinnacle of success, does he get to write an X-Men comic book! Isn’t this doing it all backwards?

    But maybe in this case I should just sit back and enjoy this new phenomenon. Here I am arguing every week in this column that the best comics should be taken seriously as literature. Wein and Wolfman used to say that writers should work their way up to scripting a top title like Spider-Man, although they were talking about writing fill-ins and lower tier comics first. So I should take pleasure in the idea that the X-Men are such a great concept, such a monument in American popular culture, that even someone as successful in other media as Joss Whedon could still aspire to write these characters.

    In a news article in The Hollywood Reporter some months ago Whedon explained that he did indeed aspire to writing the X-Men.

    “‘There are three reasons why I’m doing this,’ Whedon said. ‘One, I get to write The X-Men, a comic I grew up reading. It’s probably the biggest influence on my work there is. Two, I want to personalize things and figure who these characters are to me now. And three, the character Kitty Pryde. She was not a small influence on Buffy. I get to use her, and that sealed the deal.’”

    In doing my characteristic close reading of Astonishing X-Men #1, I will time and again be showing how Whedon’s work with the X-Men reminds me of characters, situations and themes from his past work. This is not meant as an accusation that he is repeating himself. Rather, I am showing how indeed The X-Men influenced Buffy and other Whedon work, and demonstrating a thematic continuity between his “Buffyverse” work and his new X-Men story. Moreover, comparing the Buffyverse and X-Men characters provides some surprising insights into how some of them are founded on the same archetypes.

    Astonishing #1 opens with an eerie sequence of a person being menaced by a monster, superbly illustrated by Astonishing artist John Cassaday, who, presumably following Whedon’s staging directions, creates a ghastly mood through understated means: the spattered blood, the creature’s large, inhuman teeth, and the human image somehow reflected in them. It’s a reminder that Whedon is best known for working in the horror genre; this is the sort of sequence one would not expect from traditional superhero writers.

    It’s also a reminder that Whedon not only writes for the movie and television screen, but directs for it as well. This is a cinematic montage of extreme close-ups. This and the next page also comprise a teaser for the main story: were this a TV series, it would appear before the opening credit sequence.

    And then there are the words of the narrator, who appears to be a child, who finds her mother’s screams “yummy.” The juxtaposition of horror and ironic humor is a Whedon trademark. But I also find myself wondering if this may be a subtle bit of homage to longtime X-Men writer Chris Claremont, who also likes to use the word “yummy” or just “yum” in contexts ranging from a villain’s macabre lusts to a hero’s expression of sexual attraction.

    On the second page a child, Tildie, wakes up screaming. The first page sequence was apparently her dream. Or was it her memory? Or was it actually happening before the lights turned on? Just who is this enshadowed figure watching through presumably one-way glass?

    And who was the “monster”? Is it possible that it is the child herself? Is she a shapeshifting mutant?

    This scene has a primal resonance: perhaps all our terrors are extensions of a child’s fear of monsters in the dark.

    It also ties in with a scene at the end of this issue, although I didn’t pick up on that until my second reading of the story.

    Following the title, “Gifted” (an allusion to the previous name of the X-Men’s home base, “Professor Xavier’s School for Gifted Youngsters,” i.e., young super-powered mutants), the main narrative opens with a close-up on Kitty Pryde, whom Whedon singled out in the Hollywood Reporter piece as a particularly important character to him.

    She is returning to Xavier’s school, where she first learned to use her mutant powers, after a sojourn in college in Illinois (as seen in Chris Claremont’s recent Mechanix limited series). Apparently Astonishing #1 takes place before Claremont’s Uncanny X-Men #444, which came out weeks before, and in which Kitty and Wolverine had already returned to the Xavier Institute.

    Kitty’s return to her old school, where she spent her high school years, may remind readers of Buffy’s return to Sunnydale High in Season 7 of her television series. Like Sunnydale High, Xavier’s school was also destroyed and recently rebuilt. Each of them thus returned to a place, a school, at which defining events in their lives took place. For that matter, Season 1 began with Buffy arriving at a new high school, and Season 4 with her arrival at college. And Kitty’s return to Xavier’s, bearing luggage, recalls the very first time she arrived at the mansion, back in Uncanny X-Men #138 (October, 1980).

    And, one might add, Whedon, who grew up reading X-Men and identifies it as a defining influence on his work, is likewise returning to Xavier’s school. It’s the place where he too spent his formative years.

    Kitty’s first words are “Nothing has changed.” There’s that Thomas Wolfe quotation about not being able to go home again. Still, I’ve had times when I’ve revisited places from my childhood and adolescence and am taken back to see that outwardly, at least, they appear to be the same, as if caught in a time warp: it seems at once reassuring and strange. I have changed; why haven’t they?

    Now, over the decades many writers, readers and comics executives have insisted that characters and situations in comics change. How often have they tried to sell new issues by claiming that “This issue will change the Marvel Universe” ““ or a specific character in it ““ “forever!”

    But there’s a contrary point of view: Stan Lee himself spoke of the “illusion of change,” whereby surface aspects of a series may alter, but the essence of the characters and the series remain unaltered.

    Whedon may be siding with Stan Lee’s side of the issue here. By “Nothing has changed,” perhaps he is asserting that there is a consistency to the X-Men series, and that it really hasn’t changed since he himself was a fan reading it.

    Kitty continues, “The place was destroyed and now it looks like nothing happened. No time has passed.” On a literal level of meaning, Kitty is referring to the fact that the mansion was demolished towards the end of Grant Morrison’s tenure on New X-Men; following the departures of previous X-Men creative teams, the mansion was rebuilt as if overnight. (The short time it took is even less credible when one considers how slowly “Marvel-time” elapses compared to real time.) Yet the school is an essential element of the series, and Xavier’s mansion an important visual icon. Why the editors let the mansion be destroyed when they must have known or should have foreseen that the next writers would want it back is beyond me. The rapid rebuilding not only weakens credibility but even in retrospect undercuts the dramatic impact of the demolition.

    Kitty now experiences memories of her life in the mansion, which take the form of ghostly images enacting scenes from her past. This reminds me of the final scene of Upstairs, Downstairs, with Rose the maid wandering through the mansion, hearing snatches of conversations from past episodes; the ghostly images here make the device work in a visual medium with no sound track. The “ghost” motif has psychological resonance: our past is long gone, “dead,” and yet continues to haunt us. (The issue in which Kitty first joined the X-Men, Uncanny #138, was itself a “memory” issue filled with flashbacks to past X-Men stories.)

    “Of course the Professor would have it rebuilt this way. Give everyone a sense of stability, continuity,” Kitty tells herself. “Continuity” has a double meaning in the context of comics: it’s also a reference to the history of the X-Men and the consistency with which they and their world are portrayed. Whedon’s own goal may be to create “a sense of stability,” to adhere to the traditions of the series and recapture its traditional essence. In writing the X-Men, perhaps he seeks to return to a fictional world that he will find reassuringly familiar, as will other longtime readers. This may be his version of what John Byrne calls his own “”Back to the Basics” method when taking over a longrunning series.
    The next “ghost” Kitty sees is of her own younger self, shouting, “Professor Xavier is a Jerk!” from the story of the same title (Uncanny X-Men #168, cover-dated April, 1983). Cassaday even recaptures the look of artist Paul Smith in this image.

    This is also Whedon’s tribute to the X-Men’s past. Here I’m aware of a slight generational shift. I’m so used to seeing pros do homages to the comics of the 1960s, and the work of creators like Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, that they loved as kids. But here Joss Whedon, from the tail end of the Baby Boom, is paying tribute to the X-Men comics that he read as a kid, the ones that Chris Claremont wrote in the 1980s. Indeed, Kitty is the creation of John Byrne and Claremont, who further defined her as a character after Byrne left the series. (And, of course, Claremont is still very much active, writing two other X-Books, dealing with the same milieu and some of the same characters that Whedon is now handling. See Comics in Context #37 and #39.)

    Kitty tells us that “Nothing has changed. Not even me,” as she passes through a wall: this is a clever, surprising way of establishing her mutant power for Buffy fans who may have followed Whedon to the X-Men without prior knowledge of the series.

    By saying she hasn’t changed, Kitty means, as she goes on to say, “I’m a kid again, out of my depth, completely overwhelmed by everything here. . . .” Kitty’s following the Joseph Campbell scenario, starting this new hero’s journey from a lowly position.

    Of course, all of us change as we grow older, and Kitty has, too: as we shall see, she is returning not as a student or as an inexperienced X-Man in training, but to be a teacher and a full-fledged member of the team.

    Perhaps, though, Whedon is signaling that he’s going to treat Kitty as younger than other writers might, in contrast with, say, Warren Ellis, who, when he was writing the original Excalibur series would have had us believe Kitty was having an affair with an adult, Peter Wisdom (not a good choice). Whedon’s Kitty, though older than the other current students at Xavier’s, is still probably a teen.

    Here I want to commend John Cassaday for the marvelous way he depicts the mansion’s interior in this sequence. It would seem such an obvious thing to do, but very few comics artists bother to give the interior of Xavier’s mansion a distinctive look. In contrast, Cassaday gives us a real sense of place: the rug with its distinctive pattern, the fine wood paneling, the specific location of the staircase with regard to the front door, the feel of a grand Victorian home (even if it has been demolished and rebuilt umpteen times).

    Kitty tells us that what “overwhelms” and surrounds her are “the smaller pieces. The shards of me.” The “shards” are her memories of her past self. The “ghosts” are also like reflections of herself in a mirror. The word “shards” suggests that she feels her self has been shattered, although Kitty seems untroubled for the rest of the issue. Presumably her effort to live on her own, in college, did not work out (Mechanix did not continue). Perhaps she has returned to her home and surrogate family of the past in order to rediscover a sense of self. Whedon said that he wants to “figure” what the X-Men mean to him now. Perhaps Kitty wants to do the same. Perhaps this even suggests that the superhero genre is rich enough to be able to assist a reader’s different psychological needs at different stages of his or her life.

    Now Kitty sees another familiar Claremont scene: the “ghost” of her younger self holding mistletoe over the teammate she then loved, Colossus. Whedon does not tell us this, but many readers will know that Colossus is now dead. The camera shifts to a close-up of Kitty, who smiles at the memory. But it is a quiet, understated smile. It’s not the big, childlike grin that artists John Byrne and Terry Austin gave her when she first arrived at Xavier’s doorstep in Uncanny X-Men #138.

    So Kitty has changed, and there’s a certain melancholy about her mood. There’s an interesting duality about Whedon’s depiction of Kitty. In the nearly twenty-five years since her debut, she has aged very little in Marvel-time: she is presumably still a teenager, still a “kid.” But she’s also lived through a quarter century of X-Men stories, people she cared for have died (like Colossus), and she herself has been through horrific events (see, for example, Claremont’s Kitty Pryde and Wolverine limited series). Here she is somberly reminiscing about a past that seems long gone, as a middle-aged adult (like Whedon) might, or a fan (also like Whedon) looking back on his favorite comics stories from his youth. Kitty is simultaneously young and old beyond her years.

    The sequence ends with the silent panels of Kitty’s face in extreme close-up, looking contentedly at the “ghosts,” and then walking across the rug. So many writers today give us dialogue-heavy talking heads books. Whedon, a director, does it right; he’s sparing of dialogue when he can communicate his idea and mood visually, and he and Cassaday bring this sequence to a close that is both dramatic and cinematic.

    On the following page, with Kitty’s entrance into the school meeting, we move from nostalgic evocations of Claremont’s work to full-out Whedon. The mood abruptly shifts from the private and wistful to the public and comedic. Emma Frost, the White Queen, who stands at the podium, immediately chooses to berate Kitty for her lateness in front of the students. Considering the fact that Kitty is to be one of their teachers, this is particularly nasty. Kitty’s retort to Emma is an example of pointed, deadpan irony, a Whedonian trademark; you wouldn’t find this in most other superhero writers’ work.

    Kitty’s rejoinder (“I’m sorry. I was busy remembering to put on all my clothes.”) also points to the absurdity of the White Queen’s costume. Even considering that so many superheroes wear skin-tight costumes, just what is Frost thinking when she appears before her young students in another of her Victoria’s Secret-style ensembles?

    Again, Cassaday provides a good sense of place: what the school auditorium looks like, with several senior X-Men on the platform: Scott Summers (Cyclops), the Beast, Kitty and Frost. I expect that over the next year I’ll gain a much clearer sense of what the Xavier mansion is like from Cassaday’s work than I ever had before.

    Frost announces that Kitty will be teaching computer science (Hey, so did Willow after Jenny Calendar’s death on Buffy!) and will act as a liaison to the administrative staff and as a student advisor (And that was Buffy’s job at Sunnydale High in Season 7!).

    In contrast to her frosty welcome from Emma, Kitty, Scott, and the Beast immediately engage in friendly banter. The warm rapport among them is clear. It’s like when one reunites with an old friend he hasn’t seen in years, and the two of them pick up from where they left off as if no time has passed.

    “Did I miss the Sorting Hat?” asks Kitty. That’s a reference to the opening day of school at Hogwarts in J.K. Rowling’s Harry Potter books, in which the teachers likewise sit up on a platform facing the students in the meeting hall. Whedon here may well be pointing to the similarity between X-Men and Harry Potter, both of which are founded on the same concept of a school where super-powered young people are trained to use their abilities. And, of course, Buffy is based in this archetype, too: not only her own training by Giles, but the seventh season School for Slayers, in which Buffy, fellow Slayer Faith, and her friends start teaching new recruits themselves.

    The Beast’s traditional, rather intellectual wit proves a good fit for Whedon. But then consider Whedon’s treatment of Scott, who, in other hands (like, say, the makers of the X-Men movies) often seems dull and wooden. The Beast alludes to this when he makes a dryly ironic reference to “Scott’s scintillating introductory speech.” But then Scott surprisingly comments, “Even I was bored. . . .”.

    In other words, this Scott is no longer truly a stiff. There’s a parallel in Giles, who likewise has a certain with a certain ironic self-awareness about his own tendency to be stuffy and bookish. And we shall see still further changes in the depiction of Scott as this story proceeds.

    Has nothing truly changed at Xavier’s school? Well. consider this: traditionally, the characters X-Men focuses on have been Xavier’s students. But now Xavier is absent (off on the island of Genosha in Excalibur), and (following the lead of the X-Men movies), the X-Men are now the teachers. The students in this issue are anonymous, presented as a mass, not as individuals. The characters we follow and are to identify with are the teachers.

    I recall, back in the day, when Marvel editors argued that Peter Parker should remain a student (albeit a graduate student, which you can be forever, as well I know) because the kids who make up the bulk of the readership won’t identify with a teacher. They’d see a teacher as One of Them, not One of Us. But now Peter Parker is a teacher in the Spider-Man titles that follow classic continuity, and the X-Men are teachers as well. The identification figures for the readers are all decidedly adults. (Perhaps demonstrating a certain schizoid attitude on the subject, Spidey and the X-Men are still students in the continuity of Marvel’s Ultimate line, or, as I will start calling it, Marvel-Earth-2.)

    What does this mean? After I reviewed Claremont’s Excalibur #1 I worried afterwards whether I made it sound as if it wouldn’t appeal to the young (though I think it will), since it’s about a middle-aged man. But Astonishing X-Men is likewise about adults. These books aren’t about coming of age; their heroes have already gotten there. Does this mean that the bulk of the comics readership really is now made up of adults, not children and teenagers? Or are today’s comics editors and writers miscalculating who their audience really is?

    So here the parallel is less with the early seasons of Buffy, in which the identification characters were students, than with the final season, in which Buffy has fully taken on the role of authority figure.

    The fact that Kitty, Scott, and the Beast are chatting away while Frost speaks signals a certain lack of respect for her; the feeling is mutual, as we shall see later.

    Notice Whedon and Cassaday’s cinematic technique in slowly shifting from the bantering X-Men to Frost, as she addresses the students. Frost takes up more of each succeeding panel, moving closer to the center. Finally, the page concludes with another extreme close-up as she utters a single line: “Violence of any kind will never be tolerated.” Notice how Whedon paces his dialogue in comics, sometimes emphasizing a particular line by devoting an entire panel to it, and giving the speaker a close-up.

    Sentinels, the gigantic mutant-hunting robots, break in, causing confusion and tumult among both the terrified student body and the senior X-Men: Emma has finally gotten her colleagues’ attention. And these are the Jack Kirby/Neal Adams-style Sentinels, not the inferior versions designed by other artists; hence, this is another tribute to the past, this time to a period of X-Men before the Claremont era began.

    It turns out this is just a simulation: holograms created by the X-Men’s “Danger Room” technology. (It is said that Whedon pushed to have the Danger Room in the first X-Men movie, but it was dropped for budgetary reasons.)

    Now, one reason for the Sentinel simulation is a practical one on Whedon’s part: so that there will be an action scene, however brief, in an issue that primarily deals in scenes of character interaction. (Indeed, it was Claremont’s character-driven X-Men that showed how a superhero book can hold a reader’s attention in an issue without real action scenes.)

    Another reason is that Frost was seeking to make a point to the students. And she did it, characteristically, in a cruel, insensitive way, by gratuitously frightening them. Scott looks grimly at her, and the Beast and Kitty look downright angry. They don’t like being manipulated and tricked by a colleague. But there’s an even more important reason for them to be pissed off at Emma.

    Frost tells the students, “We have learned the first lesson. They will always hate us. We will never live in a world of peace.” Frost is thus attacking “Xavier’s dream,” the vision of the X-Men’s absent founder, the father figure to Scott, Beast and Kitty, his hope that someday “baseline” humans and mutants will live together in peace and harmony.

    Frost is undercutting their mission: she is teaching the students not Xavier’s dream, but her own cynical agenda. “We must give the ordinary humans respect, compliance and understanding,” she tells them. “And we must never mistake that for trust.”

    This is a very interesting stance to take: preaching outward subservience to the humans while resenting and distrusting them. Imagine how people would react if a black civil rights leader advocated that as the way African-Americans should behave towards whites.

    Later, alone with her, Scott confronts Frost over her little stunt, but these two are currently lovers, and she easily manipulates him into a change of subject. And by the end of that page, we see Emma and Scott in bed together. Yes, indeed, Marvel’s concept of who the audience is for comics has certainly changed. (Then again, so has the world. I was struck by the end of an article in the June 9 New York Times about Sex and the City. It quotes a passionate fan of the show, who turns out to be only fourteen.)

    Of course, as a longtime reader, I am aghast at this sight for a different reason. Don’t the Powers That Be at Marvel realize that the love between Scott and his series-long amour, Jean Grey, is the heart of the book? What were people at Marvel thinking when they killed off Jean (yet again! See Comics in Context #28) and paired up Scott, the book’s traditional heroic lead, with former villainess Emma Frost?

    And then comes perhaps the best moment in this entire issue. Scott looks up from the bed to see Wolverine perched accusingly at its end, staring ominously, accusingly at him. He says simply, with grim, deadpan irony, “Which stage of grieving is this?” Amazingly, Whedon and Cassaday can convey the tone of characters’ delivery without spoken dialogue! And Whedon can do timing in a static medium, as the next moment shows. As if in the equivalent of a pause in a Harold Pinter play, Whedon waits for the next panel, focusing on Scott’s scowling reaction, for Wolverine to follow up with a cutting punch line: “Denial?”

    And Scott blasts Wolverine with one of his optic beams, as if reacting to a punch to the gut. And that’s just what Wolverine’s two lines were like. Wolverine ““ and Whedon ““ may be exactly right about Scott’s motivation for his otherwise inexplicable affair with Frost.

    This brings us to the halfway point in this issue, and also in our discussion. I’ve got to send this column in early. So, in the grand tradition of serial fiction:

    “To be continued.”

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #41: Traditions in Transition

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Comics and cartoon art can turn up when and where one least expects it. This week I was at Manhattan’s Film Forum, watching a marathon screening (over five hours!) of director Ingmar Bergman’s complete six-part 1973 series, Scenes from a Marriage. And twice there were brief glimpses of Disney comic books: one seemed to have Donald Duck on the cover, and the other definitely had Uncle Scrooge. (The comics seemed to belong to the protagonists’ children, though at one point an adult leafs through one of them.) I had not expected ever to see a Carl Barks-Ingmar Bergman connection, but there it is.

    Later in the series, the male protagonist, a middle-aged academic who is being passed over by his superiors, observes, “I’m supposed to be in my prime, brimming with experience.” And that reminded me of the current state of the American comics industry. According to its Bizarro World logic, experience, even working on top selling books, and the wisdom accumulated over time count for little. (The corollary is that executives who come from outside the industry, ignorant of comics as an artform, business or culture, feel free to make decisions that wreak havoc, as the last dozen years have demonstrated.)

    Another odd aspect of the American comics business is that even though superhero stories deal in mythic, archetypal characters and themes, comics professionals, in general, don’t look beneath the surface meaning of their work. (It strikes me that this might be the comic book writers’ equivalent of a similar phenomenon among comic book artists: the latter will cite past comics artists, and sometimes illustrators, as influences, but I rarely see an interview in which a contemporary comic book artist talks about studying past masters in the fine art world.) There are some individual writers who occasionally give indications that they’ve delved into the mythic underpinnings of their work: for example, I recall an Astro City letter column in which Kurt Busiek correctly described Spider-Man as an “urban trickster.” The San Diego Comic Con will set up panels on which comics pros discuss and debate certain themes in the genres in which they work, as if in perhaps unconscious imitation of an academic conference. But trust me: I’ve been in the comics business for two decades, and I have never yet overheard comics pros talk among themselves about What It All Means. As far as most of them seem to think, It’s Just Comics, right? My several Ivy League degrees in literature, dealing in this sort of critical analysis, have never impressed people in authority in the comics business. (Actually, to judge from my ongoing job search, Ivy League literature degrees don’t impress anybody. It’s the Bizarro World.) A friend of mine, who used to work in comics, told me that he felt that one particular editor never felt comfortable with him after learning he had a graduate school education in literature. Considering that I keep reading about growing academic interest in studying comics (I will soon be teaching a university course on the subject myself, if all goes well, and am contributing to a forthcoming academic book on comics), you may find this all rather strange.

    All of this brings me to the subject of my longtime colleague Danny Fingeroth and his new book, Superman on the Couch, released this spring by the Continuum Publishing Group. Its catchy title might mislead the potential reader into thinking that it is about superhero psychology, or perhaps Superman’s sex life (a prequel to Larry Niven’s Man of Steel, Woman of Kleenex?), his shopping sprees at IKEA, or his leisure time spent as a couch potato. Instead, this book is, as its subtitle states, about “What Superheroes Really Tell Us about Ourselves and Our Society.”

    Fingeroth is a Baby Boomer who’s been in the comics business longer than I have, writing and editing comics, rising to the position of editor of Marvel’s Spider-Man titles during some of their peak years of commercial success, and later heading a comics line for Byron Preiss. Despite his considerable credits, he, like many other talented comics veterans of his generation, finds himself out of favor in the current comics industry.

    So, demonstrating an entrepreneurial drive that I envy, Fingeroth has found new outlets for employing his experience in comics. He teaches a course in comics writing at New York University. He has also created and edits Write Now, a magazine for TwoMorrows Publishing that deals with the craft of writing professionally for comics, science fiction, television and movies. (Full disclosure: I’ve contributed to Write Now, interviewing the aforementioned Mr. Busiek.) And now Fingeroth has written this book, Superman on the Couch.

    Moreover, though Fingeroth had always struck me as a comics pro who knew the craft of writing but had no interest in delving into the deeper meanings of the genre, in working on this book he has clearly done a remarkable job of educating himself about literary analyses of the superhero genre. He’s read and absorbed ideas from some of the all too few landmark academic books on the subject, including John Shelton Lawrence and Robert Jewett’s The Myth of the American Superhero and Richard Reynolds’ Super Heroes: A Modern Mythology. He cites Carl Jung, Joseph Campbell, and Bruno Bettelheim, whose analyses of myths and fairy tales can and should be applied with equal relevance to the now vast sixty-years-plus body of superhero stories. In his own book, Fingeroth presents ideas he has gleaned from these academic sources in clear, accessible, often humorous and vivid prose, free from the complications of scholarly jargon. (I may have already made the point in my own book, Marvel Universe, that Spider-Man was revolutionary in making a teenage superhero its central figure, but I didn’t come up with Fingeroth’s witty way of phrasing it, “Spider-Man is the Bar Mitzvah of the superhero.”)

    More importantly, Fingeroth has successfully learned to think along similar lines himself. He offers up his own ideas and theories to the reader, based not only on his own reading of scholars’ works but on his own examination of what the superhero genre has meant to him through his lifelong career of editing and writing such tales. As he tells us in his concluding chapter, “As I wrote about the heroes and their appeal, I was forced to analyze the phenomenon of the superhero through my own experiences.”

    In short, Fingeroth is doing a commendable job of repositioning his career. If the comics business at present does not sufficiently value the wisdom of experience, then he will find new outlets as a teacher and scholar. Some of the rest of us are attempting to pursue a similar path. Denny O’Neil is another example of a longtime comics writer and editor who in time discovered that his comics stories had mythic depths and set out to study their archetypal meanings; when and if O’Neil writes his own book on the subject of superhero mythology, I expect it will become a classic of comics scholarship. There are Trina Robbins’ several books on women in comics, both on the page and behind the scenes. Tom DeFalco has done a book of interviews with fellow Spider-Man writers, soon to be released. And, of course, there’s me, writing this weekly column of exhaustively detailed literary analyses of comics past and present. (And someday perhaps I’ll find someone willing to publish them as a book! Is anyone out there interested?) I also have another book proposal in the works, but I can say no more as yet.

    Unlike me, Fingeroth does not deal in the analysis of specific stories in his book. Instead, his interest lies in determining how and why the major characters in the genre ““ Superman, Batman, Spider-Man, the Hulk, the X-Men, et al. ““ work. Along the way he concisely describes the roots of the modern superhero in ancient mythological figures such as Gilgamesh and Beowulf and in prose and pulp proto-superheroes such as the Scarlet Pimpernel and Zorro. He likewise summarizes the origins of the comic book medium itself, in newspaper comic strips and in early 20th century pulp magazines like The Shadow and Doc Savage.

    Fingeroth explores many basic concepts of the genre: the appeal of the secret identity, why so many heroes are orphans, Superman as immigrant and Clark Kent as an example of cultural assimilation, the “dark” hero (like Batman, Hulk, and Wolverine) as vicarious expressions of the readers’ anger, the roots of masks in tribal ritual, the superhero team as surrogate family. Much of this will be familiar to scholars like myself. I think I can best show you what I like about Fingeroth’s book by singling out some of his own ideas and observations and commenting upon them.

    Early on Fingeroth makes the incisive observation that readers can fantasize being the villains as well as the heroes. This makes sense, and some comics writers may consciously or unconsciously recognize this. A number of classic Julius Schwartz Flash stories made members of the character’s great Rogues Gallery virtual protagonists, following their thoughts and deeds as they sought to concoct a new means of ridding themselves of the Flash. Schwartz went even further in the Black Hand tales in Green Lantern, narrated by the villain himself, breaking the fourth wall and directly addressing the readers. A good current example is Paul Dini and Bruce Timm’s Harley and Ivy mini-series, an entertaining buddy comedy turning two of Batman’s nemeses into the protagonists. Through many super-villains, whether they are colorfully comedic like Harley Quinn or noble, even tragic figures like Doctor Doom, the reader has a vicarious outlet for his own id, and can safely exercise his own dark side before his superego, in the form of the story’s superhero, locks the villain and the antisocial impulses he embodies back up where they belong.

    Fingeroth does good work in comparing the superhero story to another American heroic adventure genre, the Western. He makes the very good point that thought the Western, like the spy adventure and other action-adventure subgenres, may outwardly seem more realistic than superhero tales, they likewise involve a considerable degree of fantasy. How is it, Fingeroth asks more than once, that so often the good guy in a Western is untouched by the hails of bullets fired at him? With a talent for grounding his arguments in the reader’s personal experience, Fingeroth asks the reader to imagine himself in a fistfight and then to wonder about those fictional heroes, not just in superhero stories but in other action genres, who endure battle after battle without lasting injury. Fingeroth therefore rightly postulates that characters like Dirty Harry, James Bond, Rambo, and Charlie’s Angels (and he could have gone a lot further ““ how about a lot of John Wayne’s roles?) actually inhabit a “middle world” between explicit superheroes and reality. Hence, a great deal of popular entertainment partakes more of the superhero archetype than is commonly recognized.

    Fingeroth also makes the valuable point that perhaps one reason why superheroes were created was because the 20th century produced real life super-villains: the likes of Hitler and Stalin. This makes sense, too: the creation of the first superheroes paralleled the events leading to World War II. Think of the cover of Captain America Comics #1, with Joe Simon and Jack Kirby’s Captain America punching out Hitler. Simon and Kirby had created an imagined demigod to oppose a real life devil.

    Fingeroth notes that usually in a story, the protagonist undergoes a character change or evolution. In contrast, he points out, not only do comics superheroes not age, or age extremely slowly, but that they do not evolve as personalities. Even seemingly major changes. like the weddings of Clark Kent to Lois Lane and Peter Parker to Mary Jane Watson, he asserts, do not substantially change the characters. (Instead, he pointedly observes, the marriages handicap writers by doing away with the romance subplots!)

    Reading this section, I immediately thought of former Marvel editor in chief Jim Shooter, with his insistence that in each story the hero must change in some way as a character. Considering how many stories Spider-Man appeared in every month of every year, and how many writers dealt with him, this always struck me as an impossible task. Fingeroth is arguing that in fact it is an irrelevant goal in this genre, which eternally fixes a superhero at a particular age and outlook on life. Fingeroth could have gone farther with this argument, exploring the nature of story arcs in the superhero genre if the hero himself cannot evolve. (I think of one of Steve Englehart’s great Batman stories, in which Batman is imprisoned for the entire issue, and the tale instead explores the actions of all its other characters, and it is the villain, Professor Hugo Strange ““ who impersonates Batman and becomes the real protagonist ““ who undergoes startling character evolution.)

    Fingeroth demonstrates the benefits of studying the underpinnings of the genre when he voices caution about the recent tendency in comics to play down or get rid of the traditional device of the secret identity. He concedes that the secret identity is increasingly viewed as unrealistic. In fact, it’s not just Clark Kent’s glasses that seem a weak excuse at disguise; Fingeroth brilliantly points out just how ineffective even most masked superheroes’ disguises would be in the real world. But Fingeroth makes the important argument that in seeking to make the superhero genre more realistic, writers should not cast aside important fantasy elements like the secret identity that have a primal appeal to the audience. Whereas it is familiar to see attacks on movie and TV versions of superhero series for getting things wrong, here and elsewhere Fingeroth rightly points out that often recent TV and movie depictions of the heroes value important elements of the characters that jaded contemporary comics pros dismiss. So, yes, in the Spider-Man and Daredevil movies the title heroes have genuinely secret identities. Over the years at Marvel, editors and writers have gradually aged Peter Parker from a fifteen-year-old high school student to a man well into adulthood, despite the protests of traditionalists such as John Byrne and Roger Stern, who perhaps even regret that Stan Lee had Peter graduate into college. Fingeroth points out that the makers of the Spider-Man movie recognized that, among other things, the story of Spider-Man is a coming-of-age saga, and rightly portrayed Peter as a teenager.

    I’ve long thought that Wonder Woman, even if she is the archetypal superheroine, does not seem as conceptually strong as her peers, Superman and Batman. Fingeroth thinks so, too, and makes the intriguing argument that this is because while Superman and Batman were created by young men from impoverished backgrounds as expressions of their own heroic ideals, Wonder Woman was created by a financially and professionally successful middle-aged psychologist, Dr. William Moulton Marston, as a role model for young girls. Of course, Stan Lee and Jack Kirby were middle-aged when they created so many classic Marvel characters. But, as we know, in the early 1960s Lee had decided to start writing the kind of superhero stories he himself would want to read; hence, I would argue, Spider-Man and the rest were expressions of his (and his collaborators’) dreams, fears and ideals. Fingeroth’s contention that Wonder Woman lacks that passionate core to her being because she was created as an adult’s idea of what is good for kids makes sense to me. (I wonder how Trina Robbins might respond to Fingeroth’s argument)

    Elsewhere in his discussion of Wonder Woman, Fingeroth insightfully spots her “virgin birth,” sensibly compares her to another World War II icon, Rosie the Riveter (a woman doing a “man’s” role in wartime), and figures out that Xena is a more recent version of the Wonder Woman archetype. (I’d add that Red Sonja is the transitional figure between the two.) I suspect that Chris Claremont and Frank Miller would be startled by Fingeroth’s contention that Dark Phoenix and Elektra perpetuate negative stereotypes that powerful women must be evil. Claremont has been the most important figure between Marston and Joss Whedon in the creation of the positive feminist superheroine. Claremont’s “Dark Phoenix Saga” and Whedon’s “Dark Willow” arc on Buffy, obviously inspired by Claremont’s, hardly sums up either man’s image of women. Still, Fingeroth’s interpretation of the “Dark Phoenix Saga” and “Elektra Saga” is certainly arguable, and admirers of either Claremont or Miller’s work must deal with it.

    Fingeroth also persuasively argues that Buffy the Vampire Slayer is the first great superheroine created since Wonder Woman, and one who is much more conceptually sound. (I expect that Joss Whedon created Buffy to be his own concept of a hero, not just one for kids.) Fingeroth correctly links the X-Men, Buffy (with her “Scooby Gang”), and Harry Potter (with his schoolmates) series together as examples of surrogate families in the superhero genre. (I think that Harry is not truly a superhero series, but is heavily influenced by the genre. And, of course, I’d go further and point out that all three series are variations on an archetype of a school for superhumans.)

    Fingeroth does make occasional mistakes about superhero continuity, though none that affect the theories and arguments he makes. Considering the vast number of comics that have been and are being published, how expensive our hobby has grown, and the fact that folks like Fingeroth are no longer on the major companies’ freebie lists, a few mistakes here and there are understandable and excusable. (Of course there should be someone at each of the Big Two keeping track of continuity and making the information available to inquiring comics pros, but as I well know, the Big Two don’t see the point.)

    Drawing on Reynolds’ work, Fingeroth makes the intriguing claim that superheroes are really defenders of the status quo, whereas the “reformers,” the people seeking to change society, are super-villains: think of Magneto. Fingeroth notes that stories in which superheroes try to change society will lead to disaster, as in Mark Gruenwald’s Squadron Supreme. This is an interesting idea, but I there are counter-examples. Though rare, there are important stories about the superhero as revolutionary, seeking to overturn a corrupt establishment, such as Alan Moore’s V for Vendetta, Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, and even his Batman: Year One, and Claremont and John Byrne’s “Days of Future Past.” In 1602 Neil Gaiman pictures Captain America as a rebel leader against a totalitarian American presidency. Such tales turn the superhero into a modern day Robin Hood. I suppose that Denny O’Neil’s version of Green Arrow also fits this mold. This is a valid way of portraying super heroes, so perhaps the real question is why it is not done more often.

    I like Fingeroth’s contrast between Batman as a figure taking revenge for his parents’ death on the world, and Spider-Man as taking revenge for his uncle’s murder on himself. I also quite like Fingeroth’s observation that readers don’t just identify with the persecuted X-Men out of their own sense of alienation. “Especially in adolescence,” he dryly observes from the standpoint of mature adulthood, “the romantic notion of belonging to a persecuted minority ““ whether or not one really is ““ has great appeal.”

    Fingeroth goes on to make the familiar observation that comics fans may also see themselves as a misunderstood minority group, but intriguingly goes further by arguing that “The decrease in comics sales, ironically. . .coincidental with heightened profit-generating public awareness of, and affection for, super-heroes via movies and TV series, only makes fans feel more ‘persecuted’ and more avant-garde for their specialized tastes in pop culture.” I can see why they’d think that way: however popular and financially successful recent comics-based movies may be, comics themselves, the source material, have only made tantalizingly slow progress in achieving cultural respectability.

    In fact, the decline of comics as a mass medium is a recurring undercurrent in Fingeroth’s book. He observes that a kid today might come to know and like Spider-Man from the movie and the video games without ever reading a Spider-Man comic. Gloomily (as we shall further see), Fingeroth offers only slim hope that the comics will survive.

    But even if the comics die, Fingeroth asserts, the superheroes will live on through other media. To him, the “superhero is forever”; having been created in its familiar form in the 20th century, it is here to stay.

    But I’d add that this may not be the entire story. Yes, there have always been superhuman heroes, going back in Western literature to the very beginnings, with Gilgamesh. But what we think of as the superhero did not start until the 1930s. It is a new form that Campbell’s Hero of a Thousand Faces took in the 20th century in response to the mindset of Americans of that time. As Alan Moore’s League of Extraordinary Gentlemen shows, 19th century literature is full of forebears to today’s superheroes and super-villains. But could the writers of the 19th century have foreseen the American superhero of the 1930s (even though some of its forebears’ creators, like H. G. Wells and Conan Doyle, lived long enough to see it)? Even the figure of the Great Detective, which seems another eternal archetype to us, really did not exist in literature before the 19th century and men such as Doyle and Edgar Allan Poe.

    So, I wonder if at some point in the 21st century, a new form of larger-than-life hero will evolve, as relevant to its time as Superman was to the 1930s and Spider-Man was to the 1960s. Perhaps we will live long enough to see this new kind of superhuman hero, but perhaps few if any of us can imagine what it will be like from out standpoint in 2004. Oh, I expect that Superman and Batman may survive as cultural icons into the 22nd century. But there’ll be some other kind of hero by then, one we cannot envision as yet.

    At points it seems as if Fingeroth is declaring that superhero stories are for kids, not for adults. Explaining why Spider-Man’s eternal youthfulness is essential to the character, and why he is best portrayed as a teenager, Fingeroth states that “what a teenager brings to the table is knowledge and experience without cynicism and bitterness.” He continues, “Hope fills Spider-Man’s world, the hope that only a teenager can have. . .It’s the hope that our efforts will probably be for naught, but, by golly, just might succeed. . . .It’s hope despite the fact that our hopes are dashed on a daily basis. Because sometimes, the hope becomes reality. And that ““ that one time in a hundred ““ is enough to keep the adolescent going, to keep him or her coming back day after day.”

    In middle age, it seems, Danny Fingeroth has entered his own Grim and Gritty phase: hope, he seems to be saying, is for heroic, idealistic kids, and not for us bitter, cynical middle-aged adults, beaten down by life’s defeats. Hope, it would seem, is for the blissfully naive and immature.

    I beg to disagree. Hope is part of religious faith. Hope is part of the American spirit (as I see Joe Klein noted in passing in his column in the new, June 7, 2004 issue of Time). I also note Brent Staples’ “Editorial Observer” piece in The New York Times (Sat., May 29, 2004) about adolescents obsessed with the Internet. Staples asserts that on the Net, “everyone has a pseudonym, telling a story makes it true, and adolescents create older, cooler, more socially powerful selves any time they wish. The ability to slip easily into a new, false self is tailor-made for emotionally fragile adolescents, who can consider a bout of acne or a few excess pounds an unbearable tragedy.”

    What Staples says could be applied to the appeal of secret identities in comics, as well. But when Peter Parker takes on the guise of Spider-Man, he is not just escaping into a more powerful self but taking on serious responsibility. To accept that “with great power must come great responsibility” is a sign of maturity. Spider-Man is not a “false self,” but in some ways, a truer self.

    Moreover, it seems to me that bitterness and cynicism are not the sole property of adults, and that to become mired in them might well be a sign of immaturity. Staples’ argument that to blow one’s problems out of proportion is a true sign of adolescent behavior (in its negative connotations) makes sense to me.

    To my mind, hope is a sign of a mature attitude; instead of mourning one’s defeats, one keeps on striving, hoping things will improve. It’s why those of us cast aside by the present economy keep searching for new jobs; pessimism won’t benefit our quests. It’s part of why I keep doing this column, casting my bread upon the water. Eventually someone will notice and it will lead to bigger things career-wise. (It already has in a few minor ways). If I, and others like me, keep on writing serious appreciations of comics as an artform. it will slowly but surely gain further respect in American culture. (We have already come further than we could have imagined in the 1960s.) I’m hopeful I can reposition myself as well as Danny Fingeroth has, as a teacher, scholar and authority on comics. As the female protagonist of Scenes from a Marriage says towards the very end, after she has aged from confused depressed youth into hopeful, wiser middle age (it’s a long five hours!), “I persevere. I enjoy myself. . . .I am content with my direction.”

    And I suspect that deep down, Danny isn’t as pessimistic as his book sometimes implies. Despite the appeal superheroes have for kids, Fingeroth notes that “the superhero genre is rich with metaphors and parallels that help us recognize and make sense of much of what goes on in our lives.” He admits that “I have deep and complex feelings about the medium and the characters it has spawned.” We may first get to know superheroes when we are children, but as Danny states, “We each have to be our own superhero. It’s the work of a lifetime.”

    Superman on the Couch is a good, solid, entertainingly written basic textbook on the superhero genre. But it is merely an introduction to a vast subject on which so much more needs to be written. What Danny Fingeroth says in this book should set readers thinking more deeply about superheroes in comics, movies and TV, and encourage them to range still further in investigating this fascinating but still underrated area of American popular culture. I plan to recommend this book to my students this fall; I’m recommending it to you now.

    HOMELESS

    Some weeks ago I went to see Home on the Range well aware that it is the last hand-drawn animated film from Disney for the foreseeable future. Since Shrek and the Pixar movies (Toy Story, Monsters, Inc., Finding Nemo), all computer animated, have been so wildly successful while most of their traditional hand-drawn animated films have been commercial disappointments, Disney and DreamWorks have decided that audiences only want to see CGI animated films from now on.

    Keeping this in mind, now consider the plot of Home on the Range. A ranch run by a kindly, elderly woman is in danger of going bankrupt, whereupon all the cattle on the ranch will be sold off. Could this have been an intentional metaphor, at least in the minds of some of Disney Animation’s people, for what they must have feared was the approaching doom of traditional animation ““ and hence, their jobs?

    In the movie the ranch is ultimately saved, but in real life doom came to the animators. In recent months, I’ve been reading articles at JimHillMedia.com, a website for Disney aficionados, about the closing of the Disney animation studio in Orlando, where Home on the Range was done. (For that matter, so were Mulan and Lilo & Stitch, the latter being a hand-drawn animated film that was indeed a major success, proving, one might have thought, that audiences do still like traditional animation as long as they find the story and characters appealing.) Hill ran messages from downsized members of the Florida studio, pointing out that while the topmost people will find new work elsewhere in animation, many others will not: says one, “If you weren’t an A-Lister (at Disney Feature Animation), you will get left behind..” Animation people tell Hill that people had come from around the world to Orlando to fulfill a life’s dream by working in Disney animation, that many had mortgages to pay and families to support, that many had put down “roots” in Orlando and did not want to leave, that a happy creative community was being dispersed. Hill comments that “if I had happen to me what just happened to these 200 dedicated, extremely talented artists and technicians at Feature Animation-Florida ““ that a job I loved, a job that I was really good at, just taken away from me for no good reason ““ I’d still be in a fetal ball somewhere, weeping softly.”

    This all reminds me of the similar upheavals in the comics industry over recent years. ‘Nuff said.

    The metaphor in Home could have been even more biting (which, come to think of it, is an appropriate choice of words, as you will soon see). Hill also reports that people at Disney Animation had wanted to make it clear that if the ranch were sold, the cows (including the three talking cows who are the lead characters) would be sold to a slaughterhouse. It seems the movie, as it now stands, does not make the doom that awaits the cows clear inasmuch as Disney had hoped to get a Happy Meals promotional deal with McDonald’s, which, of course, makes hamburgers from slaughtered cows.

    As it turned out, Disney didn’t get the Happy Meals deal anyway, though perhaps that was a blessing in disguise now that the new documentary Super Size Me has focused attention on the decidedly unhealthy aspects of McDonald’s fast food. (I may love hamburgers, but I never eat at McDonald’s unless I’m stuck at an airport with no other alternatives.)

    Hill also reports the speculation that Disney underpromoted Home on the Range, which did indeed vanish quickly from theaters, in order to guarantee that its forthcoming computer-animated movie, Chicken Little, will look financially successful by comparison. Well, that’s credible. But if indeed Disney decided not to promote Home as much as it could have, perhaps it’s because the movie really isn’t as good as, say, Lilo was (to give the Florida studio credit for one of its successes).

    Part of the reason is, as the Times critic Elvis Mitchell noted in one of his last reviews there, the efforts at humor often seem frenetic rather than funny. I’d add that the characters do not seem distinctive or memorable enough; it’s hard for me to imagine any of them spinning off into their own TV series, say, as Aladdin and the Little Mermaid and even The Lion King‘s Timon and Pumbaa did. Indeed, the latter two have proved to have not only so much appeal but so much depth as characters, that the new The Lion King 1/2 sequel on DVD is really about them; how often is a cast of characters so richly conceived that supporting players can carry their own movie?

    cic-041-01.jpg

    Oh, the leading characters, three cows on a quest to save their ranch, and some of their allies are likable; I had a pleasant time watching this film, but no more than that. The lack of depth to the characters betrays the main problem: the lead characters’ story arcs lack the psychological and emotional resonance that Disney feature film heroes’ quests should have. Sure, the three cows are trying to save their home. But do they psychologically change in any important way? Does their quest have metaphorical import beyond its surface meaning? Disney took a gamble here. This is not a coming-of-age story, as so many Disney animated features are. Nor is there a love story at its heart, which may be a major factor that made Little Mermaid, Beauty and the Beast, Aladdin, and even Lion King so successful. The three cow heroines are mature adults: one of them is downright matronly. I’d like to think that Disney could do an animated feature about adult characters and make it dramatically involving for both children and adults. Come to think of it, the heroes of the Pixar/Disney films – Toy Story, A Bug’s Life, Monsters, Inc. and the father in Finding Nemo, plus two title characters in the forthcoming The Invincibles ““ ARE adults!If you want examples of the kind of multidimensional story lines I’m looking for, consult my analyses of Disney’s Brother Bear (see Comics in Context #19) and Pixar/Disney’s Finding Nemo (Comics in Context #40). It’s too bad that Home on the Range doesn’t come close to the mythic depth of either. I’d rather traditional Disney animation had gone out with the proverbial bang.

    So, if Disney blames the disappointing box office performance of its recent (non-Pixar) animated features on the fact that they were hand-drawn, what excuse will Disney find if its future (non-Pixar) computer animated films bomb? Maybe there’s more to making the films work than the way they look.

    ADVERTISEMENTS FOR MYSELF

    cic-041-02.jpgRegular readers of this column should look out for Back Issue #5, from TwoMorrows Publishing, now on sale, for which I interviewed Chris Claremont and John Byrne on the subject of Wolverine, who marks his thirtieth (!) anniversary this year. Mr. Byrne did the striking cover portrait of Wolverine, which should catch your eye as you scan the comic shop racks. This is my second piece for Back Issue, and there are many more to come!

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #40: Beasts and Beauty

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Lest you forget, this column not only puts comics in context, but also movies and television shows that relate in some way to comics and cartoon art. I can’t really analyze the meaning and structure of a work without dealing with the ending, which not only resolves the plot but completes the ideas the creators were trying to convey. So here is the spoiler warning for those who wish it.

    EXTREME MAKEOVER

    We begin with the latest animated blockbuster, Shrek 2, which opened last week (as I write) both nationwide and at the Cannes Film Festival, of all places, perhaps in acknowledgement of the excellence and wide popularity of the original film. I should mention in passing that the first Shrek also spawned a witty and cleverly imagined comics series written for Dark Horse by the reliable Mark Evanier. I wondered when I read it why Evanier picked up the Shrek saga with Shrek and his new bride, Princess Fiona, on their way to their honeymoon but not quite getting there. Shrek 2 makes it clear: it opens with the honeymoon!

    I got the impression that many movie reviewers liked the original Shrek because they regarded it as an attack on Disney, both the company itself and its canon of animated fairy tales. I agree with the first half of the equation: Shrek‘s villain, Lord Farqaard, was widely recognized as an unacknowledged caricature of Disney boss Michael Eisner. But as for the second half, no. I observe that many people seem to have a knee-jerk reaction against core Disney creations like the animated features and the theme parks. That the Shrek movies kid fairy tale characters is not particularly original: Disney itself tweaks its own versions of them in the TV series House of Mouse, and Jay Ward’s “Fractured Fairy Tales,” from forty-year-old Bullwinkle shows, were far more subversive towards the genre. The real point that Shrek makes is that Farqaard has driven the fairy tale characters out of his realm, leaving his castle (which, yes, resembles Disney’s Magic Kingdom parks) empty and sterile. (So Shrek was a foreshadowing of the current rebellion by so many Disney stockholders against Eisner, whom many accuse of mismanaging the classic Disney legacy.) The Shrek movies are actually pro-fairy tale, kidding them affectionately. In fact, Shrek is at heart a contemporary fairy tale itself.

    The original Shrek was a revisionist version of the Beauty and the Beast story. In its usual form, as followed by the Disney animated version, Beauty and the Beast fall in love with each other, and the Beast is rewarded by being transformed into a handsome human being, a form that supposedly represents his true self. If indeed one of the themes of Beauty and the Beast is that outer appearances do not truly matter, then the traditional ending seems somewhat hypocritical. In both Jean Cocteau’s classic live action film version and the Disney animated version, the Beauty has a handsome human suitor who proves to be the real monster, spiritually. It is also said that, after watching the end of Cocteau’s film, in which the Beast turns into a human, Greta Garbo said, “Give me back my beast.” When Disney did a video sequel to its Beauty and the Beast, it was a flashback to a time before the Beast became human again. Similarly, when Disney’s Beast shows up in Disney World or on the House of Mouse animated series, he is back in bestial form.

    In Neil Gaiman’s 1602, its counterpart to Reed Richards points out that by “the laws of story,” the Thing can never be permanently returned to human form, because he is so much more interesting as a monster. That principle seems to apply with these two Beauty and the Beast films as well.

    In the first Shrek film the outwardly bad-tempered but inwardly sensitive ogre Shrek falls in love with the beautiful human Princess Fiona. She has a secret: she is under a spell that transforms her into an ogre at night. Comics fans may recall that originally Bruce Banner transformed into the Hulk at night (another bad-tempered green “monster” like Shrek!). Night, the time of sleep and dreams, is the time when the subconscious emerges, and perhaps Fiona’s ogre self represented the side of her psyche that she concealed from “daylight.” Is it the “shadow” side of her personality, Hyde to her daytime Jekyll?

    In the end Fiona was magically transformed into ogre form permanently. This, it seemed, was her true self, and Shrek was indeed her true love. The “shadow” self turns out to be positive, representing her capacity for love.

    So, obviously, Shrek is a contemporary fable about accepting one’s true self, not trying to hide it. It’s a parable about the pressure to conform: it states that one does not have to look like everyone else, it conform to standards that prevent one from fulfilling his or her potential.

    And it also seems to be a very American fable, one suited to a multiethnic, multiracial, multicultural society. The ogres are a minority in Shrek‘s world, and they even have differently colored skin ““ green ““ than the human majority, who are white. It’s like the way that X-Men, with its theme of racial tolerance, is particularly American. (So, am I the first person to find similarities between Shrek and Marvel heroes?)

    This is not the digression it will at first seem, trust me: when Sex and the City had its final episode a short while back, there was talk that there might be a theatrical movie version. I wrote to a friend that the problem with a movie would be that, in order to create dramatic situations, it would have to tamper with the carefully designed happy endings that the TV series had given each of its four lead characters.

    cic-040-01.jpg

    This is part of the problem with Shrek 2, which I enjoyed and found pleasant, but didn’t impress me as being the equal of the first film. (Then again, I didn’t get why so many people liked the first Shrek so much until the second time I saw it, so perhaps my opinion of Shrek 2 will also change on a second viewing.) Though the opening honeymoon montage is a funny and joyful celebration of Shrek and Fiona’s “happily-ever-after” style love, the film ends up having to create discord between them. The excuse is that Shrek and Fiona visit her royal parents in the land of “Far Far Away,” where everyone, including the king and queen, are appalled that she has not only married an ogre but become one herself. It doesn’t seem to me all that convincing that Shrek and Fiona would come anywhere close to breaking up over this. Perhaps it didn’t to the writers either; they don’t even seem satisfied with the King’s deep dislike of Shrek. Instead, they bring in a new villain, a Fairy Godmother, to manipulate matters so as to separate the two newlyweds.I find her something of a disappointment. There was an edge to Farqaard, since people detected his resemblance to Eisner. Perhaps the Fairy Godmother seems too bland a villain to me because she does not seem based on anything more than reversing the motivations of a familiar archetype from kiddie stories. She deals in blackmail and manipulation, but what if the Fairy Godmother had been more Godfather-like, running a criminal “family” of fairy tale bad guys? Or what if she had been, say, more like a caricature of a Martha Stewart type, a control freak who insists on beautifying castles, princesses, and ogres whether they want it or not?

    Similarly, the “Far Far Away” setting lacks the bite that Farqaard’s kingdom, based on Disneyland, had. “Far Far Away” is a parody of Hollywood, but there’s no more to it than palm trees, a variation on the “Hollywood” sign, and puns on the names of various high profile companies. But Hollywood is the center for a culture that abhors ugliness, where people are not satisfied with the way they naturally look, where they alter their appearance with plastic surgery, Botox, liposuction, and the rest. You might think that this would be the perfect target for a Shrek movie. But no. The movie doesn’t go any deeper than having Joan Rivers turn up to cover red carpet arrivals of celebrity fairy tale characters.

    Still, I’m surprised and pleased that the makers of Shrek 2 chose to build its story around the same thematic concerns as the earlier movie. Shrek 2 is also about the contrast between appearances and the inner self, societal pressures to conform, self-esteem versus insecurity, and prejudices shown towards people who look different from the majority. New York Times critic A. O. Scott compared the scene in which Shrek and Fiona have dinner with his new human in-laws to Guess Who’s Coming to Dinner, the landmark 1960s film about interracial marriage. Shrek 2‘s version is funny, but thematically the comparison is apt.

    In the course of the story, Shrek steals the Fairy Godmother’s “Happily Ever After” potion, which transforms both him and Fiona into human form, and as a bonus, Shrek’s companion Donkey into a handsome stallion. Here I should mention a paradox. I admire the beauty and realistic look of the movie except for the human characters. As in the first film, the human figures and their skin just aren’t persuasive. Perhaps if the entire film had a more artificial look, that wouldn’t matter as much, but the awkward-looking humans stick out badly amid the convincing realism of so much else. When Shrek gets turned into human, I don’t know whether he’s supposed to be handsome or funny-looking.

    But I should also mention that I’m very impressed by the skill with which characters’ emotions are delineated through their facial expressions. I thought the King looked wooden until he began grimacing in anger: then he came to life. Shrek and Fiona’s expressions are particularly good, and I’m surprised at how pretty the animators make her in ogre form, with soft, appealing features.

    So Shrek has changed his appearance in order to conform to what he thinks Fiona (and society) want.

    In the end, Shrek and Fiona have to decide whether to make the spell that turned them into human form permanent. Shrek is willing to remain in human form for Fiona’s sake, but Fiona says she wants Shrek to look like the ogre she fell in love with. (This is a nice sentiment, and no one points out that Shrek fell in love with Fiona in her human form.) Thus they allow the spell to lapse, and Shrek and Fiona return to being ogres, the form in which the audience presumably likes them better. Would we really be interested in seeing a Shrek 3 in which Mr. and Mrs. Shrek were both humans?

    But I still wonder of Fiona’s choice really makes psychological sense. Perhaps in part it depends on how one interprets the “ogre” metaphor. There is some suggestion in Shrek 2 that ogres are a persecuted minority. During the blissful honeymoon sequence, Shrek is abruptly attacked by villagers, who automatically hate him because he is an ogre. The movie doesn’t do enough with this. There are references to other ogres (Puss in Boots is said to specialize in fighting them), but Shrek and Fiona (who is not an ogre by birth) are the only ones we see.

    If being an ogre is a metaphor for being a member of a minority group, especially an ethnic or racial one, then Fiona made the only correct choice. Could you imagine a movie in which two black people were given the choice of magically becoming white and accepted it? That would be horrifying. In choosing to remain ogres, Fiona and Shrek are accepting their true identities.

    But what if one interprets being an ogre as a metaphor for being physically deformed? If one were offered the opportunity to have the deformity cured, wouldn’t he or she take it? We the readers know that Ben Grimm of the Fantastic Four will never be permanently cured of being the Thing. But we also know that he will always long to be in human form.

    Even if being an ogre is just interpreted as a metaphor for being physically unattractive, is there anything really wrong with looking better? Most people don’t disagree with the goal of looking more attractive: otherwise people wouldn’t try to dress well, or stay in shape, or use makeup or good grooming. What many people object to is going to what they consider extreme measures in the pursuit of beauty, like surgery. But Fiona and Shrek are offered the chance of staying beautiful (if indeed that’s what the human Shrek is supposed to be!) without suffering pain or adverse side effects. How many people would really turn down an offer like that?

    Put it another way. If characters in a movie were offered a million dollars, with no strings attached, would we believe it if they said, no thanks, we’re happy being poor?

    Perhaps the real question, then, is whether or not Shrek and Fiona regard themselves as ugly or deformed. In the first movie Fiona was certainly ashamed of her nightly transformations into an ogress. But then Shrek seems to find her just as attractive, perhaps more so, in ogre form, and that suggests that he doesn’t see anything ugly about ogres. He simply has a different standard of beauty than most humans do. Perhaps if we were ogres, we’d think ogres were handsome.

    Still, I find myself more easily sympathizing with Donkey’s joy at being transformed into a stallion, and his disappointment when he returns to his donkey self. If Garbo was voicing the real feelings of the audience about Cocteau’s Beast, which his movie did not acknowledge, perhaps Donkey is Shrek 2‘s devil’s advocate.

    The trouble with serious analytical discussions of art is that one may end up neglecting its sheer entertainment value. So, let me make it clear: whatever my quandaries about the philosophical implications of this movie, it was indeed enjoyable, if inconsistently so. Less gruff than he was in the first movie, Shrek himself was not as funny this time round. But I intend to recommend the new Puss in Boots character to all my fellow cat lovers: voiced by Antonio Banderas, he is at once a wonderful burlesque of Banderas’s role Zorro, a funnier parody of Banderas himself than the one Chris Kattan used to do on Saturday Night Live, and a winningly affectionate portrayal of a real cat, from its hairballs to its big, sad eyes. (Actually, most cats I know deal in severe glares, contemptuous of humans, so I guess Puss in Boots’s over-the-top but endearing expressions reflect more what I’d like more cats to be like!)
    A particularly subversive gag involving Pinocchio’s lying rightly brought down the house at the showing I attended. And a celebratory musical number and dance, uniting the community, is the classic way of ending a comedy: Shrek 2 raises the roof with the concluding and utterly anachronistic performance of “Livin’ la Vida Loca” by Puss and Donkey.

    THE PROPER DIRECTORIAL ATTITUDE

    In his introduction to Dark Horse’s Hellboy: The Conqueror Worm paperback, Guillermo del Toro, director of the Hellboy movie, says about the character’s creator, “Yes, Mike Mignola is a genius.” He continues, “this introduction. . .will merely point the reader to a few more reasons for groveling at the feet of a comic-book god like Mr. Mignola, here.”

    Well. This is so different from the movie professional who makes fun of the comics creator on whose work his film is based, or the movie professional who acts oblivious of the comic creator’s existence. (I haven’t seen any reference to Gerry Conway, co-creator of the Punisher, in any ad or article about the new Punisher movie that I’ve read. Then again, considering the critical reaction to the movie, perhaps Mr. Conway is grateful for this.)

    But Mike Mignola as a “genius” and as “a comic-book god”? Mike does indeed do good, valuable work, but if he’s a genius, then what words can we use to describe the likes of Jack Kirby and Will Eisner, before whom surely Mignola himself would bow?

    Here again I am reminded of the strange paths that life can take. I can recall back in the 1980s when Mike Mignola was part of the Friday night comics pros groups in New York City that would head out to dinner and/or a movie. (I specifically remember his being there when we saw the dreadful Supergirl movie.) So I used to watch movies with him; now I get to see his name in big letters up on the screen!

    But never mind del Toro’s hyperbole. The real point is that he so clearly respects the original comics on which he based his movie. He says in his introduction, “I tried to honor and expand upon the universe created by Mike in his series and in his masterful short stories.” In fact, Mignola was present during the filmmaking. In his interview about his Hellboy movie for FilmForce, del Toro reports, “And Mike was there, just to keep his blessing on everything. I mean, we argued, we argued a lot, and I said to him, ‘Your duty is not to agree. You convince me or I convince you.’ And we won both ways.” And that’s my ideal of how it should be done: a genuine collaboration. Of course, Mignola owns the Hellboy series, so he had more clout than the various Marvel and DC writers who did their stories on a work-for-hire basis and see neither money nor credit when a studio does a movie based on their work. But surely this also reflects well on del Toro, since it’s rare for a director to consult with screenwriters on the set, much less the author of the original material on which the screenplay was based.

    It’s an interesting coincidence that the Hellboy movie and Shrek 2 should come out so close together. In the FilmForce interview, del Toro points out that it too is a variation on Beauty and the Beast.

    cic-040-02.jpg

    He says, “You have a message that is anti-programming, almost, where they’re telling you to be yourself. It’s a beauty and the beast story where, number one, the beauty kisses the beast at the end, but instead of the beast turning into a prince, she turns into a beast.” He is referring to the final shot in which the fireproof Hellboy and the pyrokinetic Liz Sherman kiss, as both are engulfed in her flames, which here take on sexual symbolism. “The final shot, for me, is beautiful, because it works at the level where you’re telling people it’s okay to be a monster. Just accept it and make it part of yourself. . . To me, the theme of the movie is, what makes you a human is not anything to do with your birth, the place of your birth or what you’re supposed to do, but what you choose to do.”

    So, in this respect, Hellboy treats the same theme in the superhero adventure genre that the Shrek movies do as satiric fairy tales. Indeed, in his FilmForce interview del Toro refers to Hellboy as both a “fairy tale” and a “fable.”

    In preparation for my review of the Hellboy film, FilmForce arranged to have Dark Horse Comics supply me with review copies of some past trade paperbacks of Mignola’s Hellboy comics. I received Book 3, The Chained Coffin and Others, a collection of short stories, and Book 5, the graphic novel The Conqueror Worm. Alas, once again I find the same problem I encounter over and over in today’s comics: a failure to introduce the main characters and their situation to new readers. It’s as if Dark Horse can’t believe that anyone would read Books 3 and 5 unless they had read Books 1, 2 and 4. But they didn’t send Book 1 or 2; they sent 3 and 5! Is Hellboy a demon? How did he get here? Who are these people he is working for? Well, luckily the movie explains all of this: he is a demon, who was brought to Earth as a baby in a mystical ritual in the 1940s, was raised by a kindly scientist, and grew up to became an operative for the Bureau for Paranormal Research and Defense, which combats supernatural menaces.

    Although in the comics Hellboy may bare his teeth in an annoyed grimace, and will at times vent his rage, he and the other characters more often have a stoic look: facial expressions are minimal, distancing the readers from them. In contrast, in the movie Hellboy and other characters more visibly emote. The Hellboy in these two volumes seemed, despite his demonic appearance, to have the personality of an American everyman with super-powers, with no really distinctive traits. In reading an interview with Mignola published some years back in The Comics Journal #189, I see that in many stories, this is intentional: Mignola’s principal interest in such stories lies in adapting material from folk tales, fairy tales and mythology from various cultures. “I think of Hellboy as not having a lot of baggage, So I tend to just drop him into the material and let the material work around him.” In the two paperbacks, while Hellboy remains at the center of the action, Mignola seems to take more interest in exploring the personalities of various supporting characters, notably the haunting figure of Roger, the artificially created “homunculus.”

    In contrast, the movie concentrates on Hellboy as a character, drawing on his origin tale and presumably other stories not included in the collections that I was sent.

    Reviewing the movie, New York Times critic Elvis Mitchell said that actor Ron Perlman, who plays Hellboy, had a “mastery of bad-tempered volubility [that] makes ‘Hellboy’ a kind of screwball-comedy version of the Thing from the ‘Fantastic Four’ comics.” I believe Mitchell may be confused here. It’s not as if, say, the old Stan Lee-Jack Kirby scenes of the Thing being the victim of the Yancy Street Gang’s pranks were the sort of elegant farce that Noel Coward might have written. The Thing, with his irreverent wisecracks and his tussles with the Human Torch, is a far more comedic character than the Hellboy of the movie or of these two volumes, as well as a much more tragic figure. (In none of these three sources does Hellboy wish he were an ordinary human, as the Thing so often does, and at the movie’s end, Hellboy gets the girl, whereas the Thing traditionally has worried that his beloved Alicia would reject him if she could see him.) I would not be surprised if the Hellboy of the comics were inspired in part by the Thing, but, at least in the material I’m reviewing here, he’s not as dramatically vivid or colorful a character as his predecessor.

    (I may quarrel with this phrase of Elvis Mitchell’s, but otherwise he did a perceptive review of the movie, demonstrating his knowledge and appreciation of Mike Mignola’s Hellboy comics; he even makes a point of acknowledging John Byrne as scripter of the first Hellboy series. I quite like Mitchell’s insightful description of Mignola’s “expressionist woodcut cartoonishness.” Mitchell recently resigned from the Times, allegedly in protest after fellow critic A. O. Scott was promoted above him. Mitchell was one of the few writers at the Times, the nation’s leading newspaper, who took the comics artform seriously, and of those, he was the most talented, insightful, and knowledgeable about comics. That by itself is a major reason to regret his departure.)

    In the movie, in large part thanks to Ron Perlman’s performance, Hellboy’s personality comes across much more vividly. As a demon, he ages far more slowly than humans. Hence, though he arrived on Earth as an infant in the 1940s, we are told in the movie that he is now psychologically and physically the equivalent of a human at age 30. Perlman, on the other hand, is middle-aged, and even under all the demonic makeup, comes off as a gruff, tough veteran fighter with a heart, puffing on his Kirbyesque cigars: in short, much closer to the Thing. The movie concentrates more on Hellboy’s personal dramas: his longing for Liz, the fellow agent he loves; his mixed feelings towards his adoptive father, Dr. Broom, and his simmering resentment towards the Agency head who effectively holds him captive to do his bidding but does not treat him as human.

    The movie sets up a familiar nature and nurture opposition and tries to make us think that Hellboy will turn away from his upbringing by humans towards his demonic heritage, and serve the forces of evil: he even grows long horns on his head. But this is a character who keeps kittens as pets, watches TV, is in love with a co-worker, is clearly devoted to his work of helping others (even if he resents his employers) and seems so utterly human in personality. Does anyone in the audience actually believe he would switch sides?

    Both the comics stories and the movie strike me as enjoyable entertainments, but lacking in the kind of thematic depth I prefer. They’re triumphs of visual and storytelling style over literary substance. In the comics I am impressed by the creation of a somber, ominous mood through the variations of darkness ““ the grays, blues and browns in the coloring; the black shadows and silhouettes ““ and in contrast, the occasional bursts of bright light. The stories take on an epic, sometimes cosmic scale through enormous creatures, settings like castles and Alpine mountains, and even panoramas of the starlit sky. Mitchell rightly notes the Lovecraftian influence in the Hellboy comics, and it’s in the film’s grotesque monsters, too. But the movie takes a more direct, action-oriented approach to such menaces. Certainly, the comics have Kirbyesque fight scenes in which Hellboy punches monsters, but they also have what del Toro terms “the moments of quiet, almost elegiac horror,” which OI think that the action-oriented movie lacks. The comics can create a genuine sense of eerieness. Often this is visual: the gigantic werewolf in “The Wolves of St. Aygust,” whose resemblance to an actual wolf is disturbingly exact, or the immense boar in “The Corpse.” Or the various ghostly presences who haunt these tales, like the ghost of a young woman in the same story whose head abruptly becomes that of a wolf. Other times the eerieness is conceptual, like the spirit of “The Conqueror Worm” in the story by that name, taking possession of the body of Hellboy’s homonculos ally. In Mignola’s best writing, the eerieness can even exist within a character’s personality: in “almost Colossus:” Roger the homonculus encounters his sinister “elder brother,” a previous creation, who takes on colossal size: his ranting about being God seems not the usual comics villain’s bluster but a look into true insanity. Or there is the ghostly wolf-girl’s lament that God must hate her to inflict this fate upon her. In “Conqueror Worm” the vision of Earth burnt to a planet-sized cinder seems more chilling than the more familiar sci-fi image of the planet blowing up. Though Mignola says in an introduction that his short story,. “A Christmas Underground,” is based on a folk tale, I see in it a variation on the Greek myth of Hades’ abduction of Persephone to the underworld, and hence I was surprised by its far bleaker denouement. Hellboy’s vision of an encounter between what are presumably his parents ““ a great devil and a human woman ““ in “The Chained Coffin” is perhaps the most unsettling scene in the two volumes.

    What impresses me most about the Hellboy movie is something I haven’t seen mentioned in any reviews. In his Conqueror Worm introduction, del Toro says, “I humbly confess that many a time I have aspired to imitate Mignola’s mysterious style in the design of my films, especially the cold, velvet backdrop of darkness from which his characters emerge.” What struck me in watching the movie is the degree to which the movie duplicates in live action terms the look of the Hellboy comics: the look of Hellboy and his fiend Abe Sapien, the red color of Hellboy moving through a blackly shadowed world, the designs of sets and props. We’ve seen a previous movie adapted from Mignola’s art style, Disney’s animated Atlantis, but it is more impressive to me to see del Toro evoke the look of Mignola’s fictional world within a live action movie. (And when the movie shows us a comic book about Hellboy, it is clearly done in an imitation of Jack Kirby’s style, a fine and unexpected homage!)

    That in turn changes my standards for evaluating live action movies based on comics. What if the Daredevil movie had genuinely looked like Frank Miller’s artwork? Wouldn’t it be amazing if the forthcoming Fantastic Four live action movie captures the look and feel of Jack Kirby’s art? (What if its set designers, matte painters, and CGI artists modeled their work directly on Kirby’s?) I’m not holding my breath, but it would be so wonderful if it did.

    ANALYZING NEMO

    Lately I’ve watched the Disney-Pixar Finding Nemo again twice, once in its recent premiere on the Starz! cable network, and before that, on its DVD with a commentary track by its director Andrew Stanton and others.

    Now I have a trick for listening to DVD commentaries: I activate the subtitles, so I can follow the movie’s dialogue while listening to the commentators. But when I listened to the commentary track, the subtitles turned out to be transcriptions of the commentary, not the film’s dialogue! Foiled! Then again, the people for whom DVD subtitles are really intended, the hearing-impaired, are no doubt delighted that Pixar, Disney, or both, has thus made it possible for them to follow the commentary, something other DVD makers apparently don’t care about.

    Watching the movie (without the track) I once again admired its genuine humor, its appealing characters ““ not only the leads, but even minor supporting cast members ““ and, of course, its sheer visual beauty in depicting its underwater universe. Most of all, this time around, I was impressed by its story construction. There are two major story lines that begin and end together, but diverge for most of the film. The lead character, the clownfish Marlin, has never gotten over the death of his mate and most of their eggs; as a result, he is both obsessively overprotective towards his surviving child, Nemo, and himself fearful of taking any chances in life, or of venturing beyond the safety of home. Nemo, on the other hand, longs to move beyond the boundaries of home, and hence feels stifled by his parent.

    When Nemo is captured by divers, their stories diverge. Marlin embarks on a classic, Campbellian quest, leaving his “normal” world, the coral reef he calls home, to journey through a symbolically enchanted realm, the vast ocean beyond, in search of his son. Marlin even spends time in a literal version of Campbell’s “belly of the beast,” in this case, the mouth of a whale.

    Nemo, in contrast, has a very different kind of adventure, built on a motif that Michael Chabon would appreciate: an attempt at escape. Nemo finds himself trapped in a fish tank in a dentist’s office and must join forces with new allies, the tank’s other inmates, to somehow get back to the ocean and then home. Surely we are meant to think of prison movies and The Great Escape as parallels.

    Marlin and Nemo are each ultimately seeking the same goal: reunion with each other and return to home. But each must take a different route.

    Moreover, each is facing his specific fears. Nemo, who felt confined by life at home, is now genuinely imprisoned and must escape. Marlin, so shattered by past tragedy that he never wanted to let go of his son or leave home, has now indeed lost his son and must traverse the great ocean, risking many dangers, to find him and become “whole” again.

    cic-040-03.jpg

    Audiences will identify with both protagonists, but kids will no doubt relate more fully to Nemo, while adults will identify more with Marlin. Nemo’s own saga is, unsurprisingly, about learning to function as an independent adult. It makes mythic sense that his new comrades in the fish tank even enact a tribal-style initiation ritual as if to mark his entrance into their world, the adult world.What I find most intriguing is that Marlin and Nemo are each paired with a surrogate version of the other. Nemo is mentored by his cellmate, er, tankmate Gil, who, unlike his father, encourages him to escape their confines and to take chances to achieve his goals. Gil even ends up risking his own life to ensure Nemo’s escape. Marlin is paired with Dory, wan adult fish with a childlike personality, complicated further by her comic difficulties with short-term memory. She embodies Marlin’s fears that his son is too irresponsible to act without him. If you want a sign that this is what the filmmakers intend, consider a dramatic moment in which Marlin angrily scolds Dory for her risk taking and finds himself calling her “Nemo.”

    Marlin and Nemo each gets a few symbolic death and resurrection scenes. A particularly good one comes in the scene in the whale’s mouth, in which Dory encourages Marlin to let go and fall down the whale’s throat. That would seem to be giving in to death, but Marlin, who would remain trapped if he remained where he was, nonetheless trusts Dory, lets go, and instead he and Dory are shot out to safety through the whale’s blowhole.

    Towards the end, when Marlin and Nemo are reunited, each shows how he has evolved as a character through their rescue of Dory, who in part represents the helpless child that Marlin thought Nemo was. Nemo insists that Marlin allow him to execute his plan to enable Dory and many other fish to escape a fishing net (another escape motif), and Marlin, after initial refusal, consents, recognizing his son’s ability to take charge of his actions, and even helps him out.

    As for the Finding Nemo commentary track, I quite like the way that the commentators appear on screen initially, and at times the movie will be interrupted so as to show us video clips of related artwork, or of the voice actors performing their lines, or of other members of the Pixar creative team making observations. Moreover, everyone from Pixar who’s on the commentary track seems genuinely enthusiastic about his or her work and about being part of this creative team. This is clearly a creative group that is a true community, that is performing at their artistic peak, and that isn’t afraid of being shoved out the door by corporate overlords. In short, it reminds me of what the comics industry used to be like. Now if only they needed someone to write The Official Handbook of the Pixar Universe. . . .

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #39: Mutants in Midlife

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In the world of comic strips in recent years, there have been major series whose creators brought them to an end (Bill Watterston’s Calvin and Hobbes, Gary Larson’s The Far Side) or who went on lengthy sabbaticals (Berke Breathed’s Bloom County and its subsequent spinoffs). But traditionally the great comic strip artists have devoted lifelong careers to one or two series. In my childhood many of the titans were still active, working on strips they had been doing for decades: Milton Caniff (Steve Canyon), Chester Gould (Dick Tracy), Harold Gray (Little Orphan Annie), Hal Foster (Prince Valiant), Al Capp (Li’l Abner), and my favorite, Walt Kelly (Pogo). In recent times there have been such examples of longevity as Charles Schulz, who only retired from Peanuts shortly before his death, and Garry Trudeau on Doonesbury. (Perhaps it is surprising that in many such cases, the creator did not actually own the strip, but was allowed by his corporate bosses to continue working on it.) Followers of such longrunning strips can watch them evolve over time as bodies of creative work. Especially when comic strips comment on real life events, as in Doonesbury and Pogo, or allow their characters to age, famously in Gasoline Alley and also in Lynn Johnston’s For Better or for Worse, we readers can see how the strip’s creators respond to changing times and the different phases of life itself. (There will be more on this subject in another of my future, long-gestating columns.)

    But such long runs by a single creator are far less common in American comic books. Roy Thomas’s ten-year original stint as writer of Marvel’s Conan titles (now being reprinted by Dark Horse in recognition of their enduring, classic worth) is unusual and remarkable. In fact, I have been told that in some quarters in today’s comic book business it is believed that a creative team should only stay on a series for a year. Had this been the mindset in the 1960s, Stan Lee and Jack Kirby would never have gotten to do their Galactus trilogy.

    The major exception to the rule is Chris Claremont, now approaching the thirtieth anniversary of his first writing the X-Men in 1975, scripting the first “regular” issue of the “new” X-Men, Claremont began his unbroken sixteen-year run on the series now known as Uncanny X-Men, while co-creating and writing related series like The New Mutants, Wolverine, and the original Excalibur on the side. His absences from the X-Men books have been due primarily to editorial and corporate decisions; were it up to him, I suspect he would never have left the X-Men. Even in this ever more fickle comics industry, Marvel has recognized that Claremont’s new X-Men work continues to find a large audience. Thus, in the course of Marvel’s current “X-Men Reload” marketing ploy, though Claremont’s X-Treme X-Men series has wound to an end (see Comics in Context #37), he is now back where he belongs, writing the original X-Men series, Uncanny X-Men, starting anew with issue 444 (cover-dated July 2004 and out right now), teamed up once more with artist Alan Davis, his collaborator on the first Excalibur series.

    And, this same month, Claremont has launched a new Excalibur series as well, with a familiar title but a very different premise. (Those series is drawn not by Davis but by Aaron Lopresti.)

    The very first page of Uncanny #444 presents a new and welcome variation on a familiar scene from Claremont’s X-Men work. “It’s been a long time since the X-Men have indulged in a game of baseball,” the narrator dryly observes. Indeed, it has. Like the ones he has done in X-Men books in the past, this new baseball sequence provides opportunities for humor that other X-Men writers neglect in order to concentrate on what conventional wisdom deems the X-Men‘s principal stock-in-trade: unrelieved angst. But Claremont, like Stan Lee before him, believes in balancing the dark with the light. Moreover, the baseball games provide a strong sense of the X-Men’s spirit of community. The fact that these outsiders, who feel out of place in a hostile society, find a sense of community, identity, and family within the X-Men is a major source of the concept’s appeal. I used to hear other comics professionals mock what they called Claremont’s “jeans and T-shirt” scenes in his books, but those scenes, with characters happily, affectionately interacting, supplied X-Men with an emotional warmth lacking in many other comics writers’ work.

    This baseball scene set me thinking back to one of Claremont’s earliest Marvel stories, way back in Marvel Premiere #24 (August 1975), in which Danny Rand, who is secretly the martial artist Iron Fist, encounters a bearded guy named Chris (the author himself) in a park and joins him and his friends (other Marvel staffers, recognizable to those who know) in a softball game. Marvel’s summer softball games were an annual event in sunnier times, and perhaps Claremont is intentionally harking back to the spirit of the comics community back then in staging new baseball games for the X-Men.

    Certainly the sense of community for X-Men readers would be enhanced by seeing the sheer number of characters that Claremont and Davis put into this scene, many of whom are Claremont co-creations, from the original New Mutants as well as the X-Men titles themselves.

    The game not only allows for introducing various characters to new readers and, in some cases, establishing their powers (as with Nightcrawler’s teleporting), but also provides opportunities for nice characterization bits, and even subtle references on recent developments in the series. Up at bat, Emma Frost, the White Queen, who was once one of the X-Men’s leading enemies, finds catcher Nightcrawler’s characteristic humor irritating. “One more word, Kurt,” she sneers, “and I’ll banish you to your father’s dimension myself!” There’s a reference to the recent revelation (by another writer) that Nightcrawler’s father was a demon. (Apparently mutation was deemed insufficient to explain Nightcrawler’s appearance and powers, though it should have been enough. So Nightcrawler has been given an origin imitating Hellboy’s, or maybe even Rosemary’s Baby’s.)

    The dominant figure in this sequence is Rachel Summers, the daughter of an alternate reality’s versions of Scott Summers and Jean Grey, who were members of the first “class” of X-Men as Cyclops and Marvel Girl. It would appear that the whole convoluted 1990s story line which dispatched Rachel to the far future to become the ancient Mother Askani is no longer relevant, since here she is back in the present, still young. (I assume this has something to do with the alteration of the timeline that originally led to Cable’s future era. This is fine with me: the whole future Cable/Rachel history had gotten too convoluted for the series’ own good. It’s bad enough that we need to have two sets of Scotts and Jeans to explain Rachel’s present-day existence.)

    Rachel is not only now calling herself “Marvel Girl,” in honor of the Jeans of this timeline and her own, but she’s calling herself “Rachel Grey.” This is news to me, as it was to the folks at Manhattan’s Cosmic Comics, where I picked up this issue. But I assume that Rachel’s new last name is not only a salute to her mom but a sign of her disapproval of the behavior of this timeline’s version of Scott Summers. “Our” reality’s Jean is dead again, thanks to ex-X-Men-writer Grant Morrison, although with Jean’s talent for resurrection one might well wonder who actually thinks she’s “dead” for good. But even before Jean’s latest demise (collect ’em all!), Scott had inexplicably started a romance with Emma Frost. This is the sort of thing that exasperates longtime readers and makes them wonder what Scott was thinking, or, even better, what in heaven’s name the editors and writers were thinking.

    So amidst the overall good spirits of the game, a sort of duel ensues between Rachel, the pitcher, and Frost, up at bat. Though Frost is hardly old, there’s still a generational edge to the conflict here, especially since Davis draws Rachel looking so youthful and sexy. Rachel needles Frost (“Made you flinch”) and, when Emma ignominiously strikes out, makes the point of the duel clear: “That one was for my Mom, Emma!” But though Emma gets genuinely angry, the tone of the duel remains comedic, in keeping with the high spirits of the game. Rachel maintains a sense of humor throughout, Frost ends up falling on her butt in a bit of slapstick comedy, and Rachel bursts into infectious laughter, complete with a thought balloon containing Davis’ caricature of the comically defeated Frost. There’s a more somber undercurrent here, too. Though Claremont doesn’t make this explicit, since Emma, like Rachel, is a telepath, she would “see” Rachel’s image of her; Davis has Emma look momentarily genuinely sad over her moment of humiliation, before she then forfeits any sympathy by bursting into rage at Rachel’s telepathic mention of Jean.

    The mixture of tones in this baseball sequence ““ warmth and joy, vengefulness and sadness, comedy and pathos ““ is unusual in comics, but Claremont and Davis bring it off. I also am impressed by the subtlety with which they handle Wolverine’s reactions in the scene. Having been in unrequited love with Jean himself, it is no wonder he disapproves of Scott’s “betrayal” of her with Frost, as demonstrated by his subtle, pointed comments to Scott and Emma in this scene. Scott and Emma don’t seem to understand what he’s getting at, but the attentive reader will. A comics editor once explicitly directed me to write “purple” prose; I much prefer Claremont’s skillful use of understatement in delineating character.

    Soon afterwards follows another familiar sort of scene from Claremont’s past X-Men work: the X-Men at leisure around the swimming pool. This too is one of Claremont’s means of showing the X-Men take pleasure in each other’s company, and affords more comedic opportunities: here the Beast’s dive splashes the onlookers.

    But look how Claremont and Davis mix the dramatic tones here, as well. Sage, formerly Tessa of the Hellfire Club, appealingly garbed in a bathrobe, sits amid the X-Men’s computer systems, surveying the estate, including the pool area. But initially she does so by tapping into the surveillance systems of various government agencies. On the previous page, Claremont refers to Morrison’s “outing” of the X-Men: the world now knows that Professor Charles Xavier’s school is their headquarters. Morrison presented the “outing” as primarily a good thing, enabling the X-Men to take a more public role in advocating mutant rights. Now Claremont and Davis are showing some of the negative results of the “outing.” The F.B.I. and even the Department of Homeland Security are spying on the Xavier estate; the latter department’s presence is another sign of how 9/11 and subsequent events have influenced comics.

    The X-Men now have to cope not only with government surveillance but with intrusions by the news media. We next see a foolishly grinning TV reporter doing a report from what is presumably a helicopter flying over the estate. While on camera, Cannonball angrily orders her, demonstrating a lack of PR savvy comparable to that of the unseen government operative who swung the camera away from Secretary of State Colin Powell during his Meet the Press interview last Sunday (May 15).

    Davis provides some interesting overhead shots of the rebuilt Xavier mansion: it’s been redesigned and expanded, presumably to account for where everybody is housed since Morrison radically expanded the size of the student body. (Back in 1963, there were only six people living in the entire mansion!)

    In another nice touch, we are shown that the mansion now has a “memorial garden,” where flowers are placed before a photo of Jean, who is not shown alone, as one might expect, but with Scott. One gets the feeling that it is not just Rachel and Wolverine who disapprove of the Scott-and-Emma romance. Indeed, next Sage monitors Scott’s office, inside of which Scott and Emma are busily snogging away instead of being “in conference.”

    Think about this scene some more, and it becomes ominous: Sage is spying on Scott’s love life, just as the government is spying on the outside of the mansion.

    Here’s another nice bit: various X-Men trainees (all in the original uniforms) look on aghast as Wolverine and Storm undergo a violent session in the Danger Room, while senior X-Man Rogue breaks into a big smile, saying this workout was “mostly. . .just for fun.” Now there’s a way of dramatizing the contrast between newbies and veterans.

    Next Storm takes a more serious approach to the theme, stating that “The first generation of mutants needs to take responsibility for their heirs.” We will see more of this generational theme when we look at Excalibur later in this piece. But for now, ask yourselves where else in the Marvel canon you have read a phrase about “responsibility.”

    Claremont has the old school Marvel writer’s sense of duty about establishing characters and situations for new or infrequent readers, an especially important task for an issue Marvel is promoting has a “jumping on” point for newcomers. So next he shows us two scenes of X-Men in their new roles as government-sanctioned “marshals” battling mutant criminals. Again there’s a sign of the 9-11 influence: the first band of bad guys, the Weaponeers, are Arab raiders.

    These scenes also showcase the fact that after several years of wearing relatively nondescript black uniforms, the X-Men are back in traditional, colorful superhero costumes. I dislike the too-short “horns” on Wolverine’s new outfit, but I quite like the new costume for Rachel. (Its green and yellow colors and boots are also reminiscent of the original Marvel Girl’s late 1960s costume.)

    You may recall that around the time of the first X-Men movie, which put the team in black uniforms, Avi Arad and others at Marvel were busy badmouthing traditional superhero costumes as stupid. So the X-Men in the comics were put into black uniforms as well, which look drab and dull in the comics medium. Then out came the Spider-Man movie, a far greater financial success, and not an ill word was uttered about the fact that Spidey wore his usual colorful costume in the film. Now we learn from various sources that Avi Arad decreed that it was “time” for the costumes to return. I suppose this is yet another example of how when comics creators misguidedly try to drop an essential element from a major series, it usually makes its eventual return. I doubt that anyone really thought through the importance of costumes several years ago when they were dropped; we should breathe a sigh of relief that this corporate whim has reversed itself, and the costumes are back.

    The ominous aspect of Sage returns towards the end. I wonder if, when Claremont wrote Sage’s dialogue here ““ “Leave their interrogation to me, Rachel. I have ways of making people. . .talk.” ““ it seemed as sinister as it does in the wake of the recent controversy over mistreatment of Iraqi prisoners.

    I can’t say I’m thrilled by the concluding action scenes in this issue: they seem the most conventional part of the book. No, for me what is interesting are the characterizations, the themes, the new look at the X-Men’s place in a changing world.

    This is even more true of Claremont’s new Excalibur #1. This, by the way, is not to be confused with his first Excalibur #1, though from now on it surely will be. Claremont’s first Excalibur series began in 1988, but, to judge from the indicia, Marvel couldn’t be bothered to assign the new series a new volume number. This sort of thing has happened so often in the past, complicating the lives of collectors or anyone (surely including Marvel personnel) trying to keep accurate records of the company’s publishing history. And to think that when editor Julius Schwartz revived the Flash comic in the 1950s, he was told to pick up the numbering from where the original Flash comic had left off. Those were simpler and more sensible times.

    Excalibur is the name of King Arthur’s sword, and that made an appropriate title for the original Claremont Excalibur, which was about a British-based team of superheroes, a kind of latter-day Round Table. The central figure, indeed, was Captain Britain (one of Claremont’s earliest co-creations), a patriotic icon for the United kingdom just as Captain America is for the United states. The first issue of the new series has nothing to do with Britain or any British characters, though the initial story arc is titled “Forging the Sword.” What connection this new Excalibur may have. literally or figuratively, to the Arthurian legend remains to be seen.

    To judge from issue one, the new Excalibur is about Professor Charles Xavier, the founder of the X-Men, and Genosha, the island nation off the coast of Africa that Claremont co-created in the 1980s.

    I look at the new Excalibur in terms of a question that must face many comics creators of the Baby Boom generation, who came into the business in the 1970s and 1980s. Can the superhero genre continue to serve as an effective means of personal expression for writers in middle age? (It was for Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, who created the Marvel Universe in their middle age.) So many people still think of superhero comics, indeed of comic books in general, as material for children; even the major comics companies seem to be targeting a demographic of teenagers and men in their early 20s. But can the genre be made relevant to middle-aged creators and readers who are seeking more than adolescent nostalgia?

    This is a question that faces the world of rock music as well (and perhaps it is relevant that the rise of rock music paralleled the Silver Age in comics). Most of the audience is young, even juvenile, and yet there is an older audience as well, and middle-aged creators who do not simply rely on recycling oldies. Actually, this is a problem that seems prevalent throughout contemporary American culture. The youth culture advocated by the Baby Boomers in their own youth has now turned against them, as movie companies, television studios, and, indeed, businesses in general pursue a young demographic to the exclusion of the middle-aged and seniors.

    Consider, then, how unusual and bold Claremont’s new Excalibur is: its central character is a middle-aged man. And he is no fantasy figure of steroid-style musculature and aggressive attitude like other middle-aged Marvel heroes, Cable or the Punisher. Charles Xavier is physically crippled; he’s bald; his strength lies in his mind. Yet he tells us at one point that “My telepathy’s grown too soft. . . .” He blames this on his overreliance on devices like Cerebra, but perhaps we can see it as a sign of aging, as well.

    Moreover, this is a story about the dreams, hopes and ideals of youth, something the superhero concept embodies quite well, turning to disillusionment. This is a theme that has been powerfully dramatized in the superhero genre before, in Alan Moore’s Watchmen, Frank Miller’s original Dark Knight, Paul Jenkins’ Sentry, the final issue of Kurt Busiek and Alex Ross’s Marvels, and their predecessor, the recently republished novel Superfolks, not to mention Stan Lee’s “Spider-Man No More” in Amazing Spider-Man #50, which, as one can see from the trailer, is quoted in the second Spider-Man movie. In some of these cases the hero succumbs to disillusionment and gives up the world of superheroes; in others he finds a means to regain his faith and renew his career in that world. What will be Xavier’s choice in this story?

    The issue opens with Xavier, eyes shut and jaw set in an expression that looks like mourning, telling us that “once upon a time, I had a dream” of a world in which mutants and “baseline humans” coexisted in peace. “Xavier’s dream” is a familiar phrase from past X-Men stories, and his phrasing, “I had a dream,” might evoke Martin Luther King’s “I have a dream”: Xavier, as an non-violent advocate for mutant civil rights, has been compared to Dr. King before. The “once upon a time” phrase is the standard beginning of a fairy tale. Xavier may be suggesting not only that the days when he hoped he could turn his vision, his “dream,” into reality not only seem long past, but that his hopes now seem naive, perhaps even childlike to him, as a fairy tale might seem to an adult.

    Turn the page and you will find a double-page spread of Xavier, sitting in his wheelchair, alone amid a scene of devastation. Referring back to his “dream” of a world of racial peace, Xavier says simply, “This isn’t it. This is today’s reality.” It is as if he has awakened from a blissful, youthful dream to face up to a harsh reality in which hope seems naive.

    In part, perhaps this scene is another conscious or subconscious evocation of the events of 9/11: it is reminiscent of Superman standing amid the debris of the demolished Daily Planet building in Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, a scene that was clearly a 9/11 reference (see Comics in Context #34).

    These are the ruins of Hammer Bay, the capital city of Genosha, a nation of mutants that was obliterated by Sentinel robots dispatched by Xavier’s “evil twin,” Cassandra Nova, early in Grant Morrison’s stint as X-Men writer. So the destruction of Genosha is a testament to the genocidal hatred that Xavier has failed to overcome. It could also be seen as a contemporary, fictional counterpart to the Holocaust.

    There is another level of meaning as well, since Genosha, as a fictional concept, was Claremont’s creation. Originally, Genosha seemed to be inspired by South Africa and Rhodesia in the days of apartheid: African nations that were dominated by whites, in which blacks were reduced to second class citizenship. In Genosha white “baseline” humans ruled over a population of mutants, whom they had effectively enslaved.

    After Claremont left the X-Men books in the early 1990s, Genosha seemed to become a parallel for Bosnia, with the “baseline” humans and the mutants waging a bloody civil war against each other. Still later, the United Nations turned the nation over to Magneto, in a gesture of appeasement. As Claremont has Xavier tells us in this issue, “It had become the self-proclaimed mutant homeland, presenting itself to the world as a sanctuary and a place of hope.” That might make Genosha sound like the mutant race’s counterpart to Israel, but notice that, despite the Chamber of Commerce-style pictures he shows us of Genosha as a utopia, Claremont is careful to say that this is the image that Magneto’s Latveria sought to present to the world. In fact, under other writers, Magneto made the island nation a base from which he plotted world conquest: Genosha was not the mutants’ Israel but was to him what Latveria is to Doctor Doom.

    Finally, Morrison wiped out the population of Genosha, an act that read to me as another example of the tiresome syndrome in which Writer A creates a concept, and his successor, Writer B, dislikes it and wrecks it, either not anticipating or caring that other writers might find the concept useful, or even that Writer A himself might someday return. In this case Claremont is Writer A, Morrison is Writer B, and Genosha was the victim. So Xavier sitting amidst the ruins of a society of mutants might even parallel Claremont finding himself faced with the destruction of one of his own fictional creations. The new Excalibur looks in part to be Claremont’s effort to rescue Genosha and revitalize it as a concept.

    Most significantly, the visual image of Xavier amid the ruins of Genosha is a metaphor for Xavier confronting the ruination of his hopes. Looking at this scene of genocide, Xavier must wonder whether all his work on behalf of mutants has been in vain. Is his “dream” dead? Does it lie in ruins like Genosha? On page four artist Aaron Lopresti places Xavier within a panel shaped like a coffin, symbolically entombing him. Claremont has Xavier spend the issue carting a coffin behind his wheelchair. And what is that wrapped, human-sized bundle within the coffin? Here are symbols aplenty of the death of mutants, the death of ideals, and the death of hope.

    Cassandra Nova could be dismissed as a single madwoman who does not represent the rest of humanity. But what Xavier tells us about the world’s reaction to the massacre does point to “baseline” humanity’s intolerance towards mutants, which he calls “almost as contemptible as the attack itself.” According to Xavier, the world’s great powers have virtually ignored the plight of Genosha, and are “far more worried about a terrorist response from any survivors.” That seems all too credible. (Consider the current fate of Afghanistan after its supposed liberation from the Taliban.)

    What Xavier tells us next may well be inspired by current events in the real world. “I’ve been to war,” he says. “I know firsthand the cost. What matters here isn’t ideology or policies. What matters are people in desperate need. And those with the means ““ and more importantly the will ““ to help.” Like Storm’s line that I quoted from Uncanny X-Men #444, this is, at heart, a reworking of Stan Lee’s famous maxim from Spider-Man’s origin in Amazing Fantasy #15: “With great power must come great responsibility.” Often this line is misquoted, and the “must” is omitted. But “must” conveys the point: it is the moral duty for a person to take responsibility for helping those in need if he or she can. I suspect that Claremont, who has thus alluded to Stan Lee’s maxim in both of his initial “X-Men Reboot” issues, may see it as the prime moral principle underlying stories in the classic Marvel tradition.

    Xavier now informs us that in combat he was nicknamed “the Good Shepherd,” because :if you were lost, I’d find you and bring you home safe.” The Good Shepherd, of course, is a character in perhaps Christ’s most celebrated parable, and the character has been regarded as a metaphor for Christ himself. Claremont may be casting Xavier as a Christ figure, though I doubt that Xavier, who seems humbled in this story, is egotistically thinking of himself that way. Instead, Xavier is making the point that he puts his money where his mouth is: he carries out his responsibility to aid those in need, who are metaphorically “lost.” “After a lifetime,” he tells us, acknowledging his age, “that hasn’t really changed.”

    Here hope and moral ideals begin to reemerge in the story. The world around Xavier may have changed for the worst, but he remains steadfast: he will not give up. He is a rock solidly fixed amid the chaotic maelstrom.

    From there, logically enough, Xavier goes on to describe his role as a teacher, who instructs young mutants in “both the practical and ethical use of their abilities.” This has been Xavier’s role from Lee and Kirby’s X-Men #1 onward. But usually in X-Men stories it is Xavier’s students who take center stage. In fact, through his long run on the X-Men, Claremont repeatedly wrote Xavier out of the series, as if he were not essential to it. Maybe this was even ageism. Now, perhaps because Claremont and Xavier are closer in age, he puts the spotlight on Xavier himself in Excalibur. Through what Storm said in Uncanny #444 and what Xavier says here, Claremont is focusing on the responsibility of a generation that has gained wisdom and experience to aid the younger generation rising up.

    As if marking a transition from one act of the story to another, Xavier literally falls and then rises to see the spirit of his deceased lover and colleague, Moira MacTaggart. Xavier does not know if she is “real” ““ a ghost ““ or not; Moira guesses she is a “figment of your imagination.” This reminds me of the story’s opening, with its contrast between Xavier’s dream and the reality in which he finds himself.

    Moira’s ghost is an interesting dramatic device, and a familiar one: the ghost who may or may not be real. This reminds me of the ambiguity with which John Byrne initially treated Alfred’s ghost in Generations before finally making clear he was real in the sequel. There’s the meeting between President Bartlet and his recently deceased secretary, Mrs. Landingham, in the Season 2 finale of The West Wing. Going further back, to more literary sources, there’s Henry James’s The Turn of the Screw, and there are even those who think that Hamlet may have imagined his father’s ghost.

    If the ghost is not real, this should raise questions about the living person’s sanity. It is one thing for Xavier to consciously decide to imagine what Moira might say to him. For Xavier to hallucinate Moira’s presence, without knowing if she is real or not, is worrisome.

    Still, this is a good scene, and perhaps the heart of the story. Moira is a reminder of the theme of aging, death, and loss, and also of the way past memories provide inspiration for the present and future. Moira’s ghost first appears as a middle-aged woman, in glasses and suit, but then reverts to the appearance of her earlier self, wearing considerably less.

    “The way you see me is the way you remember me best,” she tells Xavier: “From when we were young an’ in love. . .an’ our world was rich wi’ possibilities.”

    Actually, from her earliest appearances in the1970s, Moira has always represented lost love, lost youth, and lost possibilities She was the woman whom Xavier loved in his university days, but whom he lost to a man she married but did not love. Though Xavier and Moira remained close friends and colleagues, it seemed as if they could not return to the relationship they once had.

    Now Claremont has sharpened the tragic aspect of their relationship, having killed Moira off a few years ago, but perhaps seems more willing to explore the themes she represents. That last line, about “when we were young an’ in love. . .an’ our world was rich wi’ possibilities” seems particularly meaningful. Claremont gives us the space of a panel to mull this over before Xavier replies, with understatement, “This isn’t how I thought things would turn out.”

    Think again back to that double-page spread of Xavier amid the ruins. Perhaps those ruins also represent his concept of the world, and his plans of how he could help the world, both destroyed by events he did not foresee. Now there’s something that one should learn as he or she ages: that the world will change in ways that you cannot expect. How many people fifty years ago foresaw the coming of the civil rights movement, feminism, gay liberation, the end of the Soviet Union, the coming of AIDS, the rise of the Internet, gay marriage, the threat of radical Islamic terrorism, or so much more? How many people in their 20s correctly foresee what their lives will be like in a quarter century?

    Perhaps Xavier has achieved a quiet epiphany here. Later in the story he tells a young mutant, “Life’s a work in progress. . .It doesn’t always work out the way we plan, or hope.”

    Meanwhile, the compulsory action subplot begins stirring, with the appearance of longtime X-Men villain Unus the Untouchable and some anonymous mutant bad guys. How nice to see Unus, a Lee-Kirby creation, back, especially since for a long time Marvel considered him to be dead: in one story he had lost control of his force field and seemingly suffocated to death inside it. I suspect that in today’s Marvel no one who had anything to do with the current story even knew about Unus’s “demise.” But that’s okay: I’m glad to see he’s back.

    The unforeseen development that most worries Xavier is the fact that there are now far more mutants on Marvel-Earth than he ever thought back in the X-Men comics of past decades, in which finding a mutant was a comparatively rare occurrence. This may also represent Claremont’s own reaction to another change that Morrison wreaked in the X-Men concept. Morrison clearly wanted to emphasize the idea of mutants as not rare anomalies but as a significant minority group by radically increasing their numbers. Xavier explicitly points to the devastation of Genosha as a symbol of the “backlash” by the “baseline human” majority against their race.

    Xavier notes that “Not even cockroaches survived” the annihilation of Genosha, alluding to the conventional wisdom that these bugs would even survive a nuclear war (see Peter David’s Hulk: The End in Comics in Context #2 for an example). As if Moira’s ghost and the ruins of Genosha aren’t enough reminders of mortality, here’s another one.

    The notion that cockroaches did not survive the attack on Genosha seems to induce Xavier to wonder if mutants really are the next phase of human evolution, which Morrison and Magneto both claim will outlive and supplant “normal” humanity. Xavier wonders, “Suppose we were wrong about other things? Suppose mutants aren’t the culmination if the evolutionary process, the crest of a coming norm. . .but some aberration? How then will nature deal with us?” Are mutants inevitably doomed? And hence, are Xavier’s efforts on behalf of the mutant race all in vain? This raises Xavier’s mid-life crisis to new philosophical dimensions.

    This moment of despair seems to mark another act break, for now Xavier turns from Moira’s ghost to another Jungian anima figure, named “Wicked.” No, Broadway musical fans, this has nothing to do with Kristin Chenoweth. This “Wicked” is a young, female mutant who dresses in “bad girl” fashion and has the antagonistic attitude to match. But in context she comes off not so much as a Bill Jemas-style effort to pandering to the audience for “bad girl” comics, but more as a representation of the way that a person in the mid-life generation might view the rebellious younger generation. (Jack Kirby pictured the youth of 1970 as the peaceful, hippie-like Forever People; in 2004 Claremont gives us instead “wicked” and her 21st century variation on punk.) The name Wicked gave herself is an example of the role of angry rebel in which she casts herself. In Junging terms it also marks her as a “shadow” figure, which Xavier must cope with.

    Wicked keeps calling Xavier “old man,” in another way the story emphasizes the theme of age and generational change. From what she says, she appears to represent the young Genoshan mutants’ anger that Xavier could not save them, and, perhaps beyond that, the anger of the younger generation at the failures of their elders. Interestingly, Wicked seems accompanied by real ghosts, presumably of deceased Genoshans. Perhaps this parallels Xavier with his mysterious coffin.

    Xavier paraphrases Stan Lee’s maxim once more, “Having powers means assuming the obligation to use them responsibly,” but this time he says it to Wicked, thus demonstrating his goal of teaching his precepts to a new generation.

    As they go to attack Xavier, Unus directs his underlings, “Leave him naked as the day he was born!” I wonder how long ago Claremont wrote that line. Had the stripping of Iraqi prisoners been revealed in the press?

    Menaced by Unus and company, Xavier rises to the occasion, and interestingly does so by remaining in his chosen role as teacher. When Unus claims to be invulnerable to Xavier’s telepathy, Xavier says, :I could argue the point, or demonstrate it,” like a good academic.

    Instead, Xavier has another young mutant, Freakshow, take care of Unus by turning into a giant monster and swallowing him! That’s a clever bit that Claremont came up with, though it wouldn’t have worked had Unus projected his field as far from his body as he did in the Stan Lee/Roy Thomas days.

    Xavier even thinks of the fate meted out to Unus as a kind of lesson, though he doubts Unus will learn from it.

    Through rising to and winning this battle, Xavier has reasserted himself as a leader, a fighter, and, indeed, as a mentor: he has reclaimed his belief in his life’s work. Again, speaking with powerful simplicity, Xavier says, “I’m a teacher, Freakshow,” and instructs him and Wicked to return tomorrow to begin their “lessons.”

    Now, for those of you who need spoiler warnings, read no further.

    After all of the symbols of mortality in this issue, it concludes with an act of resurrection. Symbolically, the mysterious coffin glows and rises into the air. And on the last page, out walks the supposedly deceased Magneto. But he is not in costume, not dressed for warfare. Instead he is unmasked, in civilian dress, and shakes hands with Xavier.

    Perhaps you will recall that towards the end of his run, Grant Morrison had Wolverine apparently behead Magneto. I was going to say that was particularly unfortunate considering the subsequent, real-life beheading of an American prisoner by Muslim terrorists. But then I remembered the terrorist beheading of journalist Daniel Pearl took place before Morrison wrote that issue. Wolverine really shouldn’t be imitating Arab terrorists.

    In any event, now we see that Magneto’s “death” didn’t even last a year. This is further proof that this kind of fake death is becoming meaningless as a dramatic device in comics. Morrison’s “deaths” for Magneto and Jean Grey are just exasperating annoyances.

    Now, what does Claremont have in mind for Magneto? In the 1980s Claremont veered away from the traditional portrayal of Magneto as outright villain, and instead stated that he saw him as a former terrorist evolving into a statesman. This was an interesting development, though I think that Claremont took it too far, even turning Magneto into the New Mutants’ new headmaster. But as I have observed about the X-Men’s costumes, if comics creators try to dispose of or radically change an important element of a series, it will inevitably snap back to the way it was. So, in the 1990s editor Bob Harras had Magneto return to his more familiar villainous role. Over the last few years Grant Morrison (in the main continuity) and Mark Millar (in the alternate continuity of Ultimate X-Men) came up with the most evil versions of Magneto to date, ruthless, consumed with hatred for humanity, bent on mutant domination of the world. Millar’s Magneto even fantasized about mutants eating “normal” humans. Though Ian McKellen’s Magneto in the X-Men movies has a certain charm, he too is genocidal, and nearly exterminated the “normal” human race in X2.

    Is Claremont changing course with Magneto? I think Magneto works best in the role of Xavier’s former friend turned into his ideological opposite and greatest enemy, the archvillain that the series needs. Neil Gaiman handled this duality well in his treatment of Magneto in 1602. I am nonetheless interested to see where Claremont takes Magneto now. I have no doubt he can explore Magneto’s personality with the same depth and insight he demonstrates with Xavier in this first issue.

    So, here was Excalibur #1, a superhero comic book centering on a middle-aged man who faces middle-aged concerns ““ mortality, loss, adapting to changing times, disillusionment and doubt ““ and finding new resolve to continue his quest for his lifelong goals.

    In one of the nice examples of synchronicity that occur when I write these columns, today’s New York Times (May 21, 2004) has an Op-Ed piece by Nick Hornby on the subject of middle-aged people creating and listening to rock music. “You’ve heard the argument a million times: most rock music is made by the young, for the young, about being young, and if you’re not young and you still listen to it, then you should be ashamed of yourself.” Hornby says he “mostly” agrees with that description, though it doesn’t take into account “recent, mainly excellent work” by a number of middle-aged rock veterans such as Dylan and Springsteen. But, he continues, he disagrees with the “conclusion” that the middle-aged shouldn’t listen to rock music.

    “Youth is a quality not unlike health: it’s found in greater abundance among the young, but we all need access to it. . .I’m talking about the energy, the wistful yearning, the inexplicable exhilaration, the sporadic sense of invulnerability, the hope that stings like chlorine. When I was younger, rock music articulated those feelings, and now that I’m older, it stimulates them, but either way, rock ‘n’ roll was and remains necessary because: who doesn’t need exhilaration and a sense of invincibility, even if it’s only now and again?”

    As far as I’m concerned, the same applies to the best superhero comics. Professor Charles Xavier is no longer young and his world is in ruins. But invincibly, exhilaratingly, he carries on, giving his readers of every age hope.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #38: Minor League

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    On the very night that I e-mailed to FilmForce my previous column, about Columbia Pictures’ deal with Major League Baseball to place Spider-Man symbols on the bases, it was announced that the deal was off. And the fun lay in listening to the strange whirring sounds that corporate spokespersons make as they spin. According to the New York Times (May 7, 2004), “Bob DuPuy, baseball’s president and chief operating officer, said, ‘We decided collectively that it wasn’t worth jeopardizing the entire feel-good promotion based on the fact that a few people seemed to object to a small feature of it.” Ah, but if it had only been “a few people,” they wouldn’t have backed off the deal, and certainly not so quickly. Again according to the Times, Columbia Pictures “had monitored polls on ESPN.com and AOL yesterday showing that fans were overwhelmingly against the idea of commercial endorsements on bases during the games. . . .” So let us thank the gods of technology for the Internet, which can puncture corporate self-delusions about what their audience wants.

    How ironic that this should happen to Spider-Man, who is traditionally portrayed as the everyman, the underdog, the little guy who goes up against the big guys, the guy who’s continually broke but isn’t interested in making big bucks. For one day he instead became the character through whom corporate executives tried to sully the integrity of everyman’s sport, baseball. (Some articles about this dispute suggested that this was only a brief moment of resistance to the ongoing, inevitable further commercializing of the sport.) Columbia and Major League Baseball managed to turn their critics into real life J. Jonah Jamesons, but this time on the right side. What a tangled web Spidey wove, indeed. (Still, it gave David Letterman an excuse to talk about Spidey on his show; that’s always a pleasure to hear.)

    But let us turn from baseball leagues to leagues of a different sort.

    A LEAGUE OF THEIR OWN

    As testimony to its popularity and impact, there is now a parody of one of this column’s recurring topics, Alan Moore and Kevin O’Neill’s The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen. This is “The Enclave of Incidental Individuals!, or Moore or Less!” in Claypool Comics’ Soulsearchers & Co. #65 (March 2004), co-plotted by Peter David and Richard Howell, scripted by David, edited by Howell, and with art by John Heebink and Al Milgrom.

    This issue also features a characteristically, and enchantingly witty cover by Soulsearchers‘ original penciler, the amazing Amanda Conner, and inked by Steve Leialoha.

    Were this an example the standard sort of comics parody that originated in Harvey Kurtzman’s Mad and has been imitated ever since in books like Marvel’s Not Brand Ecch and others, the “Enclave” story would merit no more than an appreciative but brief mention here. But, though “Enclave” does feature the expected broad burlesques of Moore’s series, it is also the vehicle for David’s and Howell’s explorations of some serious ideas that connect with certain continuing themes in this column. (As usual, in order to do a thoroughgoing lit crit analysis of a story, I will give away more about what happens than you may wish to know. So you may wish to read the story before reading the closing pages of this critique.)

    I’ve discussed the small independent comics company Claypool and Soulsearchers before (see Comics in Context #9). Soulsearchers is that rare but valuable phenomenon in today’s comic book market, a comedy adventure series that is genuinely and consistently witty. The team after whom the series is named is a group who investigate and combat supernatural menaces; some team members have supernatural abilities themselves. (Soulsearchers may have followed Ghostbusters, but it debuted before Buffy‘s “Scooby Gang” or Angel Investigations.)

    In this issue the only two team members who appear are newlyweds Bridget and Baraka, the latter being a benevolent demon from a hell out of Arabic mythology. Having encountered Lewis Carroll’s Cheshire Cat in the previous issue, Bridget and Baraka tumble, like Alice, through a portal into another time-space continuum, which turns out to be “the literary dimension,” nicknamed “lit/dim.”

    PRIDE AND PREJUDICE

    Though to my surprise she herself does not make this analogy, the Virgil who guides Bridget and Baraka through this literary realm is Portia Prinz of the Glamazons, an early alternative comics character whom Claypopol editor Richard Howell created back in the 1970s. (You may be aware of others who have used the name “Glamazons,” but, as far as I know, Howell was the first.) As the name “Glamazons” might suggest, Portia’s series was in part a variation on Wonder Woman with its Amazons”: both featured a race of immortal women, and, indeed, the Glamazons’ patron goddess, the black Afrodite, also shows up in this issue. (You may have seen the name “Afrodite” elsewhere, too, but, again, as far as I know, Richard was the first.)

    But though they are both princesses, the resemblance between Portia and Wonder Woman stops there. Actually, Portia and the Glamazons remind me more of Jack Kirby’s Eternals: a race of immortals, each of whom cultivates a specialized interest and/or an eccentric persona. Hence, two of Portia’s friends, Appaloosa and Joette, are singers and musicians, and another, Sgt. Shrew String, who appears in this issue, might best be described as what Nick Fury might be like after a sex change operation.

    Like Wonder Woman, Portia is, to quote her own words in this issue, “fabulously stunning”; in contrast with Wonder Woman, Portia’s specialty is not physical strength but sheer brain power. “I’m an intellectual titan,” Portia tells Bridget and Baraka, “not a magical goddess.” And, as you can see, she is not averse to saying so. In fact, she can exasperate other characters she meets. “Oh-h-h! You are the most aggravating ““ !” grouses Bridget at one point. Portia, with a big, beaming smile, cuts her off: “Thank you. I live for superlatives.”

    And this brings me to the subject of the alleged “know-it-all” amid traditionally anti-intellectual American society. It’s a subject that affects comics. It’s been pointed out that Peter Parker, as originally depicted by Stan Lee and Steve Ditko, was the Good Son (albeit to his uncle and aunt), studious, devoted to his family: it wasn’t his fault that the popular kids like Flash Thompson and Liz Allan, arrogant, shallow, downright cruel, treated him like dirt. For the last decade and a half, at least, people, including some of Spider-Man’s own writers, dismiss the early Peter Parker as a “geek” and “nerd.” It’s even a subject that reaches into politics: in the last presidential election Al Gore was typed as the nerd/geek/wonk while George W. Bush was the regular guy, not particularly brilliant but fun to be with, with results that I will leave it to readers to discuss among themselves.

    Elsewhere in popular culture, I recall an episode of The West Wing in which press secretary C.J. Cregg brings up a topic, and President Bartlet, a former academic, begins reeling off interesting facts about it. C.J., looking weary, tells him no one likes a “know-it-all” In another episode a staffer calls Bartlet a “nerd” to his face. Why can’t they be entertained by these dollops of knowledge? It’s not as if the staffers aren’t brainy themselves. Obviously series creator Aaron Sorkin and/or his writing staff knows this stuff Bartlet says. But it seems that even bright people are embarrassed about looking smart. (To Sorkin’s credit, later episodes questioned why the President should hide his level of intelligence from the American public in his campaign, and decided he shouldn’t.)

    A few weeks ago I saw an episode of Disney’s House of Mouse on the Toon Disney channel (and more about this another time), in which Mickey Mouse gets annoyed with Professor Ludwig Von Drake for being a “know-it-all,” and, indeed in this episode Ludwig does seem rather full of himself. So Mickey challenges Professor Von Drake to answer correctly every question put to him in the course of the episode. Ludwig does just that, culminating with a tour de force in which he reels off the names of every classic Disney character in the audience of the show’s night club setting. This is the high point of the episode, and one might well assume delighted the show’s writers, who must be bright Disney aficionados themselves, as well as the viewers. But Ludwig overlooks naming one of them, himself (and I thought that Fred MacMurray was Disney’s Absent-Minded Professor) and Mickey wins the bet. As the episode closes, Minnie comforts Mickey, saying it’s all right not to know things.

    Well, perhaps this was sincerely intended to let kids watching the show know that they need not be depressed if they’re not as smart as someone else. On the other hand, the episode seems to be saying that being smart isn’t a good thing.

    Though House of Mouse plays Ludwig entirely for laughs, Ludwig was introduced in the debut season of Walt Disney’s NBC series The Wonderful World of Color to serve as a frequent host. Though funny, Ludwig was presented as a genuine authority on a wide variety of subjects, and could talk about serious subjects as well as introducing cartoons about his nephew Donald. In other words, here was an animated character who prized and exemplified knowledge. Hence, despite his comedic eccentricities, as a child I regarded Ludwig Von Drake as a role model. (Here’s another measure of how American pop culture has changed: as the frequent master of ceremonies for a show with a large audience of children, Walt Disney chose a character who was clearly elderly!)

    Portia Prinz defies the anti-intellectualism in pop culture.

    She takes a matter-of-fact pride in both her looks and her braininess. And, although supporting characters get annoyed by it, Portia’s high self-esteem, along with her ironic awareness of it, comes across as part of her charm. She is indeed smart and gorgeous, and her good-humored pleasure in the fact is infectious. (Howell also takes some of the sting off through Portia’s buddy, who jokes about her friend’s self-regard just as her fellow cigar aficionado, Ben Grimm, humorously undercuts his friend Reed Richards’ high-faluting speeches. Neither Shrew nor Ben show any malice toward the friend in question, but simply an affectionate tolerance.)

    It turns out that it was Portia who had the Cheshire Cat bring Bridget and Baraka there. In other words, Joseph Campbell fans, Portia and the Cheshire Cat are heralds bringing the call to adventure, and Portia will also be acting as a mentor to our heroes, befitting her Greek mythological background and her status as a first generation Howell creation guiding his latter-day co-creations.

    DILUTION AND DISSOLUTION

    With Portia as tour guide, Bridget and Baraka arrive in the “literary dimension,” which David and Howell immediately establish as having a scope like Moore’s, albeit a scrambled geography: Beowulf and the monster Grendel, Mr. Bumble from Charles Dickens’ Oliver Twist (see Comics in Context #25 for another comics version of Bumble), and Anton Chekhov’s Three Sisters all co-habit within the same panel.

    Bridget asks, “Is it my imagination or does the landscape keeps changing?” and Portia replies, “Yes to both questions.” The “Lit/Dim” is the product of the collective human imagination; this idea is comparable to Moore’s own remarks that the world of imagination has existed as long as the real world of humanity (see Comics in Context #37).

    Portia explains further, “the Lit/Dim stems from human longing” and that people “can never decide on what they want. Luckily for all concerned, the more iconic aspects of said longing remain relatively fixed.” This makes me think of the malleability of continuity in mainstream comics nowadays, in which individual stories of the past, however classic, get dumped from the canon, and series may get rebooted in comics or in adaptations into other media over and over. Yet the essence of certain great characters, like Superman, Batman or Spider-Man remains relatively stable amidst this maelstrom of writers changing their minds.

    Portia reveals the problem that she has brought Bridget and Baraka in to help solve: major characters (as examples we see portraits of Sherlock Holmes and Tarzan) are disappearing from the literary dimension. She explains that “lack of originality in the real world is causing the strip-mining of the truly great characters The more often such paucity of imagination is displayed, the more it simply eats away at the life force that perpetuates the greats.”

    In other words, lesser writers who make use of the great creations of their betters of the past, turning out lesser works, diminish the mythic power of those great characters. As we shall see, the lesser writers may distort those characters as well.

    “You might say it dilutes them,” Portia says. “Enough dilution and they lose their effectiveness as great creations. . .and fade away entirely.”

    Think of public domain characters, such as the ones that Moore draws upon in League. How many of the more recent books and movies and television series with versions of Dracula or Sherlock Holmes even approach the greatness of the originals? (What might Bram Stoker think of what movie director Stephen Sommers has just done with Dr. Van Helsing?)

    Legal theorist Lawrence Lessig and others have been recently argued against the extension of longrunning copyrights; press reports on this movement spotlight the Walt Disney Company’s so far successful efforts to keep Mickey Mouse from entering the public domain. The articles I’ve read tend to take Lessig’s side, as he burbles on about the great array of creations that will arise once anyone can legally use Mickey. I wish that I’d see more articles presenting the other side. There are companies that are founded on specific intellectual properties. Can we really imagine Disney without Mickey, who is not only the symbol of the company, but the leading icon of its canon of animation and its theme parks? Can we imagine Warners Animation without Bugs Bunny, or DC Comics without Superman, or Marvel without Spider-Man? What would these characters be worth if everyone is allowed to do his own versions? I predict dilution aplenty: there’ll be the porn versions of Mickey and more. A recent article in the New York Times (Sunday, April 18, 2004) in which various artists create their own versions of Mickey, inadvertently demonstrates the horrors that await. (This article will be further addressed in a future column.) Maybe there’s a point to having an official custodian of the character.

    But that’s not the entire solution, either. Look at how many hundreds of mediocre and downright bad stories have been produced at Marvel and DC about some of their genuinely great characters. With rare exceptions, like Neil Gaiman’s Morpheus, whom only Gaiman has so far been allowed to write, how many leading DC or Marvel characters have not undergone “dilution”?

    Bridget comments that such “dilution” “sounds like literary hell,” whereupon Portia remarks that she once visited a number of literary hells, including Dante’s Inferno, that of Milton’s Satan (see Comics in Context #37 for more about him), and even that of Jean-Paul Sartre’s Huit Clos (which Portia assumes we will translate as “No Exit”). As footnoted, this was in Portia Prinz Vol. II #1, back in 1986 (I remember reading it), and this serves as further evidence that Moore is far from the first person to mix the worlds of different literary fictions together, even in comics.

    LOOK FOR THE SILVER LINING

    This issue of Soulsearchers strikes me as something of a satiric comics equivalent of a Shavian play of ideas, for now, under Bridget’s prodding, Portia extends her theorizing into a new area. Speaking of the “dilution” of classic characters, Bridget asks, “Is this part of why people have become so cynical?”

    “Oh, yes,” agrees Portia, “and why the heroes are nearly indistinguishable from the villains nowadays.. . The absence of true, classic heroes creates a vacuum. ““ and nature abhors a vacuum, which means one is left with ““ ” While some of us admire Portia’s perfect use of grammar, Shrew finishes her sentence with an image out of the Hoover catalog: “Heroes who suck.”

    Dilution, it seems, also entails distortion. Through misuse and misinterpretation, the characters are no longer such powerful archetypes of good and evil.

    Regular readers of this column can see where I am heading: this Soulsearchers story is yet another manifestation of comics’ Neo-Silver movement, a longing for classic heroes after the grim and grittiness of the last two decades in comics. Certainly Peter David and Richard Howell, Baby Boomers who grew up with the comics of the Silver Age, fit the profile of Neo-Silver creators.

    As I have thought about Moore’s League, I have come to realize that it represents another aspect of the movement that takes it beyond comics. Moore is something of a paradox: his series like Watchmen and Miracleman are landmark works in creating a darker, more morally complex vision of the superhero genre. And yet his Superman story, “Whatever Happened to the Man of Tomorrow,” though incorporating genuinely tragic elements, is the first Neo-Silver tale. His 1963 series and his work on Supreme were variations on Silver Age stories, though what I’ve seen of them was too parodic for my taste.

    Moore’s work on his America’s Best Comics line reaches further back than the Silver Age, coming up with contemporary reworkings of archetypal characters from Golden Age comics or even their pulp forebears: hence Doc Savage inspires Moore’s Tom Strong.

    Moore has described his League of Extraordinary Gentlemen as originating in his effort to trace contemporary superheroes back to their roots in Victorian English science fiction and fantasy. League acknowledges the present by incorporating contemporary concerns and explorations of character, such as Mina’s sexual trauma and Quatermain’s addiction. But in reviving so many great Victorian characters and, despite their flaws, presenting them as genuinely, classically heroic (or villainous) figures, Moore is pursuing the same method as the Neo-Silver writers. Perhaps I need to find a new word to describe this movement, to demonstrate that it involves more than the Silver Age superheroes. Perhaps I should call these writers the Neo-Classicists.

    THE MINOR LEAGUERS

    Let’s return to the story at hand. With the great heroes having vanished from the literary dimension, we are left with the “heroes who suck”: supporting characters from famous works. This is the Enclave of Incidental Individuals, comprised of Inspector Lestrade from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle’s Sherlock Holmes stories; Ezzy, a virtually (and understandably) forgotten stereotypical black maid from Edgar Rice Burroughs’ Tarzan; H.G. Wells’s Time Traveler from The Time Machine; Jules Verne’s Passepartout, Phileas Fogg’s valet from Around the World in 80 Days; the mad, bug-eating Renfield from Bram Stoker’s Dracula; and a talking Martian from Wells’s The War of the Worlds.

    In Wells’s War, as well as Moore’s retelling in League Vol. 2, the Martians were killed off by Earth germs; the Enclave’s Martian survived but seems to have a permanently running nose, if “nose” is actually the proper terminology.

    Passepartout explains that he is “not, as many mistakenly believe, remotely Mexican,” an allusion to Cantinflas’ portrayal of him in the famous movie version of Verne’s book. (Neither the Enclave’s Passepartout nor Howell and David betray any awareness that soon many people will assume he is Chinese: Jackie Chan plays him in Disney’s new remake.) Especially on page 9, the Enclave’s Passepartout looks like someone out of Herge’s world-spanning Tintin, appropriately enough.

    The Time Traveler shouldn’t be in this group, since he is the star of his book. He claims to have avoided dilution because Wells never gave his real name in The Time Machine. I don’t find that particularly convincing: the Time Traveler has fallen into other authorial hands, too, including Moore’s in the backup story in League Volume 1. Indeed, by intention or coincidence, the Enclave’s Time Traveler bears a slight resemblance to Rod Taylor, who played him in the MGM movie version.

    It is pointed out that some of these supporting characters have also turned up in pastiches or adaptations of the original stories in which they appeared. So how did they so far avoid dilution? Lestrade says that “it’s a matter of focus.” He explains that no one has starred him in his own stories. However, I think a better point might be that the writers of new Sherlock Holmes stories (or adapters of the originals) feel less motivated to tinker with a minor character like Lestrade, so he tends to remain recognizably himself. Ezzy points out that she gets entirely left alone by modern-day writers because she is considered too politically incorrect to use. (David and Howell do include some subtle references to Gone with the Wind, through whose continuing popularity stereotypical black characters linger on, and the recent parody/pastiche it inspired, The Wind Done Gone.)

    The Enclave receives a ghostly visitation from yet another 19th century character, “the lost Lenore,” the beloved of the narrator of Edgar Allan Poe’s poem The Raven. Here she speaks a pastiche poem that in a cleverly imitation of The Raven‘s rather rigid rhythms and rhyme scheme, complete with its own jab at “grand theft author crimes forsaken/for their homage projects makin’. . . .”

    As the Enclave, Portia and company head off to the mystery villain’s lair via blimp power, the readers may observe that, like League, this story puts jokes and allusions in its backgrounds, too. A signpost bears signs pointing to various locales, some entirely fictional, such as Middle-earth and Lankhmar, while others are real places about which fictions have been written, including Troy and Dublin. The Dublin of James Joyce’s Ulysses is depicted in such elaborate detail that it is a genuine fictional counterpart to the real city. The Troy of Homer’s Iliad is grander than the actual city appears to have been; Time (May 10, 2004) quotes Nigel Phelps, production designer for the new Troy movie as saying that the real “Troy just didn’t have the size or the spectacle the movie demanded. . .most of the buildings were maybe 10-ft. high and made of mud.” One sign points to Verona, where Shakespeare set Romeo and Juliet. Nearby stands an Italianate building with the requisite balcony, but the wall bears the graffiti “Shark vs. Jets,” a reference to the famed reworking of Shakespeare’s play, West Side Story.

    One character comments that it was “lucky” that Lenore turned up to tell them where to go. Lestrade replies that “At Scotland Yard, we prefer the term ‘contrivance.’” This reminds me of Sir Richard Reed’s theory in Neil Gaiman’s 1602 that he lives in a universe governed by “the laws of story.” Lestrade appears to be at least partly aware that the “literary dimension” functions the same way.

    When the heroes arrive at the docks, there are background references to not only the Iliad, but the Odyssey, and, leaping ahead several millennia, Moby Dick.

    Continuing her own theorizing, Portia observes, “An interesting side note is that these supposedly-dated characters provide an originality and innocence in this post-proto-modernist world of writing.” This is yet another indication of the Neo-Silver sensibility at work in this story. Neo-Silver works are reactions against the grim and grittiness of the last two decades of comics and against ironic subversions of the heroic adventure genre. As Portia suggests, these classic characters from the past, when treated correctly, convey qualities that today once again seem fresh and vital.

    DISTORTION AND DISAPPEARANCE

    Entering the villain’s lair, Lestrade suspects that Holmes’s archfoe Professor Moriarty is behind this. Shrew responds, “Your instinct is in another series entirely.” This, perhaps, suggests that Shrew is even more aware than Lestrade that they are operating within a fiction. By another series she may be referring to the Sherlock Holmes canon, or possibly even to the fact that Moriarty is the lead villain in League Volume 1.

    Now even Enclave members begin to succumb to disappearance through dilution. Passepartout vanishes, allegedly because a Canadian TV company has just concocted a bad television series for him. (Maybe the new Asian version of Passepartout might have served as a better excuse for his disappearance.)

    Out rush the Three Musketeers, but as they appeared in the 1993 Disney remake: the likenesses of Kiefer Sutherland and Oliver Platt are actually rather good. The terrible trio shout “Dude!” as their battle cry, and Portia explains that “They were condemned to remain in limbo until an even worse version of the Dumas classic was made ““ if possible.” And yet it did prove possible, as the more recent The Musketeer, which Portia calls “The Male Model Musketeer.”

    Here David and Howell are making clear that they are not just talking about bad new stories about classic characters, but bad adaptations of the characters’ original tales. Moreover, David and Howell are targeting distortions of the original characters and their stories. In the case of The Three Musketeers, they are pointing specifically to supposed updatings along the lines of then-current trends that instead undercut the strength of the original material. Aramis refers to his “Aramis cologne,” so perhaps here the authors are also observing how iconic characters get transformed by business into commercial shills.

    And again, as with Passepartout, David and Howell are possibly unaware of yet another dilution on the way: Disney is releasing yet another Three Musketeers later this year on video, this one starring Mickey Mouse, Donald Duck and Goofy in the title roles. (But this actually might be fun, and you should not be surprised to see it reviewed in this column later this year.)

    For that or some other reason, the Disney live action Musketeers disappear. “Characters are vanishing before our eyes!” Portia, again careful about grammar and clarity in writing, asks, “So-o-o-o you’re worried your eyes will vanish next?” Instead it’s Lestrade who disappears. According to the Cheshire Cat, that’s because he was just put in a new, gay-themed series in which “Lestrade’s got a big ol’ yen for Holmes.” Thus David and Howell target yet another way in which contemporary writers can distort literary characters from the past. The Cheshire Cat adds, “You won’t be seeing Alfred the butler around anytime soon.” This is not only an indication that what Howell and David are saying about the “dilution” of classic characters in prose also applies to great comics characters, but is perhaps also an allusion to Dr. Fredric Wertham’s notorious misreading of Batman. Characters can also be “diluted” and distorted through gross misinterpretation.

    Now David and Howell demonstrate how their arguments apply to comic characters by subjecting Bridget and Baraka to this kind of distortion. The mystery villain uses gas to put both Soulsearchers to sleep and in his power. Baraka finds himself transformed visually into a big-headed midget holding a pitchfork, such as one might see in an old Harvey comic, prompting his comment, “I know I’m Hot Stuff, but this is way too literal!” (Bridget even affectionately called him “Hot Stuff” earlier in this issue, something I only noticed on my third reading.)

    The unseen villain tells him, “We’re just trying to make you more kid-accessible. You know. . .like at Marble [sic] Comics.” Baraka angrily retorts, “I will not be kiddified in order to pander our adventures to your concept of child intelligence!”

    Well, Baraka clearly doesn’t meet Portia’s exalted grammatical standards (“pander” is an intransitive verb) but he makes the author’s point. David and Howell are attacking the way that the corporate owners of intellectual property can mandate the distortion of the artistic integrity of characters, and the intentions of their creators. The mystery villain taunts Baraka that “nothing is sacred. Any concept that be twisted to pander to the taste of modern audiences.”

    It is intriguing to see that “Marble” is here accused of dumbing its characters down to appeal to a juvenile audience. It seems only a short time ago that Marvel’s Max line was trying to reach an older audience by giving us a Nick Fury who spoke on-panel obscenities, as if that was the definition of mature art. So now Marvel has allegedly reversed course and is chasing an audience of children, as if the market hadn’t irreversibly become dominated by teens and adults decades ago.

    Meanwhile Bridget goes “all retro,” abruptly transformed into a modern-day counterpart to Millie the Model. I don’t know if David and Howell have some recent change in comics that they are parodying here. But the brainwashed Bridget’s banter about her “own doll line” that will be “a Diamond exclusive” suggests that they may be aiming at changes in characters driven by merchandising concerns. Reverting to her true personality, Bridget protests, “I don’t want to be arbitrarily changed! If I change. . .it should be organic, a natural progression. . . .”

    DIMINUTION AND DENOUEMENT

    Having woken from their trances, Bridget and Baraka and their allies find themselves tied to the “Wheel of Mishegoss,” noted as being from a “Just’a League” comic. That’s a reference to Professor Amos Fortune’s Wheel of Misfortune from the cover of an early Justice League of America comic (and I was only recently saying it should have been referenced in the JLA/Avengers limited series!).

    Thinking back to the War of the Worlds, the Enclave’s Martian starts quoting Chuck Jones’s Marvin the Martian: “Where was the kaboom? There was supposed to be an earth-shattering kaboom!” Moore went to so much trouble in League Volume 2 to meld various fictional versions of Mars together in Vol. 2 but he didn’t get to the Looney Tunes version.

    I have decided to be good and not reveal the identity of the mystery villain, though I will say that his motives make no sense to me. If he is upset by lesser writers diluting and draining “creative energies” from classic literary creations including himself, why is he trying to speed up the process? But his wheel drains the remaining Enclave members of those energies and they disappear.

    Bridget declares that she won’t be affected by the wheel because “we’re real ““ not. . .not fictional characters!” Portia knowingly replies “You don’t get out much, do you, dear?” More than Lestrade or Shrew had, Portia thus demonstrates clear knowledge that she and her allies are fictional characters. Portia and John Byrne’s similarly aware She-Hulk should compare notes.

    I will also allow you readers to discover for yourselves how Bridget, Baraka, Portia and Shrew manage to escape from the wheel.

    Once free, to the villain’s and perhaps the reader’s surprise, Portia voices the other side of the argument over “recycled culture.” She tells the villain, “It’s what one does with the source material that matters. As Landor wrote of Shakespeare: ‘He was more original than his originals. He breathed upon dead bodies and brought them into life ““ !’” Portia is here referring to the fact that most of Shakespeare’s plays were based on history or were adaptations of previous works, not original plots.

    Portia goes on: “Furthermore, Bayles’ ‘Dictionaire historique et Critique’ maintains that there is “not less wit nor less invention in applying rightly a thought one finds in a book than in being the first author of that thought.’” (Mr. Howell has informed me that these two quotations constitute a Bartlett pair.)

    The reader may have been wondering as he or she goes through this story whether David and Howell are actually condemning Moore for recycling classic characters in League. But perhaps they are not. After all, they themselves have incorporated characters created by authors of the past into this very issue. Moreover, Peter David is well known and justly celebrated for writing significant work set in fictional universes created by the likes of Stan Lee and Jack Kirby and Gene Roddenberry. Howell’s Glamazons are inspired by William Moulton Marston’s Amazons, who are in turn inspired by the Amazons of Greek mythology, and Portia herself once went on a League-style journey through other author’s hells, as she mentioned earlier. Much as David and Howell’s story attacks hackwork, their specific parody of Moore’s League seems affectionate.

    In the DC and Marvel Universes, the original creators of characters and concepts do not get to control them. As noted, this results in loads of bad and mediocre stories. Then again, the creators of great comics characters are not always the best people to guide their series indefinitely: their creativity may ebb, or they may prove unable to change with the times. Eventually Bob Kane and his ghosts had to depart Batman in order for the series to remain artistically vital and continue to evolve.

    Moreover, the fact that new generations of writers, artists and editors get to work on classic characters makes it possible for innovative talents to develop the characters in new, artistically valid ways that reveal new facets of the original creation. For example, the groundbreaking work of Denny O’Neil and Neal Adams, Steve Englehart and Marshall Rogers, and Frank Miller and David Mazzucchelli on Batman produced not only artistic and literary high points in the character history while remaining faithful to creators Bob Kane and Bill Finger’s original concept.

    Portia can see both sides of the issue, whereas the mystery villain can only see one; she recognizes that truly inspired creators can build on the work of the past, while the villain refuses to acknowledge any distinction between the talented and less talented. He grouses that “it’s just hacks standing on the shoulders of giants,” though he seems oblivious to the way this visual image applies to himself (you’ll have to see it).

    At least the villain smashes right through the fourth wall as he makes his exit, complaining that he won’t get “any understanding from independent comics characters. . .who’ve always been written only by their creators ““ !”

    So the issue of Soulsearchers leaves us with a creative issue that is too complex to easily be resolved. As the Cheshire Cat (himself a character borrowed from a great author of the past) observes on the last page, “Fictional icon’s’ll always be vulnerable to bad remakes and creative theft. . . .” Afrodite states that such iconic characters possess “purity of concept. . . and immortal value.” So, if one is to create new work based on the iconic characters of the past, his or her duty is to understand and adhere to that conceptual purity as well as possible. That’s why informed critics play an important role in evaluating new work about established characters and series in the context of the great work of the past. And that, after all, is what this column is about. Even a critic is, in effect, creating a work of art inspired by the works of others.

    Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #37: High Noon for Mutants

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    I find myself not that interested in comics that were specifically done about the September 11 attacks, perhaps because I’ve been disappointed with what I’ve seen of them. (I am still annoyed by the scene in the 9/11 issue of Amazing Spider-Man with Doctor Doom standing amid the World Trade Center ruins, weeping. This manages to be both out of character and mawkish.) I’m much more interested in how 9/11 and the ensuing events have influenced comics stories about other subjects. As noted in an earlier column, Frank Miller was working on The Dark Knight Strikes Again on Sept. 11, 2001, and the scene of Superman standing in the rubble of the Daily Planet building clearly references the attack on the World Trade Center. At last year’s San Diego Con, Neil Gaiman said that in creating the 1602 series he was consciously attempting to avoid dealing with contemporary events, and yet found himself writing about his heroes invading another country, Latveria, that was amassing weapons of mass destruction.

    Yet another example is writer Kurt Busiek and artist Kieron Dwyer’s 2002 story arc in The Avengers, in which Kang the Conqueror, the team’s archnemesis from the future, launches an all-out invasion of Earth. Once again there are attacks on New York City and Washington, D. C.. The United Nations building is destroyed. Not only are iconic buildings in Washington wrecked, but everyone who had not succeeded in escaping the city was killed. Parts of Avengers Vol. 3 #55/470 (August, 2002), which chronicles the war’s aftermath, are set at a memorial ceremony on the National Mall, which evokes the national mourning after the 9/11 attacks.

    (Let me briefly, grumpily digress. One might think that a worldwide war and the devastation of Washington D. C. would dominate most of the other comics set in the Marvel Universe during the period that this Avengers story line was published. But no, Marvel no longer takes continuity and the shared universe concept as seriously as it should: what amounted to World War III was pretty much confined to The Avengers, just as Asgard’s recent takeover of Earth, which one might think would absorb the other superheroes’ attention, seems confined to Thor. I recall that back in the 1980s other writers volunteered to tie their books in with Walt Simonson’s “Casket of Ancient Winters” story line in Thor. Yes, that seems long ago and far away.)

    What I find particularly intriguing, though, is Busiek’s exploration of Kang’s personality in the preceding issue, #54 /469 (July,. 2002). His armies defeated, his war machines and futuristic weaponry wrecked, Kang will not surrender. Knowing he has no hope of defeating them, Kang goes out to battle the Avengers personally. He tells himself, “It will be a glorious end. Glorious.” But he seems not heroic but deluded by visions of grandeur and even suicidal. Is this like the mentality of modern day suicide bomber, or the terrorists who crashed the planes into the World Trade Center?

    Stan Lee and Jack Kirby created Kang in the 1960s, but, as with all their great, enduring characters, Kang can take on new relevance decades after he debuted in comics. Busiek shows us that Kang may be from the far future, but he has an outdated warrior mentality that modern civilization has left behind. When Busiek has Kang emerge to confront the Avengers, it is, appropriately, Captain America who fights him one-on-one. In the course of their duel, Kang boasts of what he regards as his extraordinary achievements, and even compliments Captain America on having the “honor” of defeating him. Captain America is aghast. “You’ve killed millions, devastated a world ““ and you say it’s an honor to defeat you!?”

    With his outdated warrior ethic, Kang is a throwback, and yet he is armed with futuristic technology. This reminds me of today’s Islamicist terrorists, with their medieval mindset, who nonetheless will use contemporary high tech ““ computers, airplanes, weapons of mass destruction ““ in their cause.

    Pages later, the scene has shifted to Kang, wearing a prison uniform, sitting alone in a cell. It is strange to see Kang without his mask and costume: he looks so unfamiliar. Rereading this story now, I am reminded of the capture and imprisonment of Saddam Hussein, though that happened a year after this issue was published.

    Though Kang has lost all trappings of physical power, he pronounces himself to be “content. I have everything,” he tells himself. Now I find myself thinking of Stephen Sondheim’s black comic musical Assassins, recently revived on Broadway. Kang has the assassin’s mindset writ large. Proud of the death and destruction he has wreaked, Kang knows he will be executed. “But it is nonetheless a good ending. A fitting ending,” he tells himself, “And my legend will never be equaled. My name will be immortal. My achievements spoken of ’til the end of time.” It’s not so different from one of Sondheim’s presidential assassins doing a joyous cakewalk to the gallows.

    But Kang’s dreams of glory, at least in his own mind, are dashed when his son Marcus rescues him from prison, spoiling his plans. “I would have died. And my life would have been complete. My legend eternal,” says Kang. He would have died a martyr to his own legend. And here I am reminded of the Al Qaeda members who claim to love death more than they love life.Nearly two years after Busiek’s Kang arc, the impact of September 11 continues to be felt in X-Treme X-Men #46 (June, 2004), written by the most prolific X-Men scribe, Chris Claremont, and drawn by Igor Kordey. This is the final issue of the X-Treme X-Men series; Claremont next returns to the place he belongs, as writer of Marvel’s longest-running X-Men series, Uncanny X-Men. He takes the opportunity of the final issue to survey and sum up the current state of X-Men continuity following the catastrophic events with which Grant Morrison climaxed his run on New X-Men. (See Comics in Context #28.) Claremont thus extends his readers a courtesy that is all too rare nowadays. Most comics writers nowadays, it seems, can’t be bothered bringing new or infrequent readers up to speed on who the characters are and what their current situation is.

    Claremont starts out this last issue by having longtime members of his stories’ supporting cast, National Public Radio reporters Neal Conan and Manoli Wetherall, set the scene. (Manoli’s real, so she’s the only X-Men recurring character I’ve actually met. And here’s another digression. In this issue Claremont includes another NPR correspondent, Bob Edwards, as a salute to his real life counterpart. In a nice bit of synchronicity, the day that I picked up this issue of X-Treme X-Men was the real-life Edwards’ final day as anchorman for NPR’s Morning Edition. NPR had forced Edwards out of his anchor role, despite thousands of protests from their audience; NPR spokesmen gave various rationales for this move, but I know corporate ageism when I see it.)

    Neal Conan begins by reporting that “America ““ and the whole world ““ are reeling in the aftermath of recent events in the city of New York,” and readers should inevitably think of 9/11. Edwards states that “Now the world must deal with the consequences of this deadliest terrorist attack of the 21st century.” Claremont thus establishes Magneto’s recent attack on Manhattan as a metaphor for the real life September 11 attacks.

    Once again, an iconic Manhattan structure has been demolished: not the real-life World Trade Center, or Busiek’s United Nations headquarters, but the Statue of Liberty itself. The devastation of the World Trade Center site is extended to more of Manhattan: we are told that Magneto used his powers to begin literally reshaping the city’s buildings. Later we see the damage done to the Brooklyn Bridge and the Chrysler Building.

    Wetherall reports that Magneto regards “the human race as dying,” and I am reminded of Islamicist extremists who declare that the West is decadent and in decline, doomed to fall. Magneto said that mutants “must deliver the mercy stroke.” Wetherall says that “many of his followers took this pronouncement literally.” And this reminds me of real life reports that Osama bin Laden is said now not to be the direct leader of terrorist cells around the world, but rather, his words serve as inspiration to cells that take action on their own.

    Claremont must have written this issue many weeks ago, yet one of his lines has especial resonance as I write this in early May: he has Edwards refer to “continuing reports of atrocities and reprisals by both sides.” And this is the week dominated by controversy over evidence of American soldiers’ mistreatment of Iraqi prisoners.

    Edwards further reports that “a number of” mutants “have openly declared their determination to claim the Earth for their own.” Only last week, on April 26, the New York Times ran a front page report about Muslim radicals in the United Kingdom who “have turned against their families’ new home. They say they would like to see Prime Minister Tony Blair dead or deposed and an Islamic flag hanging outside No. 10 Downing Street. They swear allegiance to Osama bin Laden and his goal of toppling Western democracies to establish an Islamic superstate under Shariah law, like Afghanistan under the Taliban.” In short, such radicals do not simply want Islamic rule for Muslim countries: they even want to take over countries where Muslims are a small minority. The kind of worldwide, supranational terrorist movement like Magneto’s mutants or Hydra, that in the 20th century seemed merely the stuff of comic book fantasy, has real life analogues in the 21st.

    Other X-Men worry about Storm’s current emotional state. “She has entered a liminal state,” asserts Sage; my dictionary indicates that “liminal” means that Storm is on a “threshold,” presumably of change. “As has our world,” Sage continues. “We find ourselves in a state of chaos. And what will replace it, for good or ill ““ that is not yet clear.”

    But Claremont also provides reason for optimism. A considerable number of people turn up at the X-Treme X-Men’s door, offering help to New York City, just as so many people did following the actual 9/11 attacks. Says one volunteer, “don’t matter some of us are mutants. We’re all Americans. We stand together.” A few pages later we are shown super heroes (including, of course, Captain America) and “civilians” working together on rebuilding New York. “Healing the physical scars of Magneto’s attack would be easy. . .The emotional and psychological wounds. . .[would] likely take a while longer,” Claremont tells us in the narration. (As the slow progress at the real World Trade Center demonstrates, it would actually take years, even with superheroes, to repair all the damage, but never mind.) The narration rhapsodizes, “For this brief and evanescent moment, humanity was one magnificent family, and what mattered above all else was the common good.”

    Mind you, Manhattan suffered a lot of wreckage during Busiek’s Kang War, and before that, in Onslaught’s capture of the island, and in comic book time, these and Magneto’s attacks would have all taken place within a few years! Perhaps the current fashion is not to care about repeating the past. Thankfully, Claremont has a better appreciation of the wide sweep of Marvel history. For example, he has characters acknowledge that Xavier’s mansion has been destroyed for the umpteenth time, and has the good sense to make a witty joke about it.

    I also notice that Claremont, creator of Amara Aquilla, alias Magma, undoes Fabian Nicieza’s previous undoing of the origin that Claremont gave her in the first place. It can be exasperating how writers gratuitously trash the continuity that previous writers set up; at least Claremont got the opportunity to return and set Amara aright.

    This issue is another example of something Claremont has done well throughout his career. He can write a superhero story with no fight scenes, that consists merely of a sequence of vignettes exploring and developing the personalities of his characters, and make it entirely satisfying for the reader. Having shown us large numbers of people working to help the New Yorkers whom Magneto victimized, Claremont shows us Storm and Angel bonding like brother and sister in response to Jean’s (latest) death; Rogue playfully and sexily seducing Gambit; characters gathering at the X-Men’s favorite tavern, Harry’s Hideaway; and Gambit and Bishop cooking for their teammates. Such scenes create the sense of personal warmth, of genuine family and community, that Claremont has always given the X-Men, whose stories so often seem cold and grim in the hands of other writers.

    Claremont concludes this issue with a lengthy speech by Storm, in which she invokes Charles Dickens’ opening line from A Tale of Two Cities, “It was the best of times, it was the worst of times,” which refers to another time of terror, the French Revolution.

    She deals with the “worst” part first. Grant Morrison’s “outing” of Charles Xavier and his school, turning the X-Men into public advocates for mutant rights, seemed a positive move at the time. Now, one might wonder if this was a mistake; the mutant status quo has returned, but worse than ever. Storm tells her colleagues, “All our progress, all our hopes, have been reduced by Magneto to ashes.” She continues, “There are proposals in virtually every nation to declare us outlaws To brand us.” (And Claremont and Korday show us Bishop, who came from a future in which he was indeed branded with an “M” for mutant.) “To cast us into concentration camps. To make sure we never have any children.”

    Again I am struck by the power and adaptability of the metaphor underlying the concept of the X-Men: mutants as a persecuted minority group. Now, in the wake of 9/11, we can see the X-Men as standing for any minority group that suffers oppression because of the actions of a relative handful of their members. In World War I America it was German-Americans; in World War II Japanese-Americans were confined in concentration camps; now it is Arab-Americans who face suspicion because of the relatively few Muslim extremists in this country.

    Another New York Times article, “Lesser Evils” by Michael Ignatieff, published on May 2, 2004, contends that after a second major terrorist attack on the United States, possibly using a “dirty bomb,” “a pall of mourning, melancholy, anger and fear would hang over our public life for a generation.” He goes on, “A succession of large-scale attacks would. . .destroy the trust we have in each other.. .we might find ourselves. . .living in a national-security state. . .with. . .permanent detention camps for dissidents and aliens. Our constitutional rights might disappear from our court, while torture might reappear in our interrogation cells. The worst of it all is that government would not have to impose tyranny on a cowed populace. We would demand it for our own protection.”

    Now perhaps we should take Chris Claremont and John Byrne’s classic tale “Days of Future Past,” depicting mutants confined to concentration camps in the early 21st century, more seriously than we might have in 1980. The X-Men, unfortunately, has become all too relevant to our times.

    But Claremont never turns to the cynicism of the Grim and Gritty school of comics in his work. Storm shifts from the “worst” to the “best,” praising the X-Men’s sense of community and their traditional ideals, Xavier’s vision of peaceful coexistence between the “baseline human” and mutant races. She is confident “Because of our fellowship. Because of the dream that inspires us and which I pray will sustain us through the dangerous days ahead.”

    The heads of the world’s leading nations have appointed Storm and her team “To keep the peace along the boundary between these two warring houses of humanity. . . .”

    Interestingly, Storm says they will serve as “marshals,” and even hands out badges. This is an image that conjures up the idea of John Wayne deputizing allies in a Western directed by Howard Hawks, whose work Claremont admires. Thus Claremont is linking the X-Men to the great, specifically American tradition of the Western. “In effect they will assume the role of Marshals,” he writes in this issue, “responsible for protecting the worldwide frontier between mutants and baseline humanity, for the good of all.” That word “frontier” is important. Though the nation is settled, it is as if it has once again become a war-torn frontier, and the X-Men see their role as keeping the peace until both sides “learn to live together,” until a peaceful society is firmly established. (For more on Claremont’s interest in classic Westerns, see my interview with him in the forthcoming Back Issue #1 from TwoMorrows Publishing.)

    In this issue, Claremont turns the X-Men into a new incarnation of the Western hero. He voices the longing for genuine heroism, ideals, and optimism that has long characterized his own work: as Storm says, simply, “Someone has to stand for hope.” And Claremont reaffirms the classic Marvel tradition, born in the Silver Age, with a variation on Stan Lee’s most famous line of dialogue. “With great power comes great responsibility,” affirms Storm, adding as the kicker, “Who will join me in shouldering it?”

    MARVEL-TIME MARCHES ON

    Of course, the line “With great power must come great responsibility” first appeared in Spider-Man’s origin story in Amazing Fantasy #15, published in 1962. But Peter Parker, who was fifteen when he became Spider-Man, is not now fifty-seven years old; “Marvel-time” moves far more slowly than real time.

    Hey, look, here’s Volume 4 of Marvel’s trade paperbacks of Brian Michael Bendis’s Alias comic, which is not to be confused with the TV series of the same name, starring Jennifer Garner, who, ironically, plays an altogether different Marvel heroine onscreen, Elektra. (I will pause while you digest all of that.) And the paperback begins with a flashback to Spider-Man’s origin. And it states that it happened “fifteen years ago.”

    How’s that again?

    So if Peter Parker was fifteen when he became Spider-Man, and fifteen years of Marvel-time have passed since then, he is now thirty.

    What’s more, since Marvel has established that Johnny Storm, Scott Summers, and Jean Grey (when she is not dead) are the same age as Peter, then they are all thirty, as well.

    Now what about Silver Age Marvel characters who started their careers as adults? When Daredevil began in 1964, Matt Murdock had just graduated law school. So, let’s say he was 22 when he graduated college, and three years of law school takes him to age 25. If we further assume that Daredevil started his career in the same year in Marvel-time as Spider-Man, and add fifteen to twenty-five, that makes Matt Murdock forty years old today.

    When the Fantastic Four debuted in 1961, Reed Richards’ hair was already turning white at the temples, so he was clearly older than Matt, so how old would he be now?

    I believe you can see the problems that are emerging. I predict that at some point there will be Marvel editors who will establish that, no, no, Peter Parker is not a thirtysomething. But right now it’s annoying. (In fact, I know of at least two former Marvel writers who I know have read my weekly column who will be seething if they read this installment.) I wonder if there’s anything else annoying about Spider-Man lately. Oh, look.

    SPIDEY OFF BASE

    Now here’s a surprise. According to the May 6 issue of The New York Times, Major League Baseball will place a Spider-Man symbol atop the bases on the weekend of June 11 through 13 to promote Columbia Pictures’ new Spider-Man 2 movie. This has created controversy among baseball aficionados who don’t want such commercialism so blatantly making itself visible in a sport they regard as having a noble tradition. They worry that this is the proverbial slippery slope, and advertising might end up on players’ uniforms next. But according to the Associated Press, Major League Baseball is getting $3.6 million out of this deal, so noble tradition falls by the wayside.

    [Editor’s Note: Columbia Pictures and Major League Baseball have since announced that the bases will no longer have the Spider-Man 2 logo.]

    Here’s what really astonishes me. According to the Times, Major League Baseball’s motivation for promoting Spider-Man is “to attract youngsters to the game.” It quotes Jacqueline Parkes, baseball’s senior vice president for marketing and advertising, as saying, “We said we’d love to get more kids in the park” Slipping into corporate jargon, she exults, “This is an opportunity for us to reach out to a young demographic.”

    And the world as I knew it turns upside down. The impression I had growing up was that it was the studious, nonathletic kids like myself who were comics fans, not the jocks. But nowadays it seems that Spider-Man is more popular with kids than baseball, the national sport. How did this happen?

    (And yet the Times gives sports a whole daily section of its own and only infrequently covers the comics medium, and not always well when it does. In this same issue the Times runs an article about Fantagraphics Books’ new Peanuts reprint series that never mentions Fantagraphics by name.)

    By the way, Times columnist Murray Chass quotes baseball’s chief operating officer, Bob DuPuy, as admitting that kids attending the games would “not necessarily” be able to see the Spider-Man webbing on the bases.

    The article concludes with this ominous exchange:

    “Fay Vincent, the former baseball commissioner and a former president of Columbia Pictures, sees no good in the marriage of baseball and Spider-Man. ‘I guess it’s inevitable,’ he said, ‘but it’s sad. I’m old-fashioned. I’m a romanticist. I think the bases should be protected from this.’

    “Parkes dismissed the objections of Vincent, who is 64. ‘We are trying to reach people 8 to 18,’ she said. ‘He is past that category in all respects.’” Blatant commerciality, philistinism, and corporate ageism, all in one package! (Oh, look: another recurring theme in this week’s column.)

    DuPuy is quoted as saying “there was some talk about some webbing in the netting,” but they decided against it. What next? Trying to talk tennis tournaments into giving their nets a spider web pattern? (Webbing at Wimbledon?)

    So here I am defending the traditions of baseball, a sport I care nothing about, over advertising for Spider-Man, whom I do care about. The world is indeed upside down. Maybe it’s because I’m a romanticist, or rather a romantic, too.

    FINDING TRUE COMPANIONSHIP

    On to cheerier subjects. Having finally gotten hold of master annotator Jess Nevins’ Heroes & Monsters: The Unofficial Companion to The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen (MonkeyBrain Press, 2003), I found it a hard book to put down the rest of that day.

    It begins with a remarkable introduction by Alan Moore, author of the League stories (covered in Comics in Context #22 and 23). For all I know, Moore labors for days over a piece like this introduction, but it reads as if a torrent of creativity simply poured forth. I feel mixed astonishment and envy at how he can pack so much wit, insight and vivid turns of phrase into such a short space.

    It is Moore and League co-creator Kevin O’Neill who have constructed what Moore terms League‘s “vast, imaginary global edifice” constructed from references to characters and stories throughout the history of Western literature. Moore writes that he and O’Neill have entered “our obsessive and demented stage, a phase which, worryingly, shows no signs of yet abating.” He continues,

    “This stuff drives you mad. I’m serious. And it’s not the kind of mad that knowing every corner of, say, Marvel comics continuity for the last sixty years can drive you.” (Now I realized in the one brief conversation that I ever had with Moore that he had no idea who I was or what I did at Marvel. Nonetheless, I am delighted: it’s as if he had mentioned me by name in print!) Moore says that working on League is worse: “This is big-time mad.”

    But, of course, though Moore protests, “I’m serious” about all this being mad, he’s not. By Moore turning his wit on himself, it’s clear he is making a joke. And that makes it all the funnier when he directs his satiric cannon against Nevins, who is so dedicated to decoding the myriad allusions League makes. Moore memorably begins his introduction, “I am both afraid for and of Jess Nevins,” and claims, after learning of his online League annotations, to have thought of him as “this possibly dangerous cyber-stalker.”

    But eventually Moore drops the jester’s mask and praises Nevins as a “clearly gifted and dedicated person,” and even acknowledges him as a sort of collaborator, ensuring that through Nevins’ work, interested readers will be able to understand whatever allusion Moore makes to past literary works, however obscure.

    There may be a serious aspect to Moore’s joking about Nevins as “this implacable monster” who seems dedicated to exposing the source of his every idea for League. In my columns I deal not so much in annotations as in critical analysis. I wouldn’t be surprised if an author whose work I’ve put under close scrutiny, unraveling his themes, dredging up insights the author might himself be consciously unaware of, might wonder if I’m trying to read his mind. In a sense, I am.

    Moore, in his introduction, and Nevins, in the main body of the book, demonstrate their appreciation for the kind of cataloguing and analysis of the continuity of fictional universes that was once to be found at Marvel and DC as well. I may no longer get this sort of work from The Big Two with regard to their fictional universes, but I’m very pleased to see Nevins carrying on the tradition in the realm of alternative comics like League.

    In the introduction Moore talks about working George Orwell’s 1984 into the twentieth century history of League‘s imaginary reality. I wonder if he is serious about that. Orwell’s book would still be under copyright, but there’s a bigger problem. There are some works of fiction that envision such radical changes to the world that they preclude most other stories set in the same time period. Orwell’s 1984 has the world divided into immense totalitarian empires like Oceania. Once Moore set up 1984‘s megastates, how could the world ever revert to a place with an England or United States or Russia that we would recognize? If he incorporated Doctor Strangelove, which ends with the destruction of all life on Earth, into the League timeline, then humanity would have become extinct in the 1960s. There are fictions that he can’t incorporate into the League universe, unless he’s willing to set up alternate timelines as well.

    The majority of Nevins’ book consists of his copious annotations to Volume 1 of League, which I have commented upon in past columns. I will add, though, that I find it interesting that he can successfully sell a book containing so much material that is still available online. This seems proof that there are plenty of people who find it easier and preferable to page through a book than to go online and click and scroll through information. As a writer of online material myself, I may see a profitable future before me.

    Nevins’ companion also contains numerous essays that serve as excellent literary research and criticism on subjects relating to League. These are really scholarly essays minus the footnotes, but so accessibly written as not to frighten off the general readership. And perhaps they will inspire readers to further thoughts on the subjects, as they did me.

    For example, Nevins’s first essay is about character archetypes in League. In the section about H. Rider Haggard’s Allan Quatermain, the progenitor of the modern adventure hero, Nevins notes that it was Haggard who created the archetypal story element of the “Lost World.” So, I thought, then Haggard is ultimately responsible for such “imaginary places” in the Marvel Universe as the Black Panther’s Wakanda, Ka-Zar’s Savage Land, the Inhumans’ Great Refuge, and the Eternals’ Olympia. And then I realized all of them are the creations or co-creations of Jack Kirby. And Kirby even titled a Black Panther story “King Solomon’s Frog,” in half-joking homage to the most famous Quatermain book, King Solomon’s Mines.

    Nevins also credits Haggard with reviving and reenergizing the genres of adventure fiction and what he calls “scholarly fantasy,” naming the fantasy works of J.R.R. Tolkien and C.S. Lewis as examples. So, would Vertigo books, notably the Sandman mythos also fall under this heading?

    Nevins turns next to Mina Murray as exemplar of the Victorian “New Woman” and demonstrates that her role as the leader of the League, though still unusual for Victorian times, was not the anachronism one might have thought. I suspect that Nevins may be overstating his case that Victorians were much less repressed in their sexual attitudes than we tend to think.

    I can’t even begin to approach Nevins’ or Moore’s knowledge of Victorian fiction, but certainly most of those 19th century British plays and novels I do know seem to conform to what one usually thinks of as the proper Victorian attitude towards sex. Perhaps the key is that Victorian British society tolerated sexual freedom as long as it was not explicitly acknowledged. I’ve seen the point made that society had no trouble with Oscar Wilde’s homosexuality until it was discussed in open court. In the film Topsy-Turvy Sir Arthur Sullivan and his lover, Mrs. Ronalds, are welcomed in proper society: their friends and acquaintances presumably knows their relationship, but it is apparently kept quiet.

    I also like Nevins’ point that many Victorian women rejected the ways of the “New Woman” while actually following them in their own lives. It’s like independent women with careers today who claim to disdain feminism, or even like my own mother, who had a job but claimed she’d prefer to stay home as wives were supposed to do.

    It is a surprise to learn from Nevins’ book that there were women detectives in fiction before Edgar Allan Poe’s C. Auguste Dupin, who is so often credited as being the first real detective in literature.

    As for the archetype underlying Captain Nemo, I fear that Nevins, and Moore, who agrees with him, only get it half right. Yes, Nemo is indeed the Man with the Machine, but he is also the Lone Rebel, waging a hopeless war against the rest of society with only a relatively small following of his own. That other undersea prince and sometime terrorist, Namor the Sub-Mariner fits the Lone Rebel archetype, as, alas, does the real life Osama bin Laden.

    But Nevins discusses this archetype in the next section, concerning Professor Moriarty, as the embodiment of the “Master Villain” archetype. Nevins relates the “Master Villain” to Milton’s Satan in Paradise Lost, whom he calls “a Promethean rebel, heroically defying a power he knows he cannot beat.” That’s Captain Nemo, too.

    Nevins traces the descent from Milton’s Satan to the “Hero-Villain” of Gothic novels and then to the Master Villain such as Moriarty. Nevins is particularly good in describing the Gothics’ Hero-Villain, who, he says, “was never purely evil. The Hero-Villain is always a paradoxical mix of passions and impulses which he knows to be evil but cannot resist or overcome..”

    Now, first, this interestingly counters the axiom that no one thinks of himself evil. (If that were true, then no one would ever feel guilt.)

    Moreover, Nevins’ description of the Hero-Villain gave me insight into another of my favorite topics, the classic supernatural TV serial, Dark Shadows, which, it appears, will be revived in a new incarnation this fall on the WB Network. (For more about Dark Shadows, see Comics in Context #11 and 12.) I find it interesting that the show’s creator Dan Curtis originally intended the vampire Barnabas Collins, who became the principal character, to be an outright villain. When Curtis did a movie version, he forced Barnabas into that mold. Yet on the television series Barnabas evolved into a Gothic Hero-Villain, unable to control his bloodlust, and the audience enthusiastically responded, making the show a hit. Nevins’ description of a variation of the Hero-Villain, the Byronic hero, “whose passions are great and who can be both cruel and courteous, sympathetic and sadistic,” is an apt description of Barnabas. The pattern was repeated on the show with its second most popular character, Quentin Collins, who evolved from villain to romantic lead, and there was even a female version of the Hero-Villain in the person of the witch Angelique.

    Another surprise is Nevins’ reference to writer James Malcolm Rymer’s 1845 creation Varney the Vampire. Nevins comments that “Varney’s tormented personality is a good example of the Hero-Villain”; this suggests not only that there was a sympathetic vampire character who predated Barnabas, but that a sympathetic vampire predated the character who most firmly established the image of the vampire as ruthless villain, Dracula.

    And it also occurs to me that Marvel’s Doctor Doom likewise fits into the Hero-Villain mold.

    Describing the first recurring Master Villain in serial detective fiction, Dr. Jack Quartz in the Nick Carter stories, Nevins says that “Quartz is well-educated, very intelligent, a charming conversationalist, and honorable in his way, but he is utterly without a conscience, feels no remorse over his acts, and enjoys his crimes.” This sounds like Patricia Highsmith’s Tom Ripley to me.

    I also wonder how Fritz Lang’s master villains in his German silent films, like Dr. Mabuse and Rotwang in Metropolis fit into the evolution of the 20th century Master Villain in prose, film and even comics.

    Nevins argues that the other members of the League, Dr. Jekyll/Mr. Hyde and the Invisible Man are not prototypes of character archetypes. Nevins contends that Jekyll/Hyde is actually an example of an earlier archetype, the doppelganger, or, we could say, the evil twin. I see the point, although I expect that Jekyll/Hyde represents an important evolution of that archetype by casting the “evil twin” as an alternate personality within the protagonist’s own mind. I also like Stephen King’s contention, if I remember it correctly, that Jekyll/Hyde is actually a variant on the archetype of the werewolf, the man who transforms into a physical incarnation of the dark, bestial side of his personality.

    As for the Invisible Man, whom H.G. Wells casts as an unseen killer, a symbolic embodiment of death, I wonder if he is actually a science fiction version of an archetypal figure of the supernatural, the ghost.

    Next comes Nevins’ essay on the history of “crossovers” between fictional characters, ranging from the teaming of mythical heroes as Jason’s Argonauts through the Marvel and DC Universes. I started thinking about crossovers in a medium that Nevins doesn’t deal with: television.

    There are the obvious links between TV series and their spinoffs: Dr. Frasier Crane starts out as a supporting character in Cheers, and then stars in his own series, in which other Cheers characters, especially his ex-wife Lilith, make guest appearances.

    Then there are cases in which a show’s creators consciously create a fictional universe in the style of comics and science fiction series. All the Star Trek series are part of the same fictional reality that even gets chronicled in Star Trek encyclopedias. Then there’s what creator Joss Whedon himself calls the “Buffyverse,” which includes Buffy the Vampire Slayer, Angel, comic book spinoffs thereof, and even the original comics series Fray. (Couldn’t the word “Buffyverse” just as well refer to an epic poem about vampire slayers?)

    But there are stranger, odder connections. Richard Belzer’s character from Homicide turns up in an episode of The X-Files and later permanently moves into a Law and Order series. X-Files lead characters Mulder and Scully crossed over into The Simpsons. The character Alan Brady from The Dick Van Dyke Show appeared in an episode of Mad about You; Ursula the waitress in Mad about You is the twin sister of Phoebe on Friends; so, theoretically, Rob and Laura Petrie would be part of the fictional reality of this fall’s Friends spinoff, Joey.

    And then there are cases in which TV series specifically demonstrate that other series are not part of the same fictional universe. The X-Files had a spinoff, The Lone Gunmen, and had crossovers with Chris Carter’s series Millennium, but in one X-Files episode people are shown watching yet another Carter series, Harsh Realm, on television.

    Seinfeld, in which Jerry Seinfeld played a fictional version of himself, is only a fictional TV series in the “reality” of Seinfeld co-creator Larry David’s HBO series Curb Your Enthusiasm, in which David plays a fictional version of himself. And then in a recent episode of HBO’s The Sopranos, Uncle Junior was shown watching Curb on television. It’s like a series of Chinese boxes.

    And how does one make sense of Disney’s House of Mouse, in which characters from throughout the Disney canon, no matter what century their adventures are set in (or whether they are alive or dead at their movie’s end), interact at Mickey Mouse’s night club? (Answer: one doesn’t; at this point, as Mystery Science Theater 3000 used to advise, one should just sit back and relax.)

    Nevins’ essay on “Yellow Peril” makes short work of the fallacy that Dr. Fu Manchu is the prototype for this stereotyped archetype. The biggest surprise in this essay was that Mary Shelley took pains to establish that the Frankenstein Monster had yellow skin, and that readers of her time would have thought the Monster looked like a Mongol. Though Nevins does not say so, the image of Boris Karloff as the Monster from Universal’s Frankenstein has so established itself in popular culture that Shelley’s concept of the Monster’s appearance is now virtually forgotten.

    Nevins’ list of “Yellow Peril” characters inspired by Fu Manchu is amazingly long, but I found one he missed: Batman’s enemy Dr. Tzin-Tzin, who debuted in Detective Comics #354 (You can look him up in DC’s original Who’s Who series.).

    More importantly, Nevins points out that Batman’s archfoe Ra’s al Ghul is actually a variation on Fu Manchu; Talia would obviously be a variation on Fu Manchu’s similarly sultry daughter, Fah Lo Suee. Strangely, in next year’s new Batman movie, Ra’s will be played by Ken Nakamura, a Japanese man, as if acknowledging the character’s “Yellow Peril” roots. How the film will explain a Japanese man having an Arab name, I have no idea.

    Nevins’ demonstration that the “Yellow Peril” stereotype can be turned into an Arab villain, Ra’s, makes me wonder if other Arab villains in popular culture are also variations on the “Yellow Peril.” What about the Jafar in the movie The Thief of Baghdad or his namesake in Disney’s Aladdin? (And does the Arab version of the “Yellow Peril” stereotype affect the way that Westerners view Osama bin Laden or Saddam Hussein?)

    The League companion concludes with Nevins’ extended interview with Moore, which has various points of interest. For one thing, there’s a fine example of a writer creating something with a meaning he hadn’t intended. Asked how he came up with the name League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, Moore says it just popped into his head, and he only remembered similar names, like the film The League of Gentlemen, later. Unless he’s simply avoiding tempting Marvel and DC lawyers, he doesn’t even seem to realize what seem to me the title’s obvious allusions to the Justice League and X-Men.

    Moore gives a nice explanation of how he avoids copyright problems in his use of Fu Manchu (basically by never calling him by name), though how he gets away with using Wells’ Invisible Man is not addressed.

    The interview also whets my interest for Volume 3, as Moore reveals it will consist of stories about Leagues in the 17th, 18th and early 20th centuries: he even has long-range plans for a 1950s version.

    Best of all are Moore’s discussion of the relationship between the creator and his creation. Asked by Nevins why he writes, Moore says simply that “It’s largely if there’s something that I want very much to exist in the universe and it doesn’t,” so he creates it himself. It’s as if the writer is the God of the fictional universe he creates, bringing it into being. I can even see a parallel with my work as a critic: I write essays expressing my specific ideas about certain works of art, because I think they’re worth setting down, and if I don’t “create” them, then who will?

    Best of all comes at the very end of both the interview and the book itself, as Moore sets out his philosophy about the “reality” of fiction. He says that in League‘s Almanac, “I actually feel that I am in some way mapping a world that actually exists in a certain sense.” What he calls “this planet of the imagination” may be fictional, composed of thoughts, yet “thoughts are real” in the sense that “They have an effect upon us.” The worlds of the imagination are “real” in the same way. “We create these ideal characters and we carry them around in our heads, we try to measure up to them, they affect our behavior. That would seem to me to grant them a certain reality and a certain importance beyond mere entertainment.”

    While we wait for the third volume of League, readers should take a look at Peter David’s recent parody of Moore’s series in Claypool Comics’ Soulsearchers & Company #65, soon going on sale, about which I will have much more to say in my next column.

    Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #36: From Here to Alternity

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In putting a comic in context, it’s useful to know what the comic’s author himself has to say. So, in preparing to write this column on the final issue of Neil Gaiman’s 1602, I read Jason Pomerantz’s interview with Gaiman for the Comic World News website (forwarded to me by Mr. Gaiman himself). It was rewarding to find that, as I had concluded, Gaiman did indeed intend to try to recapture the spirit of the Marvel comics of the 1960s in 1602, and that he sees one of the series’ themes as “the good, precious things that make America and the American ideals so valuable,” as well as “the ways the American ideal can go wrong.”

    Gaiman’s interview also held some major surprises for me, though they do not alter my analysis of the series’ themes. In fact, had I known that Jess Nevins, annotator of The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen has done some work on his website annotating 1602 as well, I would have learned the truth about 1602‘s mysterious heroine, Virginia Dare, months ago.

    DARE TO BE DIFFERENT

    The Roanoke colony was not located at the site of the present day city of Roanoke, which I have visited, but on an island off the Virginia coast. This helps my analogy between 1602‘s Roanoke and Prospero’s island kingdom in Shakespeare’s The Tempest.

    Many readers thought that Gaiman had created the character of Virginia Dare. She does have the kind of name one might expect from a comic book, as if she were to grow up into an action heroine. There’s Modesty Blaise, Emma Peel, Lara Croft: Virginia Dare seems like the same sort of name. It even goes farther, by combining the idea of appealing sexual innocence (“Virginia”) with the notion of daring, perhaps even derring-do.

    And yet Gaiman did not invent her, after all. As I suspected, she is a figure of both history and legend.

    Virginia Dare was indeed the first person of English descent to be born in the New World. It was during her infancy that the Roanoke colony mysteriously disappeared. Here the legends take over. It is speculated that the surviving Roanoke colonists lived among the Indians, adopting their ways. The legend is that Virginia grew into a young woman, but that an Indian whom she rejected as a lover cast a spell on her, transforming her into a white deer. (“Dare” does sound much like “deer.”)

    In Gaiman’s 1602 Rojahz ““ the time-traveling Captain America ““ saved the Roanoke colonists from death by starvation and became Virginia Dare’s protector. In Gaiman’s version, Virginia was able to shapeshift from her childhood, and not just into a white deer, but into many different animals.

    According to his interview, Gaiman had assumed that Virginia Dare was widely known in America. As it turns out, the vast majority of 1602‘s readers had never heard of her. Perhaps this should be no surprise. I had heard of the mysterious disappearance of the Roanoke colony, but Americans prefer always to look on the bright side of life, and of their history. The unsolved disappearance, and probable death, of the first person born in England’s American colonies, when she was still a baby, is too sad a story. The popular story of early 1600s Virginia that every American knows is the more optimistic saga of Pocahontas saving the life of Captain John Smith. (It’s even now part of the canon of Disney animated features.) A little later, in the 1620s, is another famous tale, that of the Pilgrims celebrating the first Thanksgiving with the Indians.

    In each case, this is a story of Native Americans saving colonists from death (by beheading or starvation), of the English colonists living in harmony with the Indians (thereby foreshadowing the American ideal of a peaceful multiracial society), and of an early American colony overcoming hardships and flourishing. Americans believe in success stories; they dislike tragedies like the death of Virginia Dare. (Gaiman’s own story, with Rojahz leading the Indians in helping the people of Roanoke survive, fits into the same pattern as the Pocahontas and Thanksgiving tales.)

    The fact that Virginia Dare is a character in actual history and in American folk mythology contradicts nothing I’ve written in past columns about the role she plays in 1602. One source I found on the Internet declares that “The name Virginia Dare came to symbolize wholesomeness and purity”; in 1602 she does as well. She is innocence, unspoiled nature, a young girl representing the fertility of a new land, and liberty and America symbolized by a woman. She is also an analogue to Shakespeare’s Miranda, the heroine of The Tempest, who represents all of these things as well (possibly even America, since it is speculated that The Tempest was inspired by reports of voyages to the New World). As an apparent mutant, she is also the first American-born superheroine. And she also looks like Peter Parker’s first true love, Gwen Stacy, an icon of 1960s comics.

    THE PURPLE PREZ

    As for the dystopian future America from which the 1602 Cap was banished, Gaiman has denied that the “President for Life” pictured on the posters in issue 8 was intended as a caricature of George W. Bush. In fact, Gaiman does not see the resemblance between them. Well, many readers, including myself, do: the short hair, the beady eyes, the bland smile bordering on a smirk, all familiar from political cartoons. Gaiman may not have intended the President to be George W. Bush, but I wonder if artist Andy Kubert did.

    The true identity of the President for Life should have been obvious from what seemed the rather odd, stylized coloring of the posters: this is Daredevil’s longtime adversary Zebediah Killgrave, the Purple Man, whose skin remains purple, but whose purple hair has turned white with age. The Purple Man has the power to make people obey his verbal commands. It was eventually explained that Killgrave’s power works through pheromones, chemicals that his body gives off, so his victims have to be in his physical proximity to fall under his control. It would seem that in 1602‘s alternate future, which Gaiman specifies in the interview as 2061, Killgrave has found a way to extend his power over the entire country.

    I’m grateful that Gaiman was not engaging in the kind of superficial political thinking that labels Bush as a potential tyrant. I am nonetheless disappointed that the President turns out to be the Purple Man. For one thing, Killgrave is too small-time a villain. Frank Miller even once did a story that made him into a semi-comedic figure, who did not need to conquer the world because he could have anything he wanted just by asking for it. In the graphic novel Emperor Doom, Killgrave was merely the pawn in the world conquest scheme of Doctor Doom, a genuine major league Marvel villain.

    But even if we follow a more malevolent interpretation of Killgrave’s character, he still seems inappropriate in this context. For Captain America and the other super heroes, America’s transformation into a despotism is a tragedy. It doesn’t seem so serious if the nation has simply been mesmerized by the Purple Man. Why would a revolution even be necessary? Just capture or kill Killgrave, and everyone would revert to good democratic Americans. Hitler is not as frightening as the fact that millions of Germans willingly followed him. It has been said more than once that it might make little difference is Osama bin Laden is captured or killed; the real threat is the many terrorists who have been inspired by him and would carry on in his absence. Cap’s sorrow over losing “his” America only carries the proper emotional weight if America willingly embraced tyranny. If the Purple Man is to blame, why is Rojhaz so obsessed with making sure that the America of 1602 turns out differently? All he would have to do is find a way back to the 20th/21st century to keep Killgrave from undergoing the accident that mutated him.

    Art works in mysterious ways. It is always important and interesting to know what the creator of a work of art intended. Yet critics and scholars know that the creator is not necessarily the best interpreter of his or her own work. For one thing, the artwork may express subconscious intents of which the creator himself is unaware.

    For another, the artwork is a creation that has an existence independent of its creator. If the critic or member of the audience finds a pattern in the artwork that functions well in the context of the overall work, then even if the creator did not intend it, that pattern nonetheless exist. Gaiman and Kubert may not have meant for the President for life to look like President Bush, yet if their readers think he is Bush, and that notion works in the context of the 1602 story, then it’s still a reasonable, valid interpretation.

    Here’s another example. In his interview, Jason Pomerantz asks Neil Gaiman if the 1602 characters’ crises of conscience had anything to do with his decision to set his story in the seventeenth century, “a time when notions of individual conscience and political liberty first began to dominate the world stage.” Gaiman replies, “I don’t honestly think so.”

    But the story is indeed set in the early 17th century, and, whatever the author’s intentions, I think it is reasonable to see links between the moral and intellectual issues of 1602 and those of the actual period.

    Only several days ago as I write this, I happened to see the 1975 film of Bertold Brecht’s play Galileo, and was struck by the unintended parallels between it and 1602. Like Gaiman’s Sir Reed Richards, Galileo Galilei was a scientific genius living in the early 17th century. Like Gaiman’s Reed, Brecht’s Galileo believed that man should use his intellectual abilities to study and learn about the universe. As in 1602, the Church is presented as an institution that maintains its power by suppressing knowledge. Donal in 1602 fears that if the world knew that Thor existed, the Catholic Church, which asserts there is only one God, would fall. In Brecht’s play, Galileo’s insistence that the Earth revolves around the sun contradicts the Church’s literal interpretation of the Bible. Believing that Galileo’s work undercuts the Church’s authority, the Inquisition (which plays a sinister role in 1602) forces him to recant his views.

    Was Gaiman subconsciously remembering Galileo’s real life history? Has he ever read Brecht’s play? It could be totally coincidental that Brecht and Gaiman address similar themes in works set in the same time period. But that doesn’t mean a critic like myself isn’t justified in pointing out the parallels between the two works.

    And here’s the biggest coincidental resemblance between Galileo and 1602: Galileo’s daughter is named (believe it or not) Virginia.

    GETHSEMENE

    Let’s return to the final issue of 1602 where we left off last time, at the halfway point. Peter Parquagh, the 1602 counterpart to Peter Parker, has arrived on Roanoke Island, having been compelled by King James I to join his aide, David Banner, in an expedition to find and assassinate England’s former spymaster Sir Nicholas Fury.

    Peter enters singing the traditional English song “Greensleeves,” including lines about being wrongly “cast… off” by his beloved and how he was “delighting in your company.” Peter had not been “cast off” by Virginia, but this song suggests how he feels about her and cues the reader to hope they will be reunited.

    Peter, shocked, discovers the corpses of the other members of his party (except for Banner), and then finds Fury cleaning his blade: he has killed them all. This is justifiable, since they were out to kill him. (It could be argued, though, that Fury’s super-powered allies could have captured the assassins without killing them.)

    Fury bids Peter, “Come over here, lad. I’ll not harm you.” Peter cautiously keeps his distance: he will not trust Fury. Nor will he tell Fury where Banner is: it is not that Peter is loyal to Banner and James, but more likely that Peter abhors killing anyone.

    This scene turns on the question of whether Fury can be trusted. He says he will not harm Peter, but he also notes that Peter “crossed the Atlantic to kill me.” Fury seems to hold no grudge against him for this: “it’s nothing to be ashamed of.” Presumably Fury knows Peter well enough to realize that James must have pressured him into joining these assassins. In fact, Fury even appears to blame himself for what happened to Peter, saying it was “Too late the day I came and took you to London” from his uncle and aunt’s home.

    Note too that Fury keeps his back to Peter in this scene. One might consider this a sign of trust. Peter is wielding a blade, but Fury believes Peter will not use it against him.

    Then again, we soon see in another panel that in cleaning the blade Fury allows it to serve as a mirror, and he is indeed watching Peter. So is Fury simply being cautious or is he setting a trap?

    One of 1602‘s themes is that of fathers and children, real or surrogate. Virginia has two fathers: her actual father Ananias, and her symbolic father protector Rojahz. Fury and Peter are figuratively father and son as well: Fury has been Peter’s mentor through the series.

    As Peter realizes, Fury “heard me coming” and could easily have killed him, but didn’t. Now Peter asks why. Fury explains “I saw myself in you, I think” as looks into his blade, which reflects both Peter and the eyepatch covering his dead eye. This image links the two men together. It may further symbolize the idea that Fury is figuratively “dead,” in the sense that his life has reached a dead end, like his “dead” eye, while young, idealistic Peter represents life. (Fury even says “I’ll never forget the first day I clapped eyes on you, Peter,” which may suggest Fury still had sight in both eyes when they first met. If so, then perhaps this links Peter to happier times in Fury’s life.)

    “I saw myself in you” means that Fury regards Peter as his other self, an alternate version of himself. Fury points out that they have similar backgrounds, both being orphans. Now, in Marvel continuity, the “real” Nick Fury was not an orphan: his father died when Nick was a child, but he was raised by his mother. Perhaps this is one reason why the 1602 Nicholas Fury seems a darker soul than his present day counterpart.

    Of course, it’s no surprise that there is a similarity between Fury and Peter in that both of their present day counterparts were co-created by the same man, Stan Lee.

    Fury found success through his skills as a soldier. He refers to fighting in “Open warfare, and secret wars.” That may refer to the present day Nick Fury’s two series, Sgt. Fury, set in World War II, and Nick Fury, Agent of SHIELD, which places him in the shadowy world of spies and subversive organizations. I suppose it could even be a reference to Marvel’s Secret Wars series, in which Fury did not actually take part.

    Fury reminisces that he received “a fine house, and beautiful gardens” and was knighted by the Queen for his battlefield successes. He then notes simply, “James’ll have given my house to one of his favourites by now.” (You notice the British spellings throughout, a nice touch for this series that transposes modern American heroes to 17th century England.)

    Here is a man who was rewarded by the previous regime, and given great status. And now, with a change of rulers, his wealth and position are both gone, and he is left with nothing. Surely anyone who prospered by loyally working for a company for years, only to be let go after a change in once the company fell into different hands can identify with Fury’s fate. Even the queen and the vision of government she represented are no more.

    It is no wonder if, perhaps, the Fury of 1602 wonders if his life had any meaning or value at all.

    Fury recalls that the Queen “laughed at me” because he had no interests beyond warfare. “What I did was what I was.” His life suffered from lack of balance; now that his career as a soldier and spymaster has ended, he has nothing to fall back on for work or for emotional sustenance. “And now. . .nothing I do matters. Everything I did. . .” and his voice trails off, as if it is too painful to continue voicing his despair.

    Fury shifts to a related theme: “There’s blood on my hands, boy.”

    Even his past achievements are morally tainted.

    Fury then invokes the religious faith that he and Sir Richard Reed (counterpart to the Fantastic Four’s Reed Richards) share: “Reed says that God made a thousand, thousand worlds, each like this one, only different.” Reed has intuited the principle of Marvel’s alternate realities, in which an individual can make a fateful decision that results in divergent timelines: in one timeline he chose a particular path, but in the other he made a different choice. Fury continues, ” I hope there’s only one if them in which I choose to walk another path. But I fear that in any universe my path will be marked with blood.”

    This reminds me of the debate in The Dark Knight Strikes Again over determinism vs. free will. Fury despairs that violence is so ingrained in his personality that he could never have led a different path.

    Notice that Fury’s situation parallels Cap’s: each served a government that has in effect been supplanted by another. Cap says he lost “his” America; Fury has lost “his” England. But while Cap battles on by protecting Virginia (the girl and the colony), Fury is giving up the fight.

    Fury makes this clear: “Reed seeks to save the world. I no longer care if it lives or dies.”

    Nor does he care about his own life: he tells Peter to “slit my throat” if he so wishes, and “Take my head back to James.” This is not simply death but surrender to his political enemy.

    Now one might ask why Fury killed James’s assassins if he doesn’t care if he lives or dies. But perhaps the point is that he will not save his own life at the price of killing Peter, his figurative son and better self. Or perhaps it was not until Fury opened up his emotions in this long soliloquy that he was overcome by this suicidal despair. “I’ll not fight. I’m done,” Fury says, lowering his head as if for the executioner’s axe. Saying “I’m done” is like pronouncing himself dead.

    And then Fury looks about and, surprised, finds that Peter is gone.

    Fury smiles triumphantly.

    Now, what does that mean? A cynical interpretation would be that Fury was just putting on an act, trying to trick Peter into giving up the idea of killing him. Fury, as we see elsewhere in this issue, is fully capable of lying and manipulating others.

    But, of course, Fury could have killed Peter at any time during this scene: this studious young boy, even armed, is no match for this old soldier.

    I prefer a more positive, optimistic interpretation. Fury regards Peter as another version of himself. But whereas Fury worried that “in any universe my path will be marked with blood,” Peter has just demonstrated that he can make a different choice. Peter, representing a new generation, need not walk the same bloody path that his “father”/mentor did. (To put it another way, Peter is to Fury as Luke is to Darth Vader.) In fact, if Peter, Fury’s other self, can turn away from violence, then perhaps Fury now feels that he himself is capable of better things.

    In short, Fury is smiling, perhaps even laughing, with new hope. To continue the religious theme, this scene was Fury’s Garden of Gethsemene, during which he underwent both spiritual “death” and spiritual rebirth.

    And now Fury has a reason to try to save the world: to save it for his “son” Peter, and the new generation he represents, some of whom, this series shows, will form the new nation of America. Fury will fight to save Peter just as Rojahz fights to protect his “daughter” Virginia, who symbolizes America.

    Returning to The Tempest analogy, in that play Prospero administers a test to young Ferdinand to determine if he will be a proper husband for his daughter Miranda. Fury, intentionally or not, just posed a test to Peter, who passed with the proverbial flying colors.

    This scene could even be a comment on kid sidekicks in superhero comics. Batman sees himself in Robin ““ both were orphaned by criminals ““ just as Fury sees himself in Peter. Like Batman with Robin, Fury has drawn Peter into his own line of work. But Batman presumably does not really want Robin to be as driven and unhappy as he is (a theme that Frank Miller makes clear in the Dark Knight books), just as Fury does not wish Peter to suffer through the same kind of life he led.

    THE BETRAYAL

    The scene shifts back to London, where King James gets his comeuppance at the hands of Matthew, 1602‘s counterpart to Daredevil.

    Here, Matthew acts very much in the mode of Frank Miller’s version of Daredevil, though he retains a wittiness reminiscent of Stan Lee’s dialogue for the character. Matthew calls himself “a devil in the dark,” evoking the idea of Daredevil as a symbolic “devil” or shadow figure who nonetheless serves the cause of good. Being a “devil” makes Matthew an outcast from the religious establishment (which, in England, is headed by James), but he paradoxically is a genuinely moral man. (He is blind justice, in fact.)

    Matthew makes it clear that he will kill James if he harms Fury. Those who may doubt Fury’s moral importance in this issue should take note: three different heroic characters act to save Fury’s life. Peter is the first of these, and Matthew is the second. The fact that they think so highly of Fury may signal his moral value to the readers.

    Matthew’s warning to James to leave Ireland alone is a good bit, referring not only to England’s subsequent oppression of Ireland (which perhaps will not happen in the 1602 timeline) and Matthew/Daredevil’s own Irish background.

    Now, by 1602‘s end Fury will have mysteriously disappeared. I wonder if Matthew will presume that James is responsible and return to take vengeance. (Mind you, Matthew has basically threatened to assassinate James, so here 1602 borders dangerously on what I recently dubbed the Authoritarian School of superhero stories, in which superheroes impose their will on society and government. And killing James might well plunge Britain into civil war, which his accession had prevented. Still, in this story’s context it’s satisfying to see James get a good, deserved scare after the horror he has perpetrated.)

    In the next scene Carlos Javier (1602‘s version of the X-Men’s Charles Xavier) and Enrico, the former Grand Inquisitor (1602‘s Magneto) hold a meeting that involves mistrust and misapprehension. Enrico realizes that Javier could easily have killed him by having Iceman imprison his ship in solid ice. (Similarly, Fury and Peter each could have killed the other but chose not to.) But Enrico interprets Javier’s act of mercy as merely a tactical maneuver: “You’ve come back. . .to parley. You need something.” Javier does indeed need Enrico’s help. But Enrico seems unwilling to accept that Javier’s real reason for sparing Enrico’s life, as we saw earlier, is that Javier simply believes killing is wrong.

    Javier asks Enrico if he wishes to remove his helmet. The mistrustful Enrico refuses, since the helmet protects his mind from being psychically manipulated by Xavier’s. Javier asks, “Do you believe I could do that?” and Enrico changes the subject, unwilling to debate a question whose answer he finds obvious. Is it? The 1602 Javier does not seem the sort of person to alter a former friend’s thoughts, but Xavier has twice tampered with Magneto’s mind in modern X-Men continuity.

    One might say that in those cases Xavier committed an evil act in the service of good. Here, in 1602, Javier agrees to Enrico’s unstated terms to save the world. Xavier must make a moral compromise with evil, thereby incorporating shadow forces onto the heroes’ side, to defeat a greater evil. As Enrico states, Javier must do this “Because the alternative is worse.”

    Henry, the counterpart to the X-Men’s Beast, calls Enrico a “monster,” but Javier retorts, “There are no monsters, Henry. Surely you have learned that by now.” Thus Javier gently reminds Henry that they and other mutants are also unjustly labeled as monsters. Henry is talking not about the fact that Enrico is a mutant but about Enrico’s morality: he is a murderer many times over. But Javier is taking the noble position that no person is wholly evil. Javier is extending more trust to Enrico than Enrico does towards him.

    Next the scene shifts to Donal, the aged monk who has used an enchanted walking stick to transform himself into the Norse god Thor. But Donal believes that the Church forbids recognizing the existence of other gods. Though Reed needs Thor’s powers to save the cosmos, Donal refuses to change again. (Oddly, no one seems to consider the question whether somebody else could change into Thor by using the walking stick.)

    “Though God Himself demanded it, I will not,” Donal thunders. In phrasing his refusal that way Donal sets his own will above that of God. By the precepts of Donal’s own religion, that is a sin.

    Like Fury and Rojahz, Donal has also seen his world figuratively collapse. He dedicated his life to his religious faith, and yet by transforming into Thor, he has gained proof that his worldview was incorrect, and that there are other gods. His earlier drunken ramblings about the collapse of his worldview is a more comedic counterpart to Fury’s soliloquy of despair.

    Another theme of 1602 is its stand against moral absolutism. The series criticizes people who adhere so vehemently to a rigid system of moral precepts that they cannot adapt their views to changing circumstances and new information. The absolutists thereby violate genuine morality by clinging to their outmoded, even destructive systems of thinking. Other absolutists in the series include Magneto, who Javier observed is like a man who only knows one tune to play on his lute; the Inquisition and James, who destroy those who disagree with them.

    So here Donal refuses to commit what he considers to be a mortal sin, even though it is necessary to save the entire universe. By saying he would not transform into Thor even if “God Himself demanded it,” Donal even indicates that part of him may recognize that true morality requires him to change his views, and to change into Thor as well.

    It soon becomes clear that what really bothers Donal is not what God’s attitude towards Thor may be. “The price is I spend every waking moment remembering what it was like to be him,” Donal says. He asks, “do you think if I were to become him again, that I would ever let myself change back into this?”

    Here Gaiman is examining one of the basic conventions of the superhero genre, the secret identity. In his book The Great Comic Book Heroes, Jules Feiffer asks why Superman would want to lead an everyday life as the powerless, human Clark Kent, and postulates that by doing so Superman may be masochistically punishing himself. Donal, a frail, elderly man, is torn between the lure of sharing in Thor’s power, youth and vitality and his ascetic sense that it is sinful to embrace such physical pleasures. To transform back into Thor would be to change his identity in more ways than one.

    It is Susan, the Invisible Woman, who finds the key to Donal’s conundrum. Her ghostly presence stands to the side of Reed; if he represents a male form of intellect, then she, perhaps, represents its feminine counterpart. Susan asks Donal if Thor is “wiser” than he. This is a nice touch. For one thing, it indicates that superhuman status may lie in intellect as well as in physical power. (Reed, Strange, and Javier are primarily cerebral heroes.) Donal rejects physical pleasures, but wisdom is a more spiritual quality.

    “You were listening to me, weren’t you?” asks Donal, and Susan replies, “I told you I was,” as they join hands in agreement. Susan’s role reminds me of that of a good psychotherapist, who provides a sounding board for her patient and makes perceptive observations. Donal transforms back into Thor, who tells her, “You are wiser than all of them, Susan Storm.” The idea of female wisdom was raised earlier by Clea, but here the theme has returned in a more serious context. Susan humbly denies Thor’s praise, saying, “No, I just listened when he spoke,” thus reiterating her psychiatrist role. Fury was the mentor of Peter, and Javier the mentor of the X-Men’s counterparts; Susan is a different kind of mentor and spiritual guide.

    Earlier in this issue Fury had forced the villagers to join together with the superheroes under his leadership. Now, however, we see the villagers and superheroes joined together at a strategy meeting headed by Reed. This seems to be much more of a genuine community, people working together towards a common goal.

    Fury is among them. Whereas earlier, in his despair, he said he did not care if the world survived, now he is working to save it, and doing so as a subordinate to Reed.

    The problem that Reed and his allies face is that all of reality is about to be obliterated by a disruption of the timestream. That disruption was created when Captain America was sent back in time from a dystopian America of the mid-21st century. In 1602 Captain America has adopted the identity of the Indian Rojahz. The only way to prevent the oncoming apocalypse is to send Cap/Rojahz back to his own time through the temporal rift.

    It is Fury who notices who is missing from the gathering: Rojhaz himself. Fury seeks out Virginia to see if she knows where Rojhaz is. Though Fury addresses her rudely (“Hey! Girl! You!”), he ends up kneeling before her. In part this is because Virginia is so short. But I wonder if it also signifies that Virginia is the figurative successor to the person whom Fury served before, Elizabeth, the Virgin Queen.

    Fury tells Virginia that “Without him,” Rojahz, “your colony is dead. So is your father. And the world.” This is all true. Fury swears “in England’s name,” not to “hurt” him. “I give you my word, Virginia. The word of a gentleman.” And these will prove to be lies.

    It is possible that Fury means what he says when he makes these promises to Virginia. But it is more likely that Fury is well aware that he will use violence if he deems it necessary.

    Fury swears in England’s name. Yet Fury’s England, the England of Elizabeth I, no longer exists. Fury says “my word” is “the word of a gentleman.” But Fury was not born a gentleman, and James has apparently deprived him of the status that Elizabeth granted him. So Fury’s promises are not what they seem on the surface.

    How does Fury’s “persuasion scene” with Virginia compare with his earlier “persuasion” scene with Peter? Was Fury playing the role of a trickster in both scenes? If Fury voiced his true feelings in the scene with Peter, is it possible that those sincere emotions lie beneath the surface deceits in this scene with Virginia?

    Now Virginia serves as Fury’s guide, transforming into a white dog to track down Rojhaz. So, it seems, Virginia is not limited to transforming into animals native to America; otherwise, she would have become a wolf. Remember that in the early issues Fury refused to believe in Dr. Strange’s powers. Although this is not emphasized, Virginia’s transformation is yet more proof for Fury that the paranormal exists.

    Fury finds Rojhaz, who, in another fine stroke, now wears warpaint that mimics the mask of Captain America. The fact that it is warpaint also signals that Cap is in a mood to confront, not to cooperate.

    Cap refuses to return to the future, because he insists on remaining to protect the nascent America. “They need me,” he declares. “We don’t have to make the same mistakes again. we’re here at the birth of a nation. . .of a dream.” I suppose since Captain America does not seem to age, it is possible that Rojhaz could continue to watch over this new America for decades, perhaps even centuries to come.

    Fury points out that “If you don’t return to your own time, there won’t be anything,” but Rojahz is not persuaded. This seems out of character for Captain America. After all, after coming out of suspended animation in Avengers #4, Cap has borne witness to the super-science of Marvel-Earth and joined with other heroes in saving the planet from cosmic perils. He should therefore recognize that the threat to the universe that Strange and Reed foresee is a genuine possibility. It’s true that Rojahz does not remember everything from the future, so perhaps he does not recall the cosmic threats he faced. Still, he knows that time travel is possible, so why can’t he believe that his journey through the timestream imperils the world?

    Just as Fury was driven to despair by losing “his” version of England, so Cap is now obsessed having lost “his” version of America in his own time. So Cap/Rojahz is adamant about remaining in Roanoke to protect this new America. He has become yet another of 1602‘s moral absolutists, unwilling to adapt to a new reality.

    It seems to me that Captain America would recognize the necessity of sacrificing himself to prevent his beloved America from being obliterated from existence throughout time. Indeed, one of the themes of the Captain America series from the Silver Age onward has been Cap’s steadfast loyalty to his American ideals while adapting to times very different from those of World War II America. Captain America does not become stuck in outmoded ways. I understand the role that Rojahz’s refusal to cooperate with Fury plays thematically in 1602; I am not persuaded that the character of Captain America would act this way.

    There follows Fury’s third persuasion scene in this issue. Rojhaz has not agreed to go back. Fury asks him to come down and discuss the matter and says, “I won’t hurt you.” This is the same promise about Rojhaz that he made to Virginia, who is watching in dog form.

    Fury asks Rojhaz if the Fury he knew in his own time “. . .would that other Nicholas Fury betray you? Would he lie to you?” Moved by the memory of his friendship with the other Fury, Captain America agrees to “come down,” presumably to talk; this is not a promise to go back.

    Extending his hand, Fury calls Rojhaz “Good man,” as indeed Captain America is. Sir Nicholas Fury, though, has a somewhat different moral code. “You know,” he begins (with an anachronistic turn of phrase), “that other Nick Fury you knew,” and then Fury strikes Cap down with a rock: “I’m not him.”

    Well, I’d commented in an earlier column that a Nicholas Fury who would condone the use of torture is not like the present-day Nick. The 1602 version grew up in a harsher time and place than Franklin Roosevelt’s New Deal America.

    But I think it altogether possible that, with the fate of the world at stake, “our” Nick Fury would also lie and betray a friend to save the planet. Fury could have tried to persuade Rojhaz, but Fury presumably thought he could not take the chance Rojhaz could not be convinced. And, unless he took him by surprise, Fury could not overpower Cap.

    This scene, in which Fury strikes Captain America down, is the most ambiguous in the entire series. Did Fury kill Rojahz?

    Or merely render him unconscious? (Since this is the Captain America of an alternate future, his fate dies not affect the Captain America of the present day.) Rojahz never revives in the course of this issue, so there is no proof one way or the other.

    Would sending Captain America back to the future work in preventing the disaster if Cap was dead? If Cap is dead, does this mean that another living person must to be sent forward in time with him?

    Significantly, Virginia, in the form of the white hound, watches as Fury overcomes Rojhaz, her protector and father figure. She does not try to stop Fury, and she follows him as he carries Rojhaz towards the temporal rift.

    Perhaps Virginia’s reaction (or lack of it, as in Sherlock Holmes’s case of the dog that did not bark) indicates that Rojahz is not dead.

    Whether he is dead or not, Virginia apparently approves of what Fury has done. She adapts to the fact that it is more important to prevent the approaching catastrophe than to allow Rojahz to remain in 1602, despite her personal connection with him. (Virginia overheard at least part of Reed’s earlier discussion about closing the temporal rift.) Perhaps, in a way, Fury has even taken over as Virginia Dare’s ““ and Roanoke’s ““ new protector.
    THE SACRIFICE

    As Fury carries his weighty burden (like a cross?) towards the rift, as a small, silhouetted dinosaur watches from a tree (like a vulture?), Banner sights Fury in his telescope (a new invention at that time) and aims his crossbow. “It’s our time,” Banner grimly declares, as if he and the repressive forces he represents are about to take control of the course of destiny.

    Remember that in the Hulk’s origin story, Bruce Banner, through creating the gamma bomb, also dealt in meting out death from afar.

    Suddenly Virginia attacks Banner, preventing him from slaying Fury. Keep in mind that Virginia did not similarly attack Fury to prevent him from overcoming (even killing?) Rojhaz. Thus Virginia becomes the third person in this issue to protect Fury, following Peter and Matthew. Her willingness to save Fury’s life signals her acceptance of Fury’s actions.

    In turn Peter, who seems to recognize Virginia in canine form, disobeys Banner’s command to kill the dog so that he can still “get a clean shot at Fury.” Peter will not harm Virginia, and once again he has spared Fury’s life. Since Matthew, Peter and even Virginia, a symbol of America, all seek to protect Fury, perhaps this is Gaiman’s way of signaling us that Fury is indeed a hero of this story. To prevent a far greater evil, Javier had to make a deal with the “devil,” Enrico, Donal had to “sin” by turning back into Thor, and Fury had to deceive and harm (even kill?) a “good man” who trusted him.

    In the course of this last scene the colors grow pale and give way to shades of gray, as if 1602 had changed from a color movie into a black and white film. Banner observes that “The light is so strange. . .I think a storm is coming.” Or, if you prefer, a tempest. It is also the approaching end of the world.

    As Fury carries Rojahz to the site of the rift, the other heroes wait behind a barrier of rocks, which suggests the protective trench for the gamma bomb test in the Hulk’s origin. Fury calls to them to “Make it ““ happen”: sending Rojahz back through time and sealing the rift.

    Javier says “it would mean Fury’s death” were he to remain when Rojhaz is sent back through the “gate” in time. But Clea angrily retorts, “Were you not listening? This is what he wants.” It is she who gives the order to proceed. Is this another sign of women’s wisdom, or rather of the otherdimensional Clea’s disdain for human lives?

    Does Fury know that the temporal rift might kill him? If it doesn’t, then it will send him to an alien future. Perhaps even though Fury again cares about saving the world, he no longer cares about his own life. Just like Strange, he is sacrificing himself for others; remember, the series began with the two of them in conversation. Perhaps Fury is even attempting to expiate his life of bloodshed through sacrificing himself.

    The 1602 Fury fits the archetype of the flawed hero who ensures his people will achieve the Promised Land but cannot go there himself. Think of Moses, of course, or Sydney Carton in Dickens’ A Tale of Two Cities. A fine, specifically American example is Ethan Edwards, the character whom John Wayne plays in John Ford’s epic Western,. The Searchers, a violent loner who aids a peaceful community of which he can never truly be a part. (In the famous concluding shot of The Searchers, Wayne stands in a portal whose door swings shut, and, by coincidence, the 1602 Fury is also last seen in a portal that opens and then closes. Chris Claremont cites The Searchers as an influence on his characterization of Wolverine in an interview I did with him for Back Issue #4.)

    Fury carries Cap into the great glowing loop that signifies the temporal rift. The loop is part of the symbol of infinity, and hence a sign of the universe. It’s even as if Fury and Captain America are somehow achieving transcendence, entering into a higher realm. Fury holds Rojahz’s body up, as if offering him ““ and himself ““ as a sacrifice to the forces governing the universe.

    But we are also to think of the glowing rift as an atomic explosion. Banner pushes Peter down to save his life from the unleashed energies, thereby reenacting the critical moment in the Hulk’s origin story, in which Bruce Banner pushes Rick Jones into the safety of the trench, only to be exposed himself to the radiation of the gamma bomb.

    In the Hulk’s origin, Bruce Banner had aligned himself with the military to creating a weapon of mass destruction; he showed no moral qualms whatsoever about this. This is comparable to the 1602 Banner, who is the willing aide to the malevolent King James and has no qualms about assassinating Fury. What finally awakens Bruce Banner’s conscience is seeing the unwary Rick Jones on the gamma bomb test site; Banner then risks his life to save Jones, only to fall victim to his own evil creation, the gamma bomb’s radiation. Similarly, 1602‘s Banner suddenly turns hero to save Peter. (And hence Peter Parquagh is the 1602 counterpart to both Spider-Man and Rick Jones.)

    There is “the sound of a universe screaming in pain, the sound of a world dying. And after that, silence” and a black panel: a universe has died. The “pain” and blinding flash of light echo Cap’s memories of his own transition to 1602, but now on a scale that the “noise” “fills the world.”

    THE RESURRECTION

    But the 1602 timeline died so that the “true” time-space continuum would be “reborn” and restored. The Watcher states that “I feel time reconfigure itself.” This is the Campbellian point of death and resurrection extended to cover an entire universe, indeed, all of creation.

    He also singles out the fate of the Roanoke colonists. In the “true” timeline, without Rojhaz to aid them, most of them died of starvation.

    The Watcher tells us that the ultimate fate of Virginia Dare is the same as in the legend: she was killed in the form of a white deer. And so the people of the Roanoke colony died that “everything else may exist.”

    The Watcher too feels he has engaged in moral compromise to do what is right. “Everything I did, I did for good reason. And yet. . .If this is right, why do I feel so. . .empty?” Uatu and his fellow Watchers found they could not be absolutists, either. Had they failed to make an exception to their rule of noninterference, all of reality would have been obliterated.

    Not until recently, reading the America’s Best Comics paperback’s Little Nemo parody with Promethea visiting worlds in the solar system, did I realize that the Watcher is Lee and Kirby’s version of the Man in the Moon! (This only took me decades to figure out.)

    Uatu wonders if he had not interfered if the heroes could have mended time themselves, just as readers may wonder if Fury could have persuaded Cap to go back willingly.

    A Watcher from his race’s High Tribunal appears as a godlike figure, looming over Uatu just as Uatu towers over human beings. Their High Tribunal’s Watcher says that Uatu feels “shame” for violating their race’s vow of nonintervention, and that the Tribunal feel both “shamed by you” and “proud of you.”

    This suggests to me that to violate one moral law to serve a higher purpose does not entirely excuse the violation. It was necessary for Uatu to intervene to prevent reality’s destruction, but that does not mean that he does not regret violating his sacred oath. The High Tribunal Watcher instructs Uatu to feel both “shame” and “triumph.” So, similarly, we learn in a few pages that Donal is “screaming” within Thor. And Fury’s betrayal of Rojahz was still wrong, even if it was necessary to save the cosmos. These are all cases of necessary, but regrettable evils, undertaken to prevent greater evils.

    Note that the Watcher from the High Tribunal addresses Uatu as “Ikor’s child.” So the theme of father and child turns up again. We might postulate that the High Tribunal Watcher is a member of Ikor’s generation, and so he is symbolically conveying the approval of the father’s generation to the son.

    This is a version of what Joseph Campbell calls the scene of the recognition of the hero, wherein Uatu’s contribution to saving the cosmos is recognized and rewarded. Uatu is presented with a “gift.” The watcher from the High Tribunal tells him, “We have crafted it from the fringes of Alternity.” This reminds me of the late Mark Gruenwald’s fanzine “Omniverse” (on which I was a writer and assistant editor), which dealt primarily with alternate realities and timelines as they are depicted in comics. Mark published “Omniverse” through his own company, Alternity Enterprises. (Were “Omniverse” still being published, it would surely devote an article to 1602.)

    Uatu’s gift turns out to be the 1602 cosmos, now in the form of a “pocket universe.” And so the 1602 universe, and its analogues to present day Marvel characters, has likewise undergone death and resurrection. In a sense, those characters and their world are thus also being recognized as heroes of this story. And they have gained a new, protective father figure: Uatu himself, who, in contrast with his usual emotionless demeanor, says he will carry this universe “in my heart.”

    As Uatu watches his gift, we move from an all-black panel to one showing Earth, then the coast of Virginia, and finally focuses in on Banner and Peter, as if the 1602 world had returned to life from oblivion before our eyes.

    The caption over the panel of Banner and Peter, “Nothing has changed. . . .” seemingly spoken by Banner, is ironic, for both of them will soon indeed change. I wonder if, by saving Peter’s life, Banner has become his new father figure.

    Reed wonders aloud how they would ever know if their universe had ended and a new universe had taken its place, and Clea says philosophers may debate this till the end of time. It’s true. We are aware of existing in our own timeline. Is it possible that an event at some point in the future, or past, could somehow obliterate the entire time-space continuum, past, present, and future, including the moment we are now experiencing? How could that be possible. (“Omniverse” existed to unravel such conundrums. Now if only someone would make it possible for us to revive it.)

    Clea reiterates about Strange, “He died that worlds might live,” and I once again think of Christ imagery, even if Strange was beheaded rather than crucified.

    There is a wonderful bit with Clea going “home” through a portal into a recognizably Ditkoesque surreal universe. It’s enough to make me wonder if the mystical dimensions in Steve Ditko’s Marvel work helped inspire Gaiman’s creation of the Dreaming.

    Before leaving, Thor again salutes Susan Storm’s wisdom, so this seems to be a point that Gaiman wants emphasized.

    Perhaps because they worked together in saving the universe, Enrico’s attitude towards Javier has changed for the better. Enrico’s terms for cooperating with Javier prove to be as “reasonable” as he promised. More significantly, Enrico doffs his protective helmet, demonstrating his trust that Javier will not tamper with his thoughts. Indeed, Enrico goes farther and entrusts Javier with teaching his children, Wanda and Petros. Once again, the Neo-Silver theme of fathers and children thus reemerges. As in the 1960s, Wanda and Pietro/Petrus are unaware that Magneto is their father. Actually, neither Magneto nor anyone else knew this in the Silver Age; their relationship was first hinted at in 1979.

    Next we are shown Reed and the (still invisible) Susan standing together, his hand on her shoulder, in an image of their love.

    Reed worries, “But I fear the creation that has been restored is not the same as the one that would have been.” Susan says, “We gave Rojhaz back to the Future. . . .” and Reed responds, “We also gave them Fury.”

    Now, what might this exchange imply? For one thing, it suggests that Rojhaz/Captain America is still alive. Moreover, despite Javier’s contention that Fury would die in the rift, Reed seems to believe that Fury survived and traveled to the future, as well.

    But how would they know? They saw Rojahz’s unmoving body: was he alive or dead? They cannot see into the future to know if Fury survived, although since Captain America survived the original time trip, one may presume that the passage through the rift is not lethal. Perhaps Reed and Susan’s conversation is Gaiman’s means of signaling the reader that he intends that Cap and Fury are still alive.

    One might wonder if the balance in the time-space continuum has truly been restored. One person, Captain America, was sent to 1602, but two people were sent forward in time. This is probably not worth worrying about: we ourselves have seen that the Marvel Universe has been restored, and the Watchers, who should know whether or not the balance is restored, seem satisfied there is no further danger.

    Is Reed’s worrying meant to sound an ominous note? Perhaps it depends on how the reader regards Fury. Considering his capacity for treachery and violence, does he present a danger to the future? I regard his actions in this issue as ultimately heroic, though if he had killed Cap, they would earn shame as well as triumph, to use the Watchers’ terms. Or is Reed merely being the careful scientist, simply observing that things will be different now that Fury has been displaced from their time into another, without making a moral judgment. In fact, Reed might even be regretting the loss of a friend and ally: his own life will be different because Fury is gone.

    Since the 1602 universe still exists at the series’ end, there could be more 1602 stories someday. It’s too bad that Strange, Jean and Doom were all killed off. Or were they? By the laws of story Gaiman has invoked, Doctor Doom’s many “deaths” never prove to be permanent. When we last saw Doom in 1602, he was in bad shape, but he was still alive and talking; for him, this is an easy “death” to survive. As we know, Strange can exist in astral form on the Earthly plane. (Perhaps Gaiman has read Steve Englehart’s never-finished Dr. Strange story arc about The Mystical History of America. And if Strange is a Christ figure, then his resurrection is assured.) Jean Grey’s body was incinerated, but the appearance of the Phoenix force suggested she had risen into a higher form. As we shall soon see, 1602‘s analogue to Prospero’s island has its own Caliban; wouldn’t Jean, as Phoenix, make an appropriate Ariel? 1602 also now lacks its own Cap and Fury, but Peter is Fury’s student and figurative “son,” and could carry on in his place, while Virginia, as Rojahz’s “daughter,” can take over as the embodiment of the American spirit. Maybe there could even finally be a place for the missing analogue of Tony Stark. (As a weapons maker whom James dispatches to the Roanoke colony with a party of soldiers?) Who else might have been mutated by the radiation from the temporal rift? What if there’s a resident of Roanoke named Henry Pym, who becomes the colony’s equivalent of Paul Bunyan? (And the Wasp, Janet Van Dyne, sounds like she could be the daughter of a Dutch tradesman to me.)

    Gaiman says in the Comic World News interview that he may do more 1602 stories in the future. (I wonder if his contract with Marvel ensures that only he can write 1602, or whether, as so often happens, lesser writers will take it upon themselves to write sequels to someone else’s successful series.) But at last year’s San Diego Con Gaiman referred to “the mysterious second project I agreed to do” for Marvel, and mentioned that he had agreed with editor in chief Joe Quesada that “it could come right out of 1602.” (See Comics in Context #8.)

    So my guess is that the real sequel to 1602 will concern the exploits of Rojahz/Captain America and the 1602 Fury in the alternate future with President Killgrave. Seeing Captain America leading a new American Revolution has a lot of potential. How would he get along with the 1602 Fury after Fury betrayed him in this issue? Would the more idealistic Cap and the more Machiavellian Fury disagree over the revolution’s methods? Would the 1602 Fury, who served a monarch and shows no interest in democracy, even side with the revolutionaries? And what about the modern-day Nick Fury, who, thanks to the Infinity Formula, ages slowly if at all? Is he still alive in this dystopian future, and, if so, has he fallen under Killgrave’s control? It may even be necessary to go on another time trip, to prevent this dystopian future from coming about in the first place.

    THE BIRTH OF A NATION

    On the final page of this current 1602 series, we see the Hulk, colored gray as he was in his first story, marauding through the forest. Here we have the laws of story that Reed invoked in issue 7 in action. The handsome Otto von Doom, in his final scene, ended up with a scarred face like his modern day counterpart. And now 1602‘s Banner, exposed to the cosmic energies of the temporal rift, has finally fallen victim to his inevitable destiny, and been transformed into the Hulk. (And hey, Banner’s purple robes turn out to be the counterpart to the traditional purple pants worn by the Hulk.) Since Gaiman has established that the American wilderness is 1602‘s Savage Land, complete with dinosaurs, this makes a good environment for the Hulk: he can roam about and fight monsters. Reviewers of the Hulk movie compared him to King Kong: now he has an island realm like Kong’s Skull Island. And the Hulk is the Caliban of 1602‘s analogue to Prospero’s isle.

    The counterpart to Prospero himself may be Reed, who, though he is a scientist, is a “magician” as well, according to the late Dr. Strange.

    Reed tells Javier, “My own suggestion would be to declare the colony independent of England.” Now, Fury had already suggested this to Ananias Dare. But for Fury, this was a tactical maneuver for protecting the colony, as well as a means of seizing power by asserting himself as the colony’s unelected ruler.

    When Reed speaks of “My own suggestion,” Gaiman puts “own” in italics for emphasis, perhaps to distinguish Reed’s suggestion from Fury’s.

    In contrast with Fury, Reed seems motivated by a more democratic vision of political society. Javier asks Reed if he will be the new colony’s king, but Reed, like George Washington, refuses to be a monarch: “I do not believe that there will be any more call for Kings or for Queens.” Elizabeth’s time has passed; James is irrelevant to the colony’s future.

    Reed continues, “I shall propose to Master Dare that we make the colony a place where people-people of all shapes and talents ““ can prosper.” Note that Reed says he will “propose” this to Dare, the colony’s official leader; this sharply contrasts with Fury, who pressured and manipulated Dare into ceding authority to him. But it is clear that Reed is the visionary who will become the colony’s real leader once it becomes an independent nation.

    Reed’s phrase, “people of all shapes” may literally refer to the fact that some of the superhumans in this new community do not look like “normal” human beings. But this may be Gaiman’s metaphor for people of all backgrounds. Reed’s new nation represents America as “melting pot,” a multiethnic, multiracial, multicultural society, a place where, ideally, people of different backgrounds live together in harmony and cooperation. No wonder that Reed is talking to, and even carrying Javier in this scene: Reed’s vision of America is the same as the modern day Charles Xavier’s “dream” of racial integration and tolerance.

    When Reed says that this new nation will be a place where “people of all shapes and talents ““ can prosper,” he is describing the American dream, America as a place where people of any class or ethnicity can achieve success through their own efforts.

    In 1602 as in the present, the Marvel heroes are founded on timeless mythic archetypes, but they are also exemplars of American ideals. The 1602 heroes, like we Americans’ forebears, are emigrants from the Old World to the New, seeking freedom and a fresh start. In this they should remind us that the creators of the American superhero genre were themselves the children of immigrants. The superheroes are outcasts from established society, different than other people, so they become part of a new community, as the emigrants to the New World did, which becomes America.

    Sir Richard Reed has thus created a vision of an ideal America. In this alternate timeline, the United States of America begins in 1602, and Reed, Javier and their cohorts are its Founding Fathers. Rojahz worried that he had to stay with the Roanoke colonists to ensure that “his” America would come about. But the colony, with its new superheroic members, does not need him for this, after all. As far as 1602 America is concerned, Rojahz, like Fury, resembles the Moses and Ethan Edwards figures who cannot enter the Promised Land. Rojahz was necessary to save the people of Roanoke from death by starvation. But the colony, inspired by Reed and the rest, will evolve into America without Rojahz’s help.

    In the final scene Peter and Virginia are reunited. Peter, and perhaps Virginia too, have awakened, as if from a dream. (Sandman fans take note.) Neither recalls anything about the opening of the temporal rift except seeing “the strange light,” as if they were recalling a near-death experience. (So they too have figuratively “died” and been “reborn.”)

    This is the scene that Campbell would call “the sacred marriage.” There is no wedding, proposal, or even an explicit declaration of love. But the two young people have been united: Virginia asks Peter to stay with her and her father, and Peter places his hand on her shoulder, visually echoing Reed’s gesture towards Susan on the previous page. Peter and Virginia represent the new generation, the hope for the future, for whom members of the older generation ““ their “fathers” Fury and Rojahz, and Strange as well ““ made sacrifices. Peter also represents the immigrants from the Old World to the New, just as Virginia represents those Americans who will be born in this new nation. They remind me of Ferdinand and Miranda, the young couple united in love in The Tempest. Like Virginia, Miranda grew up in her new country. Ferdinand sailed to Miranda’s isle with Prospero’s enemies, just as Peter came to Roanoke with Fury’s foes, and both young men ended up switching sides. Peter and Virginia are the Adam and Eve of this new land, and there is as yet no serpent in sight.

    For those of us waiting for the other shoe to drop, in the next to last panel a spider bites Peter on the hand. The yellow glow around the spider is no accident: it has presumably been irradiated by the energies of the temporal rift. And so the laws of story decree that Peter’s destiny be fulfilled: he will no doubt gain the powers of Spider-Man. (And notice that the spider bite happens after Peter is united with Virginia, as if his being endowed with super-powers indicates sexual potency.)

    Hand in hand, this first couple of their New World walk towards what is either a romantic sunset or an optimistic sunrise (either one will do). And even Virginia’s final words have symbolic meaning.

    “Well, it’s not the end of the world,” she says. No, it isn’t: the world ended and was recreated. This is a new beginning for their world.

    “I’ll put a poultice on it.” It makes sense that Virginia, who is figuratively a nature goddess, can heal the wounded.

    “Come on, Peter. Let’s go home.” Home is their newborn nation, America.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #35: Finding the Patterns

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In the Sunday, April 18, 2004 issue of The New York Times, film critic A.O. Scott, whose name should be familiar to longtime readers of this column, tries yet again to clarify his argument against genre movies that won’t stick to what he thinks are their proper place; quoting the late cinema critic Pauline Kael, Scott labels that place “trash” as opposed to what he terms “genuine art.” Invoking another predecessor, Scott refers to critic Manny Farber’s distinction between “white elephant” art, “which stifled its innate energies in pursuit of prestige,” and “termite” art, which, in Farber’s words, “goes forward eating its own boundaries.” (That actually sounds to me like art that, in the contemporary phrase, pushes the envelope.) Scott is dismayed that what were once considered “B” pictures, the popular genre movies, now dominate the industry, and claims that “some of the pulpy, subcultural allure of these forms has been polished away.” (“Subcultural,” eh? This reminds me of the shot of the fictional America’s Best Comics building in Alan Moore’s trade paperback of the same name, inscribed with the slogan “I can’t believe it’s not culture.”)

    “Among the sins of white elephant art, according to Farber,” Scott states, “are the tendencies to ‘install every event, character and situation in a frieze of continuities’ and to ‘treat every inch of the screen and film as a potential area for prizeworthy creativity.’” Among what Scott condemns as the “current white elephant B pictures” are “bloated comic-book term papers.”

    So, I take it that if Scott ever stumbles across my extensive lit-crit analyses of works like Neil Gaiman’s 1602 and Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, he would not appreciate them. As for those of you who might sympathize with Scott’s position, let me assure you that 1602 and DK2 and other works that I treat in such detail are superb entertainments. If they didn’t work as examples of their genre, in these two cases the superhero adventure, I wouldn’t be motivated to spend so many hours poring through them. You can have a satisfactorily good time reading these books on the surface level of escapist fun.

    To my mind, however, still more pleasure is to be derived from careful, detailed readings of works like these. Themes, complexities of characterization, and insights will emerge that will increase the reader’s understanding of the material and hence his or her appreciation of it. Comics creators on the level of Miller and Gaiman not only impart greater literary depth to the genres with which they work, but masterfully dramatize their themes in ways that make their stories even more entertaining.

    The title of Scott’s tirade is When It Was Bad It Was Better, subtitled, “Why Did Good, Clean Trash Have to Get Sleek and Pretentious?”

    He seems to want certain genres, including those he associates with comic books, to remain mindless guilty pleasures. I couldn’t disagree more: to my mind, works like 1602 or DK2, to which I have devoted so many recent installments of this column, are exemplars of what genre comics should be: simultaneously filled with both dramatic vitality and keen intelligence, confidently asserting their right to be taken as seriously as any other forms of storytelling.

    And so let’s turn to the final issue of 1602, #8, which is longer than its predecessors and hence will be the subject of two installments of this column. Those of you who are unacquainted with this series should look up my reviews of past issues in the Comics in Context archive. To set the scene for issue #8, I will say simply that we have learned that Captain America has been transported back in time by a means that has had a catastrophic effect on time and space. All of reality is in danger of obliteration. In an apparent attempt to save itself, the forces controlling the universe have caused counterparts to many familiar Marvel heroes and villains (all associated with Stan Lee’s 1960s comics) to come into existence during the reign of Queen Elizabeth I. Now Elizabeth has been succeeded by James I, and most of these heroes and villains have left England for the New World.

    Let’s start with issue 8’s striking cover by Scott McKowen, showing a map of American colonies in the early 17th century, upon which stand the figures of Rojhaz (Captain America, transported back in time, and garbed as an American Indian), the 15-year-old Virginia Dare (the first girl to be born in one of England’s American colonies), and Sir Nicholas Fury, the spymaster who is the counterpart to the present day Nick Fury, Agent of S.H.I.E.L.D.. These three, then, are to be the central figures of this last issue.

    Virginia Dare has mystified readers with her ability to transform into various animals. I had thought she only turned into animals native to America, but in this issue she becomes a dog; surely if she were restricted to wild American animal forms, she would have become a wolf instead. Readers hoping for an explicit explanation of her powers in 1602 will be disappointed. So perhaps we must look for a thematic explanation instead. Virginia has a super-power, so perhaps Gaiman thereby means to link her to the super heroes who join her American colony in the course of this issue. Perhaps, like the X-Men, she too is a mutant.

    Another possibility is that Virginia’s ability to take the forms of animals is meant to link her to the natural world. Hence, Virginia, the first American-born colonist, who shares the same name as the colony (and now state) of Virginia, represents the as yet unspoiled (virginal) natural world of America.

    On the cover Virginia and Rojahz both stand in the light. Virginia opens her arms in a welcoming gesture. Rojhaz keeps his arms folded, in a gesture that evokes traditional images of Native Americans. But it also may suggest a lack of openness to other people and other points of view, an unwillingness to change his ways, as we shall see as the story progresses.

    Fury, who turns warily towards us, stands in shadow. He is thus significantly excluded from Virginia and Rojahz’s brightly lit newborn America. Perhaps he is also a shadow figure in the Jungian sense. Does this make him the villain of the piece? Or does he instead represent “dark” qualities that the heroic forces must incorporate in order to succeed?

    Let us briefly acknowledge the inside front covers to 1602, which evoke the look and typeface of actual literary works printed in 1602.

    In the first panel on the first page we see a ship, the “Virginia Maid,” bearing Rojahz, Clea and Virginia Dare herself, sailing to the Roanoke colony in America.

    I suppose it is possible that Gaiman has based Virginia Dare on a historical or legendary figure of whom I am unaware. I do know about her colony, Roanoke, the namesake of a present day city in Virginia which I have visited. The original Roanoke colony was a real settlement which came to an abrupt and mysterious end. Hence it is an apt site for the unusual events that Gaiman sets there.

    The ship’s name, “Virginia Maid,” reinforces the image of Virginia Dare as a fifteen-year-old virgin (or “maid,” short for “maiden”), and perhaps therefore her symbolizing the “virgin” territory of America as well. It may also be a pun: as the first-born of the Roanoke colony, Virginia Dare was “made” in the future state of Virginia.

    The various ships transporting the major characters from Europe to the New World make Joseph Campbell’s celebrated phrase “the hero’s journey” literally true. Campbell contended that the hero always leaves the normal world for the enchanted realm of adventure and then returns home to the normal world. I think he is wrong that this is always the case: Luke Skywalker does not go back to farming on Tatooine after he blows up the Death Star. In various cases the hero ends up in a new, more suitable home at the end of his adventure, a home more in keeping with his newly realized potential as an individual. In 1602, as we shall see, Virginia returns home, which is a good thing. So does Captain America at the end, thereby saving the universe, although Cap himself will not be happy in the world he returns to.

    But many other heroes of 1602 have left their homes in Europe and do not return. One could even argue that those previous “homes” no longer exist. In Fury’s case, this is literally true: branded as an outlaw by King James, Fury presumes that his home has been given over to one of James’s favorites. James’ new regime has displaced the late Queen Elizabeth I’s in England, and so in effect the England that many of these heroes called home is gone.

    And so these heroes, in the course of this last issue, instead find a new home in America, joining the Roanoke colony. This evokes the immigration of Europeans (and, of course, later people from other continents) to America. Keep in mind that immigration is a theme that in superhero comics goes back to the origin of Superman himself. He is an “immigrant” from Krypton who became assimilated into American culture. For that matter, many of superhero comics’ founding fathers were from families who had emigrated from Europe in recent generations. (And immigrants play a role in today’s comics, as well, even in unexpected cases: Chris Claremont, John Byrne, and Neil Gaiman himself were all born in England and at different points in their lives moved to the United States.)

    Thus 1602 evokes the traditional concept of America as a place of refuge for the displaced, a place to which people can escape from religious or political oppression (and 1602‘s heroes suffer from both), a place where one can start his life anew, and hence a place of rebirth. America is portrayed as a land of freedom, in contrast to the more oppressive old regimes of Europe, represented in 1602 by the despotic James I, the Spanish Inquisition, and even by Doctor Doom. Doom’s armor, medieval castle, and role as absolute monarch clearly make him seem anachronistic in the 21st century, but he is also a throwback in the Renaissance Europe of 1602. However advanced his science, Doom in both periods represents the heavy, tyrannical hand of an old, outdated political order attempting to dominate the new. (Come to think of it, Doom is not unlike contemporary Islamic terrorists who employ modern technology but subscribe to a medieval ideology.)

    Gaiman is drawing on the Marvel concept of the superhero as outsider and even (in the cases of Spider-Man and the X-Men) outlaw. It is appropriate that I’ve recently been reviewing The Dark Knight Strikes Again. Miller also portrays the superhero as an outlaw, and both he and Gaiman also depict the superhero as a symbol of individual freedom and the heroic potential within each human being. (One of the rewards of writing this column is not only discovering thematic patterns within individual works in comics, but finding similarities and connections between different works.)

    In the Marvel canon, a superhero may be an outcast from society, but Marvel also pioneered the concept that these outcasts could band together to form a new community. This is clearly evident in The X-Men.

    In 1602 Gaiman melds together the Marvel concept of the community of outcasts with the traditional concept of America as a community of outsiders from the Old World. In 1602 the first American colony includes a community of superheroes. In fact, the Roanoke colony in 1602 becomes the embodiment of Charles Xavier’s “dream”: “normal” humans co-existing in peace and harmony with superhumans.

    I was pleased to see that Gaiman’s recap of Captain America’s origin hews to tradition. Marvel claims that its recent Captain America series, Truth is part of official continuity, despite its violations of so many past stories. As I understand it, Truth indicates that Steve Rogers did not become Captain America until after America entered World War II and even suggests that “Steve Rogers” is not his real name. Gaiman sticks to tradition: Rojahz recalls being transformed by the “super-soldier” serum before the war started (“There’s a war coming, we called it World War II”), and Professor Reinstein once again looks like Albert Einstein, rather than the Truth version of the character. Good.

    Continuing to recount his history, Rojahz says, “Then, end of the war, I lost a couple of decades.” This is probably Gaiman being intentionally vague. In real time, Cap was revived in the comics in 1964, and hence was in suspended animation for just short of two decades. Thanks to the way “Marvel-Time” works, whereby characters age very slowly, and it’s always only been seven to ten years since the events of Fantastic Four #1, Cap would now have been in suspended animation for a half century. Through Rojahz’s phrasing, Gaiman allows the reader to pick whichever interpretation he or she prefers.

    As for Rojahz’s remark, “they thawed me out,” well, that’s a slight distortion of the facts in order to describe the events simply and quickly. The ice in which Cap had been entombed was actually melted by warm ocean currents by the time the Avengers found and rescued him.

    I applaud the nice shot of Captain America in costume on page 1, which artist Andy Kubert has made into an evocation of and tribute to Cap’s original artist in both the 1940s and the 1960s, Jack Kirby.

    Now comes a surprise. I had assumed that Captain America had been sent to 1602 from the present day. But instead it seems that he has come from one of Marvel-Earth’s possible futures (each of which exists as an alternate reality).

    “The dark times came slowly,” Rojahz reports. The superheroes grew old, and were hunted down and killed. We are shown a picture of the captive Spider-Man and Daredevil, each in what seems late middle age, and they don’t seem to be in good physical condition, either. Not only are they manacled, but they have been unmasked, and hence figuratively reduced from superheroes to impotent human status.

    So this is only a few decades into the future. In fact, we are shown posters featuring the visage of the “President for Life,” who looks like a caricature of a white-haired George W. Bush!

    Now, this is a new example of a recurring motif in superhero comics following the Silver Age of the 1960s: the American government devolving into a repressive regime, under which superheroes (symbols of individual liberty and of justice) are outlawed, imprisoned, or killed. In the Marvel canon the key work of this sort is John Byrne and Chris Claremont’s landmark “Days of Future Past” in Uncanny X-Men #141-142. This is also the premise of Alan Moore’s Watchmen and Frank Miller’s Dark Knight series. (Again, I’m pleased at the happy synchronicity that finds me reviewing 1602 #8 right after DK2)

    At least Byrne and Claremont came up with a reasonable scenario for why and how the U.S. government turned into a police state: there was a clampdown on mutants after mutant terrorists assassinated a United States senator, the feds unleashed the mutant-hunting Sentinel robots, and, as usual, the Sentinels took over from their supposed masters.

    Gaiman, though, like Miller, offers no convincing explanation as to how the government went wrong. It’s as if the stories assume that the readers would automatically accept the idea that the U.S. government is on the brink of turning into a tyranny. (I am reminded of Moveon.org’s recent “Bush in 30” contest for political ads against the George W. Bush administration, and a few notorious submissions comparing Bush to Hitler.) Sorry, I don’t buy it. I understand that there isn’t enough space in this last issue for an extended backstory about this alternate future, and I suspect that this may be a tale that Gaiman intends to tell at length in a future project. Still, I find this vision of America as a police state hard to swallow.

    Still, Gaiman is working here within a strong tradition in the Captain America mythos. In each decade following the Silver Age of the 1960s there has been a major story arc in which Captain America, who represents pure, traditional American ideals, finds himself at odds with the United States government, which has departed from them in some way.

    As a result, Cap finds himself operating outside the authority of the government. Steve Englehart did a story of this sort in the 1970s, reflecting the disillusionment over Watergate; Mark Gruenwald wrote his version in the 1980s, and Mark Waid did another variation in the 1990s. This is an archetypal story line for Cap, and it can involve his taking on a new identity: Nomad in the 1970s and “the Captain” in the ’80s. Now, in 1602, he is Rojhaz.

    In each variation of this story line, Captain America is a truer representation of America as a platonic ideal than the American government is. So it is that in 1602, Rojahz says of the America of this possible future, “That America wasn’t my America any more.”

    Gaiman takes this further than the previous writers did. Though in Steve Englehart’s Secret Empire arc (serving as a metaphor for Watergate), the government nearly fell to a coup d’etat from within, the U. S. government never actually turns into an oppressive state in any of these previous stories. But, as we have seen, Gaiman’s alternate future America does turn authoritarian, and Captain America becomes part of an “underground” revolutionary movement “to restore the country that I had sworn to protect.” Again, here is a parallel to Miller’s DK2, in which Batman is a revolutionary leading a rebellion.

    The “For Life” and “Because Life Matters” slogans on the President’s posters cleverly evoke the pro-Life movement, so presumably Gaiman sees this future American regime as dominated by the Right, perhaps specifically the religious Right. That would serve as a parallel to the power of the Church and the Inquisition in 1602. (It should be pointed out, though, that the American Right includes libertarians, strict supporters of the Constitution, and many who believe the federal government is already too big and powerful; none of these would tolerate the “Big Brother”-type of police state that Gaiman envisions.)

    The President’s posters evoke George Orwell’s 1984 not only through their promotion of a personality cult around the leader, but also through the way they twist the uses of language. We can observe in real life what Orwell spotted: how governments use benevolent, idealistic phrases to justify their actions. And so this poster asks people to support the “President-for-Life” “because he cares,” attempting to present an authoritarian figure as a kindly, paternal one.

    When Rojhaz says that the America of this alternate future is no longer “his” America, I wonder if we should consider the possible “meta” aspect of Neo-Silver comics, which I view as attempting to recapture and reinterpret the positive spirit of 1960s superhero comics for the present day. As noted, 1602 only deals with the Marvel characters that Stan Lee wrote in the 1960s; Captain America was created in the 1940s but Lee and Kirby revived him in the “Silver Age.” It is possible to interpret Cap’s statements about the “dark times” in America as a comment on the state of comics following the Silver Age. Perhaps Cap is saying through parable that amid the pervasive grimness and grittiness. the irony and the destructive revisionism, the Silver Age spirit has vanished. Cap and his “underground” represent the creators trying to turn the tide.

    Continuing to recount his past, Rojahz says, “I was betrayed.”

    By whom? This may be a further indication that Gaiman has worked out a great deal of backstory that is later to be told in greater detail.

    Cap’s captors did not kill him, because even if they incinerated his body, his ashes could serve as a “memorial, to inspire others.” So instead they sent him back in time to the wilderness of the late 16th century.

    Now, one must accept many impossibilities in the superhero genre, including time travel, but human behavior must still be believable. Why would these tyrants go to all this trouble and, presumably, expense to get rid of Cap? If they had killed him and burned the body, they could have just scattered the ashes over the ocean? (And if they’re so worried about relics that could serve as a memorial, why didn’t they send Cap’s indestructible shield back in time, too?)

    Rojahz says that just before he was sent through time, he was shot in the head. How could he survive that? Perhaps he wasn’t actually shot with a bullet. In any event, this shooting is Cap’s symbolic “death” preceding his “rebirth,” naked, his memory mostly gone, in the sunny 16th century American wilderness. It’s as if he is cross between a newborn infant in adult form and Adam in the Garden of Eden.

    Now, if the bad guys had a time machine and sent Cap through time, disrupting the timestream, couldn’t they do it again? Wouldn’t they have experimented with sending objects through time before sending Cap? Wouldn’t they try to get rid of other enemies of the state the same way, thereby continuing to endanger reality?

    Or is Gaiman suggesting that it is displacing this particular person, Captain America, through time by this specific method that caused the danger to the fabric of reality? Captain America has traveled through time in various past stories, so it must be this specific method of time travel, described as unique in a previous issue, that endangered the cosmos. Moreover, Gaiman has established that Cap is the “forerunner” of the Silver Age Marvel heroes, and when he was sent back to Elizabethan times, his presence there triggered the creation of other Marvel heroes and villains. A different time traveler would not have done so; perhaps his displacement through time would not have convulsed the cosmos this way, either.

    In his new time period Captain America was taken in by Indians and became known as “Rojhaz,” a variant on his last name, Rogers. Obviously most of his memories returned over succeeding years.

    On finding Virginia, the first settler of English descent born in America, Rojhaz says, “I knew what she was. What she represented. What she meant, My America….”

    Virginia is thus an example of the tradition of envisioning a country as a woman. Perhaps she also falls into the artistic tradition of picturing liberty as a woman (as in the Statue of Liberty, or Delacroix’s Louvre painting Liberty Leading the People, which is one of my screen savers) as a woman.

    By protecting Virginia from the time she was a baby, Rojhaz/Captain America becomes a father figure to her. This fits his image as the protector of America. Indeed, as Virginia’s protector, Rojhaz becomes a “father” to America, the “father” of his country.

    Note that the state of Rojahz’s mid-21st century America parallels that of the other 1602 characters’ England: in each case a good political system and society to which characters felt loyal has turned bad, dark and repressive under a change in leadership, and the heroes have been made into outcasts. In watching over Virginia and the Roanoke colony, Rojahz is trying to recreate “his” America in 1602. Similarly, as we shall see, other 1602 heroes arriving from Europe will try to recreate a better England through the community they join in Roanoke. The end result is the same: Captain America and the other Marvel heroes are the co-creators of America as mythic land of liberty. Gaiman thus links not just Captain America but all the Marvel heroes to the spirit of America.

    1602 deals with both politics and religion: America is likewise traditionally a land of religious freedom. In the next scene Gaiman cleverly explains why the Church kept secret the existence of the wooden staff that can transform a worthy wielder into the Norse god Thor. The aged monk Donal explains that the Church feared what would happen if it became public knowledge that there were gods other than the God of Christianity.
     Sir Richard Reed (counterpart to the Fantastic Four’s Reed Richards) looks grimly at Donal in this scene. The Church establishment of this time maintains its power and authority by concealing knowledge (the existence of the Asgardians). As we shall see, Reed has a very different view of God and his attitude towards human knowledge.

    In the original concept in Stan Lee and Jack Kirby’s Thor series, Don Blake was a normal human who found the staff and was transformed into Thor. Lee and Kirby eventually reversed this concept, establishing instead that Odin transformed Thor into the human Don Blake, and that therefore Blake had no existence independent of Thor. (Still later, Roy Thomas established that there had been a “real” Don Blake who had been displaced by Blake/Thor.).

    In 1602 Gaiman returns to the original Thor concept, examining how a human might react to merging with a god. Indeed, here he is examining the general idea of the superhero with a human alter ego. Why would Superman pose as the all-too-human Clark Kent?

    Donal confesses to Reed that he “gloried” in cohabiting the body and mind of Thor. But Donal feels guilty over this, and even considers himself to be damned. The Church is not only forbidding certain kinds of knowledge, it is also condemning forms of pleasure, which Donal describes in physical terms. Moreover, the Church is restricting the human spirit’s capacity for growth. Recall that superheroes, in 1602 as in DK2, represent the heroic potential within the individual human being. Donal can become Thor; he can exceed his metaphorical “mortal” limits. But the Church forbids him to do so. The fact that Donal is a frail, elderly man, and Thor is youthful and superhumanly strong, strengthens the metaphor. The Church will not allow Donal to be “reborn” and regain spiritual and physical vitality. Donal thinks that turning into Thor has damned him, but perhaps it is the Church that has truly “damned” him by condemning him to decline and death. The Church insists that Donal stay within prescribed limits and never move beyond them.

    Having arrived in Roanoke, Fury meets with the head of the colony, Virginia’s real father, Ananias Dare. “Ananias” is an interesting name. According to the dictionary, it is a synonym for “liar”; in the New testament Ananias was a man who suffered death for lying about the Church. In 1602, however, Ananias Dare is a positive figure, who welcomes the Marvel heroes into his community. Perhaps his name serves an ironic purpose, marking him as a good man who is nonetheless an outcast from established society, in other words, James’s England, just as the superheroes are.

    Fury tells Ananias that those who look monstrous on outside are on the inside “no more monstrous than the rest of us,” and “perhaps the reverse is also true.” This states a classic Marvel theme, and may be relevant to Ananias as well: don’t judge him by his unfortunate name. This may also serve as a warning about Fury’s true nature, as we shall see.

    Not wishing James to retaliate against the Roanoke colonists for their kindness to Fury and his allies, Fury suggests they claim that he and the superhumans seized control of the colony. This is a lie, an evil that will be done in a good cause, like others that are to follow in this issue.

    Fury cunningly goes further, and declares “the village of Roanoke and this continent independent of the British Crown,” and declares himself Governor. So here is America declaring its independence nearly two centuries early. But this is hardly a great moment for American idealism. This is a Machiavellian maneuver by Fury (appropriate for the Renaissance), who in one stroke both spares the people of Roanoke from James’s wrath and seizes power for himself, supplanting Ananias’s authority. Ananias protests, but Fury argues him into acceding to his demands.

    In an amusing scene, Ananias proclaims the cover story to the citizenry: “our poor colony has been captured by monsters and rebels.” So he has indeed become a liar, like the Biblical Ananias, though he makes his good intentions clear in bidding his people to “treat them with respect, and with goodwill…”

    Carlos Javier (1602‘s counterpart to Charles Xavier) tells Fury about the three approaching ships bringing much of the rest of the cast to the New World. Well, things often do come in threes, though I wonder if the three ships are to evoke the Nina, Pinta and Santa Maria.

    One of the ships carries Enrico, the Grand Inquisitor (1602‘s version of the X-Men’s archnemesis Magneto), so Fury suggests destroying the ship before it can reach land. This is a reasonable suggestion, but Javier overrules him: “If we murder them, we would be no better than they are.” And that is another indication of the moral difference between Fury and many of the other 1602 heroes that readers should keep in mind.

    Javier communicates telepathically with Enrico, who informs him that it is merely a coincidence that they have both ended up in this area of the New World. “And you expect me to believe that?” asks Javier. Well, if Javier is telepathically communicating within Enrico’s mind, he should know whether or not he’s lying!

    Enrico asks Javier if the normal people, whom he calls “mondani” (the mundane? the muggles?) still hate him and the other “witchbreed” (mutants). Javier comes up with an amusing image of Enrico as a lute player who only knows one tune and plays it over and over. This is funny, but moral absolutism is a serious themes in 1602. Enrico’s enemies, the Inquisition, will destroy anyone who disagrees with them. Will Enrico/Magneto prove more willing to compromise with his adversaries?

    Gaiman has reassembled the original Brotherhood of Evil Mutants in 1602 except for Mastermind. Perhaps this is due to lack of space. Certainly Mastermind’s ability to create illusions would have helped the Brotherhood more easily escape the Inquisition.

    There follows another of this series’ splendid, magical visual images: Enrico’s ship entrapped within an iceberg created by the X-Men’s Iceman (who was shown earlier exhaling towards it, as if he were the god of the frigid North Wind). Unlike virtually all other writers who have dealt with Iceman, Gaiman, in an earlier issue, pointed out that Iceman’s ability to create ice is limited by the amount of moisture around him; the sea here provides enough to perform this colossal feat.

    Gaiman’s final issue of Sandman was named after Shakespeare’s The Tempest, and I wonder if there are analogues between this final issue of 1602 and The Tempest. In Shakespeare’s play Prospero, who commands magic powers, has settled on an island that may be in the New World; when his enemies sail close by, he summons a tempest that wrecks their ship, putting them in his power. Here Javier’s enemies are sailing to the New World, and Javier succeeds in capturing them.

    Here is reassurance that I’m on the right track when I try to interpret even the names of characters in this series: Reed refers to a “Borssian phenomenon.” Reed later explains that he has named different areas of knowledge after the Knights of the Round Table. In this specific case it enables Gaiman to link the name of Sir Bors to Niels Bohr, the 20th century atomic physicist. I also like Reed’s implication that the search for greater knowledge is like a knight’s “quest,” and the subliminal association of Reed and the other superheroes with their Campbellian forebears, the Arthurian knights.

    Next comes another round in Gaiman’s variation on the Cyclops-Marvel Girl-Angel triangle in 1960s X-Men stories. Jean had been masquerading as a boy, and 1602‘s version of Cyclops says that the Angel “allowed her disguise to fool him,” suggesting it was a conscious decision: he wanted to believe her to be a boy. The Angel disagrees, saying, “I was truly deceived. . . .But I do believe I was in love with that young man.”

    I am still confused by this. Was Angel attracted to Jean because he subconsciously realized she was a girl? Or is he gay? If Gaiman means to indicate that the present-day Angel is gay, several female characters, including the late Candy Sothern, would sharply disagree. Maybe the point is that, believing Jean was a boy, the 1602 Angel accepted the idea that he had homosexual feelings for “him.” Having portrayed Catholics, Jews, political dissidents, and, yes, mutants, as outsiders in the society of 1602, perhaps Gaiman wanted to include gays as well.

    The warmth of the reunion of Virginia and her father is a reminder that the relationships between fathers and their children, real and figurative, is another theme of this series, as it was in DK2.

    Arriving in Roanoke, Clea says she will “try to help unknot the mess you men have made of things,” suggesting that women have a kind of wisdom that men lack. She has transported Dr. Strange’s severed head, through which his spirit can communicate, in a barrel of brandy. This leads to a bit of macabre humor, in which we learn that a sailor drank some of the brandy and went mad. Perhaps it’s not just funny: metaphorically the sailor could not cope with his “taste” of Strange’s awareness of the dark side of reality. I suppose that even if this is brandy, Strange’s wisdom falls under the motto “in vino veritas.”

    Speaking of “in vino veritas,” now Donal is rambling drunkenly about the power of Thor, as the unseen Invisible Girl listens, as if she were a ghost, or his conscience, or his anima. He regards himself as damned: he is now another outcast. There is pathos in Donal’s complaints over the pain he feels due to his old age, and his envy of the immortal Thor’s freedom from such pain.

    A boy accuses Virginia: “Think you’re queen of the world.” Later, talking about a timeline in which Virginia dies, Uatu says she is “never now to become queen of anything.”

    Keep in mind that Virginia is named after Elizabeth, the Virgin Queen, as the latter pointed out in issue 2. Though Reed says there will be no actual Queens in America, Virginia is symbolically the successor to Elizabeth. The glories of her realm, now that James has taken over, will pass to the future of America.

    The “virginity” imagery may be another link to The Tempest, whose ingenue heroine, Miranda, may be Virginia’s counterpart. And Shakespeare, through Prospero, emphasizes the importance of Miranda’s virginity.

    Strange’s head tells Reed, “I have died, that others may have their chance at life.” Is this Christ imagery?

    Fury, looking on, says quietly (to judge from the small size of the lettering), “Get on with it.” This is a subtle indication of how taken aback he is by this encounter. When Strange was alive, the 1602 Fury refused to believe in his magic. It is not emphasized, but obviously this, as well as other things that Fury has witnessed (like Thor), must be convincing him that the supernatural is indeed real. That, in turn, would persuade him that Strange’s story about the impending end of the universe is likewise true.

    Reed outlines the danger to the universe in scientific terms. Observe that when Reed states that it will be “Extremely difficult” to return whatever came from the future back to its time, Gaiman and Kubert show us not Reed but Fury, standing deeply, ominously in shadow, his expression unreadable.

    Impressed by his analysis, Strange comments, “Reed, you are the magician, not I. . .” Gaiman is pointing to the fact that Reed/Mr. Fantastic, though he deals in science, fits the archetype of the wise and powerful wizard. (Gaiman is also very good at capturing Stan’s dialogue style for Reed and the personality it creates.)

    Reed discovers the “rip” in time-space takes the form of what we would call the infinity sign. This is an appropriate symbol for the entire universe, indeed, for all of reality. (There is actually a Marvel “abstract being” named Infinity, who is a personification of the universe ““ and is the female aspect of the better known Lee-Ditko creation, Eternity.)

    Explaining how he names the different “disciplines” of science (the study of animals, the study of electricity, and so on), Reed contends that the separation of knowledge into distinct categories is an artificial device: “there is but one table, which is God’s creation.” As Javier realizes, “each discipline, like each knight, is a way of reaching” the symbolic “Grail,” which Reed defines as “perfect knowledge.” Reed emphasizes that “all disciplines are equal.” (So perhaps even writing comics ““ or writing comics criticism ““ is a means towards attaining perfect knowledge.)

    It seems surprising to see Reed, the master scientist, speaking fervently of his religious faith. It could be argued that agnosticism and atheism were rare back in 1602. Still, it seems significant that the 1602 Reed, who can foresee the theory of relativity, is a religious believer. Even the 1602 Fury voices faith in God, and appears to be sincere about it.

    1602 has pointed to the misuse and distortion of religion, notably through the Inquisition. But it also offers a positive vision of what religion can and should be, and, surprisingly, it is Reed the scientist who voices that vision.

    Earlier in this issue we saw through Donal’s scenes that the established Church of this time, maintains power by restricting knowledge. We know that the Inquisition destroys those who disagree with it; King James follows the same policy with dissidents like Strange.

    But here Reed is asked, “And do you not fear that there are things God did not intend man to know?” and he replies, “Frankly, no.”

    The Beast thereupon jokes that if Reed had been in the Garden of Eden and had been forbidden to eat fruit from the Tree of the Knowledge of Good and Evil (the cause of man’s fall), “by the time the Lord returned I swear you would be advising him on the finest preserv’d fruit recipes.”

    Does the Beast mean that Reed would have defied the Lord’s commandment and eaten the fruit? Or, more likely, that Reed does not need to eat the fruit, and would have gained knowledge through his own efforts?

    Whichever was the case, the real point is that knowledge is not a vice but a virtue; it should not be the cause of mankind’s fall, but of humanity’s rise to fulfill its potential. Knowledge is the Holy Grail. Religion should not keep people in submission, but encourage them to strive forward, to empower themselves. (And perhaps the wise critic encourages creators to push past the alleged limits of a genre, rather than contenting themselves with producing pleasurable “trash.”)

    “As I once told Fury,” Reed states, “God gave us eyes to see, and hands to grasp, and minds to understand his creation. And perhaps ““ with God’s grace ““ to save it.” And Gaiman and Kubert show the infinity symbol floating in front of Reed’s forehead, illuminating it with its glow, perhaps signifying the infinite potential of the human mind. (Even if one does not literally believe in God, this passage works as a celebration of the human spirit.)

    And who was it that Reed told that perhaps we can save the world with God’s grace? It was Sir Nicholas Fury, the realist, the Machiavel, the man who condones murder and torture. And it is he who becomes the central character in the second half of this final issue, as I will show next time.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #34: Knight Makes Right

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Through the end of March the cable channel TV Land was showing reruns of the 1960s Batman show at midnight on Fridays and Saturdays. This series’ notorious mockery of Batman in particular and the superhero genre in general damaged on the image of comics for decades; even as American comic books grew more sophisticated, media critics and the general public alike continued to regard the medium as the juvenilia that the Batman show satirized. Nowadays, though, since the first two Batman movies and the recent animated series have established a more serious alternative image of Batman in the public mind, it should be easier for comics enthusiasts to appreciate the TV series on its own terms. (I even think that DC Comics would be well advised to do something to mark the show’s forthcoming fortieth anniversary.)

    Watching the TV Land reruns, I was struck by how sharply the show declined in its second season, in part, I think, because it was busily casting guest stars as new, second-rate villains rather than primarily drawing upon the well-conceived, time-tested villains from the actual comics. The last two-parter that TV Land telecast was a brilliant exception from the second season, and it featured one of the comics’ prime villains: in the show’s tradition of rhyming titles, this was “Hizzoner the Penguin/Dizzoner the Penguin,” in which the Penguin runs for mayor of Gotham City.

    That’s right: this is the source from which the second Warners Batman movie, Batman Returns, must have drawn its own Penguin mayoralty campaign. Since my impression is that Twentieth Century Fox owns the characters and story lines created specifically for its Batman TV show (which must be why, say, the TV villain King Tut has never turned up in the comics), I don’t know how Warners managed to reuse this plot, but there it is.

    The premise of “Hizzoner the Penguin” is actually a variation on that of a first season two-parter, “The Penguin Goes Straight/Not Yet He Ain’t,” in which the Penguin not only pretends to reform but even becomes Batman’s rival as Gotham’s preferred costumed crimefighter. In this earlier story, the Penguin captures crooks in order to change his public image, lending the premise some measure of credibility. The second season story takes the going straight idea further while throwing out any believability: not only has the Penguin somehow served his sentence (which one would think would by this point be several lifetimes long) within less than a year, but as soon as he announces his candidacy for mayor, polls declare him the favorite to win the election! The Penguin’s rather extensive criminal record, including his repeated murder attempts on Gotham’s favorite heroes Batman and Robin, do not appear to matter to the electorate at all.

    I know I’ve seen the “Hizzoner” two-parter years ago, but watching it in 2004 I was surprised and delighted not only by how much fun it is, but how witty and perceptive it is as a political satire. Determined to prevent the Penguin from taking over the city, Batman figuratively throws his cowl into the ring and campaigns against him. Batman thereupon becomes the model of the earnest but deadly dull candidate, at one point droning a campaign speech to a virtually empty room, as if looking back to Adlai Stevenson in the 1950s and somehow foreseeing Al Gore in 2000. This perfectly fits Adam West’s deadpan delivery and portrayal of Batman as a mild-mannered idealistic square who happens to wear a bat costume.

    In contrast the Penguin is a pioneer of political campaigning as show biz, staging a rally that is one huge party with entertainment provided by belly dancer Little Egypt (gyrating in a way not to be seen at a Republican convention) and mid-1960s rock group Paul Revere and the Raiders (!). Indeed, one can only rationalize the public support for Penguin’s candidacy by theorizing that he’s popular because he is a celebrity. (Why, the current Governor of California was once Mr. Freeze!) He creates photo ops in which he fights and captures criminals (secretly hired by himself).

    The Penguin proves to be a master of what is now called “spin,” pointing out to the news media that he is usually photographed with policemen whereas Batman is usually found with criminals. Batman can’t truthfully deny this But the Penguin has “deniability,” leaving it to his henchmen to stick Batman in the inevitable death trap. And when the Penguin finds himself losing the election, he decides to ensure his victory by intervening in the counting of the votes. (Does any recent parallel come to mind?)

    At the center of all of this is Burgess Meredith’s reliably, wonderfully funny yet convincingly crafty and malevolent portrayal of the Penguin, as if Charles Dickens had turned his skill at vivid caricature to superhero comics. I have thought in the past that it’s a shame that Meredith, who had a long, prestigious career in theater and film, is mostly known to the Boomers and subsequent generations for his work on Batman and Twilight Zone. But watching this two-parter, seeing him throw himself so enthusiastically into the part, it’s hard to believe that Meredith didn’t love performing this role. The 1960s TV Batman may not be “our” Batman, but to my mind Meredith’s Penguin is the real thing. (And I wish that DC Direct could make copies of those Penguin campaign buttons in the show.)

    And as the Penguin’s popularity soared in the polls, I found myself thinking: the American electorate in this episode is just as stupid as they are in Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again.

    This is the last in my trilogy of essays on Miller’s recent Batman series, which is, like “Hizzoner the Penguin,” a satire on American politics, albeit a more serious one. Batman, Superman, and other superheroes and villains are engaged in a battle that will determine the fate of the United States government. And Miller’s Batman is no soft-spoken middle-of-the-road candidate for office, but a revolutionary and self-proclaimed terrorist. (Those who have not read the end of DK2 and wish to be surprised should heed this spoiler alert.)

    The third issue begins entertainingly and puzzlingly, with a family of green aliens who seem to belong more to the world of cartoonist Vaughn Bode than to the superhero genre. It turns out that one of them is Hal Jordan, the Silver Age Green Lantern, now living in retirement with an alien wife and child.

    So here is more evidence of the Neo-Silver movement in comics. In every artform one generation rebels against the preceding one in order to assert its own identity and achievements; the work of an older generation may fall from favor for a time, only to be reevaluated and appreciated anew years later. However consciously intended by their creators, much of the work at DC Comics from Crisis on Infinite Earths onward represented a rebellion against the Silver Age. That Age had ended around 1970, and it was true that efforts to continue in its path over the following fifteen years had in many cases lost their way and run low on creative energy.

    The generational revolt, when it came, struck hard at some of the Silver Age’s signature characters: Crisis killed off Supergirl and the Silver Age Flash, who had started the great superhero revival of the later 1950s and early 1960s. At least they were allowed to die heroically. In sharp contrast, later, Hal Jordan was turned into an insane mass murderer and ended up dead. This may not have been consciously intended as a slap in the face of those who had worked on Jordan’s stories or their readers, but that was the effect. (“Post-Crisis” DC even removed many classic Silver Age stories from the canon of continuity, as if in an Orwellian rewriting of its history.) This phase of rebellion and rebooting at DC is itself now over fifteen years old, and so the emergence of the Neo-Silver movement at this time makes sense. It does not dominate comics by any means, but it is interesting to observe how many important creators are now doing work that falls into its scope.

    Miller, in devising his own continuity, simply ignores the fates that DC meted out to Barry and Hal: they’re not dead, they have simply been away. In Hal’s case, he has retired from the role of superhero, at least on Earth, to devote himself to his new family. In short, he has settled down. Perhaps because so many of its writers are middle-aged, the Neo-Silver movement emphasizes the virtues of marriage and family life.

    But though Miller portrays the appeal of Hal’s contented life away from the rat race of the neverending battle, he also, through Batman, criticizes it as a retreat from responsibility. Showing him the chaos ensuing on Earth, Batman accuses Hal: “This is the world you turned your back on, pal. These are the people you abandoned.” Hal’s new alien form is not just a clever Bode homage: it is also a visual metaphor for Hal cutting himself off from the human race and his responsibility to it. (By extension, Miller could be arguing that people in real life have the responsibility to work for political change, and perhaps even that comics creators must seek to remain active in mainstream comics.)

    Alan Moore’s Watchmen is said to have been a major influence on the final issue of the original The Dark Knight Returns, and its presence can be felt here as well. In the first issue of Watchmen, Rorschach, a character inspired by the Question, seeks out his former colleagues who have retired from activity as superheroes, to issue a Campbellian “call to adventure.” In the previous issue of The Dark Knight Returns, the Question enacted a similar scene with the Martian Manhunter. Now, in the final issue, it is Batman himself who issues the call and the challenge to Green Lantern.

    Like Rorschach, Batman serves as the voice of conscience to his fellow heroes: Batman points an accusing figure at Green Lantern for allowing Earth to fall victim to tyranny. (This may be DC, but Spider-Man’s mantra that “With great power must come great responsibility” lurks behind this.) In this series Batman is clearly the teacher of the kids, Catgirl and the Batboys, but notice how Miller also puts Batman in the position of Green Lantern’s mentor as well. “Watch. Learn.” Batman commands Hal, “And make your choice.”

    In this sequence in which Batman shows Jordan what is happening on earth, Miller grossly caricatures many members of the public, none of whom have anything enlightening to say. (“They blowed up Captain Marbles,” burbles one.) This technique continues to disturb me: it dehumanizes the very people the heroes claim to be trying to protect.

    With a lovely lighting effect by colorist Lynn Varley, Jordan reverts from his alien guise to that of the human Green Lantern.

    Here one can see Miller’s skill with language: he subtly shifts into a sort of poetry, with short, simple but evocative phrasing that creates a verbal rhythm: “He used to need a ring. He used to need a lantern. Now he is one. He is pure will. Sheer power. Hal Jordan. Green Lantern.”

    That poetic style continues into the next three captions, which set the scene: “Earth. Metropolis. The city of dreams.” This image of Metropolis as “the city of dreams,” appears several times in this issue. Miller’s Metropolis, I suspect, is not simply “the city of dreams” because it is the idealized big city in which a fantasy hero, Superman, dwells. I believe that Miller is also pointing to Metropolis as a fictional analogue to New York City, which for so long has been the United States’ business and cultural center, the place in the popular imagination where people go to turn their dreams into reality. Just why Miller should be preoccupied with the symbolic nature of New York City in this final issue shall become clear later.

    First, though, Miller addresses the theme of the death of a dream. In superheroes’ cataclysmic battle against Brainiac, continuing from the previous issue, Captain Marvel sacrifices not simply his life but his existence.

    Miller has the Captain contend that the boy Billy Batson did not transform into him, but that they simply exchanged places when he said the magic word Shazam. This isn’t true in actual Captain Marvel continuity, but it does resemble the situations of Miracleman and Marvel’s Captain Mar-Vell, both of whom were inspired by the original Captain.

    Perhaps Miller’s real point, though, is to emphasize that as a creative concept, Captain Marvel represents a young boy’s image of himself as a superhero. Hence Captain Marvel is Billy’s “wish” or “dream” become reality.

    Now that leads to the question of how Miller’s Captain Marvel could still exist if, as he says, Billy Batson died eight years before. (Then again, characters like Captain Marvel, Superman and Batman himself have continued long after the deaths of their creators.)

    Wonder Woman asks Captain Marvel what will happen to him if he says “shazam” now. “Where’s a wish go?” the Captain asks rhetorically. “Where’s a dream go when you wake up and you can’t remember it? Nowhere.”

    This, perhaps, is the point in the series that is the most despairing. Like Neil Gaiman in 1602 #7, Miller here is conjuring up the image of mortality that is definitely the end, with no hope of resurrection or afterlife. Moreover, the death of the “dream” that is Captain Marvel would symbolize the death of all he symbolizes: a positive world view that good will inevitably triumph over evil, that uncorrupted heroism is possible, that innocent virtue can exist.

    Now, The Dark Knight Strikes Again is far from a work of despair: instead, it vehemently contends that moral heroism is possible and can triumph. But I theorize that Miller kills off Captain Marvel because to him the Captain represents an outdated sort of hero. The two Dark Knight series are in part about redefining the superhero to fit a more adult and morally complex worldview. Miller’s Batman even berates himself for having wasted time chasing bank robbers in the past instead of addressing greater problems in the political system. Miller’s Batman has redefined his mission against evil, and he teaches other heroes, both young and old, to follow his lead. Batman’s redefinition occurred in the first Dark Knight series; in this second series, it is Superman whom Miller seeks to redefine to fit today’s world.

    Wonder Woman urges Captain Marvel to meet his end as a “warrior,” to “go out with a lion’s roar,” and he does (reminding me of Jack Kirby’s “The Glory Boat” in The New Gods). Even if Miller does not have Captain Marvel adapt to this new, grim and grittier world, he still salutes him by granting him a hero’s demise.

    Meanwhile, Gotham City (another New York analogue) is “rocked” by “cries for freedom.” “We’re talking tights power,” asserts one grotesque media talking head, as Miller reiterates his metaphor of the superhero as freedom fighter. But for another perspective, look at what the next talking head says: “If this is treason, then treason rocks.” Are the superheroes and the political protesters in this series opposed to the usurpers of authority, Luthor and Brainiac, or are they, as the word “treason” suggests, opposed to the American system of government?

    As for Gotham being “rocked” by “cries of freedom,” now the rock group called the Superchix reemerge in the series. The Superchix represent a younger generation’s attraction to the superhero myth, and their growing awareness of its political subtext of individual liberty. Appropriately, it is the Superchix who models herself after Batman who has the most insight into what this movement means. “Batchick” avows that “We’re looking at a seismic cultural shift here, with profound political consequences. That’s why everybody’s wearing the tights all of a sudden. It’s in the zeitgeist.” Perhaps Miller here is commenting on the resurgence of the superhero concept in real-life contemporary media, through, for example, all the recent superhero movies, and speculating as to why the audience responds so strongly to this imagery.

    Batman addresses the young audience at the “Superchix” concert: “We aren’t here to rule. We aren’t here to bring chaos or anarchy. We’re here to end the reign of criminals.” Well, Batman (and Miller) is surely sincere in saying this. It is echoed by the Martian Manhunter in Paul Dini and Alex Ross’s JLA: Liberty and Justice, but there the Justice League appears to be acknowledging they serve at the will of the United Nations and the people of the world.

    The majority of the American people do not back Batman’s American revolution; Miller even points out that the majority opposes it. At this point in the story Batman is gaining support from the younger generation, at least a segment of them, but this series gives me the impression that Batman would be out to topple Luthor’s rule whether Batman had any popular support or not. Batman may not intend to “rule,” but he and his allies are seeking to impose their will on the American government, which Luthor and Brainiac control. Batman says he does not intend to bring “chaos or anarchy,” but if one lops off the heads of the government, what happens next? Batman and company do not want to try to govern the country after they get rid of Luthor, so who will take charge?

    So Batman and his allies take it upon themselves to intervene in the workings of a government, claim they have not come to “rule,” have no real plans for preventing chaos after they depose its leaders, and assert that they merely intend to “end the reign of criminals.”

    Batman continues, “Luthor, Brainiac. This is only the beginning, tyrants. Your days are numbered. You can’t fight us ““ and you can’t find us. We strike like lightning ““ and we melt into the night like ghosts.” Batman is casting himself and his revolutionary movement as guerrilla warriors. Then again, one could describe terrorists the same way, and throughout this series Miller’s Batman characterizes himself as a terrorist. Yet next the story evokes the work of real life terrorists.

    Miller shifts to a full page shot of silhouetted twisted steel girders amid rubble, and he repeats the phrase that Metropolis is “the city of dreams.” Miller has stated in interviews that he was working on this series when the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks occurred, and this image inevitably evokes the remains of the World Trade Center at Ground Zero. The corresponding site in this story appears to be that of the Daily Planet building, likewise obliterated. Miller shifts back into his poetic mode of brief but vivid phrases for a description that could suit both scenes of devastation: “There are countless dead. But few corpses. Countless dead. Atomized.”

    It’s odd: the World Trade Center attack was the work of malevolent terrorists striking out at the American government. The Dark Knight Strikes Again turns this upside down. Here the devastation is wreaked by the (secret) heads of the United States government, and the “terrorists” are the good guys, rebelling against it. If real life terrorists read American comic books, would this be how they saw themselves: as superheroic figures attacking a tyrannical, monolithic political establishment? Perhaps DK2 is not just seeking to revive the spirit of 1960s superheroes, but also the sprit of 1960s political radicalism.

    Now there is a sequence of Superman and his daughter, Lara, the new Supergirl, amidst the ruins at Metropolis’s Ground Zero. The Dark Knight Strikes Again page that was in the Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art show I reviewed last year is part of this segment. It evokes the difference between the father, who feels he has failed in his lifelong career and his daughter, just starting out on her own. In one large panel Superman stands surrounded by the rubble, and seems in a sense to be a part of it: Miller draws him as if his face and hands are smeared with grime, while Varley colors his normally bright costume in dark, somber tones. In contrast, Lara, here and throughout this sequence, floats above the rubble. Superman feels implicated in the disaster because he did not dare to fight back against Luthor and Brainiac; Lara has not yet been corrupted by the world and can hover above it, untouched by the catastrophe.

    There’s more to the metaphor. Presumably inspired by those who lost family and friends in the 9/11 attacks, Miller establishes that the core supporting cast of Superman’s series ““ Jimmy Olsen, Perry White, and even Lois Lane ““ perished in the annihilation of the Daily Planet building. It is not just his own moral compromises that link Superman to the disaster, but also his humanity, his personal connection to “normal” people. In this large panel Superman is looking at a locket he found amid the rubble: it is Lois’s, and holds joined pictures of herself and of Superman in his Clark Kent guise. The series has already established Wonder Woman as Superman’s lover and the mother of his daughter. There is no backstory given for the Superman-Lois-Wonder Woman triangle, so one can only speculate. One may presume that Superman’s feelings for Lois was his principal link to humanity. Indeed, though characters keep calling Superman “Clark” in this series, the only time that Superman is pictured in his traditional Clark Kent guise in DK2 is in this photo, significantly paired with Lois’s. Perhaps when Lois died, the death of Lois, Superman’s life as part of the world of humanity has died as well. Looking at the locket, Superman sees not only the image of the dead Lois but that of the “dead” Clark Kent, as if looking down at himself in a coffin.

    And Lara floats above this, too. From one aspect this is a sign of her moral innocence. But in another, more disturbing aspect, this signifies Lara’s separation from the human race. As far as we know, the only people that Lara knows are her mother, Wonder Woman, and now her father. And as we shall soon learn, not only does she have no ties to humans, she has contempt for them.

    In comics the deaths of loved ones can serve to motivate the hero to pursue his crimefighting career: Batman’s origin is perhaps the prime example of this. Put it another, more disturbing way: the deaths of loved ones frees the hero to embark on his new mission. The demises of Lois and “Clark” similarly function as the conditions out of which Miller’s redefinition of Superman will emerge.

    Look at how Miller finds visual imagery to represent Superman’s strong, shifting emotions during this sequence. Enraged by the massacre, Superman is pictured as a living silhouette, his head totally black even though his costume remains in full color, with his eyes glowing a fiery red. Here is Superman overwhelmed by his own “shadow” side, his presumably long-gestating anger. (One might also interpret this as Superman “blackened” by his own guilt over not preventing this disaster.) There’s a similar image of a vengeful, enshadowed Superman, eyes ablaze, confronting Luthor in the recent Superman: Birthright #9; perhaps it was influenced by the power of Miller’s image.

    In contrast there is the huge close-up of an anguished superman when Lara asks him about Kandor (the city of potential victims he has so far failed, but who remain alive). The raging Superman’s face was a black void; the face of the mournful Superman, looking at the locket, seemed obscured by grime; the anguished Superman’s face is entirely visible, as if his concern for others brings him out of the darker, withdrawn side of his own emotions.

    Superman thinks, “Lara is everything. She’s everything.” This may signify not only that he hopes that Lara will succeed as Earth’s protector where he believes he has failed, but also that, with his Daily Planet colleagues dead, she is all he has left. The “human” side of his life is over, and he is left with his half-Kryptonian, half-Amazon daughter.

    There follows another of Miller’s remarkable double-page spreads, this one depicting Superman and Lara flying against a cityscape, reminiscent of the lower Manhattan skyline, complete with a gigantic cloud of soot, that looks much like the one I could see out my own window on September 11, 2001.

    One of the themes of DK2 is the relationship between fathers and real or surrogate daughters: Batman and Carrie, Superman and Lara. So it’s no wonder that Superman is startled when Lara abruptly asks Dad “So how about sex?” But no, there’s no incest theme here; Lara is merely asking about the facts of life vis-a-vis super-powered Kryptonians, though perhaps this links her with the open attitudes towards sexuality taken by other members of this series’ younger generation, notably the Superchix.

    Apparently having read Larry Niven’s “Man of Steel, Woman of Kleenex,” Superman replies, “Never with Terrans. They’re fragile.” This may be the explanation of why Superman turned from Lois to Wonder Woman.

    Perhaps wrongly assuming her father shares her opinion, Lara elaborates on Superman’s phrase “Fragile, puny, stupid. These humans ““ They don’t know their place.” Shocked, Superman tells her, “You’re very young. You don’t know the poison those words contain.” Indeed, Lara is voicing the bigotry of a female ubermensch towards her supposed racial inferiors. It should be remembered that Jerry Siegel and Joe Shuster’s Superman, like Joe Simon and Jack Kirby’s Captain America, were transformations of the Nietzchean concept of the superman, which Nazism would turn to its own purposes, into a democratic hero who would combat fascism and its master race ideology.

    In DK2 Batman teaches his “daughter” Carrie, and now Superman, having long neglected his paternal responsibility to mentor Lara, seeks to become her teacher, to turn her away from her dangerous attitude towards humanity. “We don’t command the world, Lara,” he tells her, “We share it. At our best, we serve it.” This is exactly the position that J’onn J’onzz takes in Dini and Ross’s JLA: Liberty and Justice when he addresses the United Nations.

    Lara not only disagrees but seems not even to comprehend why her father takes his position. “Why?” she asks in bewilderment. “The humans just make a mess of things. Look at them. When they aren’t killing their planet, they’re killing each other. For their own sake – why don’t we just take over and run things?”

    Now there is an issue that a number of major works in the superhero genre have addressed over the last decade and a half: Alan Moore and Neil Gaiman’s Miracleman, Mark Gruenwald’s Squadron Supreme, Mark Waid and Alex Ross’s Kingdom Come, Warren Ellis’s The Authority. If the superhero is the superior man or woman, shouldn’t he or she be running society? Each of these works finds a different answer to the question. For example, the Squadron limited series forcibly argued that even the benevolent dictatorship of its superheroes was impermissible, for even they violated individual rights. Notice that in both Squadron and Kingdom Come it is Superman (or, in Squadron‘s case, his counterpart, Hyperion), who leads the superheroes who dominate the nation. Further, in both series it is Batman, or his Squadron analogue Nighthawk, who leads the forces of revolution against those superheroes in power. Batman is continually seen as a rebel, a revolutionary; Superman, the establishment figure, is seen as a potential ally of an oppressive political order, as indeed he was in the original Dark Knight series.

    Here, in DK2 Batman is again a revolutionary, though he is acting without widespread public support from a populace that is mostly complacent or aligned with the established order, and Superman is being tempted by his daughter towards what he regards as tyranny.

    Superman is appalled by Lara’s suggestion: “And do what?,” he exclaims, “Make them all slaves? That’s what the bad guys do,” he adds, slipping into simplistic language, perhaps suggesting Miller’s estimation of the depth of Superman’s philosophy.

    Now one might think from his earlier speech that he is not out to “rule” that Batman would take Superman’s side in this argument. But now Batman appears as a voice on Superman’s head, and he instead castigates him for his shallow thought processes. As if he were his teacher in logic, Batman scolds Superman for “Working backward from a dumbass conclusion. Repeating whatever Ma and Pa told you without giving it a damn thought.”

    Having physically beat up on Superman at the end of issue one, Batman has not yet finished mentally beating up on him as well. Thanks to a device he had the Atom plant inside Superman’s ear, Batman can now speak to Superman from far away, and transmit his image to him as well.

    Batman has literally become a voice in Superman’s head, as if he really were Superman’s conscience. Batman has become like Superman’s guardian angel, albeit one who deals in tough love, trying to batter down his psychological defenses in order to set him on what he believes is the right path. Perhaps we can even view Batman and Lara, shown in one large panel on opposite sides of Superman, as, symbolically, his good and bad angels, one encouraging him to aid humanity and the other trying to persuade him to rule them.

    Perhaps this image of Batman as a voice in Superman’s mind might even lead us to regard Batman and Superman as being like two sides of the same personality. Batman has become Superman’s Jungian shadow, representing a side of himself he has so far suppressed.

    There is an interchange between the two sides. Studying the passive Superman, Batman finally figures out what has stayed Superman’s hand from attacking their enemies: the fact that Luthor and Brainiac hold the people of Kandor, the miniaturized last surviving city of Krypton, as hostage. As though continuing the concept of Batman and Superman as two sides of the same mind, Batman comes to realize Kandor’s fate without actually being told about it. And Batman now takes on some of Superman’s sympathy and concern for the stolen city.

    But Batman does not let this stop him from waging his war against Luthor and Brainiac. The “Batman side” of the personality now asserts its dominance over the “Superman side”: Batman decrees, “From here on out, we don’t debate a damn thing… you work for me.”

    Then the “shadow” figure of Batman tries to impose control over Superman’s dark anima, Lara, as well: “The same goes for you, young lady. You work for me.” But she angrily rebels, refusing to cede her independence to what she considers a human who doesn’t know his subservient place.

    But this is Superman’s turning point: he sides with Batman, the shadow figure he had previously rejected: “The bastard. He’s our only hope.”

    At this critical point Luthor triggers a long-range power surge that causes Batman’s image and voice to vanish. Lara believes that Batman is “dying.” But Superman for the first time in this series, smiling, denies it and tells her, “You don’t know Bruce.”

    Well, Superman knows that Batman has already “died” and returned to life in the first Dark Knight, so it would not be a surprise if he were resurrected again. But why “kill” Batman off at this point in the story? Simple: by accepting Batman’s influence, Superman has incorporated the “shadow: element that Batman represented into himself. Batman the teacher has died only to be resurrected in the form of his student Superman’s new determination to fight back against Luthor. Lara may not “know Bruce” but now Superman truly does: Batman and Superman are now in agreement on what to do.

    The story shifts to a full page shot of Batman hanging upside down, in something of a fetal position, attached to the figurative umbilical cords: the wires he was presumably using to transmit his image and voice to Superman. Is this a nod to the imagery of The Matrix, another saga of rebirth and revolution?

    On this page, the supposedly dead Batman wills himself back to life: “Not just yet, old man… One more job to finish.” Batman’s sheer will and spirit will triumph over his physical limitations, even it seems, over death.

    Elsewhere Batchick continues her slow but steady process of enlightenment, recognizing that they are “in the midst of a political crisis of global proportions” and that hence “It’s incumbent upon us to put our sudden notoriety to better purpose than shaking our butts.” The first Dark Knight series was in part about turning rebellious children ““ the male street gangs ““ to better goals; DK2 continues the theme through raising the consciousness of these apolitical, hedonistic girls.

    The news media refers to Batman’s forces as “terrorists” as they storm an orphanage being used by the government for genetic experimentation on children. As noted, Miller’s Batman revels in the idea of being a terrorist, but by this point it’s clear that this is the label that DK2s” American government uses for anyone who opposes it by force. Again, the idea of the terrorist as hero seems particularly strange at this point in our history.

    As for the genetic experimentation, this not only reflects the fact that genetic engineering, for good or bad, is becoming a reality, but also ties in with the series’ continuing theme about parents and children. Here is the government, an older generation, horribly mistreating the country’s own children. It also reminds me of Marvel’s recent Captain America series, Truth, which draws on actual reports of American medical experiments on unknowing test subjects and compares this with Nazi human experimentation; I note further that Miller is mentioned in the Truth paperback’s appendix as having provided advice on the subject.

    On his way back to Earth, Green Lantern provides another variation on the theme that Batman is the “shadow” figure whose views the other superheroes had to assimilate in order to defeat the greater “shadow” of Luthor and Brainiac’s tyranny. Calling Batman “The mean one. The cruel one. The one with the darkest soul,” Green Lantern thinks wonderingly, “How strange that you, of all of us, would prove to be the most hopeful.” While other superheroes engaged in moral compromise (Superman) or retreated from the fray (Green Lantern), Batman’s idealistic fervor proved as powerful as his rage.

    Next the third issue brings back a major subplot from issue two, the mysterious new Joker who murders superheroes, and one of the previous issue’s major themes, the question of determinism versus free will. Carrie meets a precognitive girl who has adopted the name and costume of Saturn Girl of the 30th century Legion of Super-Heroes. (This is a clever bit: the fact that she knows about a woman who lives a thousand years hence is proof of this girl’s ability to see into the future.)

    The new Saturn Girl foresees that Carrie will be attacked by the new Joker. Can Carrie change the course of events, or is it predestined? In a flashback Carrie recalls her previous encounter with Joker II, in which he was garbed as Mr. Mxyzptlk. That’s appropriate: the Joker and Mxyzptlk are both evil trickster figures. Carrie thought she had killed the new Joker, but Saturn Girl warns that he cannot die. Is that because symbolically, he is Death? Miller draws his head as a skull behind a mask.

    Next we learn that Marine gunships are heading towards Gotham to suppress Batman’s rebellion. Superman unleashes his powers against the oncoming military. Even though earlier Batman and Lara had seemingly taken opposite sides on the question of whether Superman should participate in the rebellion, Superman has now adopted and synthesized both their points of views. He has joined Batman’s rebellion to free humanity, but he also apparently accepts Lara’s belief that they should take charge of human affairs. “Lara, you are right,” he thinks; “This time is ours. The power is ours.”

    Meanwhile, Lara tells Brainiac that she will submit to him “body and soul” to save Kandor. The subtext of sexual surrender is pretty explicit: though one might think that Brainiac, a computer intelligence, is asexual, he leers that she is “lovely” and talks about inserting his “nanobots” into her. Brainiac hooks her up to wires to keep her complacent, in perhaps another borrowing from The Matrix. More importantly, Brainiac’s description of how the nanobots will work on her “pleasure centers” to induce a state of “bliss” should remind readers of how issue one contended that prosperity had soothed the public into political complacency.

    A media talking head states that polls show “a groundswell of public support for the President’s military assault on domestic terrorism.” Several pages later we are told that Congress has unanimously voted to authorize the President to use military force “to confine domestic unrest.” The President’s press secretary, who looks much like George W. Bush’s former press secretary Ari Fleischer, notes how high the President’s popularity is. So Miller is emphasizing that most of the American public disapproves of Batman’s revolution; he is leading a minority in trying to topple the current regime. One of the Superchix asks, “Are we just spreading our legs to executive power?” continuing the imagery linking rape to political domination in the scene between Lara and Brainiac.

    Superman, demolishing a military aircraft exults, “This is getting good to me.” This is a sign of how much Superman is absorbing the attitude of the missing Batman, who earlier demonstrated his joy in battling government forces.

    A hero’s main villain represents his dark side, so it should be no surprise that the story now cuts to Luthor, who is also enjoying himself inflicting violence. His target is Batman, who we last saw on the brink of death: he doesn’t seem that much better off now, having been captured by Luthor, who, looking and behaving like a seedy version of Miller’s Kingpin, keeps punching him in the face.

    Luthor repeats the line about “Metropolis. The City of Dreams” in the course of babbling about how he is going to destroy the city within ten minutes, and he and Batman discuss Luthor’s evident plans to trigger earthquakes that would kill millions of people. (Is that last part a reference to Luthor’s scheme in the first Superman movie?) Some pages later, Luthor indicates that he and Brainiac intend to kill off all but one billion of the Earth’s population to make it more “manageable,” though that makes little sense.

    Luthor just seems to want to perpetuate the murder of millions out of sheer bloodthirstiness. This has nothing to do with any previous characterization of Luthor that I know. He is a cerebral character; so what sense does all of this destruction make? It is a commonplace that no one thinks of himself as evil, but always finds rationales for his actions; hence, in real life tyrants and terrorists have ideologies. If Luthor is just killing millions of people Because He Can, how can we take this character at all seriously? And if we cannot take the Luthor of DK2 seriously, then how, even in a work with a strong satiric streak like this, can the character be used to make a serious critique of government?

    Now Superman makes an important speech, in which he redefines himself and his role on Earth: “Ma. Pa. You were wrong. . . . I am not one of them. I am not human.” He rejects his traditional mentors, the two foster parents who taught him traditional American values, and chooses instead two different teachers: “It took my own daughter and my darkest rival ““ my despised opponent ““ to teach me ““ I am not human.” Batman himself has learned from the young: it was Carrie who formulated the political strategy at the end of issue two. Wonder Woman criticized Superman for not acting as Lara’s mentor, but instead Lara has become Superman’s mentor, in a reversal of the normal order. Superman continues, “And I am no man’s servant. I am no man’s slave. I will not be ruled by the laws of men.” This is the complete opposite of the conclusion of JLA: Liberty and Justice, in which the superheroes acknowledge the authority of human society. Is Superman arguing that to serve man is, in effect, to serve Luthor or the mindset he represents? Superman is saying that to obey “the laws if men” is to be a slave, to possess a slave mentality. He is sounding very much like the Nietzchean superman, indeed.

    The American superhero has a dual nature: he is both human and superhuman, and it is the human side that ties him to the rest of mankind, and that restrains him from perceiving himself as superior to them.

    The destruction of the human side of Superman’s dual life is complete with his rejection of his parents’ teachings. The restraints are now gone.

    Superman’s head again turns to a silhouette, hiding his human features, as he angrily fires heat beams from his eyes. He declares, “I am no man. I am Superman.”

    As a moment of comic relief, there is a vignette with Steve Ditko’s characters, the original Hawk and Dove, “just off Christopher Street,” a famous gay neighborhood in Manhattan. So, does Miller mean that the Hawk and Dove are a gay couple? (But they were brothers!)

    Much better is the next sequence, with the size-changing Atom appearing as a giant in the shrunken city of Kandor. Putting the Atom in Kandor is such a good idea I am surprised that no one (as far as I know) had done it decades ago, when the Kryptonian bottle city was still part of official DC continuity.

    It turns out that Batman allowed himself to be captured (and punched repeatedly) by Luthor to distract him. This seems rather masochistic on Batman’s part, but, in fact once he had converted Superman, his active role in the revolution was over. Batman had set all the players in motion, so no wonder Miller could let him “die” and vanish from the scene for awhile. Once Green Lantern arrives and strikes (in a Lynn Varley light show of green color), Batman can relax. He repeats his mantra from issue one, “Striking terror. Best part of the job.” It would seem that according to DK2, “terror” is a good thing if it is perpetrated by the right people. (Though somehow I suspect that, say, Osama bin Laden is as confident of his own rightness as Batman is in this story. Real life villains aren’t like Miller’s Luthor, who considers himself evil and is happy about it.)

    Just as the Atom appeared in Kandor as a “colossus” who brought “salvation,” so now Green Lantern looms in outer space as a colossus who closes his fist around the Earth, in a gesture that mirrors Batman’s clenched fist signifying revolution on the cover of issue 1 and the last page of issue 2. Green Lantern’s gigantic size and power suggests that DK2 presents him, like Superman, as a being superior to ordinary men.

    Also like Superman, Green Lantern now embraces the “shadow” side of superherodom that Batman represents. Green Lantern says that Batman was right: “Of course we’re criminals. We’ve always been criminals. On this planet we have to be criminals.” In other words, the superheroes cannot cooperate with human government; they must stand in opposition to it.

    Even in the original Dark Knight, Miller’s Batman drew the line at killing. Not any more, although, significantly, Batman leaves it to a member of younger generation, the son of Hawkman, to kill Luthor. Batman exclaims, “Way to go, kid! That was great!” The Flash objects, but Batman counters, “Get used to it, Barry, These youngsters play it rough. It’s a whole new ballgame.” This is the second time we’ve read that line in DK2. Like Superman, Batman is learning from members of a younger generation who seem more ruthless than their elders were. And yet was it necessary to kill Luthor once Green Lantern had wrecked his plans? (And have we all forgotten that Batman could have captured Luthor when they met early in issue 2, thereby preventing many of the deaths that followed?)

    Brainiac’s holding the Kandorians prisoners in their bottle parallels Luthor’s domination of Earth. Just as Batman and his allies liberate Earth, so now Lara liberates Kandor by smashing the bottle open. Joining their heat vision powers together, Lara and the Kandorians incinerate Brainiac. “And the monster screams” says a Kandorian: in destroying Brainiac, Lara and the Kandorians are enacting the mythic role of the dragon slayer.

    As Lara rests after the battle, the Kandorian says, “Our savior sleeps,” perhaps making Lara a Christ figure; Christ symbolically slew the “dragon” Satan. But Lara is a wrathful demigod. Brainiac is destroyed by “fire,” and Miller three times gives us the line: “And hell comes to Earth.”

    That is an ominous phrase. Is this a Last Judgement, in which Brainiac is consigned to the flames of hell? Does this make Lara, the one who sent him there, an analogue to Christ the Judge or to Satan, ruler of hell?

    With Luthor and Brainiac destroyed, this leaves the Joker II subplot that seems borrowed from the “cape killer” mystery in Watchmen. Amusingly, Miller shifts to the subplot over two pages divided into many tiny panels, as if in acknowledgement that he hasn’t got much space left to wind this all up.

    The second Joker murderously attacks Carrie, and so the prophecy has come true, although the new Saturn Girl left the matter of whether Carrie would die unresolved. Joker II pronounces Carrie to be “the daughter” that Batman “never had,” thereby making the father-daughter subtext explicit. There is a clever nod to various actresses from the 1960s Batman TV show (so, you see. my opening review in this column was not so far afield from the main topic).

    And the new Joker turns out to be Dick Grayson, the original Robin, who in Miller’s alternate continuity, apparently never graduated to become Nightwing of the Teen Titans. Now perhaps his masquerades in Legion of Super Heroes costumes makes sense: in the Silver Age the Legionnaires, like Robin, were teenage superheroes. Maybe Miller is trying to lump all these “kid” heroes together. And while Miller certainly loves his own creation, Carrie Kelly, the female Robin, he definitely does not like the original version.

    Whether by accident or not, this plot twist parallels the one in Warners Animation’s Batman Beyond: Return of the Joker, in which a new Joker likewise is revealed to be a former Robin.

    Batman tells Grayson he “fired” him for “incompetence” and “cowardice,” which are not traits associated with the Dick Grayson we know from the comics. Grayson’s hatred of Carrie is a lethal form of sibling rivalry, resentment of the “daughter” who displaced him as Batman’s sidekick, heir and surrogate child. “Damn you! I loved you!” the DK2 Grayson tells Batman. This is the cry of a rejected adopted son, or perhaps even, in a nod to the late Dr. Fredric Wertham, that of an embittered sufferer of unrequited love of a different sort. But could the Grayson of past continuity ever conceivably become a serial killer?

    The Robin subplot is clearly important to Miller; the extreme close-up of Batman’s grim eye as he wields an axe against Robin is even used for the cover of the DK2 trade paperback. But why? What purpose does it serve in the series? What is the point?

    Perhaps it is no more than what Batman tells Grayson: “You were always pathetic. You’re still pathetic.” Maybe Miller just really dislikes the kid sidekick characters of past decades, and created Carrie as an improved version.

    What I find to be the most startling part of DK2 is Batman’s utter hatred towards Grayson. Batman must have cared for him once, and Grayson has clearly gone insane. But Batman shows not the least iota of sympathy for him or regret that Grayson turned out this way. Instead he ruthlessly tries to destroy him. Whether you think of Batman and Robin as father and son, big brother and little brother, teacher and student, or even as lovers, this is shocking.

    First he tries to drop Grayson into the lava of an active volcano beneath the Batcave. (A what? Gotham City is a fictionalized New York, and New York State is not known for volcanic activity.) Grayson saves himself, so Batman beheads him with an axe, commenting that “I’m no Thanagarian, but it’s a good, clean cut.” (So it seems that Batman is following the example of Hawkman’s son and is now willing to kill.) Thanks to genetic alterations he underwent, this doesn’t kill Robin, who merely sticks his head back on. (What, is there Velcro attached?) So instead Batman throws himself at Robin, hurling them both towards the lava. “Let’s die,” Batman says, though he knows full well that Superman will rescue him. Having become more like Batman, Superman doesn’t bother with saving Robin, who is incinerated in the lava, as if he were Tolkien’s Ring at Mount Doom. The scapegoat, Robin, perishes, while Batman undergoes a symbolic death and resurrection.

    The result of Batman’s revolution seems all too simple. He did not actually overthrow the government, but his forces removed the two “criminals” in charge, Luthor and Brainiac. The threat supposedly gone, Miller (through the Flash) pokes fun at two leading government officials, who are clearly caricatures of real-life Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld and Attorney General John Ashcroft. So I suppose Batman’s goal was not so much revolution as assassination.

    But wait: if “President Rickard” was a CGI fake, and Luthor and Brainiac the secret powers behind the throne, surely they must have had accomplices to execute their orders through the government and military. The top administration officials must have been working hand in glove with them. If in the world of DK2 Rumsfeld and Ashcroft were working for Luthor and supporting his policies (like mass murder), has Batman really saved America by leaving them in power?

    The presence of Rumsfeld and Ashcroft further suggests that Miller means for Luthor’s government to symbolize the real-life federal government, and the current Bush administration in particular. But one cannot seriously accuse the actual Bush administration of literally committing the kind of atrocities that Luthor’s regime perpetrates.

    So what is Miller’s actual beef against the U. S. government? What are his actual criticisms of it? How does he think that things could be run better? Towards the end Miller presents another Crossfire-style debate between Green Arrow, representing the left, and the Question, representing the right, that goes nowhere. There are no answers offered.

    Does Miller just not like big government and the prosperous public that supports it? Is he just writing out of the sort of gut feeling he has against Dick Grayson?

    Inspired by Batman’s victory, Batchick enthuses, “We could be witness to a profound change in human history here! This is totally millennial! These heroes offer us a fresh start ““ toward a better world! A brighter tomorrow!” The Superchix’s Wonder Girl sneers, “God, that is so Silver Age!”

    Actually, that should be Neo-Silver Age. Miller does seem genuinely to see Batman and the other superheroes as symbols of individual freedom as providers of hope for a better world, as forces for positive change. In this way Miller’s versions of these DC superheroes really does recapture the spirit of the Silver Age, rejecting the cynicism, irony and pessimism of other recent comics.

    But then there’s DK2‘s last look at Superman and Lara, hovering above the planet Earth. (Just previously, Miller shows us that there is now a church that worships Superman as a god.) Superman, ceding the role of mentor to his daughter, asks her, “What exactly shall we do with our planet, Lara?” Lara watches silently, with an eerie look in her eyes. She reminds me of the Starchild at the end of 2001: A Space Odyssey, the man evolved into a godlike being, contemplating the Earth. What will he ““ or Lara and Superman – do next?

    Is it in keeping with the spirit of Silver Age comics to have a Superman who renounces his humanity and intends, effectively, to control the world? Is a Batman who murders Robin have anything to do with the Silver Age philosophy? Or heroes who so disdain democratic processes? No, no and no.

    In “Dizzoner the Penguin,” Robin, Commissioner Gordon, and virtually everyone else thinks the Penguin will win the election easily. Only Batman trusts in the ultimate wisdom of the people, and by the episode’s end he is proved right. As a good West Wing watching liberal, whose sensibilities have been shaped by the politics and the comics of the’60s, I prefer this show’s attitude toward democracy to that of DK2. Batman has changed since the ’60s in more ways than one.

    Perhaps I can postulate the existence of another school of contemporary comics writing, one that flirts with the dangerous dark side of the superhero myth, with the concept of superheroes who put their own moral codes above those of society, and who believe it is their duty, not just to save people from harm, but to impose their “higher” morality upon them. In honor of Warren Ellis’s The Authority, I could dub this the Authoritarian School.

    The Dark Knight Strikes Again sets out on two different routes simultaneously, one towards recapturing a heroic, idealistic past, and another towards a particularly grim and gritty ideology. Which path are the comics of this first decade of the 21st century more likely to take?

    It is quite possible that, as Miller had the Question say in the first issue, he is not out to propound answers, but merely to ask the “question.”

    Having set up this dichotomy between popular ideals and elitist ideology in DK2, perhaps he intends to explore the subject further. I, for one, would like to see what Superman and Lara do next, and if they do decide to take control of the world, how Batman would respond to that. In other words, I hope we do not have to wait another fifteen years for DK3.

    Speaking of hope, thankfully, The Dark Knight Strikes Again ends on a positive note as Batman, so ruthless towards the first Robin, expresses his genuine warmth and love towards his “daughter” Carrie. He seems humanized at last.

    Carrie is surprised that Batman has blown up the Batcave, including the familiar relics of the past, like the giant penny. “But it’s your history. Your whole history,” she protests. Now maybe this is the real reason DK2 kills off Dick Grayson. Miller makes a point of reviving the Silver Age heroes in DK2, even ones that DC officially killed off, but he recasts them in contemporary terms, discarding what he feels no longer works. Perhaps the Dick Grayson version of Robin fits into that category.

    On this final page of the series, having endured Luthor’s beatings and the rest, Batman looks battered and grotesque. He may be physically old, but through his actions he remains spiritually young; through redefining himself he has been reborn. He no longer needs the “souvenirs” of an outdated past because he has regained his vitality in the present. His last words in DK2 are “I was sentimental back when I was old.”

    For still more about the Batman mythos, I direct readers’ attention to editor Michael Eury’s new Back Issue #3, now on sale from TwoMorrows publishing. This new issue’s cover feature is an article by yours truly about the history of the Joker, containing interviews with six writers and artists who did landmark work on the character: Denny O’Neil, Neal Adams, Steve Englehart, Marshall Rogers, Jim Starlin, and Brian Bolland, who contributed the stunning and macabre cover.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #33: A Boatload of Monsters and Miracles

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    As I hope readers know by now, the weekly schedule of this column is interrupted when IGN/FilmForce assigns me to report on some cartoon art-related event, most recently Cartoon Network’s “upfront” presentation on its Adult Swim programming. Now I can return to some works in progress for this column. But even before completing my trilogy on Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, I should deal with my comments and annotations on the penultimate issue of Neil Gaiman’s 1602 before the series’ conclusion finally arrives.

    Initially I found the cover to 1602 #7 puzzling. There was Dr. Strange’s head, symbolically hovering over the ship in which other heroes cross the ocean through the unexplored darkness. So what is that red ribbon that comes out of his mouth and swirls above his head? It is like an enormous tongue. (No, smart alecks, I don’t believe this is an allusion to Marvel’s KISS books. More seriously, as we see later in the issue, Magneto’s minion the Toad also has a long tongue, but I don’t think there is a meaningful parallel there, either.) Perhaps it symbolizes speech: the message that Strange has to offer, following the information he gained from the Watcher in the previous issue.

    It also alludes to a standard magician’s trick: producing ribbons and cloths from unexpected places, including one’s mouth.

    Reading the issue reveals that Strange is not entranced on the cover, his eyes closed, or dreaming: he is beheaded in the course of the story. As we shall see, this supports the “speech” interpretation, since Strange’s spirit will have much to say after his physical demise. But now the red ribbon also represents a river of blood, with the lines on it denoting flowing water. The bright blood, denoting life escaping the body, contrasts with the nearly black waters below, which may be lifeless death.

    A ribbon representing blood is also a traditional, stylized theatrical device: director Julie Taymor uses it in her work. This may serve to remind us that 1602 is a story, an artificial construct, and the concept of story becomes important by the issue’s end.

    There is also the old image of the soul emerging from a person’s mouth at death with his last breath. (For modern uses of this artistic device, see Terry Gilliam’s film The Adventures of Baron Munchausen and even the new Hellboy movie.) If the ribbon represents Strange’s soul, that would explain why it rises upward, in contrast with the ominous comet, which plunges through it towards the mortals on Earth.

    The comet on the cover is a traditional signifier of major events that will radically alter the status quo. The Star of Bethlehem could have been a comet, for example. William Shakespeare, alive in 1602, repeatedly used strange disruptions of the usual natural order in his plays to symbolize social and political upheavals on Earth. The unusual phenomena in the skies in 1602 not only indicate on a literal level the forces that imperil all of reality in the story, but also fulfill this symbolic function. With Elizabeth I murdered, a malevolent James I having ascended the throne of England, Magneto openly defying established authority, and repression and religious persecution rampant, the world of 1602 would be in turmoil even without this cosmic sword of Damocles hanging over the cosmos.

    Not until I started taking notes for this column did I notice that the constellations in the background represent characters from the story. Magneto especially looks here like the kind of figure from Greco-Roman mythology whom Westerners picture as a constellation. In Peter Parker’s case, the constellation takes the form of his symbol, his animal avatar, the spider. The deer, perhaps, is the still mysterious shapeshifter Virginia. (But who is the nude woman to the right?) This is a wonderfully ingenious new way of making the point that superheroes (and villains) represent a modern mythology, contemporary counterparts to the gods and heroes of classical myth.

    Strange’s opening narration (or, if we pursue parallels to English Renaissance literature, his soliloquy), is another of Gaiman’s inventive ways of recapping complex continuity in this series.

    It is odd that Strange can be held captive in a cell. (At times it has been claimed in his own series that Strange’s magic cannot affect physical things. Well, excuse me, but then what is the point of magic?) It is possible that Strange is not as powerful in this time, though surely he is still more powerful than Clea, who indicates later that she could easily rescue him if he had not forbidden it. But it becomes clear as the issue progresses that Strange has willingly allowed himself to be imprisoned and eventually executed. To save humanity and more, he had to give himself up to his enemies and sacrifice his life. (There’s a Christ motif here.)

    Though Strange claims that the alien Watcher gave him a “vision of everything,” it does not extend to the identity of the Forerunner, the being whose arrival in this period triggered the approaching apocalypse (Hey! Another religious image!). But that makes sense: the Watcher could not reveal what he himself did not know.

    The Forerunner arrived fifteen years ago, and Strange thinks it may be the girl Virginia. Of course! A teenage girl! I wondered why I had missed something so obvious, until I realized why I had unconsciously dismissed this red herring. It is because we were told she is the first “born” in the New World, so she is not a time traveler from the future.

    Strange refers to the threat of the coming “darkness” that will spread “across everything there ever was, or is, or will be, rendering it down to pure nothingness. No heavens or hells, no worlds between.” Gaiman could have simply stated that the threat to the universe, if unstopped, will destroy it in 1602, but he goes further. He has conjured a particularly chilling vision of mortality, in that he specifies that there will be no hereafter, either: death will definitely mean oblivion, nonexistence. (This “darkness” is thus the opposite of the heavenly “light” that the dying are said to see and move towards.) Indeed, the “darkness” will obliterate time itself, it seems, so that all of creation never existed: it will be an eternity of nonexistence. Why does Gaiman go to such lengths in describing this peril? He could simply be trying to make his apocalyptic threat seem greater than the many others in past comics stories. Perhaps, since it has been established that the Marvel Universe has been established to extend to alternate realities and timelines, and that humans have spirits that survive after physical death, that Gaiman means to indicate that there is no means of escape from this impending catastrophe. Strange’s astral form will not survive it, nor will there be a divergent timeline in which the universe escaped the disaster. (I suspect that theologians would challenge the idea that a physical threat could actually have any effect on spiritual realms, but this is irrelevant as far as this story is concerned.)

    In any case, religious themes have thus been introduced, and they will crop up repeatedly in this issue.

    The Watcher imparted his “vision of everything” to Strange on the condition that for the rest of Strange’s life, he never tell anyone what he has learned. “While I live, my lips are sealed.” In 1602 the Watcher is like an oracle, a source of knowledge, who deals in riddles. This is one of them, and Strange must solve it.

    The story shifts to Spain, where representatives of the Church are about to burn the captive Grand Inquisitor, who we know as Magneto, and his allies, Quicksilver and the Scarlet Witch, at the stake. In the dialogue between Magneto and the lead clergyman, I am struck by its simple, conversational tone. Gaiman deals with understated villainy, the villain who speaks quietly rather than in the sort of bluster and threats that one traditionally expects from Marvel villains. Perhaps this is the only way to make the dialogue of these larger-than-life characters believable in today’s comics. The mode of speech that Stan Lee gave so many of his villains, which so many of his followers adopted, can seem corny and over the top. Yet it took a long time for comics writers to start to abandon this style. (For example, writer Peter Gillis, in his 1980s Eternals limited series, endowed his creation Ghaur, the high priest of the Deviant race, with a quiet, subtle yet menacing style of speaking. Every writer who subsequently used Ghaur ignored this, seemingly unable to comprehend a comics villain who did not speak in pompous bombast.)

    Nonetheless, I suspect that something has been lost here. Stan Lee was aiming high with the disparate styles of dialogue he gave his characters. He may have consciously been inspired by Shakespeare, who could have noble characters speak in high poetry and low comic characters talk in prose and Elizabethan slang. In Stan Lee’s case, think of the comparable difference in the dialogue he gives the Silver Surfer and the Lee aimed at creating a heightened, stylized form of language for his grander characters, both heroes and villains, contrasting it with the colloquial, more realistic style he gave his everyman characters like Spider-Man. The language mirrored Lee’s fusion of the mythic and the everyday in his stories.

    As the drawings make clear, Magneto is bound to a stake between the stakes to which his accomplices have been tied. Is this an ironic parallel to Christ crucified between the two thieves? This won’t seem so far-fetched in another few pages.

    We learn that in the 1602 reality, Magneto’s first name is “Enrique,” a play on “Erik,” his alleged first name in mainstream Marvel continuity. (There was a story some years back that established that Magneto’s name “Erik Lehnsherr,” was merely an alias, but it’s as if I was the only one who read that story, inasmuch as it has been ignored by subsequent writers.)

    The lead clergyman reveals that in this reality Magneto was “born a Jew, in the ghetto of Venice,” and in this speech, the clergyman makes the virulent anti-Semitism of that time quite clear.

    It is by now a commonplace that the antagonism towards mutants in X-Men is a metaphor for racism. It has been pointed out that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby created the X-Men in the early 1960s, when the African-American civil rights movement was prominent in the news. It might be more relevant that Lee and Kirby were both Jewish-Americans; consciously or unconsciously, perhaps they were really aiming at anti-Semitism. Decades later, it was Chris Claremont who established that Magneto, as a child, had been imprisoned at Auschwitz. Although another X-Men issue that people seem ignorant of established that Magneto was a gypsy (like Doctor Doom!), the comics and X-Men movies now treat Magneto as Jewish.

    Gaiman not only picks up on this, but uses it to point to the similarities between Magneto and a far more famous literary character, who was created not long before the year 1602. By establishing that the 1602 Magneto was born in Venice, Gaiman is surely referring to Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice and its dominant character, Shylock, another victim of anti-Semitism who, understandably pursues a bloody vengeance.

    The clergyman burns off Enrique’s beard. Gaiman dies this in part for practical reasons: Enrique will soon don his familiar helmet, and Gaiman wants him to be recognizable as Magneto. Ridding Magneto of the beard throws off his “disguise” from the readers and also makes him look younger, in part one of his “rebirth” over the next pages.

    And here is another aspect that may not have been intended by Gaiman. The burning off of Magneto’s beard echoes the way that the Human Torch burned off the amnesiac Sub-Mariner’s beard in Fantastic Four #4: in both cases the beardless man then reclaims his true identity and launches an assault on the human race.

    Like the malevolent “vice” characters of Renaissance drama, Magneto is a trickster, and here he saves himself through a stunt out of the playbook of a later trickster, Br’er Rabbit. Magneto asks that his most precious belongings, including his helmet, be spared from the fire; naturally, as Magneto expected, the cruel clergyman instead places the helmet on the pyre.

    (The helmet, by the way, is no anachronism: Jack Kirby seems to have based Magneto’s helmet on ancient Greek battle helmets.)

    The churchman says that the helmet will burn as Enrique burns, thereby linking the two. The helmet is representative of Magneto’s true self. Through the burning of the helmet, which is unaffected by the flames, Magneto undergoes a symbolic death and resurrection.

    Magneto then magnetically levitates the helmet, the sign of his power and identity onto his head, and breaks free of his bonds. It does not make literal sense that the helmet increased Magneto’s power enough that he could escape. Perhaps he could have broken free at any time and was merely putting on a show to cow his oppressors. But it makes sense metaphorically. Symbolically, Enrique has to be reborn into his Magneto identity to escape.

    As Magneto frees himself, he extends his arms, taking on the familiar pose associated with the Crucifixion. As noted, this is an ironic parallel: Magneto is certainly no Christ figure, though he may think of himself as mutantdom’s savior. In freeing himself while mimicking the Crucifixion, Magneto creates the image of simultaneous death and resurrection.

    Magneto continues the theme of rebirth through comparing himself with a “butterfly” emerging from its “chrysalis”: he has ascended to a more powerful state of being.

    Now the story shifts to the Eagle’s Shadow, the ship carrying many of 1602‘s heroes to the New World. Perhaps there is an allusion to Shakespeare’s The Tempest here, inasmuch as Prospero’s island is thought to have been inspired by newly discovered islands across the Atlantic. Or perhaps this journey is meant to evoke the emigration of Englishmen, many of whom felt themselves to be outcasts in Britain, to new homes in America. Even if Gaiman has recast these well-known Marvel heroes as Europeans in 1602, these characters are American creations, after all. (Perhaps this even reflects Gaiman’s own transition from his life in England to his eventual settling in the United States.)

    It’s a nice touch that the 1602 version of Bobby Drake, the X-Men’s Iceman, turns out to be a relative of the Elizabethan explorer Sir Francis Drake.

    Here it becomes clear that the 1602 Fantastic Four don’t have their modern-day uniforms made of “unstable molecules” that adapt to their powers: Reed’s clothes do not stretch along with him. The series seems to suggest that Sue, the Invisible Woman, wears nothing when invisible because she cannot turn clothing invisible. (In fact, according to the Official Handbook of the Marvel Universe, this is irrelevant since Sue achieves invisibility by bending light around herself.)

    In 1602 America is a wilderness, so it makes sense that Gaiman has turned it into the 1602 version of Marvel’s own primeval realm, Ka-Zar’s Savage Land, populated by prehistoric beasts. The Thing refers to its “hairy oliphaunts,” meaning woolly mammoths. Can this also be a subtle allusion to the “oliphaunts” in Tolkien’s Lord of the Rings?

    PBS recently telecast the series In Search of Shakespeare, which pointed out that Elizabethan England was, in host Michael Wood’s words, a “police state” and mentioned Elizabeth I’s spymaster, Sir Thomas Walsingham. Presumably Nicholas Fury, in 1602 holds the role that Walsingham filled in actual history, and the PBS series showed me the context in which to place Gaiman’s depiction of spies, intelligence gathering, the search for traitors, and the state’s use of torture in 1602. (The series also emphasized that Catholicism was outlawed in Elizabethan England, another example of the religious persecution that is one of 1602‘s subjects.)

    Here Fury makes a speech that demonstrates the fate of those who fall from power in such a state: he is branded a traitor, his possessions have been confiscated, and his allies will be executed. (Actually, Fury has suffered a severe form of the fate that many members of established orders face when a new regime from outside takes over.) Fury makes the point that he chose personal loyalty ““ to the Queen and to Reed ““ over allegiance to James’s new order. As I observed about a previous issue, Gaiman seems to be emphasizing that the classic Marvel heroes can become outcasts because they stand for a moral code that may put them at odds with the established order.

    Now religion raises its head once more: Fury speaks of the time when he will “meet my maker,” and Reed chimes in, “As we all shall.” One would not ordinarily think of Reed Richards, the man of science, and Nick Fury, the political realist, as being among the Marvel heroes most likely to be men of religious faith, but in 1602 they are. The previous issue established Carlos Javier (the X-Men’s Charles Xavier) to be deeply religious as well. These three men’s spirituality is presented much more positively than that of the institutional churches, the Catholic Church in Spain and the Church of England in Britain, both of which deal in religious persecution and bigotry. The 1602 Reed and Fury believe in a moral God and a life after death.

    We have previously been told that King James’s aide is named “Banner,” so he must be the 1602 counterpart to Bruce Banner, the Hulk. With only one issue to go, it seems unlikely that this Banner will undergo a monstrous transformation. Perhaps this Banner’s role in 1602, as the underling of a malevolent ruler, is meant as a comment on Dr. Bruce Banner’s original role as a nuclear scientist who, without questioning its morality, develops a weapon of mass destruction for the U. S. government.

    In this issue we learn that King James’s Banner is named “David”: I will assume that “Bruce” was not used as a first name back then, so Gaiman has chosen to nod to the “David Banner” of the Hulk TV show instead.

    In explaining to Virginia why they cannot openly use supernatural means to rescue Strange, Clea speaks of James’s antagonism towards magicians; this is another example of the pervasive prejudices depicted in this series.

    The Angel, it turns out, is the only character aboard the eagle’s shadow who did not realize that “Master Grey” was really a girl, whom we know as Jean Grey. This certainly makes Angel look stupid; if no one else aboard was fooled, one might wonder what the point of her disguise was. (Later, Angel refers to Jean as “the boy I so wanted to believe in.” Is Gaiman possibly implying that the 1602 Angel is gay, then?)

    Gaiman is surely alluding to the Shakespearean device of girls masquerading as boys here: in Shakespeare’s plays this trick enables young women ““ Viola, Rosalind, Portia ““ to exercise a freedom of action that is not permitted to women of their time. Perhaps Gaiman’s point is that a girl could not be a part of a team of adventurers in this time unless she disguised herself as a boy. (This prejudice does not stop 1602‘s Susan Storm from being an adventurer; then again, she’s invisible, so no one literally sees her defying social customs.) Maybe it’s even Gaiman’s joke on the fact that though this team of mutants has virtually always included at least one woman, Marvel has always called it the X-Men.

    From excessive exertion of her powers in the previous issue, Jean now dies, in a sequence superior or more affecting than the recent “death scene” Jean had in contemporary continuity in New X-Men #150. (Since Jean has “died” and returned before, it’s hard to think that her “death” in New X-Men #150 will prove to be permanent.)

    Imprisoned in the Tower of London, Peter Parquagh ““ the 1602 counterpart of Peter Parker ““ again watches an animal symbol of his modern day self, a spider. Banner tells Peter a story about the Scots rebel, “the Bruce” (This is appropriate from Banner’s mouth!), who saw the spider as a symbol of heroic perseverance and survival; whether this story is Gaiman’s invention or not, I do not know, but it presumably tells us how Gaiman regards Spider-Man’s celebrated devotion to his responsibility.

    Strange’s execution comes as a surprise, in part because of Gaiman’s subtle handling: the beheading happens off panel, and when Clea is reunited with Strange on the next page, it may take a bit of time to realize that Strange’s head is no longer connected to his body. One never expects one of the heroes to die, though presumably the finale of 1602 will somehow undo Strange’s death, and perhaps this series’ entire version of the events of 1602 in the Marvel Universe.

    The lights in the sky, this time described as being like “a hundred comets,” not only signal the coming end of the world, but in this case, specifically show the cosmos reacting in Shakespearean manner to the unjust death of a great man, Strange.

    One of the guards mockingly pretends to tell another, “Harry, I am thy father’s ghost, come to see thee repent of thy whoremongering ways. . . .” I expect that the first guard has seen Hamlet and Shakespeare’s Henry IV plays, and, perhaps not having the best of memories for the popular entertainment of his time, has conflated father and son relationships from both into his little joke.

    Strange’s head can still telepathically project his thoughts until “darkness takes me”: though Strange spoke of heavens before, he is not here picturing a meeting with his maker, as Fury and Reed did. (Possibly Strange is simply referring to the coming “darkness” that will destroy all of time and space.) Clea kisses Strange’s severed head, but I don’t think that a reference to either Oscar Wilde’s or Richard Strauss’s Salome is intended (not unless Clea is the naked woman on the cover, which seems unlikely). Sandman aficionados will surely recall the living, severed head of Orpheus, however.

    Clea notes that “the dead speak only in riddles,” raising the riddle theme once more. Here we learn how Strange solved the Watcher’s riddle: since Strange could not speak of what he learned from the Watcher while he lived, then Strange had to allow himself to be killed. Physically dead, Strange can now convey the information to Clea. I suppose that Strange is also not technically “speaking” the information, since he is communicating telepathically. (But couldn’t he have done that while he was still alive?) But why did the Watcher place such a cruel condition on Strange? Did he want Strange to die, and if so, why?

    Actually, though Clea claims the dead Strange is speaking in riddles, he does not do so intentionally: neither of them know who “the Forerunner” is who must be sent back to its own time. In the manner of Sandman’s Lady Johanna Constantine, Clea rescues this sentient severed head from captivity amid a political reign of terror and carries it off.

    Clea’s references to being a “queen,” whom Strange freed, “far beyond the veils of this world,” is a reference to the classic Stan Lee and Steve Ditko Dr. Strange storyline in which Clea is the princess of the Dark Dimension, tyrannically ruled by the Dread Dormammu. Dormammu already existed in the year 1602, so he did not need to be displaced through time: he simply met Strange several centuries earlier. (Exactly how old Clea is chronologically is a question that has never been addressed.)

    As part of her funeral ceremony, the Human Torch sets Jean’s body afire in mid-air, and the Angel says he “imagined” ““ and we actually see ““ the gigantic image of a fiery bird: “Something huge. Something strange. Something beautiful.” This is the manifestation of the Phoenix force, which Gaiman describes in terms of the 19th century concept of the sublime: the beauty of the fearsome. Possibly the Phoenix image represents Jean’s released spirit, although since the Angel says he imagined it, we cannot be certain it is there; perhaps he is somehow drawing on the memories of his “real,” contemporary self.

    As I have observed in previous columns, in 1602 Gaiman confines himself to the characters of Marvel’s Silver Age of the 1960s, those that Stan Lee wrote., and the characterizations he gave them. But Gaiman makes two exceptions to this rule by tipping his hat to the work of two of the most important writers to follow Lee on his creations. Though Gaiman primarily follows Lee’s lead in portraying Daredevil as a witty “daredevil” swashbuckler in the mode of Douglas Fairbanks and Errol Flynn, he also invests him, especially in the first issue, with the mysterious, noir-based “devil” aspect of Frank Miller’s Daredevil. And with the apparition of the Phoenix, even more so than with his discourse on Magneto’s background, Gaiman salutes Chris Claremont, who turned Jean Grey into the human embodiment of the Phoenix force.

    Now comes what I consider to be the heart of the seventh issue. Reed theorizes that the “fundamental particles” or, perhaps more precisely, the “fundamental principles” of the universe are “Stories. And they give me hope.”

    As with Reed’s evocation of God, this is not something one might ordinarily expect the modern day version of Reed Richards to say. The 1602 Reed is speaking of a philosophical concept as if it were a scientific theory. He is contending that in the Marvel Universe, it is fact that progressions of events tend to fall into the form of stories. In other words, existence is not a series of accidents; the course of events is directed and planned. “Yet I posit we are in a universe which favours stories. A universe in which no story can ever truly end; in which there can be only continuances.”

    So who or what is formulating these stories?

    On one level, the 1602 Reed is a character who, through his genius, has deduced that he exists within a fictional universe, an artificial construct. Reed is a character in the Marvel Universe, an enormous body of interconnected stories. Neil Gaiman is the presiding intelligence governing the events of the current story, 1602, but the character of Reed will go in to appear in other stories, planned out by other writers, probably for many decades to come.

    Then, perhaps, the Marvel Universe is a better universe than the real one in which we dwell. In real life, we have no guarantees as to how our lives will progress, and our individual life stories inevitably end in death. Reed senses, however, that his universe will not end because stories do not end: one story leads into another. Though Reed does not say so, this means that an individual’s story may never end, either. A character is likely to survive any present dangers in order to go on to the next story. (Even many comics characters who die, like Jean Grey, eventually return to life.)

    The Human Torch, more cynical than Reed, sees these implications of his argument. “You’re talking rot, Reed. Poor Jean Grey’s story is over. Von Doom’s story is done. All tales end. And our world will end likewise.” In other words, everything will end in death. (This seems to echo what Gaiman has told us in Sandman about Death of the Endless, that she will be the last surviving being in the universe, although she is intentionally vague on the matter of what, if anything, lies beyond death.)

    Now,. even in terms of what we have already seen in 1602, the Torch may be wrong. Doom was still alive, if barely, when we last saw him. And, as noted, perhaps Jean’s spirit continues to exist as the Phoenix Force. Again, recall that Reed and Fury have both spoken of an afterlife: they believe that in their universe, the hereafter is a reality. They also both referred to “their maker,” God, who would be the Writer of the stories of their lives and their universe.

    Now, does Reed’s theory apply to the universe in which we readers exist as well? It depends on your point of view on religious matters.

    Here again there are connections to be made with Gaiman’s previous comics work. For one thing, Morpheus, the Sandman, is the patron of storytellers and stories. And then there is Morpheus’s brother Destiny and his book. All of the past, present and future are written in Destiny’s book: though we do not know who does the writing, this implies that it is written and preordained. So the DC Universe also follows a “story.” And if Destiny’s book is meant as a metaphor for the workings of fate within our real universe, it too functions according to plan, not according to accident.

    Ben asks Reed if he could transform him back from monster into normal human form. Reed replies that “the laws of story would suggest that no cure can last for very long,” since Ben is “much more interesting and satisfying” as the Thing.

    This, of course, has proved true for the Thing throughout the history of his stories: his cures never last for long. So here Reed once again speaks of his universe as if it were a fictional construct. Still, a believer in an ordered universe might likewise believe that Ben’s cures could not last if it was necessary for him to remain the Thing in order to fulfill his destiny in a “satisfying” manner.

    Just as the Angel “imagined” seeing the Phoenix, now Peter has a dream in which he swings from tree to tree. “I am more free and more alive than any man has ever been,” Peter thinks. He is, of course, imagining (remembering?) himself as Spider-Man. In part Gaiman is pointing out the difference between the introverted, brooding Peter, weighed down by his personal problems, and his other self, the extroverted, high-spirited Spider-Man. Gaiman’s reference to Spider-Man as “more free. . .than any man has ever been” reminds me of Frank Miller’s use of superheroes in The Dark Knight Strikes Again as symbols of individual freedom. Like Miller’s work, 1602 also has a political context. Miller states that his superheroes have to be “criminals” under a repressive government, and in 1602 King James treats all the heroes as traitors and outlaws.

    In his dream Peter imagines himself swinging from trees because he cannot envision the skyscrapers of a later century. But I wonder if Gaiman is also linking the web-swinging Spider-Man to the vine-swinging Tarzan, himself an Englishman who has escaped the confinements of conventional society. The 1602 Captain America is likewise linked to Tarzan: a white man who grew up in the wilderness and mastered it. (The fact that the 1602 Cap’s wilderness is the Savage Land, realm of Ka-Zar, who is clearly a Tarzan analogue, makes the connection even clearer.)

    Perhaps 1602 is pointing to Tarzan as a forebear of the superhero concept.

    Fury’s, Reed’s and Javier’s positive view of God contrasts sharply with the one that King James now presents to Peter: James sees God as his excuse for persecuting whomever the king hates, just as Magneto’s adversary earlier in the issue used religion as his rationale for attacking Jews and “witchbreed” (mutants). This churchman accused Magneto of rejecting God’s mercy; James sees himself as embodying “God’s will.” Through James 1602‘s theme of bigotry and repression reaches its peak.

    He obsessively sees traitors everywhere: “It’s all plots and plans and treacheries, laddie.” By this point, mutants, Catholics, Jews, “witches,” loyalists to the previous ruler, and, yes, superheroes, have been lumped together as traitors either to Church, state, or both. (I am reminded of Darwyn Cooke’s DC: The New Frontier, which, building on a previous Justice Society of America story by Paul Levitz, shows the political witchhunts of the McCarthy era putting an end to the Golden Age of superheroes.) In having James justify himself by stating that “A king is God’s anointed,” Gaiman thereby political oppression with religious oppression, and alleged heretics with alleged traitors.

    In an earlier issue Fury considered using torture on a captive, but decided against it. This issue 1602 clearly links torture with evil and oppression, not just through the attempt to burn Magneto at the stake and Strange’s beheading, but most dreadfully through James’s sadistic fantasizing about having Fury drawn and quartered

    James threatens Peter that his Uncle and Aunt’s hearts would break (literally) if Peter were to die “a traitor’s death.” Faced with this prospect, Peter accedes to James’s will. But readers should recall the earlier speech about the spider’s persistence; I expect that in issue eight Peter will make his characteristic decision about the requirements of “great responsibility.”

    It is fun to see how artist Andy Kubert now dresses Magneto in believable period garments that nonetheless evokes the present-day Magneto’s costume. It is even more amusing that Gaiman has Magneto name his new alliance “The Brotherhood of. . .” and then hesitates.

    Stan Lee and Jack Kirby had called Magneto’s team “the Brotherhood of Evil Mutants,” but the word “mutant” did not exist in 1602; besides, Gaiman may be subtly acknowledging the improbability that the self-righteous Magneto would actually call his group “evil.”

    On the final page, Clea accuses Rojhaz, the Caucasian who acts as an American Indian, of being the Forerunner who came from the future. With that Rojhaz drops his stereotypical broken English and speaks in what is clearly the English of our own time, right down to addressing Clea as “Ms. Strange.” (And what a relief that we were not to take Rojhaz’s politically incorrect, proto-Tonto brand of English seriously!) It is not a surprise that Rojhaz is Captain America; the surprise is that, unlike the other transplanted Marvel heroes, he remembers his 21st century self.

    Cap/Rojhaz is supposed to have been in the past for fifteen years, yet he does not seem to have aged a bit: it must be the Super-Soldier serum at work.

    As for Cap’s being the Forerunner of the Marvel heroes, well, the Sub-Mariner and the original Human Torch both predated Cap in comics’ “Golden Age.” But the original Torch, apart from a one-shot appearance in Fantastic Four Annual #4, was not part of Silver Age Marvel as well, and Namor, with his one-man terrorist attacks on the surface world, was hardly a conventional superhero. Though a Golden Age creation, Cap also embodies the spirit of the Silver Age Marvel heroes, so I can see Gaiman’s thematic point in making him the Forerunner. (And I wonder how many other readers had dismissed Cap as a suspect and were busy trying to find Namor instead.)

    Will any other familiar Marvel characters, as yet unseen in 1602, appear in the final issue? I observe that Gaiman has avoided unsubtle allusions to his past work: the 1602 Strange did not encounter or even mention Nightmare, Silver Age Marvel’s own dream lord. I do not expect that when the Eagle’s Shadow lands that part of the beach will turn into the Stan Lee-Steve Ditko Sandman character, either.

    Of the major Silver Age Marvel heroes, the most obvious one missing is Iron Man. I have been informed by one reader that Neil Gaiman stated in an interview that he couldn’t come up with a role for Iron Man’s alter ego, Anthony Stark, other than the obvious one of a man in a suit of armor.

    Well, maybe I can come up with one. In the 1960s Tony Stark worked with Nick Fury at SHIELD, designing that organization’s weaponry and high tech equipment. Perhaps in 1602 Stark could have been Fury’s weaponer, as well as Peter’s mentor in science. Or, the Stark of the 1960s was also a munitions maker: like Bruce Banner, he was a servant of the American military-industrial complex, and, also like Banner, was nearly killed as a result: Stark stepped on the booby trap that injured his heart while he was on a mission in Asia observing his combat equipment in action. Could Stark have been another of King James’s aides, like Banner? Or could he have been working in the service of Doom, perhaps unwillingly, designing his weapons of mass destruction or even his armor? Perhaps Doom would have forced a wounded Stark to serve him, in an echo of Iron Man’s origin, in which Stark’s captors forced the dying man to create weaponry for them?

    I somehow thought that 1602 would be a longer series, but here we are at issue seven with only one more remaining. Even considering the extra length of the final installment, can Gaiman really wrap up such a complicated tale in a single issue? It would seem that there is still so much to be done that it does not feel as if we are near the end. Well, we shall soon see.

    In theorizing that the universe is comprised of “Stories. And they give me hope,” Reed gives a further indication that 1602 is part of what I have called the “Neo-Silver” movement in contemporary comics.

    Perhaps this is a good point to explain further what I mean by this term. I do not mean the works of comics writers who are simply recycling variations on old Stan Lee stories as if the superhero genre and American comics had not evolved since the 1960s. This is the kind of work, which we have seen starting in the 1970s, that ended up reading like third, fourth, or fifth generation dupes of a videotape, and provoked such a strong reaction against Silver Age-style material from the mid-1980s on. Nor do I mean the attempted “reboots” of Silver Age series, in which the “rebooters” claim to be honoring the original stories, but make severe alterations in characterization and continuity that violate not just the letter but the spirit of the original tales.

    In contrast, the writers and artists of “Neo-Silver” works have recognized and assimilated the more sophisticated developments in the medium since the 1960s and reinterpret the Silver Age characters and stories from that standpoint. They respect the achievements and intentions of the great writers and artists of the past, and attempting to recapture the spirit of their works for a new generation.

    I propose that the first true “Neo-Silver” work emerged at the very time that the legacy of the Silver Age was under severe attack in the wake of Crisis on Infinite Earths: it was Alan Moore’s “Whatever Happened to the Man of Tomorrow?” his 1986 hail and farewell to the Mort Weisinger and Julius Schwartz Superman continuity, as I shall show in a future column.

    So, too, 1602 neither debunks nor condescends towards the classic 1960s Marvel heroes; it does not distort their morality nor set the characters in a cynical or nihilistic world. One of its themes, as Reed states, is “hope”; others, enunciated elsewhere in issue seven, are loyalty, love, moral responsibility, heroic sacrifice, and the persistence “to keep on fighting forever” if need be. Just as Gaiman has transposed the classic Marvel heroes of the 1960s back into the 1600s, so too he has found a way to faithfully reinterpret their moral agenda for a contemporary readership. Created in the 1960s, the classic Marvel heroes are shown in 1602 to be timeless, able to fit into the early 17th century as well as into the early 21st.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #32: The Living Legend

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    ONE AMONG FIVE

    Here’s my favorite personal anecdote about the late, great comics editor Julius Schwartz. Once I was at the DC offices when I heard familiar voices coming from Julie’s office and wandered inside. There was ye editor himself, along with John Byrne, Frank Miller and DC staffer Robyn McBryde. With a big smile, Julie declared (and I can’t recall the exact wording) “Here we are: the five most important people in comics!”

    And this was not entirely true. As you shall see, even Alan Moore refuses to challenge a Schwartz pronouncement, but I must summon up the courage to do so (much as I enjoy the fantasy of the five of us as absolute monarchs ruling benevolently over the entire artform; now there’s an Elseworlds premise for you). I am certainly not one of the most important figures in comics: I am and have been a peripheral figure, as befits my role as a historian, standing on the sidelines, observing creative people at work (yes, the parallel to Uatu the Watcher has occurred to me). Robyn, who subsequently vanished from the ken of comicdom into a career in women’s health clubs, certainly wasn’t that important either. (However, she is a beautiful blonde woman, a motif that will recur in this week’s column, and which surely accounts for why Julie included her.) John and Frank had a much greater claim to the title, as the men who had revamped Superman and Batman, respectively, for a new generation of readers. But are they definitely among the top five?

    On the other hand, Julius Schwartz himself unquestionably was. In fact, I would suggest, seriously, another set of five: the five people without whom today’s American comics industry would not exist. Though some aficionados of alternative comics may not like to admit it, superhero comics dominate the market, keep the direct sales shops open, and thereby allow comic books in other genres to survive and even flourish. So these five people are the ones who are most responsible for the continuing existence of the superhero genre. Obviously, the first two are Jerry Siegel and Joe Shuster, the creators of Superman, the character that started it all. There are also Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, the two principal fathers of the Marvel revolution, which opened the genre’s potential for greater literary sophistication and older audiences. And there was Julius Schwartz, who, among his considerable number of other achievements, rescued the superhero genre from near-extinction in the 1950s by pioneering the great revival period now known as the Silver Age.

    THE BACKSTORY

    How much can the world change in the course of one person’s life? Julius Schwartz was born in 1915, during World War I, before nanotechnology and genetic engineering, before DVDs and the Internet, before personal computers or television or transatlantic air travel, even before motion pictures with synchronized sound; all of this would have seemed the stuff of science fiction at the time that this major figure in early science fiction was born. Byrne and Miller may have reconceived Superman and Batman for a new generation in the 1980s, but when Schwartz was growing up there was no Superman or Batman. (Considering how established these characters have since become in the public consciousness, this may seem almost like saying there had been no stories about Robin Hood or King Arthur!). In fact, the American newspaper comic strip was still a young artform, having begun in 1894, only twenty-one years before Schwartz’s birth, and the first successful newsstand comic book would not appear until his adulthood, in 1934. Despite the high profile successes of Jules Verne and H. G. Wells in the 19th century, science fiction was still a small, obscure, struggling genre in the 1920s. Did anyone imagine that a half-century later it would become one of the dominant genres of popular culture, the stuff of blockbuster movies? The first magazine entirely devoted to science fiction was Amazing Stories, which debuted in 1926: Julius Schwartz was eleven, and he was one of the magazine’s devoted fans.

    Then there is another question: how much can one person change the world within his lifetime? As a teenager Julius Schwartz co-created the first nationally distributed science fiction fanzine, The Time Traveler, and thereby effectively co-created organized science fiction fandom; he was also one of the organizers of the first World Science Fiction Convention, in 1939. Schwartz became the very first literary agent to specialize in science fiction. Both as a fan and as agent he established connections with science fiction and fantasy authors of a generation older than his own: in their eulogies for him Alan Moore and Harlan Ellison seem especially impressed that one of his clients was H. P. Lovecraft. Schwartz also represented brand new talents, including two who became titans of the genre: Alfred Bester and Ray Bradbury. Play a game of Six Degrees of Separation concerning Julius Schwartz in his agenting days, and you will begin to see his connections spread wide through popular culture. One of his clients he championed was Robert Bloch, who would later write the novel on which Alfred Hitchcock based Psycho; another was Leigh Brackett, who would go on to write films for Howard Hawks and at the end of her career, co-write The Empire Strikes Back.

    So all of this would be more than enough for Schwartz to make his mark in the history of American popular culture, but this was only Act I of his career (and in a culture in which there are supposedly no second acts). With the decline of the science fiction magazine market during World War II, Schwartz landed a job as an editor at what is now DC Comics. He knew nothing about comic books, and yet would become one of the major creative forces in the field.

    During the rest of the “Golden Age” of the 1940s Schwartz edited series like the Justice Society of America in All-Star and the original Green Lantern. But by 1951 superheroes had virtually all vanished from publication, save for the Big Three of Superman, Batman and Wonder Woman.. Comics moved into other genres, and Schwartz edited the anthology titles Strange Adventures and Mystery in Space, two of the only successful, long-running science fiction comics ever. Within these titles ran several continuing series, most notably Adam Strange, an Earthman who led a secret life as champion of a distant planet.

    Had superhero comics merely been a transient fad, or were they a genuine new genre, that would endure and flourish as long as it could be reinvented for each new generation of readers? That was what Julius Schwartz did when he relaunched The Flash in Showcase #4 in 1956. The artwork was handsomer and more dynamic than the relative crudity of so much Golden Age art. In the new Flash, as well as his superhero series that followed, Schwartz drew on elements from the science fiction genre: the writing thereby gained new vitality, imagination, and sophistication. The stories seemed more contemporary, reflecting the young generation’s own growing interest in science, and they were even intellectually challenging: Schwartz’s comics were clearly not for kids incapable of reading “real books,” but for smart ones.

    Thus arose many of the greatest DC Comics of the Silver Age of 1950 through 1970, all revivals and revamps: The Flash (starring police scientist Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, in adventures that mixed spectacular stunts and witty comedy), Green Lantern (test pilot Hal Jordan, now a member of an intergalactic police force), the size-changing Atom (who took one DC hero’s name but was actually more like a reworking of the size-changing Doll Man), Hawkman (a blend of science fiction with the trappings of ancient civilizations, and pioneering the idea of a superhero and superheroine as equals), Justice League of America (DC’s greatest heroes united, in an updated analogue to the Justice Society), and later, ranging outside science fiction, The Spectre (an avenging ghost whose exploits now took on an epic, cosmic scale). On these books Schwartz worked closely with a cadre of great collaborators, most importantly writers John Broome and Gardner Fox, and artists Carmine Infantino, Gil Kane, Joe Kubert, Murphy Anderson and Mike Sekowsky. Alex Ross has argued that in this period these superhero concepts reached their finest form, not surpassed by either previous or later incarnations of the characters. And he’s right.

    So this would be enough to make Schwartz’s mark in the history of comics. Yet there’s still more to come. By the early 1960s Batman had strayed so far from his roots, battling aliens and dealing with the likes of Bat-Mite and Bat-Hound, that his books were on the verge of cancellation. Schwartz was assigned to take over Batman and Detective, and, though reluctant to take the assignment, he and collaborators like Broome, Fox and Infantino, made them the equals of his other titles. The artwork went from dated cartooniness to a sleeker, more realistic look; instead of science fiction, Schwartz and his writers drew on their love of mysteries to recast Batman as the “World’s Greatest Detective” (As a backup series for Detective, Schwartz spun off a character from The Flash, the Elongated Man, in mystery stories that fused the stretching stunts and humor of Plastic Man with the romantic comedy and repartee of The Thin Man.) Not only did Schwartz save Batman from cancellation, but his Bat-books attracted the attention of television producer William Dozier. True, Dozier ignored the seriousness and intelligence of Schwartz’s Batman stories, but it was the television show of the mid-1960s that made Batman a seemingly permanent fixture in American popular culture.

    So Schwartz’s work had inadvertently set into motion another set of dominoes, with unexpected but important results. Here’s an even more important example: it has long been known that in 1961 Stan Lee was assigned to create a superhero team book to compete with Schwartz’s Justice League. The result was The Fantastic Four, the pioneering work of “The Marvel Age of Comics,” which led to The Incredible Hulk, The Amazing Spider-Man, X-Men and all the rest. (And speaking of the X-Men, the first comics hero to be identified as a mutant was Schwartz’s Captain Comet.)

    For the benefit of newer readers, I should point out that before the Internet took over the world, readers commented on comics via snail mail sent to that now nearly-extinct phenomenon, the comic book letter column. Julie Schwartz’s letter columns were the best in the business: whereas other editors then and since would choose to print inoffensive puff pieces, Schwartz sought and published letters with wit, style and intelligence, that demonstrated genuine, if still budding, critical faculties. Doubtless remembering how important lettercols in science fiction magazines were to him as a fan, Schwartz treated his comics lettercols as a means of thought-provoking entertainment, just like the stories themselves. So many letter columns in other books ran non-answers by anonymous staffers; Schwartz, in contrast, always made clear he treated his readers’ opinions with respect. By printing names and addresses of his letter writers, he fostered communication among readers in a time before comics shops or conventions. Thus, just as he had pioneered organized science fiction fandom, Julie Schwartz was a prime mover behind organized comics fandom as well. Moreover, in encouraging his more creative correspondents, Schwartz set a number of them on the path to becoming comics professionals themselves. Quite a number of comics pros made their first appearances in print in 1960s Schwartz lettercols; he thereby helped inspire and create the next generation of comics creators.

    All right, so surely that is enough for one man’s remarkable career. The success of the Batman TV show swelled the sales of comics, but when the TV show fad ended, sales plummeted. For various reasons, Broome and Fox left DC, and the Silver Age was coming to an end, as a new generation of comics creators began entering the business. Surely this is the end.

    But no. In some of Schwartz’s mid-1960s comics there are awkward attempts to imitate Marvel, like nicknames in the credits. But Schwartz ultimately responded to the Marvel revolution by moving in new, original directions, mentoring members of the new generation of pros, and taking advantage of the new opportunities to push the artistic envelope. Hence, Schwartz presided over Denny O’Neil and Neal Adams’ landmark Green Lantern/Green Arrow stories, which dealt in political and social themes in a manner unprecedented in the genre, as well as delving deeply into characterization.

    Having revamped and saved Batman once, Schwartz now did it a second time, through his work with O’Neil, Adams, and such other talents as Frank Robbins, Steve Englehart and Marshall Rogers. The result was “the Batman” as we know him today in comics, animation, and film: the driven avenger from his earliest stories, presented in contemporary terms.

    With the retirement of his longtime colleague Mort Weisinger, Schwartz took over as editor of the principal Superman titles, which, despite their brilliance in the early 1960s, had run out of creative steam and no longer satisfied an older readership raised on Marvel’s innovations.

    Again, Schwartz modernized the look and upgraded the writing of the books, and if his Superman books did not represent the cutting edge of superhero genre, they were still imaginative, intelligent and entertaining enough to hold their own for over a decade.

    In none of the pieces I’ve read or heard about Julie Schwartz since his death has there been mention of his 1970s revival of the original Captain Marvel. Perhaps that’s because it wasn’t commercially successful; then again, none of DC’s subsequent efforts to revive the character have worked for long. But I don’t care if Schwartz’s version was ultimately a sales disappointment: it was the only DC version that captured the whimsy and enchantment of the Captain’s Golden Age stories, and if a modern readership can’t appreciate that, that’s their tough luck.

    So finally, with the DC Universe having come to the point of Crisis (on Infinite Earths, that is), in the mid-1980s, Julie Schwartz’s editorship on the main Superman books was coming to an end; John Byrne (one of the aforementioned Five) would be “rebooting” the series, starting its continuity over from scratch. Julie’s retirement as a DC editor was only a few years off. And yes, the last few years of Schwartz’s Superman had been disappointing. But then, for his farewell to the series, Julie again reached out to a new generation of talent and enlisted Alan Moore to write his final issues of Action and Superman.

    Moore’s two-part story, “Whatever Happened to the Man of Tomorrow?” was such an astonishingly brilliant utilization of the Weisinger/Schwartz Superman continuity as to make one wonder why anyone thought it needed to be rebooted in the first place. Julie Schwartz left his last important series with one of the great classics of his entire career: not with a whimper but with a bang.

    MEMORIAL DAY

    So, yes, it seems as if Julius Schwartz was everywhere in the history of American science fiction and comic books, but what kind of a person was he? For that I turn to the speeches made in his honor at the public memorial that DC Comics held for him on Thursday, March 18 in New York City.

    Obviously, I had to go. My friend Laurie Sutton, a former DC editor, warned me: you know Julie’ll be looking down and watching, seeing who shows up. She turned out not to be the only person thinking along these lines.

    But early on, it was a miserable day. After one of the coldest and snowiest winters on record in New York City, we had finally broken through to springlike temperatures, only to be plunged abruptly back into Arctic weather. It had snowed the whole day before, and this morning was dark, overcast and chilly. It was funeral weather.

    There is actually something of a tradition of memorial services in the New York comics community: there were a disturbing number of them in the mid-1990s, in ominous juxtaposition with the convulsions shaking the industry, and shaking various people out of it. Not only were there memorials for Founding Fathers of the business, such as Jerry Siegel, but for people who died far too early: notably Marvel direct sales head Carol Kalish and editors Archie Goodwin and Mark Gruenwald. Those three memorials were attended by enormous numbers of comics professionals.

    At the Gruenwald memorial, watching old videotapes of the stunts and hijinks staged by Mark that were a regular part of life at Marvel in the less corporate environment of the 1980s, people commented that an era had passed; Mike Carlin noted that he knew even while they were happening that those would be the “good old days.”

    It was less obvious at that memorial that it would be the last great gathering of the mainstream New York City comics community. With harder times and fewer social occasions, much of it dispersed.

    Unlike past memorials I attended, which were in the afternoon or evening, the Schwartz memorial was held in the morning, and in a different sort of locale: a movie theater. That accounts for the early time: there are no screenings in the morning, but we would have to be out by noon. The memorial was scheduled to begin at 9:30 AM, actually started at 9:40, and ended at 11:30, leaving a half hour for the inevitable milling about, conversing and networking, before everyone had to leave.

    The site was a Clearview Cinema (showing The Fog of War, the Oscar-winning documentary about Vietnam-era Defense Secretary Robert McNamara) on 62nd St. and Broadway. This would be over halfway along a direct route from DC’s offices (which are in the big black building you see across from the Ed Sullivan Theatre on the Letterman show) to Lincoln Center. Paul Levitz himself, DC’s president and publisher, was in the lobby welcoming people as they arrived. On a nearby table were copies of Julie’s autobiography, Man of Two Worlds: My Life in Science Fiction and Comics (2000, HarperCollins), as well as the program booklet for the memorial. On the front of the latter was a photograph of Julie, inside was Harlan Ellison’s obituary for him, and on the back was a familiar illustration from DC’s 1970s in-house fanzine, Amazing World of DC Comics: drawn by Joe Kubert, it shows tiny figures of DC’s leading super heroes looking up at a colossal bust of their editor’s face.

    It had been widely reported that this was a memorial open to the public, and I wondered beforehand if there would be a crush of comics fans trying to get in, but there wasn’t. It was certainly well attended: the theatre was nearly full. But that’s “nearly,” not “entirely,” since there were plenty of empty seats. True, there had been snow the night before, and the early starting time was not good for out-of-town freelancers. Still, it seemed to me there had been more attendees at the Goodwin memorial, and unquestionably at the Gruenwald public memorial. Perhaps in part this is due to the comics pro diaspora: people at the memorial would meet and greet each other with the kind of delight and surprise that comes with not having seen each other in a very long time. Part of the reason could also be that Schwartz had been retired from editing for about a decade and a half. I saw very few people younger than Boomers at the ceremony. Yet Julie had been a prominent presence at conventions over those years. And one might hope more of the newer pros would have had more of a sense of history. Ah well. In his blog Peter David estimated the audience as being 100 to 150 strong. I think it was more; as I said, it was nearly a full house. And it was clear that for all of the people there, it was important for them to be there.

    A memorial like this one is a form of theater. That is not to imply it is less than serious in intent. Theater began as a firm of ritual; a memorial is a ritual of remembrance. There are speakers and there is an audience. But the speakers are not the “stars”: there is a lead character, the deceased, and it is the story of his life that they tell. The speakers are, in a sense, performers, and the best speakers deservedly receive applause.

    The art of public speaking is in a sorry state in contemporary America. Just think of the current presidential election campaign, or every other one of them over the last forty years. How often is anything memorable said? I even saw a column in the New York Times that argued that people nowadays would reject eloquent, well-written speeches as false and artificial. Even at the Cartoon Network advertisers’ presentation I attended last month, I found myself enduring lame and dismal efforts at humor, as if the speaker’s craft of capturing an audience’s interest were irrevocably lost.

    Politicians and comedy executives may not be good at public speaking, but comics writers and editors are. The great comics industry memorials are themselves memorable for the eloquence and writing skill of their best speakers, and the Schwartz memorial bore this out.

    At 9:40, Paul Levitz started the proceedings by informing us that in his “usual organized fashion,” Mr. Schwartz had edited today’s memorial. He had requested that selections of his favorite form of music, jazz, be played. And so they were, over the sound system, suggesting to my mind a touch of a New Orleans funeral. The tone set was quietly contemplative, though. One passage seemed particularly appropriate: Louis Armstrong singing (if I made out the words correctly): “Ashes to ashes, dust to dust/It’s too bad ol’ Gabe couldn’t have stayed on and lived with us.”

    When these opening selections ended, the audience applauded. Paul Levitz said, “As far as I know, Julie has not arranged for anything else to happen here,” but warned us that he could not be certain of that. (So perhaps Laurie was right.)

    Then Levitz spoke of the tradition of these memorials in the comics industry: “Over the years days like this have been very special experiences within our field.” As for the man being honored today, he said Julius Schwartz was “unique among the unique” and “our self-proclaimed Living Legend.” (This was one of the continuing motifs of the morning: Schwartz’s description of himself as a “Living Legend,” which, as Henry Kissinger said about another subject, “has the added advantage of being true.”)

    The memorials are a tradition, and their format is traditionally laissez-faire. “We have no system; we have no organization; we have an open mike,” Levitz noted, so anyone who wished to speak could do so. He pointed out that we “have to be out of here by noon,” observing that “Julie would not approve of our missing any deadlines.” As for the length of the speeches, Levitz said he would “suggest a minute or two for every decade you’ve known Julie” ““ the audience chuckled ““ and added that he realized this would make some speeches long indeed.

    The first of the speakers was Brian M. Thomsen, Schwartz’s collaborator on his autobiography, Man of Two Worlds. (The title, should you need it explained, refers both to one of Schwartz’s landmark stories, Flash of Two Worlds, in which the Golden Age and Silver Age Flashes first met, and to Schwartz’s careers in science fiction and comics.)

    Thomsen was primarily standing in for the man who was supposed to have been the lead speaker, Schwartz’s longtime friend and the great writer of imaginative fiction, Harlan Ellison, who had been prevented from attending by the double whammy of health problems and last night’s snow causing the cancellation of his flight from the West Coast.

    However, Ellison’s eulogy was printed in the program leaflet, and now Thomsen read it aloud. It was just right for the occasion, combining historical perspective and personal anecdotes, and touching in its conclusion. Much of the audience followed along silently in their programs as Thomsen read the piece aloud. When Thomsen moved from one page to the next, there was a loud rustling noise, as so many audience members simultaneously folded over the program, as if they were turning the page of a prayer book in church.

    I would love to quote bits of the eulogy, but I’m not going to. It is well worth reading, and touching. But Ellison is understandably and rightly upset by the mindset in the Internet culture that asserts a right to illegally download copyrighted material without paying for it ““ such as music or Ellison’s own writing ““ just because it’s so easy to do so, and he takes a very hard line against copying. Rather than debate him on the subject of “fair use” of excerpted quotes in reporting on public events, I’ll simply send you all to read the eulogy where Ellison has posted it himself. (Remember: look but don’t touch!) It will also be printed in the Schwartz tribute comics that DC will be publishing this summer, so you can buy copies of it then.

    But maybe I can describe (without quoting) some of the topics of his eulogy. Much of it was a chronological recounting of Schwartz’s extraordinary list of career achievements; I’ve taken my own approach to doing this sort of thing earlier in this column. As if composing an overture to the ceremony, Ellison touched on many subjects that recurred throughout the day’s speeches, like leitmotifs in a musical composition: the Living Legend nickname, Schwartz’s trademark pleasures (jazz, the Yankees, pea soup), the regularity of his habits, his proper businesslike manner of dress (in contrast to younger, more casually garbed slobs ““ I mean, comics pros), the contradiction between his gruff facade and his kindly inner self, and the fact that he saved American comics from going the route of the dodo. And there was another theme that other speakers also voiced: the fact that through editing (and so often co-plotting) these stories of heroism that readers discovered in their childhood, Schwartz was a positive influence on the moral sensibilities of generations. (Julie Schwartz had a stronger creative personality than most mainstream comics editors of recent times; to borrow a term from film criticism, he was clearly the auteur of his Silver Age comics.)

    I will risk one quote ““ because Ellison was himself quoting someone else. He pointed out that in Spaceballs, Mel Brooks’ parody of Star Wars, characters great each other with “May the Schwartz Be with You.” Now I always assumed that Brooks just used “Schwartz” as a funny sound-alike for “force.” But is Ellison right? Is Brooks comically aware enough to have been doing a homage to our industry’s Schwartz?

    On finishing Ellison’s piece, Thomsen then began his own reminiscences of Schwartz: in keeping with the regularity of Julie’s habits, Brian had a weekly lunch and phone call ““ always at 9 PM ““ with him. Thomsen recalled how Schwartz “loved the Yankees,” but would continually grouse, “The Yankees…they’re not a very good team” ““ even when they won the pennant. In part, Thomsen acknowledged, this is because Schwartz was old enough to remember the days of Babe Ruth and Lou Gehrig. But it was also because he was “a man who expected perfection from everyone else because he expected it from himself.”

    Speaking of “The Golden Age of Schwartz,” Thomsen said that Julie provided an “example of why retirement means you don’t have to stop working.” After officially retiring from editing, Schwartz continued to appear at conventions as DC’s goodwill ambassador; he also retained an office at DC and went in once a week. Thomsen said that Schwartz would insist that he “had to get into the DC offices because DC needed him.”

    But, Thomsen said, “there was a time he felt he wasn’t needed anymore”: Schwartz “was getting depressed, discouraged, and needed something to do.” Thomsen credited Paul Levitz with solving the problem by arranging for Julie to write his memoir. This meant that “Julie had a focus again,” and work to do, and he had a “sense of accomplishment” when the autobiography finally came out. And when it did, Schwartz asked Thomsen, “We’re starting on the revision now, aren’t we?”

    (This was not the first time that the idea of a book about Schwartz’s life had arisen. I seem to recall that Elliot Maggin was working on such a book at one time; in fact that’s what scuttled the plans of Mark Gruenwald, who idolized Julie, to write his own book about him ““ and Mark wanted me to help on it, but with his own busy schedule, Mark never got around to doing it. So I am pleased that Thomsen succeeded where others had not.)

    Thomsen underlined the fact that beneath a certain ironic bravado, Schwartz was actually quite modest. “Despite calling himself a Living Legend,” Thomsen stated, “Julie didn’t really think his story was that important.” Instead of getting him to talk about himself, Thomsen found himself getting Schwartz to talk about the many talented individuals he had worked with: “Julie told his story through other people’s stories.”

    Thomsen concluded by proposing a revision of the old maxim that one can judge a person by the company he keeps. Instead, “You can tell a man’s character by the people who wish to be in his company,” and Thomsen proceeded to go down a remarkable list of luminaries in the worlds of science fiction and comics who counted Julie as friends, and included “many many beautiful blonde women.” (Now actually, I was under the impression that Julie didn’t discriminate according to hair color.)

    Following Thomsen’s remarks, Paul Levitz declined credit for the memoir project, and said he was merely the one who connected Julie, whom he called “an unlikely Scheherezade,” with Thomsen as his collaborator. Levitz said that the project started instead with Harlan Ellison, Comic Buyer’s Guide editor Maggie Thompson and others, who “came up with the basic idea,” and said that Julie was “a national treasure” that they must “keep polished.”

    BEYOND THE SHIRT

    Next up was Denny O’Neil, who worked with Schwartz on Green Lantern/Green Arrow, Batman, Superman and Shazam, and who represents the gold standard for speakers at comics memorials: I still recall his eulogy for Mark Gruenwald, praising him for making his “life” into his foremost work of “art.” O’Neil was Gruenwald’s mentor at Marvel; now O’Neil would be eulogizing his own mentor in the artform.

    O’Neil began by reflecting that superhero comics deal with “double identities”: the person who looked ordinary on the surface, but “underneath, ubermensch!” He continued that about three days ago, it occurred to him that Schwartz himself was a “double identity character.”

    O’Neil then gave us a flashback to his first meeting with Schwartz, in 1966 or 1967. “He did not look like the god of editors”: in white shirt and tie, he “looked like he could’ve been a Midwestern businessman.” Moreover, O’Neil said, Schwartz proved to be “a man of egregiously regular habits”: making a phone call to his wife at same time at the same time each day, and so forth. O’Neil noted that the philosopher Immanuel Kant was said to be so regular in taking his afternoon walk at the same time every day that his neighbors could set their watches by it. Compared to Julie, O’Neil declared, “Kant was Courtney Love.”

    In contrast, O’Neil described himself as looking like “an aging hippie” in tie-dye shirt, jeans, and long hair (“I know it’s hard to believe; I have photographs.”). Yet despite the disparities, within only months they had established “mutual trust” which eventually evolved into “friendship.”

    O’Neil commended Schwartz’s style of editorship, stating that he “set boundaries for the playing field,” but allowed him a “great deal of freedom within” those boundaries. Moreover, with Schwartz “ego never entered into it.” O’Neil quoted one of Schwartz’s own proteges in science fiction, Alfred Bester, as having said, “Among professionals the job is boss,” and that was true of Schwartz.

    “Along with Stan Lee he reinvented a genre,” O’Neil declared, adding that Schwartz “didn’t think it was so important”: he saw himself as just doing his job. And yet, O’Neil said, returning to his “double identity” theme, “beyond the white shirt” lay “Super-Editor.”

    Calling Schwartz a “warm, cranky, lovable, extremely creative guy,” O’Neil summed up, “Working with Julie was one of the better things that happened in my life. Being able to call him friend was one of the absolute best.”

    AN INTERRUPTED TOUR

    Next came Michael Uslan, who started out in comics writing letters to Schwartz’s books; if his name is familiar to you it’s because you see it in the credits of the Batman movies as executive producer.

    Introducing himself as “another student of the Living Legend,” Uslan revealed that he first met Schwartz forty years ago that very week on a tour of the DC offices. (Calm down, readers, I don’t believe these tours are held any longer, and certainly not for adults.)

    Another of the recurring themes of the memorial was how young many of us were when we first encountered Schwartz’s work. When he was only eight, Uslan said, he thought Schwartz’s name was “Editor” because that’s how the letters in the lettercol were addressed: “Dear Editor.” With greater age, sophistication, and powers of observation, the young Uslan discovered the mystery man’s name in the indicia: “Julius Schwartz, Editor.” “I remember thinking that ‘Schwartz’ was a funny middle name,” Uslan recalled.

    Their first meeting was a fan’s dream come true. At age thirteen Uslan was taking the DC office tour, and Schwartz went by and saw him carrying a copy of The Flash. Schwartz pulled Uslan out of the tour, introduced him to legendary Flash writer John Broome, and even took him into the DC Library (the treasure vault!!) and showed him a copy of Flash #1. And from then on, Schwartz answered every letter Uslan wrote. (Hey, wait a minute! He didn’t do that with my letters! Note to self: another reason I shouldn’t have grown up in the Boston area.)

    When Uslan was in college, Schwartz even let him write Batman, in retrospect, a foreshadowing of Things to Come. Here Uslan introduced another of the morning’s running motifs: Julie’s nickname (known even to us readers at the time) as “B.O. Schwartz.” This was not a reference to scents but to sensibility: it stood for “Be Original,” Schwartz’s maxim for his writers.

    ACHIEVING THE HEIGHTS

    Our next speaker was senior among them: Irwin Hasen, whose artwork on the comic strip Dondi I saw in my childhood, but who worked with Schwartz in the “Golden Age” of the 1940s.

    “Julie Schwartz was a legend of the Golden Age,” Hasen began, and “an innovator of the Silver Age, but Julie was ageless.” Here’s yet another running theme, and one that reminds me of something writer Steve Englehart said when I interviewed him some months ago for TwoMorrows’ Back Issue #3: “…some people, and Julie is certainly one of them, are sort of eternally youthful. Julie is always enthusiastic about cool stuff. … There’s no reason to get stuck in any particular era, and Julie was always of whatever era he was in.”

    There was no melancholy in Hasen’s speech: instead it was a rapid-fire string of funny anecdotes about his decades-long friendship with Schwartz, delivered like an old-time stand-up comedian. A man who might be described as vertically challenged, Hasen declared, “At a low point in my life he advised me to go to Height Watchers.” A few seconds passed as the joke sank in, and then the audience burst into laughter.

    STANDING ROOM ONLY

    Then came Jack C. Harris, a former writer and editor at DC, who now (like some other comics veterans, including myself) has turned to teaching about the comics medium. He posted his speech at the Ellison website on March 20, and you can find it here

    Harris was the first of the speakers to acclaim Schwartz’s letter columns. As “a price to pay” for what he gave us, Harris said, “Julie demanded original, thought-provoking letters, missives that posed intriguing questions and offered informative critique.”

    “I never saw anyone who didn’t like Julie Schwartz,” stated Harris, who quoted comics writer Len Wein’s description of him as “everyone’s favorite uncle.” Harris imagined that Julie was now the permanent guest of honor in a comics/science fiction convention held in the hereafter.

    The high point of Harris’s speech came after he recalled standing alongside Schwartz at a comics convention, looking out at the enormous crowd of pros, fans and more. Harris told him, ‘You know, this is all your fault.” and Schwartz smiled and replied, “Yeah, I know.”

    So now Harris conducted an “experiment”: he asked the members of the audience if any of them were in the comics industry today because of Julie Schwartz, “either indirectly or directly,” to stand up. By Harris’s estimation, about two thirds of the hundreds who were gathered there stood. “See, Julie?” said Harris; “It’s still your fault.”

    (Afterwards I spoke with Jack, and we agreed that considering that the comics industry might not even exist today if not for Schwartz, everybody should have stood up.)

    IN THE SOUP

    Harris was followed by Ricia Mainhart, who observed that as a science fiction literary agent, she was following a career that Julie Schwartz had created. She was another of Schwartz’s regular lunchtime companions, and the centerpiece of her speech was an amusing tale of how “catastrophe” struck when the restaurant near DC’s old offices where he had his beloved navy bean soup closed: unable to find another restaurant with the good sense to put it on their menu, she ended up learning to make it herself, with him editing her efforts all along the way.

    DC editor Bob Greenberger read a message sent by longtime comics writer Len Wein. In their first meeting, Wein recalled that an angry Schwartz saw him and seized him by the shirt collar, telling him. “You’re writing The Flash. I don’t know who you are but you couldn’t do a worse job than the expletive deleted I just fired!” (Playing Schwartz’s part, Greenberger affected a comically gruff voice that didn’t really sound like him but got the requisite laughs. Perhaps Julie should have played J. Jonah Jameson in the Spider-Man movie, or maybe Bob.)

    A year later, Wein found himself at the DC offices just watching Schwartz intently working at his desk, as if studying how editing is done. Schwartz looked up and (in Greenberger’s performance) barked, “What the hell do you want?” In his reminiscences Wein admitted he could not explain why he said what he did (was he demonically possessed?), but he replied that he “just thought I’d stand here for a while watching you go senile.” (!) Schwartz stared, then started laughing, so convulsively he actually fell out of his chair. “Now that was funny,” Julie told him; “Why aren’t you that funny in your scripts?” (And the audience laughs in surprise and delight.) And that is how Wein and Schwartz became friends.

    Yet more comedy came from the next speaker, Mike Carlin, one of Schwartz’s successors as Superman editor. I had thought that Mike had begun his comics career at Marvel, but he informed us that thirty years ago around this time of year he was a high school intern at DC. Carlin said he didn’t meet Schwartz back then, but he saw him, at work, drinking his lunchtime soup. “Soup is a very big theme here,” Mike observed, as if engaging in literary analysis. “Julie was Soup-erman.”

    The audience groaned in agony, like a massive wail of pain from the pits of hell. But Schwartz loved puns, including bad puns, and Mike was simply honoring the Schwartz tradition here.

    Though they became friends later, once Mike became an editor at DC, Carlin said he understood why Schwartz never talked to him when he was an intern: he didn’t have to, “I wasn’t part of his day.” But “He actually taught me a lot. I don’t talk to interns now,” Carlin told an amused audience.

    OLD TIMES ON OLYMPUS

    Now Neil Gaiman stepped onto the stage, but he told us, he was there to deliver not his own speech but one sent by Alan Moore! For 1602 readers, this state of affairs causes me to imagine if there had been a memorial held by English playwrights in the early 17th century. Ben Jonson gets up to speak, and the audience stirs expectantly: it’s Jonson, the best writer here, this is going to be good, o rare Ben Jonson and all that. And instead Jonson says he’s there to read something his friend Will sent down from his retirement home in Stratford, and the audience’s collective jaw drops!

    Moore’s speech was utterly extraordinary, and you can find it in the March 18 post on Gaiman’s blog (a website that people of taste should visit from time to time, anyway).

    As a writer, rereading Moore’s tribute, I am astounded at how much vivid imagery, insightful characterization, sharp observation and sense of time and place (even a throwaway bit like a reference to “the migraine-yellow dot-toned hallways” of the old DC offices; it’s true!) he packed into such a short piece, while still allowing the piece to flow smoothly, whether it is read silently or aloud. Gaiman reveals in his blog that he was asked to read Moore’s message when he arrived at the memorial; hence he had no time to rehearse. Gaiman says he tried “to pace and pitch it as Alan would have done.” Neil’s reading struck me not as an imitation of Moore, but as a performance by a skilled actor of his own writings, turning the same talent to an interpretation of a fellow author’s work.

    You should all go read it for yourselves. In the time-honored tradition of reporters and reviewers I will merely mention a few of the best bits. Like some other speakers, Moore drew our attention to how young most of us were when we first encountered Schwartz’s work: he was “our childhood’s god, the intergalactic cabby who wouldn’t shut up, the curator of the Space Museum” (clever references to two of Schwartz’s comics science fiction series). Moore and Gaiman drew their second biggest laugh with Moore’s reminiscences of Schwartz showing him his scrapbook filled with photos of the great writers he had known: Moore wrote that he “could not have possibly been more impressed if he’d said, ‘See that old guy in the toga, standing by Ed Hamilton? That’s Zeus.”

    But the biggest laugh came unexpectedly, after Moore and Gaiman abruptly seemed to shift the tone away from amusing anecdotes. “And now we hear that Julie has been discontinued. Cancelled.” Gaiman paused significantly, and then continued, “But they said the same about Green Lantern and the Flash ““” And there was a massive detonation of appreciative laughter, the loudest and most fervent of the entire morning.

    Towards the end Moore noted that Schwartz had “ruined my reputation as a gentle pacifist” through his anecdote (found in his memoir and elsewhere) that Moore had (playfully, I trust) seized him by the throat to persuade him to let him write his final Superman story. Asking how he could possibly contradict Julie, Moore confessed that it was true.

    Or was it? I recall filmmaker John Ford’s classic line at the end of The Man Who Shot Liberty Valance to the effect that when the legend is superior to the truth, “print the legend.” Did the mock-strangulation actually take place? Well, it’s a good story. If it didn’t happen, it should have. And since the two participants claim that it did, it effectively has. (In W. S. Gilbert’s The Mikado, Ko-Ko reasons that if the Mikado sentences someone to death, that person is as good as dead, and to all intents and purposes is already dead, so why bother with the trouble of physically carrying out the execution?)

    SEEING SPARKS

    And now, finally and appropriately, a blonde woman steps up to speak about Julie: Karen Berger, head of DC’s Vertigo line. She began by remarking that the comics industry, “particularly DC,” has a “sense of family.” (Well, perhaps this is still true of DC.) Pursuing the metaphor, she characterized Schwartz as the “cranky but lovable uncle or grandfather.” She also observed that he kept his personal life separate from his off, and that he thus had “two families”: it would appear that his funeral, held weeks earlier, was her and other DC editors’ first real encounter with his “other” family.

    Unlike so many of the other speakers, Berger was not a comics fan when she was growing up, and hence did not read Schwartz’s comics as a child. But she said her memories of when she started working at DC, nearly twenty-five years ago, and sat in a cubicle outside Schwartz’s office (I remember that cubicle: it’s where she sat the day I first met her), were something “pure” which she likened to “childhood memories.” She recalled seeing his leading artists “coming and going,” and also his conferences with writers, where they “sat nervously as Julie plotted with them.” She said “You could see the spark in his eye” as he worked with them, and that he would “get them to take bigger chances, to be more original.”

    So there, intentionally or not, was another reference to Schwartz’s “Be Original” nickname. This also made me realize that Karen was learning how to be an editor by observing Schwartz from her privileged vantage point: so, inadvertently, Julie Schwartz also had a major influence on the Vertigo line as well.

    Referring to Schwartz as the “ubereditor,” Berger reiterated one of the day’s leitmotifs: “Comics today really wouldn’t exist as it does if not for him.”

    Next, DC veteran Anthony Tollin recalled attending “PulpCon” with Schwartz, where he saw Schwartz’s “fan” side emerge: the pulp magazines of the ’20s and ’30s were what he loved growing up. Tollin pointed out that the “important thing” about Schwartz as an editor was that “he remembered what it was like to be a fan,” and “identified with fans,” and knew what sort of things they would want to see.

    Tollin was followed by Nick Barucci, of Dynamic Forces, dealer of comics-related collectibles, who, alluding to the hereafter, said that Schwartz was “now truly a man of two worlds, looking down” upon us.

    THE WORLD OUTSIDE

    Then came Maggie Thompson, editor of the Comic Buyer’s Guide and one of the leading figures of comics’ “first fandom.” Conveying Harlan Ellison’s apologies for his inability to be there, she proceeded to illuminate the origins of Schwartz’s Man of Two Worlds autobiography. It was, she said, a “conspiracy” devised by Ellison, who was concerned about Schwartz’s health, as a means “to keep him focused.” Ellison got in touch with Maggie, who then told Paul Levitz.

    Maggie Thompson sounded a now familiar but essential theme about Schwartz once more and extended it: “The comic book industry would not be here without him,” and, further, science fiction would be different without him. And here she came to a major point indeed: “The world outside will never comprehend how important he was to us.”

    That’s certainly true about the present day; one might hope for more enlightenment in years to come, if comics continues to gain respect as an artform. For example, The New York Times‘ obituary was respectful and accurate, but did not truly convey Schwartz’s enormous influence. It’s not just the direct influence on writers and artists who worked with him, or even the indirect, unintended effects I’ve pointed to his having on Marvel and Vertigo. How many writers of science fiction, fantasy, and heroic adventure in comics, prose, television and film grew up reading books he edited, or the works of writers (like Bradbury, et al) he promoted? Just how far does Schwartz’s influence extend through popular culture? Indeed, to return to one of Ellison’s points, how many millions of people over several generations had their sense of morality and social responsibility in part shaped by Schwartz’s stories? Are there even kids who were inspired by Schwartz’s science-oriented Silver Age comics and ended up pursuing careers in science as adults? Will the World Outside or any of us ever really know?

    UNDER LOC AND KEY

    Then came another message from an absent mourner, a surprising voice from the past. In the 1960s there was a small, prolific cadre of writers who regularly turned up in Julie Schwartz’s letter columns, the fan critics with the most incisive and stylishly written LOCs (Letters of Comment). The foremost of these writers, the dean of LOC correspondents, was the erudite and aristocratically named Guy H. Lillian III. I’ve never met him, and he was not there, but he had sent in a LOC, by e-mail, in keeping this new century, and it was read aloud at the memorial: a poem from a novel by science fiction writer Philip K. Dick,. including the lines, “I must be gone/There is a grave.”

    Following this was another longtime fan, Ken Gale, who for eleven years has run a radio show about comics. Gale reinforced what Brian Thomsen had earlier remarked about Schwartz’s underlying modesty about his achievements. Gale said that it was impossible to get Schwartz to set a date to talk about himself on the radio, but he would eagerly go on to talk about people he had worked with.

    CONCLUDING REMARKS

    In his closing speech, Paul Levitz invoked the work of science fiction pioneer E. E. “Doc” Smith, whose Lensmen series was a major influence on Schwartz’s Silver Age Green Lantern. In that series, Levitz said, was a character like Schwartz, who was described as “one of the good aliens,” trying to make sure the humans got the help they needed, without taking credit.

    His voice breaking twice in these closing comments, Levitz focused on Julius Schwartz as mentor. “Thank you, Julie,” he began, saying that he “began teaching me when I was six,” reading his first Schwartz-edited comic, The Atom #6. Though Paul “didn’t know your name,” he was “learning about heroism. . .modesty. . .courage,” through morals “soft-spoken in the back of stories,” not realizing he was being taught. Years later, when he was a DC staffer, Levitz “watched” as Schwartz “taught organizational skills,” “gravitas,” and more, “by example,” acting as the “model of what an editor should be.”

    The very last speaker of the morning was Julie’s adult granddaughter, Andrea Hopkins, who told us it was “so overwhelmingly beautiful” to see how many people loved her grandfather. If we didn’t know about her and the rest of Julie’s family, it seems that they hadn’t known much about us until now, either. As she said, “he was very private.”

    TAKING A STAND

    The audience applauded Ms. Hopkins, the jazz recordings resumed, and the memorial had come to an end. It was 11:30, and for another half hour there was much communal milling about, both within the dark theater auditorium and in a well-lit room outside. People who hadn’t seen each other in a long time were talking, and perhaps the attendees did not really want the gathering to end so abruptly.

    This was far from the last tribute to Julius Schwartz. There will surely be panels in his honor at comics conventions in the coming months. Moreover, in July and August, DC will publish eight tribute comics. Each one will have a cover, recreated by a present day artist, based on a Silver Age cover from a book that Schwartz edited. The cover images would often be devised first and then he and his writers constructed stories around those images. So, too, each of these tribute books will contain two eleven-page stories by leading comics writers and artists, based on Schwartz’s original cover imagery. The original cover will also be reprinted inside each book. (But shouldn’t each issue also contain a reprint of Schwartz’s original story, too, so that readers who don’t have collections of forty-year-old comics can witness the work of the master and see what all the fuss is about? Well, I can help remedy this: I have a future column in the works that critiques a number of classic Schwartz-edited stories. And probably I will review the tribute books later this year, as well.)

    When it finally came time to leave the Clearview Cinema, we emerged into a greatly changed day: the clouds had appropriately lifted, it was brightly, beautifully sunny, the snow had all melted, and it was reasonably warm, as if spring had finally succeeded the long winter.

    I was part of a group that decamped to a nearby restaurant for lunch, and ended up sitting across from, and meeting for the first time, Irene Vartanoff, another of the leading lights of the Silver Age Schwartz lettercols. As a fan, I greatly admired Irene’s work as I did Lillian’s and others, and was thrilled when Julie began printing my letters regularly, too, elevating me into this honorable circle: this was my first published work. Now, at the restaurant, I found myself contemplating the unexpected twists and turns that life takes: it is at once strange and very appropriate that I should finally meet Irene, finally put a face and voice to the name, at the memorial for the man we both wrote letters to decades ago. This is one of those incidents that seems to be evidence against the idea that life is merely a random series of accidents; is it being plotted?.

    Irene made the point that Julie was our editor, too: that we knew we had to meet his high standards, to do our best work writing these reviews of his books, in order that he would print them in his letter columns. She’s right, and those letters were not just my first published work, but my first works of comics criticism. I went on to do more such work, in those oxymoronic entities, professional fanzines, which led in large part to my many years of work chronicling continuity for the Big Two, Marvel and DC, a satisfying way to make a living until recent years.

    But the silver lining is that now I have returned to my Real Work: as a critic and historian of American comics and cartoon art, in this column, in my (unsigned) reviews for Publishers Weekly, in the course on comics as literature that I’ll be teaching at New York University this fall, and my work in books and documentaries (and I hope I do more of both). The “Comics in Context” column, my Abrams Marvel Universe book, and all of the rest of it are direct descendents of the letters I used to write to Julius Schwartz’s letters pages. As far as I’m concerned, among his many other contributions to comics and science fiction, he is also one of the fathers of comics criticism. This column exists because of Julius Schwartz. I write about comics as an artform because of him. When that moment came in Jack C. Harris’s speech, I stood up.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #31: Knight Terrors

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    There’s been a long break since the initial installment of my review of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, newly released as a trade paperback, while I have written reports on the 2004 Toy Fair and Cartoon Network “upfront” presentation for IGN FilmForce. But now this critic strikes again, continuing where I left off.

    Book 2 of The Dark Knight Strikes Again opens with the cover for The Daily Planet Magazine (presumably the equivalent of a newspaper’s Sunday magazine supplement, like The New York Times Sunday Magazine, showcasing its cover story. “Superhero Chic,” with a picture of what, by coincidence, one friend years ago imagined as being the ideal Supergirl costume: a nude blonde woman with a strategically placed “S” emblem.

    This serves to introduce the “Superchix,” seductive young women dressed in superhero-style costumes, calling themselves Batchick, Wonder Chick, and Black Canary (the latter is presumably not the super heroine of that name, who would be much older at this point on the Dark Knight timeline), who are celebrities, though for what reason is not immediately clear: we are told they have their own website (no big distinction, that) and eventually that they are some sort of pop music group.

    So what is Miller trying to get at here? Initially, I linked the Superchix to the nude newscaster and other sleazy media types who appeared in Book 1. Are the Superchix Miller’s comment on the ever more sexually explicit trends in pop culture? In a world where superheroes are real, would Britney Spears and company dress up (or down) in superhero costumes?

    Perhaps the Superchix are satiric comments on the “bad girl” characters so prevalent in comics in the ’90s, who might be regarded more as pin-ups for male fantasies than the liberated heroines they purported to be. (Take that trend to its nadir and you get the unfortunate Stan Lee’s Stripperella.) If, as we saw in Book 1, The Dark Knight Strikes Again has a subtext about restoring traditional values of the superhero genre, perhaps the Superchix are meant to represent the more disposable, hormone-driven superhero comics of the last decade. Note that Miller’s amusing parody of TV newsman Chris Matthews (or perhaps of Darrell Hammond’s impersonation of Matthews on Saturday Night Live) rants, “So now the President brings the hammer down on three bouncy tarts for making the long green for adolescent boys who’ve got testosterone coming out of their ears and grown men old enough to be their fathers!” Could the same description apply to a lot of comics readers during the notorious early 1990s comics boom? (The Dark Knight Strikes Again is indeed an example of how middle-aged creators can use the superhero genre to voice their own perspective, despite its traditionally young audience.)

    And this in turn makes me think of Miller’s long involvement with the Comic Book Legal Defense Fund, which helps defendants in court cases that seek to outlaw the sale of “mature” comics. By having the government in DK2 outlaw the harmless Superchix, perhaps Miller is drawing a parallel to attempts to censor the comics industry, and hence to repress freedom of expression.

    Miller makes clear in DK2 that the superhero is a symbol of individual liberty. Sexuality is also arguably a means of personal expression and freedom. It’s interesting that Miller links superheroes and sexuality in DK2 by making them both the objects of government repression. Indeed, in DK2 they are the targets of the right wing. In the media debate over the Superchix, which Miller populates with caricatures of familiar “talking heads,” the person most opposed to the Superchix is the conservative commentator George Will. A longstanding slur on comics readers is that guys give up comics when they discover girls. How ironic that Miller instead links the superhero concept and sexuality together.

    Now, superheroes traditionally battle on behalf of the rest of the population: they are the champions of the public at large. Superman, raised in the values of the idealized Midwesterners who were his foster parents, stands for the American citizenry’s traditional morality: “truth, justice and the American way.” But what kind of general public does Miller portray in DK2? The men (and women) in the street types who pop up during Matthews’ Superchix debate are more grossly caricatured than the news media “talking heads” and just babble nonsense; no wonder Matthews yells at them to “Shut up!” It makes one wonder just how democratic the political stance of DK2 is.

    There follow three double-page spreads showing Batman descending from the heavens (like a bat and like an avenging deity) along with his aircraft to burst into Lex Luthor’s headquarters. Through these three spreads Miller moves from the satire of the Superchix debate to giving DK2 an epic scale, aided by the beauty of the skyscapers that Lynn Varley colors.

    Batman starts whaling the tar out of various Luthor allies: Miller even gives us an extreme close-up of teeth that have been knocked out of his victims’ mouths, accompanied by a spray of blood added by Varley. “Life doesn’t get any better than this,” thinks Batman. “God. I love my job.” (What was that about testosterone coming out of one’s ears?)

    Remember the square-jawed, grinning Batman that Dick Sprang used to draw in the ’40s and ’50s, wisecracking with Robin as they clobbered thugs? This strikes me as Miller’s updated version of that. His Batman may look like a grim figure of retribution to his enemies, but Batman himself isn’t grim at all: he’s performing his life’s work, acting true to himself (unlike the depressed Bruce Wayne leading his empty life at the start of the original Dark Knight), and he’s having fun. He is following his bliss.

    In the course of doing so, Batman beats up the (fictional) Secretary of State and (fictional) Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff. “So much treason to commit,” Batman muses; “So little time.”

    And this sets me wondering. Making known criminals Luthor and Brainiac the secret heads of the government, responsible for a covert coup d’etat, gives Batman a moral rationale for attacking the U.S. government.

    But here is Batman attacking a cabinet secretary and the head of the military. Are they Luthor’s knowing accomplices? Luthor, an American citizen, is a traitor for usurping control of the government. But here Batman calls himself a traitor. Is he merely making an ironic joke?

    What I wonder here is whether making Luthor the secret power behind the throne is less a moral rationale in the story than an excuse. Is DK2 actually an anarchist work, opposed to the federal government no matter who is in charge, simply out of an ideological opposition to big government?

    Batman then beats up Luthor and carves a “Z” on his face. Batman’s sidekick Carrie, now known as Catgirl, is bewildered by this last gesture, but this is Batman’s and Miller’s tip of the cowl to Zorro, one of the influences on the creation of Batman. (It was Miller who established that on the night that Bruce Wayne’s parents were murdered, they had taken Bruce to see the movie The Mark of Zorro.) Zorro is a supposedly idle rich man who adopts a costumed identity based on an animal (Zorro is “the Fox”) to combat a government that oppresses the people. In Batman: Year One, Miller made the young Batman’s principal opponent the alliance of government officials and organized crime bosses that dominated Gotham City; in DK2 the enemy is once again a government run by criminals.

    “I’ll see you in hell,” Batman tells Luthor in parting: Luthor is damned, of course, and Batman’s remark suggests the idea that Batman is a kind of devil (hence the horns and links to creatures of the night) who battles on the side of good. Carrie exults (twice), “We scared the crap out of Lex Luthor.” Batman, satisfied with a good night’s work, observes, “Striking terror. Best part of the job.”

    Well, whether or not Miller realizes this, I do not know, but, as people have long noted about terrorism, it backfires. Rather than scaring him off, Batman’s assault simply seems to spur Luthor on to further evildoing, resulting in the deaths of many innocent victims over the rest of this miniseries. Had Batman taken this opportunity to capture or even kill Luthor, he could have avoided all of that.

    Best of all, since Luthor had covertly seized power behind the facade of an elected President who turns out merely to be a CGI image, couldn’t Batman have simply exposed Luthor’s schemes to the American public once he had captured him? But then again, according to Miller’s caricature of George Stephanopoulos, “Maybe the President doesn’t exist, but that hasn’t hurt him in the polls.” The majority of Americans in DK2 allegedly don’t care whether or not they are oppressed. Batman appears to be fighting Luthor and company because he and his superhero allies think they are wrong, not because Batman is acting according to the wishes of the general population.

    And now Batman has referred to himself not just as a traitor but as a terrorist: “Striking terror. Best part of the job.” As noted, Miller has stated that when the September 11 attacks occurred, he found himself in the midst of working on a series that portrayed Batman as a “good terrorist.”

    Well, as we know from Batman #1, Bruce Wayne adopted a bat costume to strike terror into the hearts of criminals, who are “a cowardly, superstitious lot.” So the actions of Batman in DK2 are an extension of that.

    cic-031-01.jpgBut having Batman call himself a “terrorist” may be misusing the word. As we commonly think of terrorists, they inflict death and injury on noncombatants to achieve their political goals by striking terror into the population at large. Batman isn’t doing that in DK2: he seeks to terrorize Luthor and his allies, but not the public, and he certainly will not harm the general population. The only people this Batman seeks to kill are Luthor and Brainiac.

    The Batman of DK2 is really more of a commando leader, directing his troops in assaults on the enemy (Luthor) and what are effectively military targets: he’s like Nick Fury in a bat suit.

    Still, it’s significant that Miller uses such a loaded word as “terrorist” to approvingly describe his version of Batman. It may be another indication of the anarchist, anti-government subtext of DK2. For better or worse, Miller’s success in involving his readers emotionally on Batman’s side also gives us a look into the terrorist’s point of view. This kind of wish to violently overthrow the government may not be such an alien sentiment, after all, if it can crop up in our own fantasy worlds.

    Miller next brings in Ralph Dibny, the Elongated Man, who is doing a commercial in which he urges male viewers to “elongate your love life,” and thus a familiar gag about superheroes with stretching powers finally makes it into a mainstream comic. No wonder Ralph and Sue Dibny seemed to be such a happy couple.

    Then Wonder Woman confronts Superman amid the ruins of the Silver Age version of his Fortress of Solitude in the Arctic. Having been soundly defeated by Batman at the end of the previous issue, Superman looks like a wreck himself: bruised, even somewhat bestial with his now distorted facial features and large, rough hands. The Fortress, a symbol of himself, and perhaps of Silver Age comics and their idealism, has been turned to debris by Luthor. “I’ve lost it. I’m finished. I had a good run,” he tells her. This bested, despairing Superman is reminiscent of Matt Murdock midway through Miller’s Daredevil: Born Again, whose own home had been blasted into rubble by his own bald nemesis, the Kingpin. In the way that Superman phrases that line ““ “I had a good run” ““ perhaps he is also alluding to the “run” of his comics series. Perhaps here Miller is evoking the attitude of some that traditional superheroes such as Superman are no longer relevant. (Miller himself disagrees with that attitude, as this series will show.)

    We learn that Superman and Wonder Woman have a daughter, Lara (named after Superman’s mother), and here another theme appropriate to a generation of comics professionals in middle age becomes clearer. Like John Byrne in Generations, Miller too is concerned with the idea of the next generation of superheroes, symbolizing the next generation, the children of the Boomers. Carrie and the “Batboys” are Batman’s heirs, whom he has trained. Lara is the heir to Superman and Wonder Woman, but Superman has kept his distance from his daughter, serving as neither mentor nor father. Superman’s rationale is a protective one, perhaps overly so: he does not want Luthor and Brainiac to learn of her existence and make her “their slave.” One might speculate that Superman’s real motive is shame that he has become their “slave” himself: it is in this scene that he confesses to being a failure, having lost “our war for human freedom” to Luthor and Brainiac. Superman is in the position that Bruce Wayne was in at the beginning of the first Dark Knight: having been unable to prevent Jason Todd’s death, Wayne felt that continuing as Batman was pointless. In Superman’s case he also voices the guilt of a parent who feels he (and his generation?) has let his child (and her generation?) down by failing to live up to his ideals and to meet his goals. In protecting Lara, Superman is guarding his hope for the future, since he has given up on being able to achieve that goal himself. As I wrote in the last installment, The Dark Knight Strikes Back strikes me as being more about Superman’s character arc than Batman’s.

    Superman’s real failure as a parent appears to be his neglect of Lara. Wonder Woman says Lara is “confused ““ about things only you could possibly explain.” She needs a mentor. Wonder Woman sees Superman’s attitude as overprotectiveness: “Her time will come. She will face the enemy in her own way. She will be wise. She will be brave.” In other words, each generation must take its turn on the world stage, and Lara will rise to virtues that her father perhaps thinks he has lost. It seems appropriate that Wonder Woman, not having perceptively aged, sides with the younger generation, whereas Superman, even if he is not physically old, looks the part of an exhausted, spent older generation with his bruises and depressed manner.

    Attempting to provoke Superman out of his depression, Wonder Woman challenges him, “Where is the hero who threw me to the ground and took me as his rightful prize?” Now there is a disconcerting piece of dialogue for Wonder Woman: the archetypal feminist hero likes the idea of rape?

    She is also confronting him with the duality of his nature: “Where is the god whose passion shattered a mountaintop? Where is that man? Where is that Superman?” Superman is both man and god, and godhood here is not just a word but has an epic dimension, as the mountaintop’s fate shows. (The first Dark Knight dabbled in this idea: Superman’s first “appearance” in it is as a mighty wind as he moves, unseen, at superhuman speed: it as if he is a force of nature.) Superman should not be the victim of such destruction as the mortal Luthor wreaked, but the creator of destruction on a grander scale.

    There follows a sequence of dramatic (but not sexually explicit) full page shots representing Superman and Wonder Woman’s lovemaking. This is Superman’s symbolic resurrection through love and sex: again, the idea of the superhuman is linked with sexuality. (A similar reenergizing encounter between the literally and figuratively impotent Nite Owl and Silk Spectre in Watchmen parallels this scene.) Superman reclaims his godlike aspect, as Miller shows us reports of the hurricanes and earthquakes the lovemaking caused. This enables him to make a joke as a payoff (“Clark. The Earth moved.”) which perhaps distracts the reader from raising annoying questions. (I know that Wonder Woman is no “Woman of Kleenex,” to use Larry Niven’s phrase, but could she really withstand earthquake-level force? And was anyone killed in that hurricane and quake?)

    Wonder Woman now somehow knows she is pregnant again, though nothing more is said about this in the series. (So, is Miller already laying the groundwork for another sequel?)

    Luthor and Brainiac send an “alien robot” that resembles a gigantic frog to combat Superman; actually it appears to be the computer intelligence Brainiac himself, in a new form. Why a frog? Maybe the giant green animal image is supposed to evoke the giant monsters that menace cities in Godzilla and other Japanese movies, or the dragons that are the traditional adversaries of monster-slaying heroes. Members of the public who witness the battle are amazed to see Superman, saying they were told he was “dead” or not real. It would make sense that a repressive government would try to convince the populace that a symbol of individual freedom and power was dead or perhaps never existed. (Could this also be an allusion to the “Death of Superman” story line of the 1990s?)

    But now a new subplot is introduced. The original Joker killed himself in the first Dark Knight, but here’s a new Joker, dressed, without explanation, as Cosmic Boy of the Legion of Super-Heroes, who murders a hero created by Jack Kirby, the Guardian. What’s going on here? Alan Moore’s Watchmen is said to have had a major influence on the last issue of Miller’s original Dark Night. Watchmen had a mysterious “cape killer,” who murdered the Comedian, a costumed hero; now DK2 has a serial killer of superheroes.

    In a speech to Superman, Brainiac links the superheroes reemerging into action to the “wannabe superheroes popping up,” by which he presumably means characters like the Superchix. This suggests that the strength of the superhero concept is resurging, through a combination of the revitalization of the old characters (and an older generation) and a younger generation who are striving to imitate them, without yet realizing the symbolic power and meanings of the concept. (Again, there may be a subtext here about the actual comics industry.)

    So, in a sort of war of public relations imagery, Brainiac and Luthor intend to “nip this little fad in the bud” by humiliating, defeating and destroying the leading superhero, Superman, before the eyes of the world. Brainiac calls Superman’s approaching demise “a big, splashy spectacle. A deterrent. A show-stopper, if you will.” Right from the start of the original series, Miller’s Dark Knight has concerned itself with how the media portray the heroes’ exploits. Now even the villains speak in terms if media imagery and spin. One might recall Mel Brooks’ lines from The Producers musical: “All you got to know is/Everything is show biz.”

    Again, Brainiac holds the threat of destroying Kandor over Superman’s head: if he flees, Kandor lives, but if he fights, Kandor dies. Superman chooses a middle path, neither fleeing nor fighting but withstanding the attack. This may seem the route of moral compromise, that could very well end in his own death and solve nothing, though Miller pictures Superman heroically here, in apparent praise of his decision.

    On the other hand, Batman doesn’t seem impressed by this, and is still explicitly rejecting the idea of “compromise” (though, as we shall see, he does not know about the Kandorian hostages).

    The generational theme reemerges as the Flash condemns Batman for “dragging kids into your holy war,” a variation on the old theme that the old send the young to die in war. Batman, though, defends this: “Wars are always fought by children! And there are always innocent casualties!” Sounds to me as if this is Batman’s own moral compromise, even if he doesn’t acknowledge it as such: people must die to achieve the greater good of overthrowing tyranny. And Carrie and the Batboys seem younger than typical soldiers. (It’s another sign of Batman’s and the book’s middle-aged perspective that soldiers in their late teens and twenties are termed “children.”)

    Following the new Joker’s murder of the Creeper, a hero created by Steve Ditko, there follows another Watchmen parallel involving Ditko’s the Question. In the first issue of Watchmen, Rorschach, a character inspired by the Question, approached various retired superheroes, issuing a Campbellian call to adventure, to aid in finding the Comedian’s killer. So here the Question meets with a retired, virtually powerless Martian Manhunter, who suffers from the same sense of defeat that Superman had. Interestingly, the Manhunter does not speak like the unworldly alien being familiar from, say, the Justice League TV series: he looks and talks like a green version of Ben Grimm, the Thing from The Fantastic Four, as if a disheartened Ben had gone back to where he grew up on New York’s fictional Yancy Street.

    Superman had been convinced it was useless to contend against his enemies; Wonder Woman persuaded him to fight back. The discussion between the Question and the Martian Manhunter puts the issue in explicitly philosophical terms. “A new dawn ““ a new age of heroes can be ours,” the Question claims, “if we seize this moment and make it happen!” This also seems to be yet another reference to what I have dubbed the Neo-Silver movement in comics, the effort to recapture the heroic spirit of the comics of the Silver Age in contemporary terms.

    Claiming precognitive powers, the Manhunter says that he knew he would see the Question tonight and knows he will die tonight by fire.

    The Question retorts that the Manhunter has “free will” and can create his own fate. “Determinism is a coward’s refuge. The future is ours to create!”

    This scene is interrupted as the story briefly returns to Superman’s battle, with the initial, ominous appearance of Lara as a somber, silhouetted figure with glowing red eyes. Here is one of the most striking visual images in the whole miniseries: the two-page spread of Wonder Woman astride a winged horse, wielding Zeus’s thunderbolt, a picture that, in its power and its explicit references to Greek mythology, conveys the epic, godlike dimension Miller seeks to draw from the superhero concept.

    Now the new Joker, this time costumed as the Legion’s Element Lad, carries out the Martian Manhunter’s prophecy and kills him. One might argue, though, that thematically it was because the Manhunter had given up fighting against his perceived fate that he succumbed to it; significantly, in contrast the Question, who refuses to give in, is rescued by Green Arrow, another such rebel.

    But the debate between the Question and Martian Manhunter segues from them to different characters. Emerging into the light and plain view, Lara, appears first wrapped as if in a sheet, and then, as if claiming her heritage and role in the world, in a variant of Superman’s costume: she is the new Supergirl (as Brainiac soon names her) and Superman’s heir and future successor. She begins by soliloquizing against not only her father’s sense of helpless resignation, but also his attitude towards humanity: “Father. You are wrong. This time is ours. This world is ours.” Her words unite with her actions, as he smashes through Brainiac’s immense frog-like robotic form and blows it up with her heat vision. (Miller seems to use heat vision, and the recurring image of glowing red eyes, as a sign of Superman and Lara’s superhuman natures.)

    Next Miller introduces us to the son and daughter of Hawkman and Hawkgirl, the superheroes from the planet Thanagar, who had taken refuge in a rain forest only to be killed when it was annihilated by Luthor and Brainiac. Their deaths are captured in a touching sequence, in which the silhouetted figures of Hawkman and Hawkgirl kiss, knowing there is no escape, as Varley’s bright red fire entraps them. Their son sums up: “Lovers, they died.” Alex Ross and Paul Dini’s JLA: Liberty and Justice also emphasized Hawkman and Hawkgirl as a loving couple; married love (as opposed to the usual endless unrequited loves or endless courtships of many traditional superhero comics) seems to be a theme of the Neo-Silver school.

    Hawkman’s son carries on the Question’s argument in different terms: “Thanagarians do not believe in fate. We do not believe that anything is beyond the power of mind and bone and muscle and will.” This pleases Batman, who says that Hawkman’s son will “get what I never got. Retribution.” Here the generational theme recurs: Batman sees the younger generation as capable of succeeding where he fell short. (Who Miller thinks was the killer of Bruce Wayne’s parents and what became of him goes unstated.)

    (I suppose it’s also a bit odd to find Batman on the same side as a hero named the Question. Batman seems to represent certainty about the difference between good and evil. It is therefore not so surprising that one of his most notorious adversaries calls himself the Riddler, alias E. Nigma, and uses a question mark as his symbol.)

    Brainiac may be a computer, but his personality in DK2 is quite human: he not only tells Lara (whose name he has unaccountably learned) he intends to enslave her but addresses her in sexual terms (“Lara. How lovely.”), even calling her “sugar” and “babe.” Perhaps, as in series with such feminist heroes as Wonder Woman and Buffy, the heroine is opposed to violent, oppressive forces that are characterized as male. (Considering that Brainiac appears only as a disembodied head in this scene, perhaps he represents a macho lust for power that arises from sexual impotence.)

    “I’ll be the death of you, monster,” Lara tells Brainiac, and, as we shall see, she will! This is a prophecy that will come true, as did Martian Manhunter’s. But whereas the Manhunter passively allowed fate ““ and his enemy ““ to strike him down, Lara proclaims her own fate and will take action to bring it about, dooming her enemy.

    Brainiac does not believe that this new Supergirl will kill him (though he is not technically alive, if one thinks about it) because she wears “the family crest,” or, in other words, presumably subscribes to Superman’s code against killing, rooted in his Middle American morality.

    But Lara significantly declares, “I’m not from Kansas,” implying her rejection of that moral code, and instead proclaims herself an “Amazon,” evoking a pre-Christian system of morality, which does not preclude killing.

    Superman then addresses Lara, finally establishing contact with her, and finally adopting the role of her mentor, advising her on the control of heat vision. Then he asks, “Lara, what sort of world have I given you?”, a question that indicates not only his concern for the next generation’s future but his guilt over his failure in making the world a better place.

    Brainiac reiterates the public relations theme in his next talk with Luthor, who compares the upcoming Superchix concert to “the Boston Tea Party.” Batman and his allies are leading a revolution, one which is being compared to the American Revolution: so superheroes are fighting for “the American Way” even if the current government does not represent it.

    In effect the Superman and Batman of DK2 each has a daughter: Superman literally has a daughter by blood, and Batman has a surrogate daughter and heir, Carrie Kelly. Unlike Superman at this point, Batman welcomes the new ideas that Carrie, a member of a new generation, brings. Speaking of her strategy for their next move, Batman admits, “I never could have conceived it. Not in a million years.”

    At the concert the Flash defeats the guards by stripping them at super-speed, and one should recall that the Flash and Atom, when they were prisoners in Book 1, had also been reduced to nudity, deprived of the costumes/uniforms that signified their identities and status: so now the Flash is turning the tables.

    What to make of Green Arrow’s sudden infatuation with the “Superchick” dressed as his former lover Black Canary, I do not know.

    Batman’s abrupt appearance on a double-page spread as a silhouette against a Batsignal against a light show of red and green is another Lynn Varley tour de force. Batman, who has always recruited “children” into his mission ““ the various Robins ““ now bids the young people at the concert, who have a superficial interest in the trappings of the superhero image, to join him in his political movement, his revolt against an unjust government. Usually superhero costumes are referred to as tights as a form of disparagement. In declaiming, “Children, pull on your tights and give them hell,” Batman is treating the tights, the wannabe superhero costumes, as uniforms for his army of rebellion, though they indicate more individuality for the wearer than a military uniform does.

    Batman explains that “Carrie’s plan was to grab hold of a fad ““ a fleeting fashion trend ““ and turn it into a revolution.” Batman and Carrie want the kids to turn their enthusiasm for a symbol of individual liberty and self-empowerment into a genuine movement for freedom. Again, if this series has a subtext about comics, this may be a rallying cry for the newer readership to demand and seek greater substance, and a similar passion for freedom, in the superhero genre.

    If on an initial reading, DK2 might seem merely a tumultuous series of battle scenes, on closer reading it proves to be a work of unsuspected complexity and depth, even disturbingly so. And there is yet more to come, in the third and final part of DK2, to be examined in another column.

    THE SECRET AUDIENCE

    There is a somewhat controversial artist, J. Seward Johnson, Jr., who creates life-size (or larger) sculptures based on Impressionist paintings, thereby presenting the people and settings of the paintings in three dimensions. Visiting Toy Fair 2004 in February gave me opportunities to think about translating cartoon art into three dimensions as well.

    So many collectible figures based on film and TV properties are small sculptures of real people playing celebrated characters, like Buffy or Scully or Aragorn or James Bond; others, like the Marvel figures, are three-dimensional versions of relatively realistically drawn characters from comics. I found myself judging all of these on how much the figure looks like a real human being, or, if it is based on an actor, on the specific person in question. Cinemaquettes goes to all the trouble of doing a “digital scan” of the actor’s face to ensure an accurate portrayal.

    But accurately duplicating a person’s features, however amazing as a matter of craft, isn’t very interesting artistically. What I found more intriguing were figures based on stylized cartoon art. The simple stylization of the character designs for Warner Animation’s Justice League and Batman animated series made the action figures based on them more appealing than so many of the more “realistic”-looking figures. With the animation designs the sculptors also don’t have to worry about capturing myriad naturalistic details; apart from Cinemaquettes’ work, the “realistic” sculptures so often fall short of their presumed goal. One of my favorite displays in the entire show was Toynami’s group of Herculoids figures: the clear, simple, but distinctly individual animation designs by Alex Toth came across wonderfully in three dimensions.

    The Muppets always come over well as three-dimensional sculpted figures or dolls, not surprisingly, considering that puppets of this sort are designed for three dimensions in the first place. I postulate that puppet design is to cartooning as sculpture is to drawing: a puppet is a cartoon figure that works in three-dimensional reality.

    At the very start of my four-day trek through Toy Fair, I was told again and again by Mattel representatives that the collectible figures and toys they were showing me were meant for “the kids.” At the very end, a lady at Palisades was telling me that toys aren’t for kids anymore, they are for adults, and that they might as well admit it. That was something of an overstatement: walking through the exhibit floor at the Javits Convention Center, I saw plenty of toys that were genuinely for small children. But at the booths and showrooms I was assigned to visit, I was primarily looking at collectibles, mostly figures of celebrated movie and TV characters or detailed replicas of movie props, that were intended for adult collectors with money, in some cases a great deal, to spend.

    Seeing a lot if this was a satisfying experience. In the comics industry one continually confronts the sentiment that old stories and art styles and past continuity (and writers and artists) should be ignored because the newer, younger readers (and writers and artists) don’t care about them, or because they are dated, or because there is Something Wrong with older readers who still care about this stuff. The attitude at Toy Fair is entirely different. Here is a world in which classics of the fantasy”“ adventure genre and the cartoon medium are recognized, and, it seems, intelligent enthusiasts who care about them are seen as valued potential customers, not objects of condescension. Indeed, in this world detailed knowledge and appreciation of these fictional mythos is treated respectfully.

    At the Master Replicas booth I was unable to detect the differences between the inexpensive and expensive recreations of Luke Skywalker’s lightsaber, and the well-dressed lady showing me around seemed disapproving: “Well, you’re not a real Star Wars fan,” she said.

    I used to work on the Marvel Star Wars comic, but never mind: it was refreshing to be in an environment where such detailed knowledge of a major body of American pop culture was considered a mark of good taste.

    One of my biggest surprises at the Fair was to find a set of DC Direct figures of Batman supporting characters from around 1960: the original Batwoman and Batgirl (Betty Kane, not Barbara Gordon), Bat-Mite and even Bat-Hound! These characters have not regularly appeared in comics for over forty years, and yet there is a big enough audience for these characters for DC Direct to make figures of them available. This is worth keeping in mind the next time we are told that characters and stories from comics ten, twenty, or forty years ago have no lasting merit.

    Or, for that matter, if we are told this about classic animated cartoons. I’ve now seen Sam Register, Cartoon Network’s head of program development, speak before two audiences of adults, one at last year’s San Diego Comic-Con and the other at last month’s Cartoon Network “upfront” presentation for advertisers and thew news media. The basic difference between these two adult audiences is that the audience at Comic-Con actually likes and watches animation. On the other hand, the impression Cartoon Network sought to convey to the advertisers was that their audience consisted of small children (when the big kids were at school) and “tweens” (9- to 14-year-olds) until as late as 11 PM. At that point “Adult Swim” starts, but those shows are mainly aimed at teenagers and twentysomethings. (So, not all that adult.)

    But what about those of us who attended Cartoon Network’s panels in San Diego? There are enough of us so that Cartoon Network holds the panels, no doubt hoping we will spread the word about what we see across the country via the Internet. But Cartoon Network doesn’t want to let the advertisers or news media know we exist. We are the Secret Audience of Cartoon Network. And it’s paying less and less heed to us.

    My taste has hardly frozen in time: I like some of Cartoon Network’s original series (like Samurai Jack and The Powerpuff Girls), as do much of the Secret Audience. But when Cartoon Network first appeared, it was a treasure trove of great animation from the past: Looney Tunes, and the Tex Avery MGM shorts, and MGM’s Tom and Jerry shorts, and the Max Fleischer Popeye cartoons. (Notice that I’m not including the network’s Hanna-Barbera television animation, most of which is dreck, though the animation designs and voice acting on the early, pre-Scooby-Doo shows, remain a joy.) Even as Cartoon Network prospered and was able to create new animation (the best of which appeals across a wide age range), it continued to showcase its library of classics. I can recall past newspaper articles about the network in which its representatives even boasted about their sizable adult audience. The network had numerous shows aimed at the discerning older audience, which were also, of course, completely accessible to children: Toon Heads (with its historical and thematic mini-retrospectives), Acme Hour (showing classic Hollywood cartoons from various studios), Bugs and Daffy, The Chuck Jones Show, The Tex Avery Show, The Bob Clampett Show (the latter three celebrating important animation directors), Popeye, Bullwinkle reruns (which the network seemed proud of), and even shows for true aficionados like Late Night Black & White (cartoons from the 1930s) and O Canada (animated shorts from the National Film Board of Canada).

    Much of this has disappeared altogether from Cartoon Network or been consigned to the dead of night between midnight and dawn a few days a week.

    It’s a trend, I suppose: the Disney Channel originally showcased its Walt-era animated shorts in Mouseterpiece Theatre, hosted by the late George Plimpton, but by the time it went from being a premium to a basic cable channel, was aimed directly at tweens (kids 9-14). The classic Walt-era material was now shown after midnight under the Vault Disney umbrella, but now that’s gone, too. Not even the Toon Disney channel showcases the classics in prime time.

    Presumably the Disney Channel’s and Cartoon Network’s own prosperity has changed what they show. The classics dominated in the channel’s early years when they needed existing material to fill time slots. Their executives have apparently now decided that it’s the new cartoons, aimed at tweens and teens, that make the big bucks. There’s no equivalent of TV Land or Nick at Nite on non-digital cable for animation buffs. The Secret Audience isn’t big enough for them (even if it does have enough money to buy, say, expensive toys). (It’s an old story: I remember when A&E and Bravo were genuine arts networks before they started chasing bigger bucks and mass audiences.)

    cic-031-02.jpg

    Well, the classic cartoons are classics because they don’t date. Most of the Hollywood studio-era Warners and MGM cartoons (and all of the Fleischers) were already decades old when I watched them as a child: I and millions of other kids loved them anyway. Each generation seems to adopt them as their own. One might think that since the Time-Warner empire owns these cartoons, and makes licensing and merchandising money off them, it would behoove them to make sure new generations of kids get to know these characters. The classic Looney Tunes have finally begun to appear on DVD, but kids aren’t going to ask their parents to buy them DVDs of the old cartoons if they don’t see them regularly on TV in the first place.One might have thought that the continuing success of The Simpsons proves that there is now a considerable adult audience for animation. When the feature film Looney Tunes: Back in Action came out last year, I marveled at how many reviews I read that hailed the original Looney Tunes as a great body of American film comedy. Those reviewers who disliked the movie whom I read invariably claimed it did not match the heights of the classic cartoons. It proved how much artistic respectability the best of the cartoons of the 1930s through the 1960s had achieved. Too often classic works of pop culture achieve critical appreciation once they lose their mass audience. I hope that’s not what is happening here.

    On a more positive note, though, was the triumph of The Lord of the Rings: The Return of the King at the Academy Awards, clearly being honored for the entire trilogy. Its director, Peter Jackson, said onstage, “I’m so honored, touched and relieved that the members of the Academy have supported us, that they’ve seen past the trolls, wizards and hobbits [by] recognizing fantasy this year. Fantasy is an F-word that hopefully the five-second delay won’t do anything with.”

    Fantasy-adventure, whether it takes the form of the supernatural (as in Rings and Harry Potter) or science-fiction (as in Star Wars and Matrix) or superheroes (as in Spider-Man or even Buffy) has become a dominant narrative genre of our time, embraced by Baby Boomers and subsequent generations, as a study of the list of top grossing films of the last quarter century will show. Except for such relatively minor honors as special effects awards, the Motion Picture Academy has long ignored the fantasy-adventure genre, as it has other pop culture genres (Westerns, musicals, film noir) in their heyday. Perhaps the critical and movie industry recognition given the Lord of the Rings films represents a watershed moment in opinion makers’ attitude towards the genre.

    Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #30: Knight After Knight

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    BATMAN AND BOOMERS

    After the Sci-Fi Channel announced it was canceling Dark Shadows (and in the middle of a story arc!), I turned for what has become my weekday serial drama fix to Bravo’s reruns of The West Wing. (True, the Sci-Fi Channel had been running Dark Shadows for most of the last ten years, and arguably it was time for a change. But I still suspect it will regret its decision if the WB Network picks up the projected pilot for a new Dark Shadows series, executive produced by Shadows creator Dan Curtis and, of all people, John Wells of The West Wing. It’s true: everything connects.) The West Wing strikes me as having particular appeal for Boomers who grew up in the 1960s: it presents what is in effect a Kennedy Administration transplanted into and updated for the early 21st century. The series is driven by a 1960s liberal view of government as a positive force for helping to solve the nation’s social and economic problems.

    So how would I, a West Wing aficionado, react to a story in which Batman is a self-styled terrorist and traitor leading an attack on the United States government?

    This is the premise of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Again, also known as DK2, originally published by DC as a miniseries in 2001 and 2002; the paperback collected edition was published last month. DK2 is the sequel to Miller’s Batman: The Dark Knight Returns, one of the greatest and most groundbreaking works in the superhero genre in the 1980s. What might the sequel have to say about the direction that comics will take in this new century?

    FIRST KNIGHT

    The original Dark Knight had a powerful influence on treatments of Batman that followed in the comics, movies and television, and, indeed, on mainstream American comics in general. However, many of Miller’s imitators seem not to have wholly understood Dark Knight or his intentions. Dark Knight thus helped spawn the “grim and gritty” school of comics, picturing gloomy, violent, flawed heroes in a bleak, depressing world.

    In fact, from the 1960s onward, the superhero genre has repeatedly been revitalized (as the average readership grows older) by taking a more serious, realistic, and darker approach. The obvious example is Stan Lee’s Marvel revolution of the 1960s, but it has also happened several times with Batman. Editor Julius Schwartz’s “New Look” Batman circa 1964 was more realistic in look and writing than the cartoonier Batman stories of the early 1960s; at the end of the decade, in a reaction against the “camp” TV Batman, Schwartz went further, returning Batman to an updated version of his original dark avenger persona of the 1930s. Each step also entailed making the world around Batman seem more contemporary.

    Miller’s original Dark Knight upped the ante to a startling degree: Batman became considerably more massively muscular, and more driven and severe in personality. The criminals in Gotham City were no longer the traditional thugs of previous decades, but violent street gangs that evoked the rampant urban crime of the 1970s and 1980s. Instead using newspaper reporters (who even play a major role in the 1989 “Batman” movie, Miller depicted a Gotham in the age of electronic media, with continual commentary on events via talking heads on TV screens. In the early 1940s Commissioner Gordon publicly deputized Batman, and ever since Batman had been portrayed as working openly with the police. Miller took Batman’s vigilante status more seriously and showed a post-Gordon police administration hunting him down.

    The Dark Knight Returns was thought to be set in the future, since it portrayed a fifty-something Batman. There were those who believed that the original Dark Knight was part of DC’s main continuity and that it represented Batman’s destined future. That never made sense: Miller’s vision of Gotham City and the United States in Dark Knight was clearly his take on 1980s America: he even depicted Ronald Reagan as President.

    cic-030-01.jpg

    I found it more helpful to think of The Dark Knight Returns as being about a Batman who had aged in real time since the point at which Miller and other Boomers had started reading about him in the 1960s. That suggests what I regard as a subtext of The Dark Knight Returns. How does a mature, adult creator of superhero comics, who read them as a child, make them relevant to himself and to other older readers today?

    So it is that in The Dark Knight Returns, Batman himself had grown older. In his interview for the notoriously little seen documentary on which I worked, Sex, Lies and Superheroes, Miller explained that he felt obliged to make Batman older because he saw him as a “father figure.” Hence, Batman had to be older than Miller himself, and than readers who are Miller’s contemporaries.

    At the start of The Dark Knight Returns, Bruce Wayne had retired from his role of Batman many years before, apparently after the second Robin, Jason Todd, died in action. As a result Wayne had sunk into an empty existence, with hints of alcoholism and a death wish (through his dangerous hobby of auto racing). The fiftyish Wayne had gone beyond midlife crisis into a form of clinical depression. Wayne could be interpreted as being a hollow shell: Batman was his true self. He comes to realize this, when he is effectively reborn as Batman. Through his memories, Wayne relives the traumatic experience that spurred him to become Batman: the death of his parents. Then the giant bat from his origin story, which originally inspired him to take the identity of a bat himself, reappears. Miller treats this bat as an omen of destiny, a herald out of Joseph Campbell, pointing the way to the quest that Wayne had been denying himself.

    Resuming his Batman identity, he then has to reestablish himself in this new, darker and more contemporary Gotham. Through Batman’s success, Miller demonstrates how Batman remains an effective character in this more “adult” vision of the world. Times have changed, and childhood fantasies must become more sophisticated to satisfy older readers, yet Batman remains relevant.

    To cope with enemies more savage and dangerous than the bank robbers of yore, Batman himself becomes more ruthless. But Miller does not turn him into a character like the Punisher or even Wolverine. A major dramatic point in the first Dark Knight series comes when Batman refuses to kill the Joker: there was a line he would not cross. And so Batman retains his importance as a moral exemplar.

    MIller also revamps the concept of Robin, casting a young girl, Carrie Kelly, in the role. In devising the slang in which Carrie and the gang members speak, Miller underlines the fact that they represent a younger generation than Batman’s, not simply in terms of years but in their cultural differences. Right from the introduction of the first Robin, Dick Grayson, in 1940, Batman has been presented as a mentor and teacher, and Miller clearly sees this as important. Batman is, as he said, a “father figure,” and in Dark Knight Returns he became a mentor to Carrie and even to the gang youths he defeated, teaching them to carry on his mission. (Of course, Batman also “teaches” his view of morality to his readers.)

    It has been said that between the third and fourth issues of The Dark Knight Returns, Miller read the initial issues of Alan Moore’s Watchmen, and that had a considerable effect on his own series. Miller had already shown that Batman was considered an outlaw by the Gotham City government. Moreover, Miller was already introducing elements of satire through his media parodies in the first three issues and bits like his mockery of what he regarded as the ineffectual liberalism of Carrie’s parents. With issue four Miller’s stage expands from Gotham City to the nation as a whole, and Batman finds himself hunted by the federal government. Its champion is Superman, presented by Miller as a smug sell-out, a blindly loyal defender of the status quo. In the fourth issue Miller’s flair for political satire fully emerges; it would reemerge in later works like Elektra: Assassin and the Martha Washington series.

    Having read Watchmen, Miller introduces other superheroes into Dark Knight, including the liberal Green Arrow, who aligns himself with Batman against the government that is trying to stop him. Whereas in issue one it seemed that Batman had retired entirely for personal reasons, now it appeared as if the government, as in Watchmen, had outlawed all superheroes (these metaphors for individual freedom), except those, like Superman, who were willing to work hand in glove with the feds.

    Amazingly, Batman finds a way to best Superman in combat. But ultimately the opposition to Batman was too great, and Batman faked his own death. But he actually stages his own figurative death and resurrection. After Wayne’s funeral, Miller shows us that Batman lives on, deep underground in the Batcave (as if in the unconscious mind), teaching Carrie and the ex-gang members, the new generation who will succeed him.

    In other words, the series ends on a very positive note: Batman put up a tremendous fight against overwhelming odds, besting even Superman, beat the system by escaping it, even survived apparent death, and founded a new movement that would perpetuate his vision into the future.

    Subsequently, Miller revamped canonical Batman continuity with his Batman: Year One story line, illustrated by David Mazzucchelli. In this saga of the first year of Batman’s costumed career, Miller returned to a political interpretation, showing Batman opposing the corrupt government officials who controlled Gotham. It was Miller who established that on the night that Bruce Wayne’s parents were murdered, they had taken Bruce to see The Mark of Zorro. In real life, the silent movie version was an influence on the creation of Batman, and Zorro’s main opponent was an government that oppressed the citizenry. Miller was reminding us that Batman was a latter-day version of Zorro.

    In both the original Dark Knight and Batman: Year One, there is an important secondary lead character: James Gordon, who seems to represent Miller’s ideal of the good “ordinary” man, who does not operate on the mythic heights of Batman, but demonstrates his own heroism by maintaining his integrity in a fallen world. (Yes, Catholicism is a subtext in Miller’s work, too, and is explicit in his Daredevil stories.)

    In the 1980s Gary Groth of The Comics Journal accused the original Dark Knight series of being fascistic. The Nazi brand of fascist philosophy found roots in Nietzsche’s concept of the ubermensch, the dark side of the superman concept.

    I thought Groth’s charge of fascism was an overstatement, though I could see what he was getting at. In the original Dark Knight Batman was depicted as a superior individual who could be trusted to carry out his war on crime responsibly, and yet the Gotham City police and government could not allow such a potentially dangerous man to take the law into his own hands. Miller seemed aware of the moral ambiguities of Batman’s role with regard to society. Therefore, the series’ ending seemed right: Batman accomplished his goals, but at the price of the end of his career of vigilantism. However necessary his work, he could not be permitted to remain part of the society he had helped save from crime. It’s like John Wayne’s character at the end of John Ford’s The Searchers: he accomplished an important task for the community, but remains outside it.

    But is Groth’s accusation more relevant to DK2? Wait and see.

    STRIKING A MATCH

    Fifteen years after the first Dark Knight, The Dark Knight Strikes Again is not what I expected, or, probably most people. Most of the audience probably expects a sequel to be very much a continuation of the original, not just in story but in look and tone and themes. But fifteen years is a long time, and creative people evolve and move on. One might come to dread too long a gap between the original and the sequel, since the creator may in the intervening time have lost touch with whatever it was that made the original work so great, without even being aware of it. (For example, consider the new Star Wars trilogy.) This suggests that after so many years, a creator needs to reimagine and reinvent a work rather than simply trying to continue it just as he had done before.

    That’s the course that Miller has taken with The Dark Knight Strikes Back. In so many ways it is unlike The Dark Knight Returns, although, as we shall see, it takes various themes of the original in new directions.

    For one thing, there’s the look of the new series. The heroes and various other important characters are drawn in a comparatively realistic style reminiscent of the earlier Dark Knight. Heroes when bruised and battered, though, intentionally turn grotesque, going further than even some of the distorted figures from the original.

    The new series is much more broadly satiric than the original, and Miller does an assortment of caricatures of real life media and political figures, many of whom are listed above. They don’t match the style in which characters like Batman and Carrie are drawn, but they are admirably amusing on their own terms.

    As the series progresses, there are more and more peripheral characters, usually turning up as interviewees or talking heads on TV screens, drawn in an intentionally crude, underground cartoony style that simply does not work for me.

    Whereas the city was a continual, major presence, visually and thematically, in The Dark Knight Returns, it is visually absent for much of DK2. Backgrounds are often missing or minimal. It’s as if the surroundings were abstracted. But Gotham City, or the contemporary cities it represents, is not a subject of DK2. As with Book 4 of the original, the stage is the nation, or even the world. There are indeed memorable shots in DK2 of Superman in space, with the planet Earth behind him. More importantly, the visual focus of DK2 is on the characters, not their environment. As we shall see later, there is a major exception to this rule.

    Also, the original Dark Knight looked very cinematic, with pages usually broken into multiple panels of the same size, like a sequence of frames in a film; the dialogue, as divided among these panels, read very much like a tightly edited screenplay, with all unnecessary verbiage cut out. The look of DK2 is much less rigidly structured, and much more loose, perhaps contributing to the sense that anything can happen in this story.

    Miller seems much more attentive here to creating memorable, even iconic single images. There are numerous shots, each often taking up an entire page or a double-page spread, that show the pairing of Miller as illustrator and Lynn Varley as colorist at heights far beyond any of their work in the first Dark Knight. There’s the montage of full page images of Superman and Wonder Woman’s lovemaking in Book 2. There’s Book 3’s image of the new Supergirl floating ethereally above a begrimed, mournful Superman, who stands amid ruins, that was in the Museum of Comic and Cartoon Art show that I reviewed months ago. There’s the amazing light show that Green Lantern and Varley stage above Earth in Book 3, and the extraordinary image of Wonder Woman, astride the mythological winged horse Pegasus, wielding a thunderbolt like Zeus.

    PERSONAL TIME

    Like the original, which imagined Batman’s future and yet was set in the present (then the 1980s), The Dark Knight Strikes Again plays with time. It declares itself to be set three years after the end of the first Dark Knight series. But it clearly takes place not at the end of the 1980s but in the early 21st century. Miller caricatures various contemporary personages from the news media: Chris Matthews, George Stephanopoulos, George Will, Cokie Roberts, Margaret Carlson, Don Imus, Robert Novak (I think). Donald Rumsfeld is pictured as Secretary of Defense and a caricatured John Ashcroft as Attorney General. Miller’s President Rick Rickard looks something like George W. Bush. There are references to the importance of the Internet, which played no role in the supposedly futuristic original Dark Knight.

    cic-030-02.jpg

    Miller plays with time in another way that should be becoming familiar to this column’s readers. Like some other major comics creators, he has devised his own variation on continuity in which the superheroes of the Silver Age are still active. Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, is still alive. So is the Silver Age Green Lantern, Hal Jordan. Like Alex Ross and Paul Dini in their “JLA” books, Miller has Captain Marvel and Plastic Man work alongside the 1960s heroes. Like Ross and Dini too, Miller uses the bearded, politicized version of Green Arrow as Denny O’Neil and Neal Adams reworked the character at the time of transition from the Silver Age to whatever we may call the period that followed. (O’Neil and Adams made Green Arrow into a 1960s liberal activist; in DK2 Miller pushes Green Arrow to a leftist extreme, making him a Communist. Well, Green Arrow is supposed to be a modern-day Robin Hood, so that arguably would make him interested in the redistribution of wealth.) Surprisingly, Miller even uses the Silver Age version of Kandor, the shrunken city within a bottle, which in the 1960s was populated by Kryptonians. (So here is another example of a major comics creator who finds use for a discarded element of the pre-Crisis Superman mythos.)

    Miller also uses the Question, whom Steve Ditko created for Charlton comics. Ditko’s treatment of the Question was founded in his enthusiasm for Ayn Rand’s brand of conservative political philosophy. When DC acquired the Charlton heroes in the 1980s, the Question was recast as a liberal; I recall one “Question” letter column in which the editor argues that by that point DC had done more “Question” stories than Ditko, so their interpretation was by now correct. This seems a prime case of a character being radically altered from his creator’s intentions. Commendably, Miller returns the Question to his philosophical roots. Actually, Miller takes him further than Ditko did. The Question was the basis for the more fanatical Rorschach in Alan Moore’s Watchmen, a book known to have influenced Miller, and Rorschach, in his moral views and manner of speaking, seems to have inspired Miller’s Question.

    A NEW AGE?

    In this column I’ve already examined contemporary takes on Marvel and DC’s Silver Age characters by Alex Ross and Paul Dini (their JLA tabloids), John Byrne (Generations 2), and Neil Gaiman (1602), and there will be more to come: I intend to deal with Darwyn Cooke’s DC: The New Frontier, which depicts the Silver Age DC heroes in the 1950s, and perhaps more of Alan Moore’s ABC line. I hereby dub this creative movement the Neo-Silver Age school. These are creators who are reviving Silver Age versions of superheroes, or in the case of writers like Moore and Kurt Busiek, creating new heroes in the style of earlier decades. The “Neo-Silver” school attempts to recapture the positive, genuinely heroic, iconic aspect of the 1960s characters while making them relevant to contemporary readers.

    Look at the following excerpt from the interview with Alex Ross that ran in the Feb. 5-11, 2004 issue of The Onion‘s “A-V Section.”

    ONION: Looking at your work, Bruce Timm’s animated series, Alan Moore’s America’s Best Comics line, and, to a certain extent, Grant Morrison’s turn on JLA, there seem to have been efforts to return to a Silver Age approach. Even Superman’s dog Krypto is back.

    ALEX ROSS:… We grew up with this stuff thinking of it a certain way, and we’re rejecting what was kind of knocked around on us in the last few years. Basically, what still is going on. . . especially at DC Comics, is a rejection of everything they did in the 1990s to compete with the then-hip-and-happening changes coming from . . .what Marvel and then Image did. We’re sort of in a repairing stage. Those of us who are kind of these Silver Age purists who think you don’t need to fix what isn’t broken, we’re getting our way because more of us are in control at the moment.

    There are other writers who try to reinvent the classic superheroes for new audiences by turning them into deeply flawed antiheroes. But this is not what the “Neo-Silver” school intends to do. In a December 2002 interview for Comic Book Resources, Darwyn Cooke criticizes the reworking of the Avengers in Marvel’s The Ultimates series. “The problem I have is the way they’re taking iconic characters and destroying parts of what they are. . . What is it about us as people that want to bring these icons down to this level?. . .Is it because we can’t even believe in the notion of people better than us who aren’t so weak?. . . I think that’s a horrible way to think.” He wonders aloud, “if maybe everybody needs a blazing story with some decent people wielding the power and if maybe that won’t be seen as refreshing after all this time.”

    But Neo-Silver creators may still differ sharply on just how to adapt that positive spirit to contemporary times, and Miller’s method hardly constitutes a return to childhood innocence. “Just like old times, hm?” the Atom asks Batman in issue one. Batman replies, “No, Not like old times. It’s a whole new ballgame.”

    BOOK ONE

    Although the first words of issue one of DK2 are Batman’s, he himself does not arrive onstage until its final pages. The whole first issue builds to his arrival; Miller knows how to give his lead actor a grand entrance.

    My overall reaction when I first read this first issue is that Miller is a master storyteller in a sense that is widely absent in today’s comics. People act as if Marvel’s great revolution in the 1960s was almost wholly in its more complex characterizations, its greater sense of realism, and especially the heroes’ flaws and the unhappier aspects of their lives. But Stan Lee, Jack Kirby and company were also master entertainers, who could seize the audience’s attention and, in this static medium, frozen in panels on paper, take them on a roller coaster ride of thrills and excitement. They knew how to stage stories and action sequences entertainingly, and so does Miller. Grim and gritty, hah! After reading the first issue, I wondered why other comics writers and artists can’t seem to create as much sheer fun as I had in reading this.

    The initial pages set up the basic premise. president Rick Rickard, who looks and speaks something like George W. Bush, addresses the nation over one of Miller’s ubiquitous video screens, proclaiming that the United States has become a virtual utopia. Rickard places especial emphasis on the country’s prosperity. Obviously, Miller started this project before the boom went bust, but seems not to have been taken in by those who glorified it as the start of a new and better age.

    A middle-aged Jimmy Olsen, on his own video screen, meanwhile accuses Rickard of “repealing the Bill of Rights” and turning the country into “a police state,” which is way more than one could expect could ever happen in the real United States. Eventually Rickard proves to be only a CGI image, like Max Headroom, I suppose. Even considering the large degree of suspension of disbelief required of readers of DC Universe titles, this story device in itself signals that this story is not meant to be taken realistically. As we watch this year’s primaries on television, it should be clear that no one could become President without coming in personal contact with many thousands of citizens. To a far larger extent than the original Dark Knight, this new series is a satire. Whereas, say, Ross and Dini take pains to place their superheroes in a realistic world, Miller takes the opposite tack: since superheroes are fantasy figures, he feels free to use unrealistic exaggerations of political reality to make his satiric points. One of my favorite lines in the new series comes when a blindly loyal citizen asks, “Who cares if the President doesn’t exist? He’s a great American!”

    Sometimes, though, Miller’s efforts at satire seem more heavyhanded than witty: he refers to “National Security Enforcement director Bill Prick.” That’s a little too obvious for my taste, though in the same tradition as the name that Steve Gerber gave a corrupt businessman in his 1970s Man-Thing stories, F.A. Schist.

    Jimmy asks if people just think of superheroes as “costumed clowns” and declares that they were actually “men and women. . .with unbridled courage ““ who battled tyranny and defeated it at every turn! What happened to them? Where are they? Where are our heroes?”

    So, like the start of the original Dark Knight, or, for that matter, Watchmen, this is a world that no longer has (active) superheroes and needs them. Beyond the literal level of the plot, through Jimmy, the now middle-aged superhero fan, Miller is again raising the question of how one makes the superhero myth relevant for older audiences. Through Jimmy’s reference to “costumed clowns,” perhaps Miller is pointing to our culture’s widespread dismissal of the superhero genre as juvenile trash. Later in the issue a woman named Attorney General Snark (before Miller replaces her in Book 3 with the real life John Ashcroft) says, “There’s been quite enough talk about these so-called superheroes. Isn’t it time we all grew up?”

    But Jimmy and Miller are insisting that the courage and moral passion that the superheroes represent is something that society needs. One can also read Jimmy’s speech as an evocation of the more positive, hopeful comics of Miller’s youth, the ones that portrayed the superheroes as such positive forces, and asking whatever happened to them. Terry Gilliam, who once intended to direct a movie version of Watchmen, described the retired superheroes of that series as symbolic of 1960s political activists ““ of the same decade as the Silver Age ““ who regain their fervor for bringing about change. In Olsen’s evocation evoking the lost superheroes, Miller also seems to be asking for a revival of the spirit to stand against political wrongdoing.

    This time Miller characterizes the news media as show biz, often of a sleazy kind. It’s not all exaggeration, either: Miller’s News in the Nude is surely based on the actual Naked News from Canada, available on the Internet or cable television. The luridly sexual commercial for “Uforia Investments” on page 3 seems another satiric jab at the mindset during the late ’90s boom. Miller emphasizes tawdry sexuality on television so much that it begins to seem puritanical. But his attitude seems to be more complex by the time he gets to the Superchix in Book 2.

    Miller shifts to a handsomely illustrated sequence that turns out to be portraying the Atom as a sort of naked, primal warrior battling a monster in a watery realm. It turns out that he has been deprived of the costume that enables him to change size and was trapped, in shrunken firm, in a petri dish. But this also seems to be Miller’s tribute to Gil Kane’s Sword of the Atom series, which recast the Atom as a swordsman hero in a miniature world.

    The Atom is rescued by Miller’s new Robin, Carrie Kelly, who has changed her identity to Catgirl, in a nod to Catwoman but also a declaration that, at 16, she has outgrown the identity of an apprentice like Robin. There follows one of Miller’s entertaining action sequences, as Carrie and the Atom try to escape the bad guys’ headquarters. Seeing Carrie reminds me that Miller was a pioneer of the now familiar figure of the woman ““ even the young girl ““ as action hero. Perhaps Carrie’s Robin in the 1980s was another influence on comics aficionado Joss Whedon’s creation of Buffy. (Carrie says her full name is “Caroline Keene Kelly.” Is this a joke on “Carolyn Keene,” the pen name of the “Nancy Drew” authors, as an ironic indication of how much teenage heroines in pop culture have changed?)

    DC’s 1960s The Atom series, edited by Julius Schwartz, written by Gardner Fox, and drawn by Gil Kane, continually came up with memorable, iconic visual images, featured on covers, that took inspiration from the Atom’s tiny size: for example, the Atom trapped in a lightbulb, or stuck to a spinning tire. Miller is just as inventive, and with a sense of humor. The Atom, who could shrink down and ride electrical impulses through telephone lines in the 1960s, in this series can do the same trick with wireless cellphones and over the Internet. Later the Atom succeeds in helping defeat Superman by shrinking enough to enter his inner ear and play havoc with his sense of balance. The Atom even hides in Carrie’s mouth and accidentally gets swallowed!

    After President Rickard is exposed as a CGI image, Miller reveals who is really the power behind the throne: Lex Luthor. Together with Superman’s other classic archenemy, the alien artificial intelligence Brainiac, he controls the United States government, and by extension, it seems, the world.

    Now this provides an interesting parallel to the official DC continuity, in which Luthor, despite his public record of nefariousness, somehow got elected President of the United States, and the superheroes just stand by. (In real life, of course, even lying about having “sexual relations with that woman” can nearly get one disqualified from the Presidency.) Did Miller develop this idea independently, or is this his criticism of current Superman continuity?

    Miller’s take on Luthor is very different from the other familiar versions. Usually Luthor has not been portrayed as seeking to rule the world. Traditionally he has been portrayed as a scientific genius, a man who is cerebral and intellectual by nature. As revamped by John Byrne and Marv Wolfman, Luthor became a corporate colossus, masking his criminality behind a facade of social respectability. (Actually, in this they seem to have been following Miller’s lead in his revamp of the Kingpin for Daredevil, the forebear of all the corporate villains in comics who followed.) Much as he wants to eliminate Superman, the comics versions of Luthor are not into committing mass murder. As we shall see, Miller’s Luthor is willing to massacre millions, even billions of people to achieve his ends. (Can it be that Miller is drawing on the otherwise ludicrous movie version of Luthor, who was willing to destroy California to increase the value of his real estate holdings?)

    Though Miller calls DK2‘s Luthor a genius, he does not seem particularly brilliant. He actually comes off as a low-rent version of the Kingpin, fat, grotesque, speaking in vulgar threats, physically beating up a captive Batman in Book 3. He seems apelike both in stance and manner. There is no complexity to the personality of this version of Luthor. Like the inhuman machine Brainiac, he is pure evil; he is more like a symbol of political oppression than a multidimensional character.

    The Question, when he appears, reiterates Miller’s theme about the lulling effect of prosperity: “The people are so intoxicated by luxury that they have forgotten everything that makes us more than house pets,” including “freedom.” The puritanical streak turns up in the sexual imagery that the Question uses: “Evil has seduced mankind. And mankind has shown all the chastity of a three-dollar whore.” The Question, though, will not compromise his own ideals: “Yet I will not yield. I will not bend. I will not accept the corrupt new way of things.” He intends to “document” all the wrongdoing he opposes, calling it “My challenge to any free mind that may find it.” Hey, that’d be like writing The Dark Knight Strikes Again, wouldn’t it?

    The Question also touches on another of Miller’s themes when he says, “The mind of man must be reclaimed ““ if not by this generation, or by the next, then some day.” With the aging of the Boomer generation of comics creators who were originally inspired by the comics of the 1960s, the question (so to speak) arises as to how they can make the superhero genre, so long considered to be for children, relevant as a form of personal expression by the middle-aged. (Keep in mind that Stan Lee and Jack Kirby were themselves middle-aged when they revolutionized the genre in the 1960s. It’s a question that one sees rock musicians facing as well as they grow older.) One method seems to be the theme of one generation mentoring the next, showing them the way. In DK2 Batman is doing just this, with Carrie, with the former gang members she calls the “Batboys.” who soon make their entrance in DK2, and in the next issue, other members of a new generation who have embraced the trappings of superheroes as a “fad.”

    Miller’s version of the Question, like Rorschach, comes off as a fanatic in love with the sound of his own preachments, and his grasp of reality may not be entirely firm: he is soon raving that “computers can’t be trusted.” But he also makes points that Miller appears to approve of. In fact., when Batman’s voice reenters the first issue (only a page after the Question’s scene), he reiterates the Question’s attitude about moral commitment. “No more compromises,” Batman states. “No more deals. . .Not one more lie. Damn the consequences. The war begins.” Perhaps Miller’s Batman has become something of a Ditko/Rand-style hero himself.

    In the course of what a newsman terms Catgirl and the Batboys’ “terrorist attack” on a power complex, one of the boys, Spike, “crosses the line,” in Batman’s words, and kills a guard. Later, Carrie criticizes Spike for doing so, and he protests that “they were the enemy.” She counters, “They were the enemy’s slaves. We don’t kill slaves.” But the attentive reader will note that Carrie is speaking on Batman’s behalf, and Batman is not ruling out killing in all cases, as will become clearer in later issues. This is a big change: Greg Rucka in “Batman: The Ten Cent Adventure,” reviewed in an earlier column, emphasizes the traditional interpretation of Batman as refusing to kill.

    The Atom and Catgirl, after witnessing some astonishing Varley color effects (like the gigantic fingerprint-like pattern on page 44 and especially the explosion on page 46), find Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, who has literally been enslaved by Luthor’s government, forced to run in a kind of wheel “like somebody’s pet hamster” to generate electricity. (Like Luthor’s other captive, the Atom, Allen was kept naked. Miller is using the superhero costume as a symbol of power, identity, and personal freedom.)

    Interestingly, Carrie presents Barry with a new, black version of his costume, saying the old design “was really. . .old” The Flash responds, “Kids, these days. Can’t tell the difference between just plain old and classic.” Only three pages later one of Miller’s sleazy female newscasters announces the return of the Silver Age Flash: “If you don’t know who this hunk is ““ ask your Dad!” And Miller then repeats the Flash’s line about “old and classic.” It looks to me that once again Miller is dealing in a neo-Silver subtext, telling young readers that this isn’t an “old” (and by implication, dated) version of the Flash but a “classic” one, who still has worth and vitality today.

    Miller reminds us in the Flash scene of Barry’s marriage to his Silver Age leading lady, Iris West. In last week’s column I noted the emphasis that Ross and Dini placed on Barry and Iris’s marriage. Perhaps this is another sign of the Neo-Silver Age: older writers and artists praise marriage and the family, in contrast to the traditional superhero’s single life. (And it was Lee and Kirby who pioneered the concept of marriage and the family in superhero comics through the wedding of Reed and Sue Richards and the birth of their son.)

    The scene shifts to Superman, who is not the smug, clueless, self-satisfied government flunkie that he was in the first “Dark Knight.” This time round Miller treats him both more harshly and more sympathetically. In his initial scene in DK2 Superman is infuriated by Batman’s war on the government. Superman too addresses the theme of moral commitment, but he takes the opposite position from Batman and the Question. “Never an inch of compromise for Bruce Wayne,” Superman fumes. Superman sees the world not divided into moral absolutes of black and white, but into grays (which is considered a more mature approach, though not in this series). “We who live in the world of men have to consider the greater good ““ and come to terms with the way things are.” Miller has Superman repeat that last phrase, separating it into individual words: “The. Way. Things. Are.”

    Miller pegs this as Superman’s excuse for not rebelling against the system. I can see his point: I’ve had conversations about negative aspects of the comics industry at present with friends who say, rather bleakly, that one just has to resign oneself to The Way Things Are.

    Superman and Batman’s contrasting points of view on this issue are one aspect of a larger issue that Miller raises in the later issues of DK2, that of determinism versus free will. Can individuals alter “the way things are” or are they helpless to defy what seems to be the workings of fate?

    Remember Superman’s phrase, “We who live in the world of men.” As we shall see in Book 3, Miller does not regard this as Superman’s proper place.

    Next Miller introduces us to Green Lantern impostor Wilfredo Mendoza and praises the Silver Age Green Lantern, Hal Jordan, who has “vanished.” Can this be a comment on DC’s replacement of Hal with current GL Kyle Rayner?

    Then former Police Commissioner James Gordon, a major figure in the first “Dark Knight,” makes his only appearance in the new one: it is no more than a cameo, but a powerful one. Furious at the state of the country, Gordon defiantly takes pleasure in the superheroes’ return. Yet another nude newscaster tells us that Gordion is the author of “Triumph of the Pygmies: Why We Killed Bruce Wayne.” Wayne, as noted, feigned his own death at the end of the first Dark Knight: the first issue of DK2 depicts his figurative resurrection. Study the title of Gordon’s book carefully: he is proclaiming that Batman is a far superior man to the rest of us, “we,” “the pygmies.” This theme, with regard to Batman and Superman, too, will also continue through the rest of the series, with some disturbing implications.

    Superman meets with Wonder Woman, who hasn’t aged, and Captain Marvel, who has, aboard the Justice League’s satellite. With his tufts of white hair, Captain Marvel now looks amusingly reminiscent of another character from his mythos, Uncle Marvel.

    As Miller turns his “camera” on Superman from back to front over three panels, he depicts the Man of Steel as utterly sunken in depression. In other words, Superman in Book 1 of DK2 finds himself in a similar mental state as did Bruce Wayne at the beginning of the original “Dark Knight.” (Or, for that matter, Matt Murdock midway through Miller’s “Daredevil: Born Again” story line.)

    Miller gives Superman an understandable reason for supporting a morally corrupt government: Luthor and Brainiac are holding the population of Kandor, all ten million, as hostages. Similarly, they are keeping Wonder Woman and Captain Marvel in check by threatening to kill people they care about. The image of Luthor’s face hovering outside the satellite, spying on the heroes, evokes Orwell’s all-seeing Big Brother.

    Showman that he is, Miller succeeds in topping the battle between Batman and Superman in the first Dark Knight with the colossal combat between the two heroes here. Batman first softens up his opponent with attacks by other heroes, a fake tyrannosaur (presumably the one from the Batcave trophy area), and even a robot that looks and talks like the 1960s version of Bizarro (yet another Silver Age reference). Then, at last, in the last three pages of the first issue, Batman makes his grand entrance to deliver the knockout punches: the final page shows Batman standing triumphant, his “resurrection” complete.

    As subsequent issues will show, Batman’s beating of Superman is actually the first step in knocking some sense into him (from Batman’s point of view, anyway), much like Miller’s character Stick thrashing his student Matt Murdock. Those readers who came to DK2 expecting to see an exploration of Batman’s psychology are looking in the wrong place.

    In The Dark Knight Strikes Again, there is no real character evolution for Batman: he is steadfast from start to finish in knowing and pursuing what he wants. The major character arc here is that of Superman. This series may be named after Batman, but as the next two issues will show, this may actually be more Superman’s story than his own.

    As so often happens, I’ve got much more to say about a topic than will fit into a single installment of this column. But you’ll have to wait two weeks for the rest of our Dark Knight discussion. From time to time I will be acting as a reporter for IGN FilmForce on events relating to pop culture. So next week you’ll be seeing my report on Toy Fair, and then I will strike again at The Dark Knight Strikes Again the week after that.

    Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #29: Ross’s Thunderbolts

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    Though this may at first seem to have nothing to do with comics, I ask you for a moment to consider the plight of the classical music critic of The New Yorker. He surely must feel he has reached the pinnacle of his profession. Yet if he conducts a Google search on his name, he will surely wonder just how famous he is. You seem, this New Yorker critic is named Alex Ross, and a Web search on his name will turn up pages and pages devoted to this other guy who works in funny books. I wonder what the classical Mr. Ross feels about this. (Then there’re the Scots playwright John Byrne, Karate Kid actor Ralph Macchio, High Noon villain Frank Miller, and Steve Martin’s role in Bringing Down the House, named Peter Sanderson ““ all with their comics doppelgangers.)

    The comics version of Alex Ross has grown even more celebrated of late, even getting profiled in the October 30, 2003 edition of The New York Times. Presumably the interview was arranged to promote Ross’s recent coffee table book, Mythology: The DC Comics Art of Alex Ross, published by Pantheon. Now, the Times‘s piece on Ross was not in the art or books section, but in the Sunday House section (“At Home with Alex Ross”). Hence, the profile was less interested in Ross’s artwork (described, perhaps condescendingly, as “earnest photorealism”) as in his house full of action figures and other collectibles and his Halloween party full of adult guests dressed as superheroes. In short, the article is about adults happily playing like kids (not that there’s anything wrong with that) rather than about comics art being taken seriously.

    Still, this article is in one respect better than the piece that New York Times film critic Elvis Mitchell wrote about Jack Kirby in the Aug. 27, 2003 issue of the Arts section of the paper. Mitchell praised Kirby’s work and hailed his influence on contemporary movies (and not just those directly adapting his co-creations, like Hulk and X2) in this article marking the tenth anniversary of his passing. That’s right: the Times honors Kirby ten years too late for him to have seen it. It’s commendable that in 2003 the Times ran a number of articles about important figures in comics. This is a good start, but they would be well advised to do pieces on surviving members of Kirby’s generation while they are still with us.
    cic-029-01.jpgAlas, I didn’t receive a review copy of Mythology, but I have procured copies of Ross’s two new tabloid-sized books about the Justice League of America that were published in 2003: JLA: Secret Origins and JLA: Liberty and Justice, co-plotted by Alex Ross and Paul Dini, with painted art by Ross and scripting by Dini.

    What first impresses me about these two books is that, like John Byrne, Frank Miller, and Darwyn Cooke (as will be seen in a future column) in recent projects, Ross and Dini have chosen to ignore contemporary canonical DC Universe continuity and devise their own, centering on the DC heroes of the Silver Age (roughly 1956-1970).

    JLA: Liberty and Justice is set in the present, and it presents what is essentially the Justice League of America of the Silver Age. Though both were killed off long ago in DC’s current canonical continuity, Barry Allen, the Silver Age Flash, and Hal Jordan, the Silver Age Green Lantern, are alive and active in Ross and Dini’s JLA books. Aquaman appears in his original costume and has not lost one of his hands. (How did the recent Captain Hook version of Aquaman manage to swim with that thing?) All the other JLAers depicted in these two books were either members of the League during the Silver Age, or (like Zatanna, Adam Strange, Metamorpho, and Elongated Man) were allies of the League during that period and in some cases joined in the 1970s. The two exceptions are Captain Marvel and Plastic Man, who did not join the League in stories published before Barry Allen’s demise in Crisis on Infinite Earths. Yet both are classic characters who originated in the Golden Age of Comics of the 1940s and are still prominent today, so they fit into Dini and Ross’s vision of the Justice League. It is this set of characters whom Ross and Dini profile in their Secret Origins book.

    Interviews with Ross and Dini in the back of JLA: Secret Origins proved enlightening about their intentions in devising this contemporary extension of the Silver Age. Ross explains, “Essentially, the JLA is so much an invention of the Silver Age, and the characters featured are the primary icons of that era. The Silver Age Flash, Green Lantern, Hawkman, and all the subsequent versions of older, long-running characters like Superman, Batman, Aquaman ““ all of them come through the filter of the new Silver Age that [came about] under the editorial influence of Julius Schwartz and the creative writing of Gardner Fox. Particularly as an editor-writer combination, these two put the most thought into recrafting DC’s super heroes and ultimately creating the legends that would stand for years to come.” There are others who deserve credit, too, particularly John Broome, as principal writer of the Silver Age Flash, Green Lantern and 1960s “New Look” Batman, and Denny O’Neil, for revamping Batman and Green Arrow at the close of the Silver Age. But basically Ross is right: Schwartz’s editorship reshaped and revitalized virtually all of the classic heroes in Ross and Dini’s JLA.

    Speaking of the Silver Age versions of these DC heroes, Ross says, “Well, they are the most legendary, well-known forms of those characters, the ones that have lasted the longest. For the case of, say, heroes like the Flash, Green Lantern, Hawkman ““ these are versions that have lasted for, like, forty years before there were any revisions made to either their looks or their identities.”

    But wouldn’t the Golden Age versions of these concepts ““ those that were around in the 1940s ““ like Jay Garrick as the Flash and Alan Scott as Green Lantern ““ be preferable since they were the original versions? “To my mind,” Ross answers, “it’s a division between what the Golden Age gave us in terms of an idea, versus what was refined ten or so years later. I believe that, to their credit, guys like Julius Schwartz and Gardner Fox took these earlier designs and reworked them in a way that made them stronger.”

    Then DC editor Charles Kochman asks if contemporary readers would feel that the current Green Lantern, Kyle Rayner, is the superior version. Ross agrees, and says, “Basically, this is an opportunity for Paul and myself to do the versions of the characters that we appreciate the most.” Ross was actually born right after the Silver Age ended, but he and Dini grew up reading those versions of the characters, as they continued to appear in comics before 1986’s Crisis on Infinite Earths. Obviously, they have also gone back and read the Silver Age comics, too. In their interviews Ross and Dini both admit that they used these versions of the characters because these are the versions they grew up with.

    But is their preference for the Silver Age versions really just based on nostalgia? Ross argues that the Silver Age versions of Flash, Green Lantern and Hawkman are genuinely superior as artistic creations to their Golden Age counterparts; I agree. I also wonder if Kyle Rayner and Wally West, say, as the current Green Lantern and Flash, and the series built around them, really are characters as memorable and iconic as their Silver Age predecessors. “Even though a big part of our fan base was not even alive when this version of the Justice League was around, it is still the version we feel a lot of people remember,” Dini says in his interview. “Those versions of the characters are very archetypal.”

    Will younger readers have the same strong attachment to West and Rayner decades hence as older readers retain for Allen and Jordan? Ultimately, only time will tell. But still, the recent resurgence of interest in DC’s Silver Age characters by comics creators, not just by Boomers like John Byrne and Frank Miller, but by members of a younger generation like Ross and Darwyn Cooke, suggests that a shift may be in progress. In longrunning comics series, as I have observed before, important concepts and characters that are cast aside in one period will inevitably return as times and tastes change once more.

    The resurgence seems to be yet more evidence that DC was wrong to kill off Silver Age versions of characters in Crisis on Infinite Earths and the subsequent period of radical revamps. Important writers and artists still want to use them and are introducing them to a new generation of readers.

    SUPERHERO HISTORY PAINTING

    Frank DeCaro, who wrote the Times profile of Ross, observes, “But everyone seems to agree that his real accomplishment is making superheroes more real than anyone has ever before ““ filmmakers included.” That’s true. Way back when I recall first admiring Gene Colan’s Marvel artwork because his style, closer to magazine illustration than other Marvel artists’, made not only “normal” characters like Tony Stark but the superhuman figures like Iron Man look so convincingly real; Neal Adams’ work on Batman and other series had a similar effect. But Alex Ross’s work has gone even further in capturing a photographic sense of realism.

    DeCaro is also quite right to state that Ross makes superheroes look more realistic than filmmakers, who actually shoot film of real human beings, do. Now, how can that be? It is conventional wisdom that in real life people in superhero costumes look silly: just ask the makers of the X-Men movies, who contend that audiences wouldn’t accept costumes and who substituted dull black uniforms instead. Or the makers of TV’s Smallville. (But Spider-Man’s costume didn’t prevent his movie from attracting an even bigger audience.)

    Part of the solution is that the wearers of the costumes must have the appropriate heroic build. (Adam West does not strike me as having been particularly physically imposing as the title character on the Batman TV show, though, come to think of it, Julie Newmar was as Catwoman.) Ross famously has live models pose for his art; I continue to be astonished that he actually knows so many people who look like that!

    Another factor may be the stylization of the reality within which the superhero operates on film. Some, like Christopher Reeve’s Superman and Tobey Maguire’s Spider-Man, who have relatively simple costumes, look fine against normal backgrounds. But in the Tim Burton Batman movies, Batman’s costume works because the production design around him is so stylized. Another reason why Batman seems ludicrous on the ’60s TV show is that he is operating in such a mundane-looking world; the low-budget Columbia Batman movie serials are even worse in this regard.

    But Ross does not deal in obviously stylized settings. His superhero characters look like real people, wearing real fabrics, within a recognizably everyday world. DeCaro states, “Mr. Ross… gives the same kind of earnest photorealism to portraits of well-known superheroes that Norman Rockwell gave the faces of doctors, letter carriers and firefighters.” Ross himself has repeatedly credited Rockwell, the most celebrated magazine illustrator of the last century, as a major influence.

    Through most of the twentieth century, with the triumph of abstraction, the fine art world has tended to look down on drawing and painting that tries to recapture the exact look of reality, which has been ceded to the world of photography and film. In recent years, however, figurative art has made a comeback, and Rockwell’s work has received serious appreciation in critical and academic circles, as demonstrated by a touring retrospective that ended up at New York City’s Guggenheim Museum in 2001.

    However, I think it’s a mistake simply to regard Ross as a latter-day Rockwell who paints superheroes. True, Rockwell and Ross each specialize in creating iconic images, transforming people into archetypal figures. Both artists seek to depict representations of classic American values.

    But Rockwell’s perennial subject is the American everyman (and woman and child). He idealizes and celebrates small-town Americans and their lives. The people he depicts are prettified, and viewed through a glow of nostalgic affection, but they are meant to be the folks next door.

    In contrast, Ross’s specialty is depicting and celebrating the superheroic. His style persuades the observer that he or she is seeing superheroes depicted as real people in a real world. But in fact his art style heightens reality, making not just the superheroes but even their ordinary settings seem grander and handsomer than they would in real life. Going through the JLA books, I am struck by how even the “normal” supporting characters and bystanders look larger than life. Perhaps in part Ross’s costumed superheroes so real because the “real,” noncostumed people in his books look so idealized. The two groups are not so far apart: the fireman on page 4 of Secret Origins looks nearly as heroic as one of the superheroes.

    cic-029-02.jpg

    I can only begin to analyze the methods by which Ross heightens reality: the cover for JLA: Secret Origins demonstrates some of them.

    The perfect human figures are obvious. The main figures are arranged in a wedge-like formation that projects towards the reader, with Superman, the most monumental of the figures, in the foreground. There’s also the theatrical play of light and shadow on the figures. As in a John Ford western, Ross continually uses up shots in the book and on the cover, as well: the reader looks up at the heroes, who tower above us. Ross takes the effect further by creating two tiers of heroes, one rising (flying, in fact), above the others, so we have literally two sets of heroes rising above us.

    In Ross’s interview, editor Joey Cavalieri refers to the Silver Age JLAers as “the archetypes,” and I wonder if Marvel Silver Age heroes would prove equally suitable to this kind of treatment by Ross. Perhaps they wouldn’t, since the classic Marvel heroes’ human personalities tend to be more important than their mythic powers and images. Peter Parker’s personality is more important than his spider-powers.

    Most of JLA: Secret Origins is comprised of two-page spreads depicting the origins of each major Justice League member. In his interview Ross says that they were inspired by the original two-page origin sequences that Siegel and Shuster and Bob Kane did for Superman and Batman circa 1938-1940. Ross notes that the images used in these sequences made them “iconic.” Explaining why each of his origin sequences is mostly monochromatic, Ross explains, “I meant to invoke a sense of how this is a bygone age. That this is the past, this is a story that’s legendary.”

    In other words, this book deals in the history and mythology of superheroes. This made me see a connection, however unintentional, between Ross’s work and the “history painting” of the 18th and 19th centuries. “History painting” was the depiction of scenes from mythology or actual history, portraying noble figures with heroic builds enacting great events. In fact, during this period, the art world considered history painting to be the highest form of painting, superior to portraiture, landscapes and such. (Since history painting presented narratives, the connection with comics is clear. Moreover, as noted, history painting could also depict scenes from classical mythology. Remember the title of Ross’s coffee table book?)

    One example at the Metropolitan Museum of Art is said to be its most popular painting with tourists: Emanuel Leutze’s enormous “Washington Crossing the Delaware.” Probably many of you have seen this painting reproduced and can envision Washington’s noble stance: Ross speaks in his interview about his “glory shots” of superheroes, and the term could apply to Leutze’s positioning of Washington, too.

    Another of the Metropolitan’s history paintings that has a considerably higher reputation among art historians is David’s “The Death of Socrates,” whose central figure not only radiates nobility but seems to have been working out more than one might expect from an elderly philosopher. But the heroically proportioned human body has been a prime subject of Western art from ancient times up to the twentieth century, when, as noted, figurative art fell from favor in the art world.

    But subjects of such longstanding popularity as the portrayal of the idealized human form and the depiction of mythic events (real or fictional) must obviously have innate appeal to the human psyche. So if the art establishment suppresses these subjects, they will inevitably pop up again somewhere else, perhaps in a popular form of art that the establishment overlooks: in this case, in Alex Ross’s work.

    Each of the Ross-Dini origin sequences follows the same format, and it behooves the reader to pay attention to the variations at certain points in this standard format. Each sequence is primarily monochromatic: which color does Ross choose? What do Dini and Ross choose to picture in the introductory panel, which ranges all the way across two pages. Each sequence closes with an image in full color; what do Dini and Ross decide to spotlight in this fashion?

    The dominant color of the Superman sequence is what Ross calls a “very brown, earthy tone meant to invoke his very earthy origins. Despite the fact that he’s from another planet, he’s really this guy from the Midwestern United States.”

    Ross also states that he tries to depict the origins in what Cavalieri calls an “inclusive” manner, so that each is true both to the original version and to any later revamped version. Hence, as Ross points out, the “exact configuration” of the vehicle taking the baby Kal-El to Earth is obscured by speed lines, so it could just as well be Joe Shuster’s 1938 rocket or John Byrne’s 1986 spacecraft. So Ross is depicting the essence of the origin tales, rather than the details of specific versions. I note too that Ross does not specify a time period through the clothing in this sequence: the overalls Clark wears in one panel could belong to the 1930s or today. In demonstrating Superman’s emerging powers, Dini and Ross adhere to the classic catchphrases: leaping tall buildings with a single bound, faster than a locomotive. Superman is not shown as flying, presumably since, in 1938, he had not yet been given that power.

    cic-029-03.jpgThe Superman origin sequence emphasizes the character’s childhood, and despite the destruction of his native world, Ross shows it as idyllic. There is the baby Kal-El smiling up at his adoptive parents; in the next panel, despite the shadows obscuring much of the boy Clark’s face, it is still clear from his body language that he is smiling. This is a happy childhood that produced the most optimistic and altruistic of heroes. Dini’s text emphasizes that Clark/Kal-El is an immigrant who has happily embraced his adoptive world.

    In the panel in which Clark describes becoming a reporter, the bespectacled Kent has turned away from the viewer. Ross regularly portrays Clark Kent as hiding his face. Perhaps this is simply a recognition that, with Ross’s realistic style, the convention that Clark is unrecognizable as Superman becomes even less credible. But it also makes a good psychological point: that Superman, as Clark, retreats from the spotlight, concealing his true self from the world.

    The final picture, which bursts into full color, is an iconic shot of Superman pulling open Clark’s shirt to reveal the Superman insignia beneath. This is the sequence’s only shot of Superman in costume. The implication is that the emergence of Superman is the end result of the all the events depicted from Clark’s childhood: the sacrifice of his parents, his Rockwellian upbringing and education in Midwestern American moral values, and so forth.

    The very next origin sequence, Batman’s, presents a sharp contrast. The color now is not Superman’s warm reddish brown, but a dark, chilly blue, perhaps even evoking “blue” emotions. (So, this is Alex’s Blue Period?) The opening panel is a Gotham cityscape, contrasting with Clark’s open, Midwestern plains. Batman appears in silhouette, his head outlined by the moon: he is a creature of the moon and night, as opposed to Superman, who literally derives his power from the sun. The “creature” aspect is heightened by the flying bats in the sky, and the parallel Ross draws between the Batman and the gargoyle on which he kneels, both serving as guardian figures meant to frighten off intruders.

    Superman did not appear in costume until the end of his sequence, but Batman in costume is in the first two panels of his. Perhaps this implies that Clark is Superman’s true self, but Batman is the reality within Bruce Wayne. As if to reinforce that point, we are never shown a clear view of the adult Bruce Wayne’s face.

    cic-029-04.jpg

    Whereas the Superman sequence was a celebration of family life, the Batman sequence centers on the destruction of the idealized family. The killer of Bruce Wayne’s parents, whether it is Joe Chill (in old comics continuity), Jack Napier (in the movie) or some unknown party (since the Zero Hour continuity revision), is a Jungian shadow figure almost entirely covered by literal shadow: at one anonymous and an embodiment of dark forces. The shot of young Bruce with his parents’ corpses is a nod to artist David Mazzucchelli’s iconic image from Frank Miller’s Batman: Year One.

    The final panel here shows as full color image of the young, brooding Bruce Wayne kneeling, hands clasped, as if in prayer, taking his oath to war on all crime. It is our first direct look into his eyes, as they radiate the vengefulness that will drive his whole life. He stares eerily at the reader, as if wondering if the reader is a potential target, as the shadow of Batman looms above him. It is as if a kind of monster has been born within this child. The final image in color signals that within the adult Batman this vengeful, emotionally wounded child still exists.
    cic-029-05.jpg
    Wonder Woman’s sequence is brown, but without the reddish tone of the Superman origin: here the brown perhaps indicates the archaic nature of Amazon history, or perhaps the clay from which she was formed. (“I created a living daughter out of the Earth itself,” Amazon queen Hippolyta says here about Wonder Woman’s variation on virgin birth.) The opening panel pictures the war between the Amazons and male warriors led by Hercules, here a silhouetted figure whose traditional lion skin makes him seem more beast than man: this establishes the background for Wonder Woman’s mission against male warfare and oppression of women. There is again an emphasis ion childhood: the literal molding of the child Diana, and the sight of the grown Diana peering around a pillar at her royal mother, like a shy girl at once awed by her parent and wishing she could equal her achievements. In the end Diana surpassed her mother, who stands downcast as Diana emerges into full color in the costume of Wonder Woman. (I like Ross’s kangaroos in this sequence, too. In fact, my favorite part of his Shazam book was his portrait of Mr. Tawky Tawny, making him look like an actual tiger.)

    cic-029-06.jpg
    The Flash sequence is in red, matching the Scarlet Speedster’s costume. There’s something of the feel of a horror movie here, with scientist Barry Allen sitting in deep shadow as the lightning that will give him his powers crashes outside with godlike power. Here the concluding color image shows the Flash, in costume but unmasked, kissing his wife Iris. Though the Silver Age DC superhero series have been castigated as adolescent fantasies, Ross and Dini celebrate the Flash from a mature perspective, showing him as one of a pair of young married lovers.
    cic-029-07.jpg No surprise here: the Green Lantern origin is in green. The top panel, the only one showing Hal Jordan in costume, depicts a large number of Green Lanterns in flight together like a flock of birds. In this sequence Dini and Ross are emphasizing not an individual Green Lantern so much as the entire Green Lantern Corps, its origin and history. The concluding color image here is that of the alien Green Lantern Abin Sur passing his ring to his successor Hal Jordan: the focus is on the continuity of the Green Lantern tradition, more than the individual.

    The Aquaman sequence is in the blue-green color of the sea. Babyhood is a motif again, but notice that, while the infant Clark was shown smiling at his foster parents, the similar shot of the baby Aquaman conceals his face: this throws the emphasis on his parents, and, amusingly, the father has Popeye’s hat and corncob pipe.
    cic-029-08.jpg This also fits into this sequence’s focus on marital as well as parental love. The shot of Aquaman’s father rescuing his mother is the stuff of romance. Another panel is devoted to the wedding of the adult Aquaman to Mera. (Unlike Superman and Martian Manhunter, Aquaman returns to his native realm.) The final color panel echoes the shot of the infant Aquaman with his parents: now it is Aquaman and Mera holding their child. With the Flash, Ross and Dini celebrated young married love; with Aquaman they celebrate the next phase, parenthood.
    cic-029-09.jpg The Martian Manhunter’s sequence is the dull reddish color of the Martian landscape. That terrain is the subject of the first panel: desolate, devastated, “as barren as it is lonely.” In both JLA books Dini makes the point that unlike Superman, only an infant when Krypton was destroyed (or, in Byrne’s version, not yet born), J’onn J’onzz remembers the destruction of his civilization; hence, while Superman, who could easily fit into the human population, has a sunny, optimistic disposition, J’onn is lonely and gloomy. Dini here calls J’onn an “immigrant” who “found a way to assimilate,” but the panel shows him, in human guise, as faceless: he has not truly fit in. Ross cleverly depicts J’onn’s emergence on Earth, making it unclear whether his true form is humanoid (as in the original continuity) or inhuman (as in the recent revision). I am very pleased with Ross’s rendition of J’onn’s benefactor Dr. Erdel, making this 1950s cartoony caricature look credibly real. The final image shows the Manhunter soaring into space, alone, apart from Earth.
    cic-029-10.jpg The Green Arrow sequence is green, too, naturally, and Dini’s text emphasizes that he is a modern “urban Robin Hood.” Green Arrow, like Robin Hood, is a form of the mythic “green man” archetype, the man of nature. But here only the opening image of Oliver Queen as a kind of latter-day Robinson Crusoe, learning to survive on a deserted island, has a mythic feel.
    cic-029-11.jpg With the Hawkman origin Ross and Dini are very specifically doing the Silver Age version, and not those that preceded or followed. The final shot here makes Hawkman and Hawkgirl look eerily birdlike, thanks in part to the lighting effects. It is significant that Ross and Dini show both the Hawks in this panel: this is another celebration of love, in this case, of a couple who are partners in action as well as in private life.

    The Atom’s sequence is in blue, but a lighter, warmer one than Batman’s, perhaps to emphasize how the Atom figuratively draws his powers from the night: literally from a meteor from a white dwarf star that fell at night. I’m pleased and amused by the shot of the Atom running atop molecules drawn like science class models of the 1960s.

    cic-029-12.jpgThe gray of the Captain Marvel sequence suggests the archaic ““ the ancient idols of the “Seven Deadly Enemies of Man,” Shazam’s resemblance to an Old Testament prophet, and the bleakness of orphan Billy Batson’s life in Depression-era New York. Here the color image signifies life and vitality appearing amidst age and dreariness. Both Billy and Captain Marvel are in color, putting the focus on the joyous ascension of orphaned child to powerful adult.

    cic-029-13.jpg The only false step in these origin sequences lies in Plastic Man’s: deleting the monk from the story weakens the theme of Plas’s spiritual rebirth. It’s impressive indeed how Ross can make Plas’s cartoony stretching (especially the shot of him pulling on his face) look so real: as I said in a previous column, making Plastic Man and his world look real makes his stretching funnier. For once Plas even looks believable disguised as a table.
    cic-029-14.jpg There follow portraits of other JLAers from the Silver Age, including one of my favorite shots of Zatanna ever. The “story” ends with a very impressive two page shot of the major League members standing imposingly together. And here one can see another of Ross’s virtues: unlike so many comics artists, he gives his heroes distinctive faces from each other, and even gives them varying heights.

    In short, then, this is a magnificent showcase of comics art. Should any one wish to make a case for the mythic grandeur of the superhero concept, JLA: Secret Origins should be Exhibit One.

    TAKING LIBERTIES FOR JUSTICE

    While JLA: Secret Origins deals with the Justice Leaguers’ legendary pasts, Ross and Dini’s JLA: Liberty and Justice is a new story set in the present, and, intentionally or not, it raises some intriguing questions not just about the figure of the superhero but about today’s international politics.

    The Pentagon asks the Justice League to stop the spread of an unusual, lethal virus, which has appeared in a wartorn region of Africa. Hoping to avoid worldwide panic, the Pentagon also wants to prevent news of the outbreak from spreading.

    Inevitably in the information age, the JLA has much more success in controlling the virus than in keeping its existence quiet. Early on, the Flash wonders aloud if they have the “right to intervene,” but it is decided they must to save lives. Nonetheless, in the course of their mission, the JLA find themselves obliged to combat various foreign military forces. This inspires suspicion and mistrust of the Justice League, both in America and in other countries, as voiced in various television reports we are shown. One speaks of “the Justice League’s largely secretive response to the situation”; elsewhere on that page we are told that “the President has remained unavailable for comment.” Another talking head, noting the crisis posed by the virus, asks, “How does that mitigate Superman and the others acting without the approval of the U.N. or any African government?” Superman gloomily reflects that “Power always seems to intimidate, no matter how familiar the face or altruistic the intentions,” and that “Our biggest battle may be against public perception.”

    cic-029-15.jpg
    Like 1602‘s invasion of Latveria, the story of JLA: Liberty and Justice seems to reflect the course taken by the United States after September 11, 2001; whether the parallel was consciously intended by Dini and Ross, I do not know. But the fact that the JLA are working with the Pentagon, and that the story links the JLA’s secretiveness to the American President’s, makes the connection clear. In the real world, the only remaining “superpower,” the United States, has asserted a right to intervene unilaterally in other nations to combat threats to its security, as it has in Afghanistan and Iraq. As in Liberty and Justice, America’s interventions, whether justified or not, have resulted in hostility, fear and criticism from other countries, and there are those who accuse the United States of being the real threat to the world.

    In the Justice League’s case, couldn’t the American government have done anything to forestall the criticism? Couldn’t the United States at least have informed the United Nations that the Justice League was being sent to deal with this emergency? Once the news of the virus got out, couldn’t the government have explained the situation to the worldwide public, instead of retreating into secrecy?

    For that matter, couldn’t the JLA themselves have been less secretive? Certainly, they had their hands full coping with the virus. But later in the book, when disorder breaks out across the country, the active Leaguers send out a call to their “associate members” to come help out. Well, couldn’t the JLA have earlier assigned an associate member to be a liaison with the news media or send explanatory messages to the U.N.? (Hey, Dini and Ross could have put old-time JLA mascot Snapper Carr into the story and had him do it!) I very much like the way that Dini and Ross have Green Lantern use his power ring to perform analyses and research and to speak its findings to him, as it did in the Silver Age: it’s as if Silver Age GL editor Julius Schwartz and writer John Broome had anticipated the portable personal computer. Well, why couldn’t Green Lantern have used the ring to send off a few messages about what the JLA was doing to the U.N. and several news sources?

    Actually, if the JLA existed in reality, they probably would have to have a support staff, including a press secretary. One of the odd aspects of superhero comics is the fact that writers will give the heroes vast, impressive headquarters and provide no more than, say, an middle-aged butler like Alfred or Jarvis to do everything from maintaining the high-tech equipment to making beds and sweeping up. (Mark Gruenwald tried to treat the situation more realistically by creating the “Avengers Crew,” that team’s support staff, but later editors and writers didn’t get the point and dropped it.)

    In a variation of this assumption that the heroes don’t need outside help, Liberty and Justice purports that Batman, who is not a physician or trained biologist; the Atom, who is a physicist; and the Flash, who is a forensic scientist (Yes, the Silver Age Flash verged into C.S. I. territory four decades early) are capable of concocting a cure for the mystery virus. Well, sure, the Atom’s ability to shrink to the size of the virus, and the Flash’s ability to work at superhuman speed give them advantages that normal researchers do not, but wouldn’t it seem more credible if the JLA had actually called in real medical doctors and biologists as advisors?

    Dini and Ross’s treatment of the world’s attitudes towards the Justice League differ sharply from Kurt Busiek and George Perez’s take on the same subject in the recent “JLA/Avengers” mini-series. Busiek and Perez made the point that on DC’s Earth, its leading superheroes are respected, trusted and beloved, whereas on Marvel-Earth, superheroes are regarded with suspicion. Certainly this was true during the Silver Age, but Marvel’s 1960s revolution of the superhero genre influenced new generations of writers who worked on DC’s characters as well. It’s no surprise, then, that Dini and Ross show that the world can easily fall into resentment and fear of the Justice League. Still, I like the distinction that Busiek and Perez drew between the public attitudes towards superheroes in the Marvel and DC Universes, and I think it’s a good thing if the Big Two companies take such different approaches to the subject. It makes more sense, too: the JLAers have publicly performed so many good works up to and including saving the world repeatedly that one might think most people would give them the benefit of the doubt. Indeed, one can easily observe in real life how the natural tendency of most of the American public is to rally round the flag and support the President in times of crisis, to trust him and the presiding administration in times of emergency. Surely there’s be a sizable proportion of the public who would have the same faith in the JLA.

    It’s not just that the JLA are just doing their work and just suffer from having their good intentions misinterpreted. How about the sequence in which Aquaman, realizing that a frightened Russian submarine captain is holding a gun, confirms the poor man’s worst fears: Aquaman summons whales to attack the sub and throws a temper tantrum, raging, “Am I making myself understood?” Well, no, considering Aquaman is speaking to them in English, despite the fact that he had earlier demonstrated his fluency in Russian.

    Panic within the United States leads to crime sprees and rioting. The JLAers find themselves using force to restore order: “In the span of one day, humanity’s benevolent guardians had become its hostile wardens,” Dini writes, describing the heroes as “diving upon them like vengeful gods.”

    I wish that this sequence didn’t make it seem as if virtually everyone in the country was running wild. In depicting superheroes, one should be careful to avoid conveying the idea that the powerful elite have to keep the irresponsible common people in their place.

    The thematic turning point follows the traditional mythic motif of figurative death and resurrection: a despairing young woman leaps off a bridge but is rescued by the JLA’s central figure, Superman. From then on, the story takes a more positive turn: Flash and Green Lantern perform what is significantly called a “miracle” to rid Earth of the virus, and Superman, perhaps motivated by the suicide attempt, tells the other Leaguers that it “still has much to heal.”

    This leads to the JLA’s appearance before the United Nations at the story’s end: Superman addresses the General Assembly to tell them it was not the JLA’s intention to “provide misinformation, or hide the truth,” and then can’t go through with “this deception”: “Superman” shapeshifts into the Martian Manhunter, who explains that Superman is busy elsewhere. (Actually, that seems to be Superman, as Clark Kent, in the audience on the next page.) So what was that all about? Even in an address to the United Nations and the world, the JLA intended to lie! Even after J’onn J’onzz admits the deception, would that inspire confidence and trust? Even people who supported the JLA’s actions would wonder why the Leaguers even considered perpetrating such a deception and what else they might have lied about. This reminds me of Frank Miller’s The Dark Knight Strikes Back, in which the President turns out to be merely a CGI image, manipulated by Lex Luthor, the country’s real and secret ruler.

    Still, this penultimate scene in the United Nations does play a necessary part in making this entire story work. By appearing before the United Nations to explain their actions, the Justice League is acknowledging its authority and that of the nations of the world. J’onn J’onzz, speaking for the League, states that because of unusual circumstances ““ “a global threat” in which they “had very little time to act” ““ the League took “extraordinary measures” in order “to safeguard lives and property.” Though he never actually says so, J’onn J’onzz’s implication is that with the emergency over, the League no longer seeks to place itself above ordinary humanity. “Our greatest power,” he says, “comes from your belief in us, as your allies and friends.”

    The key to J’onn J’onzz’s speech lies in his declaration that the JLAers, despite their powers, are not the people’s superiors but their equals, and, indeed, members of the people themselves. “Yet in our hearts we are no different from most people,” he says. “We are part of the work force that makes up society, each of us having the same goals for a happy life, free from worry. No one in our company has ever aspired to world conqueror… We cherish your trust, and hope you will always find is worthy of it.” That is an act of submission to the public will: the JLA have declared themselves to be not the public’s masters but their servants.

    This is what distinguishes and redeems the American superhero from the potentially fascist concept of the Nietzchean ubermensch from which it derives: the emphasis on the superhero’s humanity and service to his or her fellow men and women. J’onn J’onzz refers to the “delicate balance” between freedom and order; there is likewise a delicate balance that must be achieved in the depiction of superheroes between the image of aggressive power and compassionate humanity.

    Whether J’onn J’onzz’s speech is really as reassuring as Dini and Ross presumably intend is questionable. The JLA does not pledge never to act without legal authority again; they simply ask for the world’s trust that they will do what is right. But remember a series that Ross greatly admires, Mark Gruenwald’s Squadron Supreme, which is inspired by the Silver Age Justice League, in which a superhero team assumes control of the United States after a devastating war in order to rebuild it into a utopia. Gruenwald made the argument in the series that the road to hell is paved with the best intentions, that even the altruistic Squadron members ended up violating human liberties, and that even benevolent dictators are still dictators who must be overthrown.

    In the course of telling its tale, JLA: Liberty and Justice is full of wonderful touches. Those readers who think that Barry Allen and Hal Jordan lack the personality of their successors should study Ross’s portraits of their unmasked faces: Barry is a crewcutted Midwesterner who has a look of innocence to him, while Hal looks very much the slightly roguish young leading man. Dini does a wonderful job in a page consisting of a conversation between Flash and Green Lantern: one can see the chemistry that made these two disparate personalities into friends. Wonder Woman displays an ethereal beauty (and, I repeat, Ross seems to actually know people who look like this!). Dini’s dialogue for the Martian Manhunter reminds me of what Marvel’s Silver Surfer used to be: J’onn, the alien outsider, wonders why humans cannot appreciate the beauty of their planet as much as he does. In a montage of scenes from classic Justice League stories, I am especially taken with the shot of Kanjar Ro, shadows disguising his cartoony appearance, imperiously commanding his Slave Ship of Space. Batman is not present onstage when the JLA appear before the U. N., presumably to maintain the idea that most people on DC’s Earth consider Batman to be an urban legend. (But is that Bruce Wayne smirking in the audience, the light on his face mimicking the shape of Batman’s cowl?) My favorite shot of Batman in the book has him wedged within a panel at the Pentagon, spookily spying on his fellow Leaguers from hiding. There’s the extraordinary double-page first shot of Green Lantern soaring in space against the background of a blue Earth swathed in white clouds, or the shot of Aquaman, lit by strong sunlight, standing astride a whale charging towards the readers. And there’s a nighttime depiction of Hawkgirl and Hawkman, lit from below standing atop a ledge, even more impressive than the Secret Origins shot.

    And in the end JLA: Liberty and Justice reaffirms the moral idealism of DC’s Silver Age superheroes. Having ventured too far into dominating mankind rather than serving them, the JLA effectively apologize by recognizing their common humanity (even shared by the alien members) with the people they protect.

    I wonder if all this new attention to the Silver Age isn’t a sign that the audience may be growing for just this sort of approach. A significant number of major comics creators are trying to make the Silver Age characters work in the more sophisticated writing styles of the present and for an older audience. (And that Spider-Man movie was pretty positive and true to the Silver Age stories on which it was based, and look how much money it made.) True, the antiheroic school of comics writing still predominates. But perhaps the pendulum is at last beginning to swing back.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #28: Adapt and Assimilate

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    In the famous opening line of the great modernist author Franz Kafka’s 1915 short story The Metamorphosis, its protagonist, Gregor Samsa, awakens from sleep to find himself transformed into a cockroach. It sounds like a joke, but it is a horrifically absurdist piece of irony. Samsa’s transformed state becomes a metaphor for his psychological and emotional alienation from the rest of humanity and normality.

    Reading the story in the past, I had always imagined the transformed Samsa looking exactly like a cockroach, albeit an enormously oversized one. Now writer/artist Peter Kuper, who has done previous adaptations of Kafka, has turned The Metamorphosis into a graphic novel (issued last year by Crown Publishers). In it Kuper anthropomorphizes the insect, giving him a cartoonish humanoid head and face. At first I thought this weakened the impact of the adaptation, but I soon saw that it was essential to a visualization of the story. In the story Kafka verbalizes Samsa’s thoughts, showing his anguish and despair; through giving the bug human-like expressions, Kuper can convey his emotions visually. The cartooniness also fits well into the overall style art Kuper uses for the story. Though born in Prague, Kafka wrote The Metamorphosis in German, and Kuper’s art style here evokes the distorted visuals of German expressionism. Indeed, Kuper’s adaptation demonstrates the similarity between cartooning and expressionism’s treatment of figurative drawing. In reading the story, Samsa seems to be the one unrealistic element in a naturalistically described world, but Kuper’s visual exaggerations and distortions turn Samsa’s world into the nightmare he feels it to be.

    cic-028-01.jpg

    Reading through Kuper’s adaptation, seeing the story’s events visualized, brought home aspects of the tale I had not realized before. Samsa’s fate can in part be viewed as a metaphor for clinical depression: his world seemingly shifts into a nightmare state without cause, he has trouble even getting out of bed, he feels isolated from the world and unfit to be part of it, and the change in him seems inexplicable to others. Likewise the story serves as a metaphor for the gulf in understanding that can separate oneself from others. Samsa literally cannot make himself understood by his family, and they, seeing only the horrific outer symptoms, come to regard him as a monster, failing to see the tormented human within.

    Most remarkable is Kuper’s visualization of Samsa’s physical decay, culminating in the shot of his death, as the sun rises out the widow, shining its brilliance into the darkened chamber of death. Has Samsa spirit escaped? Or is this part of the final irony of the story, along with the concluding vignette of Gregor’s family, happy now that he is gone. In a parody of sacrificial death and resurrection motifs, Gregor’s sister “blossoms” into womanhood, as if the end of Gregor’s existence somehow released fertility into the world.

    Kuper’s The Metamorphosis, then, is an extraordinary adaptation, proof of the heights that comics can reach in interpreting literary works.

    THE UNCANNY EGGS-MEN

    This may surprise my regular readers, but the comics industry has tended to pigeonhole what I can do, thinking of me as merely a Marvel trivia expert, or, worse, as a part-time proofreader (as if this is the career for which my three Ivy League degrees qualify me), and recurringly as an X-Men x-pert. So perhaps it’s just as well that I have almost entirely steered clear of Marvel’s mutants for the first half year of this column. But here is an anniversary issue, New X-Men #150, written by Grant Morrison, and it seemed a good opportunity to check in with the series.

    cic-028-02.jpg

    I admire much of what Grant Morrison has done with the X-Men. His most revolutionary stroke was the “outing” of Professor Xavier and his students as mutants. It’s a trend now in superhero comics to get rid of secret identities, as seen lately in Daredevil and Iron Man and ordinarily I think this is a mistake. The dual identity is not only part of the appeal of the superhero genre (the appealing idea that a Superman lurks within the Clark Kent-like everyman) but also the basis for one of its major psychological themes: the divided self, with different identities expressing different aspects of a character’s personality.

    In the X-Men’s case, though, I think that Morrison may have hit upon the right way to remodel the series for the 21st century. The superhero genre in comics was created by the progeny of immigrants, and the secret identity motif may relate to the way that immigrants and their families sought to assimilate within American society and culture. Like someone who changes his name to make it seem less ethnic, so Superman conceals his Kryptonian descent by taking the Waspish name of Clark Kent and blending in with a community of people wearing business suits and working at 9-to-5 jobs.

    Similarly, the original X-Men, when in costume, made no secret of being mutants, but, unmasked and in “civilian” clothing, would “pass” as “normal” humans when they hung out at night in a Greenwich village coffee house listening to Bernard the Poet recite verse. Over the decades, Marvel writers seemed to care less about the X-Men’s secret identities. When the Angel publicly revealed his true identity and founded the Champions, the most incompetent of newsmen should have been able to figure out that Xavier’s school was the cover for the X-Men. When the “new” X-men came along, some of them, like Storm and Phoenix, did not even bother with masks.

    Still, the X-Men remained a secret community within “normal” human society. The insistence on concealment went too far in the original concept for the first X-Factor series, which had the original X-Men, in their everyday identities, posing publicly as mutant hunters. In actuality, the X-Factor team would then help teach the mutants they located in mastering their powers and in passing as “normal.” As readers, and eventually the original X-Men themselves realized, X-Factor’s public stance worsened the public bigotry against mutants by treating them as menaces, and by teaching mutants to pose as “normal,” implied that mutanthood was something to be ashamed of.

    The criticism of the early X-Factor issues was a symptom of an evolving change in American culture: minority groups were increasingly asserting pride in their ethnic or gender identity rather than attempting to disguise it to blend in more fully with a homogenized mainstream society.

    By exposing Xavier and his school, Morrison recognized this change in the culture. Now that the X-Men had gone public, they could openly serve to promote the cause of mutant rights. If Xavier’s dream of peaceful coexistence between mutants and “normal” humans were truly to be implemented, mutants could no longer hide from the society at large, but had to assert their place within it.

    Much of the power of the X-Men concept lies in the fact that the mutants served as metaphors for any minority group that was excluded from the mainstream or the victim of prejudice; “mutanthood” could even stand for an individual who felt alienated from the larger community. I also liked it when Morrison raised the possibility that the growing numbers of mutants might indeed someday supplant “normal” humanity in the course of evolution. Thus, “mutants” could even serve as a metaphor for the younger generation, which inevitably will replace the older generation. The strange powers of the young mutants could stand for the new modes of thinking and behaving that sets every new generation apart from its elders, many of whom do not welcome the new ways they do not comprehend.

    So, Morrison gave X-Men the conceptual push it needed to revitalize it for a new century. Yet while I admire Morrison’s concepts for X-Men, I can’t say that I have any affection for it. Another of X-Men‘s strength has been the success with which its best and most important writers ““ Stan Lee, Roy Thomas, and for most years since 1975, Chris Claremont ““ have created characterizations that readers could care about. The X-Men are a community of outsiders; the “outsiders” part is the basis of the series’ theme of minority rights, but the fact that they are a “community,” an extended surrogate family, is nearly as important. Morrison’s X-Men stories lack the emotional warmth that Lee’s, Thomas’s, and Claremont’s all have.

    Morrison’s achievement: superheroes secret identities linked to theme of assimilation for immigrants of past generation ““ having to blend in and disguise their true selves ““ so mutants pass for human ““ worst in X-Factor ““ now, however, trend for pride in one’s ethnicity or gender ““ reflected in X-Men going public, becoming public force working for mutant rights. Morrison gave the series a needed kick into a new phase.

    New X-Men #150 presents the conclusion of the Planet X story line, and I am hereby issuing a spoiler warning for those who do not want to know the ending.

    Usually mysteries in superhero comics are easily penetrable. So I am impressed that Morrison’s character Xorn the mutant healer turned out to be the disguised Magneto: I had even mentioned Xorn as a prominent new character in my recent updated edition of DK’s Ultimate Guide to the X-Men.

    I am less happy that what seemed another of Morrison’s changes, enabling Professor Xavier to walk, proved to be temporary. Chris Claremont had restored Xavier’s ability to walk years ago, but editor Bob Harras had Xavier crippled once more. I heard Harras explain that he did so to restore the “poetry” of the character. I see what he meant ““ the idea of the world’s most powerful mind in a physically crippled body ““ and I suppose that Xavier works better thematically this way: Xavier’s disability makes him an outsider in yet another way. Still, for those of us who have read X-Men for years, it seems a cheat to cure Xavier and then cripple him again not once but twice. I suppose, though, that since present day Marvel has so little sense of its own history, no one working on New X-Men may have even known they were recycling the past.

    Though Mark Millar in Ultimate X-Men has done masterful work in portraying a genuinely sinister, even genocidal Magneto, Morrison’s version of the character is a letdown. Though Magneto in New X-Men #150 is powerful enough to endanger the Earth by tilting its axis, he is astonishingly ineffectual in combating individual X-Men. Towards the end Xavier berates Magneto for being an “old man” who is out of touch with the new generation of mutants. Oh, really? In the post-9/11 world we are all too aware of older, ideological fanatics followed by a younger generation of terrorists, whose sense of exclusion and humiliation drives them to murderous hatred. It seems to me that Magneto, as a symbol for such leaders, is very relevant indeed in the early 21st century.

    At the end of the issue Magneto, uncharacteristically suicidal, demands to be given a martyr’s death, Wolverine lashes out, and we see Xorn’s helmet bounce along the floor. So was Magneto beheaded? That would sure be a hard death scene to undo, and yet it would be foolish to (truly) kill off a character who is such an important part of the series.

    And, oh, yes, Jean Grey, who has regained command of the Phoenix Force, dies in front of Cyclops yet again. Considering how often we are informed that new comics readers don’t care about stories that are decades old, it is amazing how Chris Claremont and John Byrne’s “Dark Phoenix Saga” of 1980 continues to influence today’s comics. Of course, it has been available in reprints for years; current comics fans must be reading them. So here is Morrison rerunning Jean’s death scene, but with only a small fraction of the passion and tragic grandeur of Claremont and Byrne’s original. Byrne and Claremont did not want to kill Jean off; editor in chief Jim Shooter made them do it. After all, the romance of Jean and Scott is the emotional heart of the series, as their wedding (after her resurrection) in New X-Men #25 demonstrated. But the editors and writers working with Scott and Jean over the last several years seem to have found their relationship tiresome. If Marvel’s current powers that be really do intend to keep her dead, that’s a big mistake.

    There would have been a time when I would have been outraged, saddened, or both by seeing Jean and Magneto killed off. But now I find it hard to care, in part because I’m depressed by the quality of the story, and in part because I am well aware that someone sooner or later will find a way to revive them both. One friend observed that for Jean death has become “a revolving door.” I suspect that one reason Jean was killed off (again) is because she was (apparently) killed off at the end of the X2 movie, in a clear setup for doing the “Dark Phoenix Saga” in X3. (Comic book executives keep imagining that hordes of people who saw superhero movies will start reading the comics and get confused if the comics don’t match the movie continuity. On the contrary, what I’ve been told is that such large crossover audiences usually don’t happen.) If so, then if Jean comes back in X3, she’ll be back in the comics. I haven’t yet read any X-Men issues after this one, so far all I know her resurrection may already be in the works. “All I ever did was die on you, Scott,” are Jean’s dying words in New X-Men #150: she’s become the X-Men’s equivalent of the ever-dying Kenny on South Park.

    Oh, yes, on the final page, the “Phoenix Egg” is found on the moon. it must be the very egg that this story laid.

    MONEY AND McDUCK

    Thanks to Ken Plume, I’ve no finally gotten to see a copy of the first film appearance by Carl Barks’s Uncle Scrooge, the 1967 Disney featurette Scrooge McDuck and Money, directed by Disney animation veteran Hamilton Luske, and referenced in my Christmas column. As I expected, this is one of the short animated films that the Disney studio did in the 1960s that was educational in purpose, like Donald in Mathmagic Land and Toot, Whistle, Plunk and Boom. Like them, it is not dry and didactic but genuinely entertaining. What surprised me was that it is a musical, with songs (one sung by Scrooge himself) and even rhyming dialogue. The subject is the history of money; with its celebratory tone, I kept thinking that this is the kind of movie that Scrooge himself would produce.

    cic-028-03.jpg

    The film gets Barks’s character exactly right. We first see him playing in the mounds of coins and paper currency in his vault, although it does not seem as colossal as Barks’s iconic money bin. The film turns Scrooge into a collector of examples of forms of currency from other times and civilizations; as far as I know, something Barks did not think of, but it is right for the character. The film’s serious educational intent does mean modifying one of Barks’s concepts. In the comics Scrooge is the ultimate hoarder of wealth, but in the film, Scrooge lectures Huey, Dewey and Louie on the importance of investing money rather than just sitting on it and letting it collect dust. (Scrooge amusingly refers to the vault full of money as merely “petty cash” he keeps on hand.)

    A nice surprise came towards the end when Scrooge, having spent the film lecturing to Huey, Dewey and Louie about money and the importance of investing it wisely, charges them three cents as a consultant’s fee. The grandnephews hand over the pennies, and Scrooge takes on an evil, greedy look as he accepts the coins; yep, this seems right for the character, too.

    The featurette is visually inventive: to explain how much a billion dollars is, Scrooge pictures a stack of bills reaching up into outer space. It also betrays the prejudices of the conventional wisdom of its time, portraying husbands as having careers and wives having none.

    I’m not altogether happy with the voice work. Huey, Dewey and Louie speak in voices clearly done by women impersonating young boys, rather than Clarence Nash’s quacking voice; presumably this is to make the trio more comprehensible, but they sound wrong. More weirdly, the copy Ken sent me seems to be from the Wonderful World of Disney TV show, since it is introduced by the show’s recurring animated host, Professor Ludwig Von Drake, but whoever did his voice sounds nothing like the distinctive, humorous Viennese voice that voice actor Paul Frees created for the character. On the other hand, another voice acting legend, Bill Thompson, gives Scrooge a warmly appealing Scots accent, not very different at all than the voice that his successor on the character, Alan Young, would give Scrooge.

    Here’s an example of Thinking Too Deeply about Things: So, Donald Duck has one uncle from Scotland, Scrooge McDuck, and another from Vienna, Ludwig Von Drake, so Donald must be of mixed Scots/Austrian descent. (Has anyone ever done a family tree that works this out? As far as I know, Carl Barks ignored Von Drake, so he never dealt with the matter.) Moreover, Donald has a cousin, Gladstone Gander, whose name indicates he is a goose, suggesting there is interspecies romance in Donald’s family tree.

    THE AMERICANIZATION OF BALOO

    I also recently caught up with Disney’s 2003 animated feature The Jungle Book 2, directed by Steve Trenbirth, on the Starz cable network. The previous animated Jungle Book was the last animated feature that Walt Disney oversaw before his death, and as has been repeatedly reported, Disney instructed people working on the film not to pay much attention to the books by Rudyard Kipling on which it was based.

    cic-028-04.jpg

    Time and again I’ve read statements by filmmakers and movie critics to the effect that a movie is a separate creative entity from a book on which it is based and therefore need not be faithful to it. In fact, many reviewers of the Harry Potter movies seem aghast that they are faithful to J. K. Rowling’s books and seem to feel it is the filmmakers’ duty to diverge from her work, apparently simply for divergence’s sake. I have yet to read any review of the Potter movies that explains just how the films should differ from the books. I also notice that the movie reviewers I read praise The Lord of the Rings movies for their great fidelity to Tolkien’s novels. This suggests to me that the difference is that the film critics in question grew up reading Tolkien but are, of course, too old to have grown up reading Rowling. (I also observe that Rowling’s fictional universe is so intricately constructed that to alter elements of one book might upset the workings of a later one.)

    To my mind, though, why adapt the work of a writer, especially one whose work has proved to be an enduring classic, if you are going to violate his or her characterizations and themes? This is also a phenomenon in the world of comics, where it sometimes seems as if in revamping classic characters and series, all that survives from the original version may be the names. (For example, there’s Marvel’s recent revamp of Jack Kirby’s Eternals, about which you will read more in a future column.)

    The original Disney animated Jungle Book is a delightful entertainment, though in it one can see the seeds of the sharp decline in Disney animated features after Walt’s death: there are lots of showpieces for character animation, but the narrative is really a series of vignettes rather than a well-constructed overall story. But apart from the names of the characters and the basic idea of a boy being raised by animals in the jungles of India, it has nothing to do with Kipling.

    This is odd for a number of reasons. The Disney studio had done previous adaptations of classic children’s literature ““ Alice in Wonderland, Peter Pan, The Wind in the Willows, T. H. White’s The Sword in the Stone, and, of course, A, A, Milne’s original Winnie the Pooh stories ““ that did not wholly capture the moods and themes of the source material, but served as interesting blends of the original author’s works and the style of the Disney animation studio. Recently watching Alice again (on the big screen at a Museum of Modern Art showing), I reflected that, true, the vaudevillian slapstick did not reflect Lewis Carroll’s approach to humor, but much of Carroll came through quite clearly: the absurdities and even tyrannies of the adult world, the adults’ condescension towards children, and, especially, Alice’s intrepid, common sensical character.

    In Kipling’s two Jungle Books, the jungle is a place that is exotic yet austere, filled with wonder but also with danger everywhere. The human orphan Mowgli is adopted by wolves over the opposition of the man-eating tiger Shere Khan. The animals not only have their own language, but they even have their own government: chaos is held at bay by the strict adherence to the Laws of the Jungle, which all species must obey. Mowgli’s growth to maturity within the jungle is Kipling’s primal metaphor for learning how to function within a harsh human society. One must obey the laws. One must form bonds within one’s community and cope with rivalries, as Mowgli dies within the wolf pack. One must seek guidance from mentors, as Mowgli does from the wise bear Baloo and his protector, the black panther Bagheera, and make peace with potential adversaries like the cobra Kaa. Mowgli ultimately proves his maturity by slaying his nemesis, Shere Khan, and leading the pack in their war against the wild dogs, the Dhole.

    It’s easy to understand that Walt Disney might have been put off by the harshness of Kipling’s vision. In Disney’s Jungle Book movies, the jungle instead represents a nearly idyllic world of childhood without responsibility. Baloo is not a mentor but an older playmate. It has been reported that Walt Disney insisted on casting Phil Harris as the voice of Baloo over others’ understandable objections. Harris’s public persona, ranging from his stint on Jack Benny’s radio show in the 1930s into his guest appearances on Dean Martin’s TV show in the 1960s, was that of a likable rogue with a fondness for drink, a musician whose style of hipness was becoming dated in the ’60s. Walt Disney saw correctly that Harris’s persona could be domesticated into that of the cool dad, a father figure that a growing kid would enjoy hanging out with. So the animated Baloo is not a surrogate father as teacher, preparing Mowgli for adult responsibility, but an ursine Falstaff, entertaining Mowgli until the latter can no longer put off entering the adult world.

    In keeping with the movie’s vision of the jungle as playground, Bagheera is less formidable than the butt of Baloo’s jests, the dangerously irrational monkeys become King Louie’s jazz ensemble, the regal elephant Hathi becomes a Colonel Blimp-like parody of British military officers, and the eerily powerful Kaa, though still a threat, is foolish and easily thwarted. The only real danger is presented by Shere Khan, who, in the original film, is simultaneously a witty caricature of the late actor George Sanders, who provided the voice, and, in the animation, a palpable, sinister threat.

    In the first film, Shere Khan’s climactic attack on Mowgli is the sign that the boy’s life of hedonistic irresponsibility has ended. So has Baloo’s: he nearly loses his life in combating the tiger, leading to the archetypal Disney symbolic death and resurrection scene (see too Snow White, Pinocchio, Tinker Bell, Trusty in Lady and the Tramp, etc.). As in the end of Kipling’s book, Mowgli finally must leave to take his place in human society, In the Disney film, the impetus is Mowgli’s attraction to a young Indian girl: he grows up when he discovers girls.

    I find it particularly strange that the Disney Jungle Book ignores Kipling so much since other Disney animated films come closer to the spirit of Kipling’s book. During Walt Disney’s lifetime there was Bambi, another tale of growing up in what proves to be a dangerous wilderness. In recent years there has been The Lion King, and especially the Disney Tarzan. Edgar Rice Burroughs’ Tarzan and Kipling’s Mowgli are basically variations on the same archetype: a man raised in the jungle by animals.

    Watching the animated sequel, I was struck by how Disney so thoroughly Americanized Kipling’s India. Shere Khan and Hathi have British accents, and a quartet of moptopped vultures have Liverpudlian accents, as the early 1960s Disney studio’s uncomprehending nod to the Beatles. The other characters sound American, and Baloo/Harris’s hipster dialogue and King Louie’s singing thrust American culture right into the viewer’s face. It seems like a sort of unconscious American cultural imperialism: the whole world is presented as American. (This got worse in Disney animated films. Take Robin Hood, in which the royalty and nobility sound British, but the Sheriff of Nottingham and his aides have American Southern accents!) My favorite example of this sort of thing is the original Planet of the Apes. Why is Charlton Heston’s character so surprised that he’s on Earth when the apes have spoken English all through the film? I suppose because it does not automatically occur to naive Americans that members of alien cultures wouldn’t necessarily speak English.

    The Jungle Book 2 corrects this problem somewhat: the girl from the end of the first movie plays a large part, as do her father and brother, all of whom are decidedly Indian. In this, Jungle Book 2 continues a welcome trend in the recent era of Disney animated films. In Walt Disney’s lifetime the films tended to draw on European fairy tales and presented Caucasian casts. With the renaissance of Disney animation that began with The Little Mermaid, the body of films has become multiethnic: there have been Arabs (Aladdin), Native Americans (Pocahontas, Brother Bear), Chinese (Mulan) and native Hawaiians (Lilo & Stitch), along with the African influences in The Lion King. (In the film, The Lion King‘s characters are animals, voiced by white and black actors, but in the stage version most of the cast is black, wearing costumes influenced by African culture.)

    In the new movie, John Goodman takes over as the voice of Baloo. This is interesting since Goodman’s voice, though close, does not sound like Phil Harris. It’s more usual to cast voice actors who can mimic the originals. British actor Tony Jay does an astonishingly good job of recreating George Sanders’ voice for Shere Khan, and the animators likewise recapture the tiger’s sinister stalking movements from the original. Expectedly, Jim Cummings, who duplicates the late Sterling Holloway’s voice for Winnie the Pooh, does Holloway wonderfully here too as Kaa. Goodman may not sound exactly like Harris, but he conveys the same personality that Harris did as Baloo, and that proves entirely satisfactory.

    The movie, though, is not. The story basically serves to duplicate bits from the original: so once again, Shere Khan nearly strangles Kaa, and Baloo reprises his song “The Bare Necessities” over and over. The issues of responsibility and of the necessity of choosing between the jungle and human society are dropped. The end of the film, with Mowgli and the girl sneaking off to join Baloo in the jungle, is ambiguous, probably unintentionally so. Are they just visiting him, or running away from home?

    HONG KONG PHOOEY

    cic-028-05.jpg

    I had hopes for the 2003 graphic novel Batman: Hong Kong, inasmuch as it was written by Doug Moench, the most prolific Marvel writer of the 1970s, responsible for years of remarkably fine stories in Master of Kung Fu, and with considerable experience writing Batman. This new graphic novel begins well, with a computer hacker witnessing a murder on a secret webcast. But Batman: Hong Kong was a disappointment, with lots of furious action to no real point. As I keep finding in various projects, characterizations are too slim to warrant my interest or caring about the people involved. At the center of this story is a family feud, but the participates win no empathy, and the villain is just a ranting, raging cardboard figure. The dust jacket pronounces artist Tony Wong to be “the Comic King of Hong Kong,” but his work here just seems to demonstrate that anime and manga-influenced storytelling cliches are now international in scope.

    THE HALFWAY POINT

    At last year’s San Diego Con Neil Gaiman said that in creating 1602 for Marvel he was trying to avoid writing about the post-9/11 era, and yet found himself writing about heroes invading another country that holds weapons of mass destruction. He was talking about issue six, in which heroes invade Latveria, the kingdom of Doctor Doom, here known as Otto von Doom. The Angel thinks, “We go to release prisoners. We go to reclaim a stolen weapon, “We go to fight a just war.” Like JLA: Liberty and Justice (as we shall see in a coming column), this is a book that reflects America’s position in the world in a new century of terrorist threats and wars in Afghanistan and Iraq.

    The series so far has portrayed the familiar Marvel heroes of the Silver Age transposed into Renaissance England in the year 1602. As promised, issue six begins to explain what has happened, courtesy of another creation by Stan Lee and Jack Kirby, Uatu the Watcher, the alien being who observes life on Earth but is sworn not to intervene.

    Gaiman finds wonderful new notes to sound in his handling of the Watcher. In his hands, Uatu is so dedicated to nonintervention that he will not simply offer Dr. Strange an explanation of events; he instead insists that Dr. Strange ask him specific questions, thereby to enable him to make specific answers. There’s an air of myth and fairy tale about this, as if Strange must solve a riddle before this oracle can speak.

    According to Uatu, the temporal anomaly that threatens to destroy the universe of 1602 is the result of a “something,” “almost certainly a human being,” having been sent to that year from four centuries in the future (our present) by an unusual means of time travel. Uatu calls this being “the Forerunner,” and says that its appearance triggered the creation of the Marvel heroes four centuries earlier than they were destined to appear.

    Uatu speculates “that the universe fights to save itself” by prematurely creating the “heroes and Marvels” in response to the threat triggered by the Forerunner. So, it would seem, the universe is sentient. Is this a reference to Stan Lee and Steve Ditko’s character Eternity, the living embodiment of the cosmos? Can it even be a reference to God? You and I may disagree as to whether the real universe, in which we live, is an accident of fate or designed by a higher power. But 1602 indicates that the Marvel Universe is governed by a principle of order, perhaps by a controlling intelligence.

    Who is this “Forerunner”? I will guess that it would be the first Marvel superhero, meaning either the original Human Torch or the Sub-Mariner, both of whom debuted in 1939. But what would they be doing experimenting with time travel? (And where is Iron Man, the most obvious Missing Person in the cast so far?)

    Uatu says that the Watchers decided to intervene in this case since the Forerunner has brought about a threat to all of reality. So Uatu tells Strange about the menace, but then forbids him to act on the knowledge he gives him. So what was the point of telling him?

    Gaiman isn’t being consistent in giving the dialogue in 1602 an Elizabethan flavor. Did people in Elizabethan England really use phrases like “draw your attention to the matter at hand” or discuss their “options”? Then again, I like the way that Gaiman transforms Ben Grimm’s familiar New Yorkese into period British slang. Reading Matthew’s dialogue makes me realize that though Gaiman has evoked Frank Miller’s handling of Daredevil, he is also drawing upon Stan Lee and Gene Colan’s Silver Age interpretation of the character: the verbal wit and the astonishing, daring acrobatics. I also like the handling of Reed’s dialogue: this is a genius who can’t stop thinking and talking about science, to whom new ideas are continually occurring. One of the best strokes is Jean’s maxim, “From those who have much to give, much is demanded,” a variant on Stan Lee’s familiar line, “With great power must come great responsibility,” if not quite as felicitously phrased.

    I am very pleased to see that my most recent speculations about the identities of Donal and the Templars’ treasure proved to be correct. Gaiman did not make his great reputation in comics through action-adventure stories, yet he superbly stages the battle with Doom and the escapes of the heroes he held prisoner. When origins for characters in 1602 seemed incomplete, I wondered if Gaiman planned to finish them: it seems he does, for in this issue Doom’s face suffers its inevitable scarring. Doom’s trap for the Thing was clever and very credible, not requiring any super-science at all. I even like Iceman’s point that he cannot fully utilize his powers without there being more moisture in the air to freeze, a scientific fact usually ignored in the X-books.

    1602 is the only comic book I have been reviewing in this column issue by issue, and that is because each issue is such a pleasure to read, and offers so much to discuss. 1602 does not have great thematic depth, but is essentially a well told superhero genre story. Gaiman makes crafting such a tale look so easy, and yet, if it were, then why are stories of this level of excellence so rare in contemporary comics?

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #27: Old King Cole

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    You might think that Kyle Baker’s Undercover Genie: The Irreverent Conjurings of an Illustrative Aladdin (from DC/Vertigo, edited by the redoubtable Steve Bunche) is another of his series of graphic novels. Instead, it’s a wonderfully witty and artistically dazzling anthology of caricatures, satiric illustrations, one-page strips, and even some short character-driven short stories, many originally published in venues where one is unused to finding the work of mainstream comic book artists: New York Magazine, The New Yorker, The Village Voice, Esquire, and even The New York Times Sunday Magazine.

    In his introduction Baker notes that comic book professionals claim that his work is “uncommercial.” He points out that he did most of the work in Undercover Genie in the 1990s, which other comics pros think of as “a ‘Golden Era,’ when books were selling in the millions and everyone was getting rich.” (Well, not everyone, as I know from personal experience, and the gravy train came to a sudden halt in the mid-1990s.)

    “Throughout this ‘Golden Era’ I couldn’t get much work in comic books,” Baker recalls; unwilling to do “McFarlane ripoffs,” Baker says, “I couldn’t get a comic book published, except for a couple books I did for free. . . .” (I know what only being offered work for free is like, too.)

    So, instead Baker did cartoons for markets other than the comic book industry: for advertising, magazines, and more, and “had to content myself with huge paychecks and an audience of millions.”

    Well, I can certainly understand that, after having his work dismissed by the comic book industry, Baker gives in to the temptation to gloat. Considering the continuing high unemployment figures and the recent devastation in the comic book business, though, boasting about one’s wealth does seem a wee bit tasteless, though.

    Baker attributes his success to doing what he says animation does, “continually updating styles and imitating the most successful current hits and trends,” whereas he claims comic books have remained “more or less stylistically unchanged for over a century.” Well, comic book art styles certainly change, and more quickly than ever (see the review of the Kurt Schaffenberger book below).

    I think comparing Baker’s work to the typical contemporary superhero artist’s is really a proverbial case of apples and oranges. Baker is on target when he points out that “the primary subject matter” of comic books remains super heroes (in America, anyway). Unlike him, I don’t think the genre itself is dated; it has evolved with the times. But what I think really makes Baker stand out in American comic books is that he is working in an area that most other comic book artists and writers ignore: humor.

    cic-027-01.jpg

    The more I think about that, the stranger it seems: how can there be so few funny works being produced in the “funny book” medium? While the comic strip narrowed its scope in recent decades, so that the field is dominated by humor strips and there are relatively few adventure or dramatic strips, the opposite happened in American comic books, so that there are few humor books and the vast majority of books, either “mainstream” or alternative, deal in adventure or other forms of dramatic narrative. And yet the American public has always seemed to prefer humorous material in the cartoon form. How different would the American comic business be if it had produced a far greater range of comedy material over the years than just MAD and various ripoffs thereof? (A brief digression: I was delighted to see a recent issue of MAD with parody superheroes designed by such notables as Frank Miller and John Byrne.)

    So Undercover Genie is a wonderful compendium of the kind of things that Baker does well and most other comic book artists can’t do: caricatures of celebrities and comedic styles of cartooning.

    Most importantly, Baker is an insightful satirical writer, who in this collection addresses a range of subjects with a subtlety and sense of irony that proves more intelligently penetrating than the broad, obvious approach of MAD-style humor comics. Baker deals perceptively with self-delusion in romance, whether born of sexual insecurity or macho arrogance; superficial notions of coolness that turn out to be no more than shallow, conformist group-think; and self-destructive, even suicidal modes of thought.

    Baker also observes how two people can talk to ““ and past ““ one another, neither quite able to see the other person’s viewpoint. My favorite story in the collection is his account of his last conversation with the late Jack Abel, longtime comics inker whom I knew slightly myself. Baker sympathetically tries to cheer Abel up by telling him how well he’s recovered from a stroke; Abel in response tries to convey his anger over actually having gone through such a horrific experience and still suffering ill effects. Neither can bring the other over to his point of view, yet each still reaches out to the other as a friend. This story demonstrates that Baker is a satirist but no cynic: he can be touching, as well.

    But as much as I liked Undercover Genie, Baker’s work on DC’s new Plastic Man #1 didn’t work for me at all. Then again, I don’t think anyone’s gotten Plastic Man right since DC acquired the rights to the character. In fact, DC’s recent Plastic Man 80-Page Giant #1, which reprints Plastic Man stories from the 1940s into the 1970s, demonstrates exactly that point, as well as what seems the nearly ubiquitous difficulties that superhero writers and artists seem to have in doing comedy.

    I think the problem lies in violating some basic principles of comedy. First there’s the method of pairing the comedian with a straight man (using the latter term in a non-sexual sense, I suppose I should add). In Federico Fellini’s movie The Clowns he divides clowns into the “white clowns,” who officiously and pompously embody authority, and the prankster clowns who rebel against propriety and undercut their seriousness. Then there’s a rule that one often hears or reads in interviews with directors and actors: don’t play comedy as if your character knows that he or she is funny; just perform the part as if you believe in the seriousness of what you’re doing, and the dialogue and situations will come off as funny.

    cic-027-02.jpg

    In Baker’s Plastic Man #1 virtually everyone is drawn in a heavily caricatured manner all the time; it is a relief when, at moments, Plastic Man resembles a real human being. There’s no sense of reality or seriousness for the humor to react against.

    The artwork for the 1960s and 1970s stories in the Plastic Man Giant achieves more of an even balance between realism and comedic exaggeration: the Gil Kane artwork for the 1966 story is especially handsome. But the problem is that everyone in these stories acts silly, from Plastic Man himself to absurd villains like “Dr. Dome.” (One might think that Dr. Dome would be written and drawn as a parody of Marvel’s Dr. Doom, but no. Moreover, Dr. Dome has an ally named “Professor X,” and yet there are no X-Men jokes! In contrast, E. Nelson Bridwell’s wonderful 1960s comedy series The Inferior Five did not shy away from satirizing those new upstart superheroes at Marvel.) Not one of the characters in these two stories has a personality with any recognizable reality to it.

    Now, the original Plastic Man stories of the Golden Age, written and drawn by the late Jack Cole, are now acknowledged classics. DC has published Archive editions collecting Cole Plastic Man stories, and Art Spiegelman wrote an essay on the subject for The New Yorker that he later expanded into a book, Jack Cole and Plastic Man, published by Chronicle Books. (Yes, DC thinks highly of Cole’s work now, but the part of Spiegelman’s article that most struck me was his account of how Cole went to DC looking for work in the 1950s and was shown the door. As noted elsewhere in this column, this sort of thing happens over and over and over.) How did Cole make the Plastic Man concept work when so many other people attempting to follow in his footsteps haven’t?

    The Plastic Man giant reprints the 1940s stories in which Cole introduced Plastic Man and his sidekick, Woozy Winks, and they both get the balance between seriousness and comedy right. In Cole’s origin for Plastic Man (from Police Comics #1 in 1941), the hero starts out as a hardened criminal named Eel O’Brian. During a robbery at a chemical works, O’Brian is shot and acid from a vat gets into his wound. (Seems something like the Joker’s origin,. doesn’t it?) O’Bria n is abandoned by his criminal partners, all fair-weather friends, staggers into the countryside, and collapses. His symbolic death is followed by a symbolic resurrection: he awakes in the sunlit mountain retreat of a community of monks.

    Significantly, O’Brian initially thinks he is in heaven. O’Brian is astonished, grateful and moved that the monks have saved his life: he makes it clear that he had turned to crime because he had lost faith in mankind since he was orphaned as a child. (As we have seen, even his criminal cohorts betrayed him.) Discovering that the acid has somehow transformed him, giving him stretching powers, O’Brian decides to use them to atone for his past by fighting crime.

    Now, since Cole had to fit his entire origin story into merely six pages, O’Brian’s change of heart seems to happen absurdly quickly by today’s storytelling standards. Indeed, Baker pokes some fun at it in his retelling. A 1980s Plastic Man revival ignored the monks and instead had O’Brian amorally flip a coin to decide whether or not to turn hero (a gimmick borrowed from Woozy Winks’ origin). However, Cole’s origin has a strong, recognizable emotional reality to it, giving O’Brian a credible personality.

    cic-027-03.jpg

    As Plastic Man, O’Brian then goes after his former criminal partners, employing an array of surreal stretching and shapechanging stunts. But Plastic Man is serious about capturing these crooks, and the crooks are not fools but genuinely dangerous menaces. It makes it all the funnier and more rewarding to see serious adversaries being tripped up by Plastic Man’s tricks. (DC’s Silver Age character, the Elongated Man, was clearly inspired by Plastic Man. Gardner Fox and Carmine Infantino’s Elongated Man backup series in Detective Comics was a serious detective series with touches of whimsy, whereas Cole’s Plastic Man tales are comedies. But Fox and Infantino clearly understood the dynamic of having their stretchable sleuth using his powers in amusing ways against serious criminals who did not “get” the joke.)

    In Cole’s first Woozy Winks story (from Police Comics #13 in 1942), he draws Woozy with considerable comedic exaggeration. (The other people in the story are drawn relatively realistically.) But though Woozy looks like a clown, he does not act like one. His facial expression rarely changes, and when it does so, only minimally. He takes most things in stride, and even seems only mildly surprised on discovering he has magically acquired virtual invulnerability. It is Woozy who Cole has flip the coin to decide whether he will use his powers for good or bad, and this moral indifference seems to fit Woozy’s blase attitude towards life. (Woozy picks crime, though he never forfeits audience sympathy by actually harming anyone.) In this story Woozy reminds me of Tex Avery’s Droopy: in both characters’ cases, humor arises from the disparity between the unusual, extreme events of the story and the character’s understated reactions to them. Woozy causes giant hailstones to fall, squashing Plastic Man accordion-style, like Wile E. Coyote hit by a boulder. But despite the absurdity of this, Plastic Man and Woozy react to it seriously: Plastic Man, unhurt, is astonished, and Woozy, taking everything in stride, walks off whistling. Actually, Woozy also resembles Buster Keaton in his nearly imperturbable acceptance of whatever strange situation occurs. There’s a “serious” criminal in the story, too: a crime boss who tries to have a black panther kill Plastic Man. There is a comedic denouement, in which Plastic Man finally breaks down Woozy’s unemotional facade by reminding him of his mother: this is funny, but it also humanizes Woozy. And I like Plastic Man’s quiet amusement when he realizes that he and Woozy are going to be partners in crimefighting.

    In these two stories Plastic Man and Woozy have distinctive, appealing personalities, and while they do funny things, they never come off as foolish or silly. As a result, there’s genuine comedy here, and these stories remain funny sixty years after they first saw print.

    WHEN ELSEWORLDS COLLIDE

    Two of DC’s recent Elseworlds books have come my way: Superman: Last Stand on Krypton, written by Steve Gerber, one of the great comics writers of the 1970s generation, and illustrated by Doug Wheatley, and the first issue of JLA: Age of Wonder, written by Adisakde Tantimede (a new name to me), with breakdowns by P. Craig Russell (another important figure who came to comics in the ‘ 70s) and finishes by Galen Showman. Elseworlds reinvent familiar DC characters in different times, places and continuities. Ideally, in thus reconceptualizing these characters, the Elseworlds stories can illuminate aspects of the “mainstream” versions of these archetypal figures. Each of these two Elseworlds, by the way, deal with the Golden and Silver Age versions of the DC characters: indeed, the Superman book describes his powers as being as limited as they were circa 1938.
    cic-027-04.jpgSuperman: Last Stand on Krypton has a very good concept at its heart: a clash between the traditional Silver Age depiction of Krypton (a lush paradise and utopian society, whose destruction was tragic) and John Byrne’s radical revision of Krypton in his 1980s Man of Steel mini-series (as a sterile world with an utterly sexually repressed populace, a world, as Wendy Pini once put it, that deserved to die). In Gerber’s story Jor-El and Lara have recreated the idyllic Krypton that Byrne established existed in centuries past, but it takes the form of Krypton as it was depicted in the 1960s, even complete with “thought-beasts”; I’m surprised that Gerber didn’t include the Fire-Falls while he was at it. Jor-El has even cast aside the Byrne “bio-suit” to wear his traditional 1950s-1970s costume. Jor-El’s own father and other Kryptonian elders seek to put a stop to the Silver age Krypton he is recreating.

    However, I found much of the execution of the story confusing. It seems that the Superman of this story is actually an Earthman who was rocketed to Krypton and somehow prevented its destruction. Now that would be interesting to see, but you won’t find it here. There are continuing references to an extensive backstory, necessary to understand what is going on, but which I wish I had seen dramatized in comics form. Moreover, characterization doesn’t go beyond either pure nobility (Superman, Jor-El, Lois, Lara) and insane villainy (Luthor). There was a good idea here, but I was still disappointed.

    cic-027-05.jpg

    JLA: Age of Wonder also has an interesting idea at its core. In the 20th century (and, indeed, as Alan Moore shows us in League of Extraordinary Gentlemen, the 19th as well), the marvels of science supplanted magic in the popular imagination. The superhuman abilities of the American super hero are rooted in science fiction; hence, the superhero is a mythic figure of the age of technology. So, in Age of Wonder, Superman and other familiar heroes arise in the 1870s, the time of Thomas Edison and the Industrial Revolution.

    But the creators of this book haven’t found an interesting means of creating dramatic situations out of this concept. The villain is Lex Luthor, combining the traditional concept linking Luthor to the misuse of advanced science with the 1980s revision of Luthor into the embodiment of malevolent corporate power. So in Age of Wonder Luthor builds weapons and treats his employees like dirt, and it comes off as a simple left-wing attack on big business. It is amusing to see Luthor turning into a double for Daddy Warbucks from Harold Gray’s Little Orphan Annie, though.

    A DIME’S WORTH OF DIFFERENCE

    Prowling through Manhattan’s better comic book shops (like Jim Hanley’s Universe, Cosmic Comics and St. Mark’s Comics, to plug three), looking for potential review subjects, I will sometimes come across interesting items that have actually been out for a while, but are still on sale there. Mind you, sometimes I get a case of sticker shock: I recently paid nearly ten dollars for merely two comics! But one such item of interest was Batman: The 10 Cent Adventure; can’t argue with the price here. This one-shot, written by Greg Rucka, drawn by Rick Burchett, and inked by Klaus Janson, came out in 2002 as a prelude to the “Bruce Wayne, Murderer” story arc that is now long over.

    cic-027-06.jpg

    Still, I found this one-shot still had much to offer. I especially liked the artwork on the cover and throughout the book, which superbly combined a contemporary feel with the look of the original Batman stories of the late 1930s: the shot of the early Batman on p. 4, recreating the pose and (to a large extent) costume from his first Detective cover was an especial treat.

    I was also very pleased with Rucka’s take on Batman’s character. It is an important comics tradition to retell the key stories of a character’s mythos, notably the origins, as touchstones for the series through the decades. (Ideally, this should be done without unnecessary revisions.) Here Rucka emphasizes that Batman’s persona and mission were born out of tragedy, and in retracing the familiar steps of his origin (through evocations of Bill Finger, Bob Kane, and Frank Miller), dramatically conveys a sense of Batman’s sense of purpose.

    The story is titled “The Fool’s Errand,” and Rucka puts his individual stamp on the retelling by pointing out that Batman can never truly succeed in his mission to wipe out crime, and that some might call him a “fool” for trying. Instead Rucka states that Batman knows he can never achieve utopia and makes him seem more heroic for continuing to strive towards his impossible goal. Most of the rest of the issue shows Batman in action during a typical night in Gotham, coming across, through his dealings in saving individuals, as a protector who is both stern and kind. This may have only cost a dime, but it proved far more satisfying than most of the three buck comics I come across.

    OLD YELLOW

    Having reviewed Jeph Loeb and Tim Sale’s Hulk: Gray #1 a while back, I also picked up the first issue of their earlier Daredevil: Yellow (titled after the color of Daredevil’s original costume). Like their Hulk series, Daredevil: Yellow is a retelling of the title character’s origin story, whose initial version was written by Stan Lee. I applaud the fact that in both series Loeb and Sale so effectively capture the spirit of the original Silver Age stories they are adapting.

    cic-027-07.jpg

    Still, I had misgivings about Loeb’s rewriting scenes from Incredible Hulk #1: true, Loeb has a more sophisticated writing style than Stan Lee’s, but it didn’t seem right to replace Lee’s dialogue, as if there was nothing of merit in the original author’s “voice.” I liked Daredevil: Yellow #1 much better, since it manages to retell the familiar tale of Daredevil’s origin primarily through presenting new moments within established scenes, or entirely new scenes (like Matt and Foggy talking in their dorm room). I have no problem with devising new dialogue in these cases.

    (I suppose the argument could be made that newer artists shouldn’t redraw the stories that were originally illustrated by giants like Hulk‘s Jack Kirby and Daredevil‘s Bill Everett, either. But this doesn’t bother me: there’s been a long tradition in comics of one artist drawing retellings of classic past stories or scenes. What would bother me in these cases would be outright swipes of the earlier artist’s work or changes to his character designs.)

    Moreover, Daredevil: Yellow #1 actually undoes previous damage to Silver Age continuity. However well written and drawn it was, Frank Miller and John Romita, Jr.’s previous retelling of Daredevil’s origin, in their Daredevil: The Man Without Fear miniseries, substantially revised the plot of Lee and Bill Everett’s original version. In the original, Matt Murdock takes on the costumed identity of Daredevil in order to avenge his father’s death; in Miller’s reworking, Matt merely disguises himself in Dad’s old clothes (as if he were a ghost) to hunt down his father’s killer, and doesn’t concoct the Daredevil identity until months later. The Lee and Everett version has more primal power, tying the Daredevil identity directly to Matt’s loss of his father and his resulting need for justice. I am still surprised that Miller’s version was permitted back in the 1980s when Marvel was much more strict about maintaining continuity than it is in today’s more careless times. Loeb and Sale reestablished the Lee-Everett origin, and that is to their considerable credit.

    EMOCLEW, ANNATAZ!

    Another comic that has been out for a while, but which I only just found out about, is DC/Vertigo’s Zatanna: Everyday Magic. Written by Paul Dini and illustrated by Rick Mays, this one-shot stars the young sorceress who has become familiar to Vertigo readers in recent years from Books of Magic and other series, but who debuted in DC Comics four decades ago.

    cic-027-08.jpg

    Zatanna’s roots actually go all the way back to Action Comics #1, which, along with the debut of Superman, also featured a less well known character, Zatara the Magician, created by Fred Guardineer. A crimefighting magician in top hat and tails, Zatara was obviously inspired by Lee Falk’s comic strip hero Mandrake the Magician. As Feiffer points out in his book, all of Guardineer’s magician characters, including Zatara, cast magic spells by speaking backwards. (Could Guardineer have been thinking of the way Leonardo da Vinci wrote in backwards handwriting?)

    In the 1960s writer Gardner Fox and editor Julius Schwartz introduced Zatara’s daughter Zatanna, who also spoke magic spells backwards and wore a sexy variation on her father’s costume, substituting net stockings and high heels. Zatanna traveled from one Schwartz-edited series to another, searching for her missing father, and finally being happily reunited with him. (Little did she know that Alan Moore would subsequently kill Zatara off for no good reason in Swamp Thing in the 1980s.)

    Zatanna was a favorite of various comics fans-turned-pros (myself included), and it was no surprise that writers after Fox used her. But, for years there was this attitude at DC that Zatanna would be a good, workable character if only (a) they got rid of the top hat, tails and fishnets and gave her a superhero-style costume, and (b) they got rid of all that backwards talk. Unfortunately, these were the very factors that made Zatanna appealing. It wasn’t simply a matter of a specific costume and verbal gimmick, but what they implied about the character: a sexiness, a sense of whimsy, a showman’s sense of style, and a willingness to follow her father’s path into what traditionally used to be the male realm of action.

    Luckily, oftentimes in comics if one waits long enough (decades, sometimes), a character who has drifted away from the source of his or her appeal will revert to true form. Paul Dini has long been not only a Zatanna fan but one who understood what made the character work, and he introduced her, with the correct costume (without the fishnets, though: too hard to animate) and personality, into a memorable episode of the Batman animated series. He has long wanted to work with Zatanna in the comics as well, and Zatanna: Everyday Magic finally came out in 2003.

    In Zatanna what would be fun to believe about real life magicians is actually true in her case: Zatanna is a stage magician who really does have magical powers. (One wonders what those DC stage magicians without real magic powers who live in the DC Universe think about this.) In his “On the Ledge” piece in Vertigo comics the month this book came out, Dini likens her to actors he knows: in his view Zatanna is first and foremost a performer, and that is the key to her personality. I suppose it’s as if, back in Amazing Fantasy #15, Spider-Man had succeeded in staying in show business while being a costumed crimefighter on the side.

    Rick Mayes’ artwork is pleasantly attuned to the light tone of the story, and Brian Bolland’s cover art is expectedly and very satisfactorily striking. But what is a post-1960s Zatanna story without quibbling over her outfit: I’m not pleased with the substitution of knee-high boots for high heels, leading Mayes to give her a literal bigfoot look. (My favorite Zatanna artwork is Carmine Infantino’s in her 1960s Elongated Man appearance in Detective Comics and Alex Ross’s in last year’s JLA: Secret Origins. A man of consummate good taste, Ross gets the costume exactly right.)

    As if to remind us this is a Vertigo book, there’s gratuitous rough language (in which our heroine participates) and bare butts (not that of our heroine, who keeps her dignity). One of the bareassed cast members is Hellblazer antihero John Constantine, who Alan Moore established long ago in Swamp Thing as having been Zatanna’s former lover. I thought this reflected badly on her taste in men; on the Batman animated show, Zatanna was Bruce Wayne’s ex-girlfriend, which made more sense to me. But Constantine’s presence in this story works for me since he’s played as a comedic figure, whom a somewhat exasperated Zatanna has to bail out of trouble.

    There’s a villain, naturally, and there are moments of serious combat and inner conflict. But Zatanna is not meant for grim and gritty stories, and this one-shot story is, in overall tone, a comedy (in the sense, not of a farce, but a story with plenty of wit and a happy denouement). I had not associated comedy with the usual ominous supernatural gloom of Vertigo, but now there are the comedic elements of Bill Willingham’s Fables and the sunniness of the humor of this Zatanna book. There is now more light to balance Vertigo’s dark, and that’s a welcome development indeed.

    ARTIST GETS BOOK!

    In its ongoing and commendable work in chronicling the achievements of important comic book creators of the past, TwoMorrows Publishing recently released Hero Gets Girl! The Life and Art of Kurt Schaffenberger by Mark Voger. Who is Kurt Schaffenberger? It seems he is not well enough known even by some people who should know. In the book Voger writes, “Kurt once visited the National Cartoonist Society’s museum, then in Connecticut, and found original Captain Marvel artwork on exhibit labeled ‘by C.C. Beck.’ ‘I looked at it,’ Kurt told me, ‘and it was my own stuff!’” How interesting. Voger is referring to the Museum of Cartoon Art, which I visited many times before it moved to Florida, and I noticed the mislabeling, too, and even pointed it out to a member of the curatorial staff. I even explained how it was easy to distinguish Beck’s flat figures from Schaffenberger’s, which were more rounded and three-dimensional, with a clear sense of volume. Other comics pros who were with me backed me up. And nothing was done about it. It must be odd for an artist to have his achievements honored in a museum and then credited to someone else. (It must be somewhat like my reaction when seeing the first documentary I worked on ““ no, not Sex, Lies and Superheroes ““ and discovering that my name had been misspelled in the credits!)

    cic-027-09.jpg

    In fact, Kurt Schaffenberger was one of the most distinctive and memorable artists of DC’s Silver Age. I doubt there are many Baby Boomers who were comics fans in their youth who do not have fond memories of Schaffenberger’s work on the Superman books, most of all Lois Lane’s own regular comic book. There were no credits in most DC books back then, but Schaffenberger’s style was unmistakable: the beauty of his women and the handsomeness of his men; the three-dimensional realism he gave the figures he drew; his range and sensitivity in depicting emotions, so appropriate to Lois’s comics. Lois’s stories were often ludicrous by today’s standards, but Schaffenberger grounded them in pictorial and emotional reality. He wasn’t on the same level of achievement as the Silver Age artists that Arlen Schumer deals with in his new book (reviewed in last week’s column), but Schaffenberger was still one of DC’s leading artistic craftsmen. Schumer devotes a spread to showing how Neal Adams depicts various emotions, and I found it a disappointment; Voger devotes a page to Schaffenberger’s subtle and varied depictions of the many moods of Lois Lane, successfully demonstrating Schaffenberger’s prowess at characterization.

    In the late 1940s and early 1950s Schaffenberger had worked on Fawcett’s Captain Marvel titles. DC started publishing new Captain Marvel stories under the title Shazam! in the 1970s, and after the character’s co-creator C.C. Beck left the series in a huff, Schaffenberger took over as its artist. Unlike Beck’s work, which still had a nostalgic charm even for readers too young to have been around in the 1940s, Schaffenberger’s art style had evolved with the times. His work on DC’s Shazam was appropriately good-humored, handsome as always (with my favorite depictions of Mary Marvel), better than Beck in handling the action sequences, and combined a nostalgic feel with a look that was just modern enough.

    Recently, I had the pleasure of seeing, in person, the original art for a Schaffenberger cover, depicting a typically silly Lois Lane plot, but with the simplicity, clarity and attractiveness so characteristic of his work. Voger’s book is filled with reproductions of Schaffenberger’s work, showcasing these and more of his artistic virtues.

    Unfortunately, as Voger’s book also shows, comics are a business as well as an artform, and as trends and fashions in pop culture change, even important artists can get left behind. Twice we get the story of how, once DC decided to have John Byrne and others reboot Superman in the mid-1980s, longtime Superman artists Curt Swan and Kurt Schaffenberger and various others who worked on the Superman series, were called into the DC offices and told they wouldn’t be working on the character anymore. They were all promised they would get other work to do, but in actuality they did not get much. So, Schaffenberger and Swan, after decades of being two of DC’s leading artists, were abruptly (curtly?) out of favor. Their decades of loyalty and achievement ultimately counted for nothing. This is a familiar story that unfortunately happens over and over. (You will see it again in my forthcoming columns about Looney Tunes: The Golden Collection and the paperback collections of Jack Kirby’s Fourth World series.)

    In large part the fall of Schaffenberger and Swan was due to changing times, a changing audience, and changing tastes. As Alex Ross says in the book, Schaffenberger “was the stylistic holdover from a simpler, more carefree, child-driven era of comics into a very adult era of comics.” The children who had loved Captain Marvel in the 1940s and 1950s and the girls who read Lois Lane in the 1950s and 1960s had been supplanted by an older, mostly male comics readership. The new audience wanted to see the more dynamic, propulsive kind of action that Jack Kirby and others drew at Marvel. Swan and Schaffenberger could each handle darkness and even tragedy in their work: think of Swan’s “The Death of Superman” and Schaffenberger’s “The Three Wives of Superman,” both from the Silver Age. But their styles were basically sunny and optimistic, less suited for the angst-ridden heroes of a new generation. And, indeed, if the audience had not grown older and more sophisticated, the American comic book would not have made the progress as an artistic medium that it has achieved over the last four decades. It’s sad to see in a few interviews with older comics professionals in this book that they just cannot see anything good about contemporary comics. Understandably dismayed that art and storytelling styles to which they devoted their careers have fallen from favor, they’re as blind to the virtues of today’s comics as many younger people in the business would be to the virtues of the comics of earlier generations. This is a potential peril for anyone in a creative field: to allow one’s taste to freeze and become unable to appreciate what is good about new developments in one’s field.

    But it’s just as bad for younger people in a creative field not to develop an appreciation of the classic work in their medium’s past. What I also find sad is that the tastes and the demographics of the comics-buying audience are nonetheless so narrow. If only there still were plenty of comics for pre-teens and early teens. If only there were more young girls’ comics like the Lois Lane and Supergirl books of the 1950s through the 1970s, albeit more enlightened on women’s role in society. The best Captain Marvel stories of the Golden Age are imaginative enterainments for children with a knowing, clever whimsy that adults can appreciate; in short, they were like the intelligent children’s comics I reviewed in the Little Lit collection. If only there was a sufficient audience in the comics marketplace for books like the best of Captain Marvel. (Come to think of it, I could easily imagine Dini and Schaffenberger m collaborating on a Zatanna book, were the artist still with us.)

    In other words, I wish that there was so much variety in American comics and in the audience for comics, that someone like Schaffenberger would never have been lacking for work. I wish there had always been plenty of children’s adventure comics and romance comics and just plain humor comics that would have suited his talents. But at least we now have the new Hero Gets Girl! book to provide him the recognition and honor he deserves.

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #26: Silver and Gold

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    There seems to be much excitement in some quarters over the fact that in recent years libraries have begun collecting graphic novels, thereby according the comics artform a new measure of cultural respectability. But actually this is not entirely a new development. When I was growing up, the term “graphic novel” had not yet been invented, and yet my local library had a good, solid section devoted to comics. There were collections of editorial cartoons, notably those by the Washington Post‘s great master of the form, Herblock, and books chronicling the history of the comic strip. As I mentioned in a previous column, there was Walt Kelly’s Ten Ever’-Lovin’ Blue-Eyed Years with Pogo, which I borrowed again and again. And there was also Jules Feiffer’s landmark book, The Great Comic Book Heroes, which was originally published in 1965, and was returned to print by Fantagraphics in 2002. This was Feiffer’s personal history of the first period of superhero comics, the “Golden Age” that stretched from the debut of Superman in 1938 to the near-disappearance of the genre by 1951.

    Why was Feiffer’s book a landmark? As Fantagraphics publisher Gary Groth explains in his foreword, this was “probably the first sustained essay on comic books of the ’40s and ’50s.” Groth is overlooking the work of early comics fans like Roy Thomas and Jerry Bails (and their fanzine Alter Ego) and Don and Maggie Thompson, but Feiffer took an intellectual, analytic approach that went beyond the better writing in early fanzines. Groth claims that “nowadays” comics “is practically a de rigeur subject of University dissertations” but he’s exaggerating; as someone who is trying to get back into academia to write about comics, I should know. Nonetheless, Groth is quite right that “in 1965 no one wrote about comic books, much less superhero comics.” This was even a year before the Batman TV show of the 1960s. By being the first American to write seriously, appreciatively and at length about comic books, Feiffer is the forebear of all American comic book scholars and critics, including Groth and myself.

    cic-026-01.jpg

    Moreover, Feiffer’s Great Comic Book Heroes was remarkable in that much of the book consisted of reprints of classic Golden Age superhero stories at a time when DC and Marvel almost never reprinted anything from the 1940s. It was in Feiffer’s book that I first read the very first Joker story, by Bill Finger, Bob Kane and Jerry Robinson, from Batman #1 in 1940, still one of the greatest tales in Batman’s long history. Feiffer’s book gave me my first look at Will Eisner’s The Spirit, although he did not pick one of its best examples; moreover, it seems rather improper that, though Feiffer praises Eisner and The Spirit highly in the book, he never mentions that he used to assist Eisner on the strip, and even wrote installments! There were characters who appeared in the reprint section whom Feiffer did not address in his main text, such as the Spectre, featured in a particularly eerie story that was one of the character’s best. And then, as Feiffer explained in the book, due to the legal settlement between DC and Fawcett, he was only able to reprint one page of Captain Marvel, the page on which Billy Batson was first transformed into his superhero self. There it was, my first glimpse of this famous hero, and the only one I would have until DC itself began publishing the character in the 1970s.

    Unfortunately, the new edition of Feiffer’s book does not carry any of the reprints, although there are many apt black-and-white reproductions of covers and panels. Groth argues in his foreword that there is no need to reprint the entire stories since in these “more enlightened times” they are available in hardcover volumes from Marvel and DC. Well, sure, at fifty bucks per volume. I suspect DC and Marvel charge far more for reprint rights nowadays than in 1965, or perhaps refuse to let other publishers reprint their stories at all, so Groth understandably decided to do without them.

    Feiffer recognizes that critical analysis of the superhero genre involves analyzing the social and psychological implications of these archetypal characters. Feiffer’s insights into what makes the great characters work are thought-provoking even if one disagrees with him.

    It is no great feat to identify the basic appeal of the Clark Kent/Superman duality the way that Feiffer does: that beneath our everyday exterior lies a potential superhero. But Feiffer also offers more intriguing ideas, such as that the timid Clark Kent is actually Superman’s “opinion of the rest of us, a pointed caricature of what we… were really like.” Or even better, that Clark Kent was Superman’s “sacrificial disguise, an act of discreet martyrdom.” Maybe there’s something to this. Stan Lee and Jack Kirby explicitly established that Odin gave Thor his human identity of Don Blake to teach him humility; perhaps Superman chooses to be Clark Kent to keep himself from being carried away with his own power. Feiffer views the classic Superman-Lois-Clark triangle as a reflection of American male misogyny and repression: Clark wanted Lois, who disdained him, while she wanted Superman, who would rescue her but avoid commitment. (This demonstrates just how much healthier the contemporary treatment of Superman and Lois’s relationship is.) Similarly, Feiffer debunks Dr. Frederic Wertham’s notorious accusation that Batman and Robin were gay by pointing out that “Batman and Robin were no more or less queer than were their youngish readers, many of whom palled around together and didn’t trust girls,” and, in short, a reflection of a sexist society.

    Feiffer also does something I’ve seen too seldom in comics histories: he compares the Golden Age comics to other aspects of popular culture of their time, notably the movies. Hence, Feiffer points to the cinematic quality of the early Batman, comparing the series to the gritty look of Warner Brothers movies of that period, in contrast to the smoother look of MGM movies ““ and the rest of DC Comics. Feiffer compares Eisner’s Spirit not just to Warners movies but to Fritz Lang’s German expressionism.

    Of course, we have surely all seen writing about comics based on slipshod and scanty research. At a time when there was virtually no reference work on comic books, Feiffer demonstrated a noteworthy knowledge of comics history, identifying such then little-known artists as Craig Flessel and Fred Guardineer. There are but a few errors that stand out: for one, Feiffer somehow remembered Captain Marvel’s friend, the affable talking tiger Mr. Tawky Tawny, as being a villain. Feiffer also credits Bob Kane with actually writing Batman, apparently never having learned that Bill Finger wrote the early stories; since Feiffer ghosted scripts for Eisner, surely it should have occurred to him that Kane may not have been his own writer.

    Feiffer manages the trick of recapturing the feelings he had about comics at various times in his youth while simultaneously analyzing those emotions from his then middle-aged perspective. The book even has an ongoing subplot, as Feiffer portrays himself changing from pure fan to amateur cartoonist (who liked “swipes” of other cartoonists’ art) to comics professional (who disdained “swipes”). Feiffer even traces how the young comics pros eventually age into jaded disillusionment; the former fans stopped thinking of comics as their “life’s work” but merely as a “steppingstone,” and amused themselves by mistreating co-workers designated as victims. (This all sounds familiar from what I’ve seen.) Those who have witnessed the dark side of comics as a business will find truth in Feiffer’s dry observation that “the men who had been in charge of our childhood fantasies had become archetypes of the grownups who made us need to have fantasies in the first place.”

    Ultimately, Feiffer characterizes superhero comics as “junk,” yet he clearly means this affectionately. Indeed, one might well wonder if Feiffer fully believes they are all “junk,” considering his praise of certain series, including the 1930s-1940s Batman and, above all, of Eisner’s The Spirit. Having read so many Golden Age stories myself, I couldn’t make claims for most of it as enduring art either, again with the major exception of The Spirit. Feiffer concludes by hailing this superhero “junk” as a necessary outlet for the tensions and frustrations of youth, creating a more manageable world where “we were able to roam free. disguised in costume, committing the greatest of feats ““ and the worst of sins. And, in every instance, getting away with them.” He interestingly argues that such comics derive their power from the fact that they are an “underground” part of culture, not accepted or co-opted by the establishment from whose power they provide psychic relief and escape.

    Perhaps best of all, Feiffer wrote his text in a vividly descriptive, witty and incisive, colloquial and yet sophisticated, continually entertaining style that should be the envy of all other comics critics and historians.

    Feiffer demonstrates so much insight into the superhero stories of the Golden Age that I keep wondering what he would think of the superhero comics of today. Here’s a person who clearly appreciates the genre, but who hasn’t read many if any new superhero comics for half a century! He presumably hasn’t even read the revolutionary Silver Age Marvel comics of Stan Lee, Jack Kirby and Steve Ditko, much less more modern landmarks like Dark Knight and Watchmen and Sandman. Would it be possible for Fantagraphics to persuade Feiffer to look at some classic and landmark superhero works from the latter half of the 20th century (He’s been “away” a long time!) and write down what he thinks about them, about what has been gained and what has been lost over the decades? I would certainly be interested in reading what he had to say.

    SILVER MINE

    Looking at The Silver Age of Comic Book Art, written and designed by Arlen Schumer, and published late last year by Collectors Press, one question immediately leaps to my mind. How did he do this? This is in effect a paperback coffee table book, virtually every page of which is filled with illustrations from DC and Marvel comics of the late 1950s and 1960s, the “Silver Age of Comics.” As a comics historian myself, I’ve been involved with projects ““ books, film and television ““ that tried to get the rights to reproduce images owned by Marvel and DC, so I know how hard and how expensive this can be. I can’t say that I know all the ins and outs of Marvel and DC’s policy towards allowing their artwork to be reproduced by others; fan publications, like the TwoMorrows magazines, seem to get away with reproducing lots of old DC and Marvel artwork. (And how can all those DC and Marvel characters appear on the cover of Fantagraphics’ Great Comic Book Heroes?) Then again, I remember hearing Mark Hamill say during the 2003 San Diego Con panel about his Comic Book: The Movie that they could not show any comics character copyrighted by someone other than themselves in the film for more than a certain number of seconds. I also know how much Marvel said it would charge filmmaker Constantine Valhouli to use Marvel artwork in his Sex, Lies and Super Heroes documentary. So how did Arlen Schumer get away with this in his book? (Or has he gotten away with it?)

    cic-026-02.jpg

    The Silver Age of Comic Book Art is an effort to showcase and honor the achievements of eight of the greatest artists for Marvel and DC comics from the start of the Silver Age in 1956 to what Schumer designates as its close in 1970: Carmine Infantino, Steve Ditko, Jack Kirby, Gil Kane, Joe Kubert, Gene Colan, Jim Steranko and Neal Adams. According to the December 14, 2003 interview with Schumer in The New York Times, “‘We’ve got to start acknowledging these guys as great American artists.’ he insists. He proposes, for example, a night dedicated to them at the Kennedy Center, ‘How many of these guys have to die before America honors them?’” Well, a night at the Kennedy Center seems rather unrealistic. How many American painters in the fine art world have been honored at the Kennedy Center? Face it, if Jasper Johns hasn’t gotten there yet, Neal Adams isn’t. Schumer is right that these eight Silver Age masters are “great American artists,” and a tribute to them in book form is long overdue. (In fact, DC and Marvel should have done similar books themselves.) But I found Schumer’s book a well-intentioned disappointment.

    After reading Schumer’s book, I was reminded of a rule of online etiquette that forbids writing in all capital letters, which comes off like shouting. Even though there’s no actual sound involved, it’s as if it were too loud. Schumer’s book also seems too “loud” to me. In part that’s because so much of the artwork, whether single panels or even portions of panels, is blown up to sizes larger than the images were intended to appear or actually appeared on the original artwork.

    Another reason the book seems “loud” is that the vast majority of the images that Schumer reproduces are action scenes ““ fights, running ““ or what I will call “power poses,” with the character standing in a pose meant to demonstrate his might: for example, in the chapter about Jack Kirby, there are celebrated shots of Doctor Doom standing triumphantly over the fallen form of the defeated Silver Surfer from Fantastic Four #56, and of Galactus surrounded by energy from Fantastic Four #50.

    But there is a lot more to comics artistry than this. For example, I recently had the pleasure of seeing a page of original Kirby artwork showing a very quiet scene. Ben Grimm, the Thing, once again sunk into depression over being trapped in the form of a monster, has disguised most of his grotesque form beneath a hat, overcoat, and other street clothes. He looks sadly and enviously at Johnny and Crystal, who in turn gaze lovingly at one another, with Crystal looking particularly beautiful. With understated melancholy, the Thing walks along and encounters some children, who beam with delight at their hero; Ben performs a simple feat of strength to entertain them, but his sadness is not lifted.

    This one page, which probably seems a minor vignette in the context of the rest of the story, nonetheless is a showcase for many of Kirby’s strengths as a comics artist: his ability to convey emotion subtly and effectively through facial expressions and body language, his ability to draw “real” people, ranging from gorgeous leading ladies to appealing (but not saccharine) children, his ability to stage a scene clearly and dramatically, conveying a mood (in this case, a wistful sadness). One would learn none of this from Schumer’s chapter on Kirby.

    For that matter, in his introduction to his chapter on Gene Colan, Schumer praises Colan’s ability to give superheroes “a REALISTIC, HUMAN side,” and notes concerning Daredevil that “Colan CONVINCINGLY depicted the SWASHBUCKLING side of the character as well as his CIVILIAN alter ego.” Do we see any examples in this book of Colan’s depictions of Daredevil’s alter ego, Matt Murdock, or of his sensitively human portraits of supporting characters Karen Page or Foggy Nelson? Nope. In another chapter, Schumer devotes a double-page spread to a collage of images to depict Neal Adams’ ability to depict emotions, but most of the images depict emotional extremes; once again, the book is unremittingly loud!

    By the way, in quoting Schumer above I put into capital letters the words he puts into bold lettering. This is yet another way in which Schumer’s book seems loud: he so overuses the comics device of emphasizing words by putting them in bold lettering that it becomes annoying.

    Throughout the book the text is usually done as comics-style lettering; often quotes from an artist are substituted for the dialogue in reproduced panels. But the text design is also annoying: the lettering can take different sizes on the same page. Often the text, when it is not in balloons, is placed against darkly colored artwork, making it difficult to read.

    The Kirby page I mentioned above also demonstrates Kirby’s mastery of storytelling, which is the essence of the comics artform. Will Eisner dubbed the form “sequential art” because it conveys a story through a sequence of pictures. Schumer’s book, on the other hand, concentrates almost entirely on single panels, or cover shots.

    Schumer told the Times “I think I’m the first to study these particular artists as an art historian would.” Actually, he doesn’t. Keep in mind that most people in the fine art world regard Silver Age comics art as junk that “real” artists like Roy Lichtenstein can use as raw material. To persuade art scholars that the Silver Age masters should be taken seriously, one would need a book that could make a case for these artists’ talents in composition, in depicting the human figure in movement, in conveying a sense of the artist’s own personality, and so forth. Despite all the quotations from the artists themselves and Schumer’s own commentaries, there is no serious attempt to analyze what makes these artists’ works so great. Real insights come few and far between. There’s one page which parallels a Kirby panel of Captain America fighting with Gil Kane panels from Green Lantern and Captain America, with the heroes in a similar position, showing how Kane absorbed Kirby’s influence. This is the sort of thing I wish that the book did more often. Similarly, Schumer devotes a spread to examples of work by Will Eisner, Wally Wood and Jim Steranko, visually demonstrating how Steranko was influenced by the two earlier masters. And yet there’s so much that goes uncovered in the Steranko chapter. Steranko’s style is this amazing amalgamation of influences from early 20th century surrealism, 1930s pulps, 1940s posters, 1950s and 1960s comics, pop art, op art, cinema and more, but Schumer’s Steranko chapter only scratches the surface of some of these topics.

    Perhaps this book’s imagery will catch the attention of some comics readers who aren’t sufficiently aware of the works of the Silver Age masters, but they will not really learn to appreciate these artists until they see actual stories drawn by these men and not just blown up power poses. I don’t think this book would persuade many people who aren’t already comics aficionados that the work of these artists is worth taking seriously. As for comics enthusiasts who already know these great Silver Age artists’ work, I doubt this book will substantially increase their understanding or appreciation of what makes them great.

    Schumer’s interview in the Times held one unpleasant surprise. The article states, “Mr. Schumer recalls Art Spiegelman, the creator of Maus, once telling him that paying serious attention to Silver Age comics ‘is akin to studying the signage at Nazi concentration camps. His tongue was in his cheek, but still.’” Well, there’s a case of particularly tasteless hyperbole, even more startling since it comes from a serious writer about the Holocaust. And the warfare between “mainstream” and alternative comics really is tiresome. With few exceptions, such as Mr. Spiegelman’s Pulitzer Prize, most of American culture disdains the whole comic book medium. We should be cooperating, not squabbling among ourselves.

    PETER DVD: COMIC BOOK, THE REVIEW

    I was looking for a subtitle for this section on DVD releases and hit upon this pun. Let confusion in comicdom ensue.

    Towards the beginning of Warners Animation’s direct-to-video Batman: Mystery of the Batwoman, Detective Harvey Bullock complains about the female title character. First Batman, then Batgirl and now Batwoman, he grumbles; what’s next, he asks ““ Bathound? I didn’t expect much from this DVD either, and suspected that the main reason Warners had for doing it might have simply been to maintain a trademark on the name “Batwoman.”

    cic-026-03.jpg

    But I should have known better. Mystery of the Batwoman was directed and produced by Curt Geda, with a story by Alan Burnett and screenplay by Michael Reaves, all veterans of Warners’ now classic Batman animated series, and Batwoman is up to the standards of its best episodes. What most impressed me was that the title was no misnomer: it really does work as a mystery. The question is who the new vigilante calling herself Batwoman is, and there are numerous candidates.

    I thought I had figured it out (based on a similarity between one suspect and the 1950s comics Batwoman, Kathy Kane), but then came up with an alternate solution, which proved to be correct. Kudos, too, to the character designers, who managed to give individualized faces to each of the many female characters, something one does not often see in superhero comics.

    Comic convention panels promoting forthcoming projects should be entertaining, but they really should not be more entertaining than the project itself. As you may recall from my San Diego Con reports, the panel for the direct-to-video feature Comic Book: The Movie, directed by Mark Hamill and distributed by Miramax, was loads of fun. The movie, though, is not.

    cic-026-04.jpg

    Comic Book: The Movie was mostly shot on location at the 2002 San Diego Comic Con and seems to have relied heavily on improvisation by the various actors playing parts and real life comics pros portraying themselves. It thus reminds me of Christopher Guest’s fictional “documentaries” including Waiting for Guffman (about a small town theater group) Best in Show (about participants in a dog show) and A Mighty Wind (about 1960s-style folk music), all of which deal with an ensemble of eccentric characters sharing a particular interest as they prepare for and participate in some big event. I suppose that Comic Book: The Movie has preempted the subject of comic conventions from Guest’s possible to-do list.

    The premise of Comic Book: The Movie is that some Hollywood producers who have no real appreciation of comics (no surprise there) intend to make a movie about Commander Courage, a super hero who has been around since the Golden Age. To placate comics fans, the producers hire Don Swann, a Midwestern English teacher and comics historian, as a consultant. Swann and the producers attend the San Diego Comic Con to promote the forthcoming film, and it is there that Swann discovers that the movie people plan to treat the Commander as a grim and gritty, ultra-violent marauder. Swann decides to subvert the moviemakers’ plans.

    So, Don Swann, eh? Is it possible that this name is a reference to Donald Swann of the 1960s British comedy-and-music team of Flanders and Swann? (They passed away long ago, but there are websites devoted to them; look them up.) No, I doubt it, since that kind of homage would suggest that the makers of Comic Book: The Movie had a more sophisticated sense of comedy than they demonstrate here.

    Comic Book: The Movie and the Guest films both seem to rely heavily on improvisation, but there’s a big difference: the Guest films are far, far wittier. Only occasionally does Comic Book: The Movie rise to comparable heights. In this regard, I’ll single out Kevin Smith’s scenes portraying himself, although they make me become even more impatient for Smith to volunteer for a fashion makeover on Queer Eye for the Straight Guy. I suppose that someday we’ll see him turn up at the Oscars as a presenter wearing a tux; even Woody Allen finally showed up there two years ago.

    Another problem with Comic Book: The Movie is that, much as I hate seeing clueless media executives distort great comics characters, I cannot care about Commander Courage. The character was invented for Comic Book: The Movie but nothing we see or hear about him suggests that he was ever more than a vacuous generic super hero. We are shown how the Commander was reworked to suit different trends over the decades, but it only ends up further demonstrating that there was no substance to the character to begin with. In contrast, look at Michael Chabon’s novel The Adventures of Kavalier and Clay, for which Chabon devises a super hero, the Escapist, who could credibly have been a rival in popularity to Superman and Batman in the 1940s. That’s because Chabon’s Escapist is a distinctive creation, not an imitation of other characters or an empty suit; Chabon even built the escapist around an archetype (the hero as escape artist, inspired by Houdini) that other superhero creators had ignored (until Jack Kirby created Mister Miracle circa 1970). As for Commander Courage, Mark Evanier, another of the truly funny contributors to the movie, comments that the Commander’s comics were the only ones he was glad that his mother threw out. As far as the movie shows us, Mark’s mom was right.

    So if there was nothing of literary or artistic merit in Commander Courage, what are we to think of the movie’s middle-aged hero, Don Swann, who cares so deeply about the character? Well, he comes off as rather a sad figure. At one point Swann talks with the Comic Buyer’s Guide‘s Maggie Thompson (who conveys real star quality!) and tells her how there’s more to comics than super heroes: there’s Walt Kelly’s work and Little Lulu. Uh huh, I certainly agree about Pogo, but basically Swann’s taste in comics is stuck in the 1940s into the 1960s. He and the movie seem to have no interest in the great strides that comics have made over the last quarter century or more; this is a long time. Do you begin to feel sorry for Swann’s students? What can he be teaching them about the great works of English literature when his own taste in comics seems so, well, mundane and juvenile? In one scene Swann complains to the real Hugh Hefner that the comics have replaced the Commander’s boy sidekick with the sexy female “Liberty Lass.” Hefner points out that this is actually an improvement. Hef is right, and what does this say about the seemingly asexual Don Swann?

    Then there’s Swann’s Big Surprise when he discovers that the movie turns Commander Courage into this dreadful Image-era killer. Why is he surprised when the movie has already established (as in the Hefner scene) that the comics have already wreaked this change on the character? Comic Book: The Movie makes moviemakers into villains while ignoring the way that the comic book companies and many contemporary comics writers and editors bear blame for the “grim and gritty” versions of traditional characters. (Peter David turns up in the movie as the writer of the violent contemporary Codename: Courage comics. This is miscasting: Peter has too much taste and talent and respect for the genre to write that kind of drivel.)

    Then there’s the San Diego Con itself. Those of you who have read my reports on the 2003 Con know that I found it genuinely entertaining, full of intellectual stimulation, and the sort of event to make me proud to be associated with this artform. But yes, I was aware even while I was there that I was looking at the spectacular booths on the convention floor, the well-dressed people as at the Eisner Awards, and the gifted speakers in the auditoriums, and subconsciously editing out of my field of vision the shoddier side of the con. But that side is on full display in this movie. Really, out of 70,000 attendees, only a fraction of one percent wandered about in costume, but in this movie, it seems closer to fifty percent. And in a movie, it’s harder for a viewer to overlook the badly dressed and badly shaped who keep wandering into the frames. Comic Book: The Movie captures the tacky, kitschy side of the San Diego Con.

    Is this really good publicity for the Comic-Con? On the basis of this movie, why would anyone want to fly cross-country to attend: you can find shoddy comics cons on the East Coast! Really, the Comic-Con is far more impressive than it looks in this movie, and I’m looking forward to going back. But just as Comic Book: The Movie seems infatuated with the banal juvenilia of Commander Courage, so too is it enthralled with the dorkier side of comic conventions. Comics and its enthusiasts deserve better than this movie.

    KING OF THE WORLD

    Working on an installment of this column sharpens my attentiveness to information that relates to its topic. So it is that after writing my recent essays on The League of Extraordinary Gentlemen and the subject of constructing fictional universes, I happened to catch a segment about The Lord of the Rings on, of all places, PBS’s The NewsHour with Jim Lehrer. Asked about the reasons for the work’s appeal, the Tolkien expert being interviewed spoke at length about Tolkien’s creation of a highly detailed fictional universe, complete with its own languages.

    cic-026-05.jpg

    A bigger surprise awaited me in the Sunday, Jan. 3, 2004 edition of The New York Times Book Review. Here Andrew O’Hehir, the books editor of salon.com, reviews Stephen King’s Wolves of the Calla, the fifth book in King’s long-running The Dark Tower series. This book should already be of interest to comics aficionados since it has illustrations by Swamp Thing co-creator Bernie Wrightson. And, according to O’Hehir, “villains from a Spider-Man comic” turn up in the book. I assume their appearance is brief enough to avoid legal complications, but what are they doing there at all?

    O’Hehir states that “The Dark Tower is nothing if not ambitious: it seeks to blend disparate styles of popular narrative, from Arthurian legend to Sergio Leone Western to apocalyptic fiction. More than that, it tries to knit the bulk of King’s fiction together into a single universe (or a set of interlocking universes). . . .” This reminds me of how the great science fiction writer Isaac Asimov, in his later s. f. books, sought to link together the continuities of his best known works (the robot stories, the Foundation saga, etc.). Hence characters from King’s The Stand and Salem’s Lot turn up in the Dark Tower books. The reference to “a set of interlocking universes” suggests Michael Moorcock’s Multiverse (the title of DC’s recent comics adaptations of Moorcock stories) and the DC and Marvel Universes, which are more properly called multiverses.

    But there’s yet more. O’Hehir continues the previous quotation to explain that King is trying “on some level even to accommodate all stories, known or unknown, into a master narrative that encompasses the whole of creation.” If O’Hehir is correct about this, then King is attempting to go beyond even Alan Moore’s attempts at linking fictions from across the centuries together.

    O’Hehir points out that when King accepted the 2003 Medal for Distinguished Contribution to American Letters at last fall’s National Book Awards, “he castigated intellectuals for disdaining popular culture and suggested that bridges could be built between literary and popular fiction. For better or worse, The Dark Tower is clearly an attempt to communicate between these realms.” This reminds me of Moore’s comments in his 2003 Locus interview that he enjoyed setting characters from literary fiction and from popular fiction alongside each other in League. And just as League has its annotator in Jess Nevins, O’Hehir plugs Robin Furth for his Dark Tower concordance.

    The creation of complex fictional cosmoses, linking large numbers of stories, seems less the obsession of individual writers and fans than a genuine trend in popular culture. What its significance shall prove to be requires further exploration.

    COMIC COINCIDENCES

    Here’s further proof of how the superhero genre has become ingrained in popular culture, and not just in the United States: I see that the slogan for this year’s Australian Open tennis tournament, which begins January 19, is Super Heroes and Super Tennis. Visiting the Australian open’s web site to find out more, I looked over at its map of the Open’s location in Melbourne and discovered that its principal location, Ron Laver Stadium, is on Batman Avenue. Now there’s a coincidence for you; I wonder if the name of the street inspired the slogan. But let me tell you about another coincidence that’s even stranger.
    cic-026-06.jpgSid Caesar, the great comedian of 1950s television, makes a brief appearance in Comic Book: The Movie, and this may not be his only connection to comic books. I came across the Hollywood Reporter‘s Jan. 3, 2004 review of his new book, Caesar’s Hours. The reviewer begins, “Ask a learned comics fan who created Peter Parker and his arachnid alter ego, and the instant reply will be Stan Lee.” (That should be Stan Lee and Steve Ditko, I grumbled learnedly.) But then the reviewer quotes Caesar in his book, “Although I can’t prove it, I suspect Larry Gelbart and Woody Allen may be indirectly responsible for the creation of Spider-Man.” It seems that Gelbart and Allen wrote a sketch in which Caesar was bitten by a termite, causing him to develop termite-like attributes and to devour the furniture.

    Oh, well, this is just a colossal coincidence! I suppose it’s quite possible that Lee and Ditko could have watched the show, and that the sketch lodged in their subconscious. I sort of like the idea of Woody Allen helping to inspire the creation of Peter Parker. But no, it’s just a coincidence! (Isn’t it?)

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson

  • Comics in Context #25: Byrne, Baum and Bumble

    comicsincontext4.jpg

    REGENERATION

    DC Comics’ third Generations miniseries is just about to conclude, but it was only recently that the trade paperback of Superman and Batman: Generations 2, reprinting the 2001 series, came out. Like the first series, Generations 2 is written and illustrated by John Byrne, veteran chronicler of DC and Marvel’s heroes, and colored with her characteristic flair and visual appeal by the reliable Trish Mulvihill.

    John Byrne and Alan Moore would seem to represent two very different creative points of view towards the superhero genre. (Just ask John, and I’m sure he’ll agree.) But Generations and League of Extraordinary Gentlemen are actually similar projects: Byrne and Moore are each reshaping a large body of previously existing heroic adventure series into his own fictional universe, following rules that he has himself devised.

    In part, Byrne’s Generations answers a question that repeatedly gets asked by fans and even some (clueless) pros: why don’t Marvel and DC allow their characters to age in real time? The answer is simple: teenagers who started reading, say, Spider-Man, in 2003 are less likely to want to identify with a Peter Parker who is fifty-six years old. (Johnny Storm, Jean Grey and Scott Summers would all be 56, too. Scary, huh?)

    So Marvel and DC’s characters tend to age very, very slowly if at all.

    Moreover, those writers and editors who comprehend how “Marvel time” works (and all too many of them don’t) realize that no matter how much time has passed in real life, it has only been seven to ten years (people differ on this question) since the origin of the Fantastic Four. This is true no matter what year it is now. Hence, even though Fantastic Four #1 was published in 1961, the FF’s 2003 adventures must be written as if the fateful space mission that gave them their powers took place in the 1990s. Time in DC Comics works much the same way, or it should when writers and editors pay attention. (Of course, time in comic strips works the same way, and Little Orphan Annie and Charlie Brown will never reach puberty. There are exceptions, notably Gasoline Alley, but in that case its current custodians shy away from killing off the oldest characters, who are now unbelievably ancient.)

    cic-025-01.jpg

    Exceptions are made in various cases in which characters cease being published for long periods of time. In John Byrne’s grossly underrated Sensational She-Hulk, a genuinely postmodern comedy-adventure series, the title character knew that she was a character in a comic book. So did her sixtyish friend, Louise “Weezie” Mason, who was formerly the Golden Age masked heroine called the Blonde Phantom. But, as Weezie explained, since no new stories about her had been published for decades, she had aged normally, in contrast to someone like She-Hulk, who stays permanently young.

    Here Byrne was probably thinking of characters like the original Justice Society of America from the 1940s: most of those characters’ series were cancelled by 1951. The surviving JSA members, Superman, Batman and Wonder Woman, continued appearing in print and remained young. Editor Julius Schwartz and his writers began introducing new versions of some of the JSA members starting with the Silver Age Flash in 1956. When Schwartz, writer Gardner Fox, and artist Carmine Infantino had their new Flash, Barry Allen, meet the original, Jay Garrick, they gave Garrick white hair at his temples: Garrick had aged! Mind you, when Schwartz and Fox did the initial Justice League-Justice Society team-ups, the JSAers were only in their forties (which doesn’t seem so old to me now!); Black Canary, who debuted in the late 1940s, was probably still in her thirties. Nevertheless, the original JSA had now been established as tied specifically to the 1940s and getting older with the passing years; ultimately, this forced DC writers either to kill some of them off or to figure out ways to rejuvenate some of the others.

    The strange way in which comic book time works in superhero stories limits the degree of reality with which they can be depicted. In Generations, though, John Byrne creates an intriguing variant on the DC Universe by allowing its characters to age in real time from the points at which they first appeared in print. (This, you may recall, was the premise of an art installation at the Whitney Museum that I covered several months ago. Now it becomes clearer why Mr. Byrne so disliked that exhibit; the artist played the aged superheroes for laughs, whereas Byrne accords his elderly heroes considerably more dignity.)

    As the title Generations suggests, this premise enables Byrne to explore how the original superheroes eventually marry and have children, how they relate to their children as the latter grow up, and how those children ““ or others ““ become the heroes’ successors, carrying on the traditions they began. In many tribal cultures, older men don masks and costumes to preside over the ceremonies and training that initiate boys into manhood; it makes sense, then, that from The Phantom onward, a continuing theme in superhero comics has been that of older heroes training their proteges. Generations provides an excellent vehicle for Byrne to pursue this idea, and by the second series’ end, he has shown us three Batmen over the course of nearly eighty years, and as many as five Flashes.

    (I am pleased to learn from Dr. Coogan’s article that some Wold Newton enthusiasts have embraced Byrne’s Generations series as a means of explaining how Superman and Batman could have had their recorded adventures over the last sixty-plus years in real time: in Batman’s case, the exploits of three generations of Batmen have, as Byrne himself notes in the series, been attributed to a single figure.)

    This also seems to be an appropriate theme for a comics writer/artist who has spent three decades in the business. Comic books, like rock music, are thought to be for the young, but as the Baby Boom generation has aged, we have seen many performers in rock who have continued their careers well into middle age. Some of them just recycle oldies, but others continue to write and perform new material, proving that rock can serve as a means of personal expression for people past not only 30 but 40 and 50. With Generations, with its themes concerning parents and their adult children, Byrne has devised one way for comics creators to deal with themes appropriate to midlife in superhero comics while remaining accessible to younger readers as well, who can identify with the father-son connections from the opposite vantage point.

    Kurt Busiek’s Astro City also deals in real time and deals occasionally with successors taking over superhero identities from predecessors. But Byrne goes farther in Generations than simply allowing time to take its normal course. Just as Moore’s premise in League is that all Victorian fictions took place in the same fictional reality, one of Byrne’s premises in Generations is that the different styles and tones of the comics in which Superman and Batman appeared from decade to decade are all valid. Hence, for example, the 1970s sequences in Generations involve evocations of psychedelic art, referring to the experiments of comics artists like Neal Adams and Jim Steranko; the events in his 1980s sequences reflect the “grim and gritty” mood of the comics of that period such as Frank Miller’s Dark Knight. It goes further still: Byrne allows the contradictions in the ways in which the characters were presented from decade to decade to stand. Since Superman did not fly when he first appeared in comics in the late 1930s, he cannot, or, more precisely, does not fly in Byrne’s 1939 sequence. However, in the later 1940s DC retrofitted into continuity Superboy, the adventures of Superman as a child, setting them in the 1920s. By then it had been established that Superman could fly, and so could Superboy. Hence, in Generations Superboy in the 1920s can fly, but the 1930s Superman does not. It also makes sense that a Baby Boom comics writer/artist (and his readers in the same generation) would be interested in the changes in the superhero genre over time as a theme.

    Though John Byrne probably would not use the term himself, Generations is another postmodern series, characterized as it is by openly presenting itself as a work operating by rules of fiction, not of reality; a work that incorporates features from stories of the past; and a work that regards these past stories with a certain ironic distance (not to disparage them but to show amused and affectionate awareness). (Moore, by the way, has been quoted as acknowledging that League is postmodern.)

    The original Generations leapt ahead ten years, for the most part, between chapters; the second series jumps over eleven year gaps from 1942 to 2018. Hence, the chapters in Generations 2 fit into gaps between the chapters in the original series. I wondered if I’d be able to follow the second series without rereading the first. But Byrne does an excellent job of making his continuity sufficiently clear in Generations 2 without relying on text synopses or clunky expository chunks of dialogue; the attentive reader should be able to figure out what he needs to know. There are those at comics companies who claim that the continuity of longrunning series prevents them from understanding new stories, and therefore the continuity should be started over again from scratch, i.e., at the point at which the current Powers That Be took over. In the Generations series Byrne shows how it can and should be done.

    My favorite sections of the original Generations series were the sequences set in the 1930s and the far future. The 1930s sequence showed Superman/Clark Kent, Batman/Bruce Wayne and Lois Lane as they were originally conceived by their creators. The characters, as depicted by Byrne, had a restored youthfulness and freshness to them, and he splendidly captured the period look and feel. I loved what Byrne did with Batman and Superman in the far future: they were now virtual immortals (Batman’s youth having been restored), and this seemed such a fitting fate for the two greatest characters in the superhero genre, these two embodiments of the heroic potential of the human spirit, these two classic figures of popular literature who have become enduring mythic figures like King Arthur and Robin Hood. They will go on nearly forever, just as there will continue to be Batman and Superman stories in some storytelling medium for as far into the real world’s future as we can predict.

    In the second Generations series I like the way that Byrne works other classic DC characters like the Blackhawks, Abin Sur, Deadman, the Spectre, and even Wonder Woman’s friend Etta Candy, presented as the comic relief figure she was in the 1940s, into his chronology. I like the clever bits that Byrne works with special meaning for those who are knowledgeable about DC’s history. Hence, the Wonder Girl who works with the JSA proves to be a sentient hologram sent by Queen Hippolyta; that’s because Byrne remembers that the original Wonder Girl stories were fantasies about Wonder Woman’s childhood that were created by Hippolyta through an Amazon forebear of CGI effects. Superman’s original evil scientist/archenemy, the Ultra-Humanite, transplants his brain into Lex Luthor’s body. This is Byrne’s acknowledgement of the fact that Luthor supplanted the Ultra-Humanite in the same basic role in the early 1940s. The Generations Supergirl wears a wig in her costumed identity as a joke on the fact that the Silver Age Supergirl wore a wig in her everyday identity. These, of course, are the sort of tricks that Moore uses with Victorian fiction in League, though I doubt that Byrne has even read League. Creative minds are just following similar paths at the same time.

    I am pleased that the third Batman, in the mid-1980s, turns ruthless and fanatical and wears an armored costume, evoking storylines if the “grim and gritty” period in which brutal, overreaching pretenders temporarily supplanted Bruce Wayne and Steve Rogers as Batman and Captain America. It was fun to see the gigantic war machine, evoking memories of the War Wheel and such dreadnoughts from Blackhawk, that Byrne creates for his World War II scene. I like seeing Hal Jordan become the white-haired President of the United States. (And I observe once again how Byrne, Frank Miller in The Dark Knight Strikes Again and Alex Ross in JLA: Liberty and Justice all ignore the deaths of Barry Allen and Hal Jordan, recognizing that they are greater versions of Flash and Green Lantern than DC’s current replacements.) I like the way Byrne parallels his generations of heroes by introducing a daughter who takes over the role of her super-villain father. I’m pleased by Byrne’s use of elements of the Superman mythos that he himself discarded in Man of Steel ““ the Phantom Zone villains, Superboy, Gold Kryptonite ““ and how well he uses them. At first I was taken aback by the way Byrne uses Alfred’s ghost in Generations 2: I had admired his ambiguity in the first series, in which it was unclear if Alfred’s ghost was real or simply imagined by Bruce Wayne. Still, there’s something to be said for Alfred’s ghost taking the spirit of a deceased Batman to the hereafter; I like the way that serious treatments of heaven (as opposed to Vertigo-style negative revisionism) seem to be resurging in popular culture.

    I especially like Byrne’s treatment of three members of the Silver Age Flash’s Rogues Gallery ““ Grodd, the Weather Wizard, and the original Mirror Master ““ in his 1960s chapter. I think that the Silver Age Flash stories by John Broome, Gardner Fox, Carmine Infantino and Julius Schwartz in the late 1950s and early to mid-1960s comprised nearly a decade of masterpieces. And for decades subsequent comics writers and editors have proven they have no idea what made them so great. I recently looked in on an issue of Flash guest-starring Captain Cold (issue 204, cover-dated January 2004, written by Geoff Johns), and found the same dreary melodrama the book has now featured for decades (even before Barry’s demise, when he was on trial for murder!). The Silver Age Flash, at its height, was a miraculous combination of brilliant graphic style, inventive science fiction concepts, clever humor and satire, dynamic action and genuine suspense. More recent writers tend to castigate the Silver Age stories as silly: Oh, look, there’s Abra Kadabra turning his enemy the Flash into a puppet! Such clueless critics miss the point that yes, it is intentionally funny, but not in the contemporary heavy-handed way of today’s superhero comics that try to be funny (see DC’s new Plastic Man #1). Flash’s fate is absurd, yes, but it is also visually striking, evoking a sense of wonder, and Broome treats it seriously enough for the situation to be suspenseful (How can Flash get out of this?) and genuinely grotesque and horrific. I don’t know of any current comics writer who can pull this amazing combination off. Byrne doesn’t come up with the dazzlingly amazing tricks that Broome devised for Mirror Master and Weather Wizard. But Byrne’s Rogues Gallery sequence here, like the story about the Golden and Silver Age Flashes he did several years ago, shows he can come closer than most to capturing the look and feel of the classic Silver Age Flash. I vote for Byrne to do a Barry Allen miniseries someday!

    What I admire most about Generations 2, though, reminds me of something from my recent reviewing of the episode “Sacrifice and Bliss” from Joseph Campbell and the Power of Myth on New York City’s Channel Thirteen. Campbell and interviewer Bill Moyers discussed how parents will defy the basic instinct of self-preservation and sacrifice their own lives to ensure the future of their children. This, ultimately, is the theme of Generations 2, and Byrne dramatizes it both surprisingly and well.

    BAUM FOR THE SOUL

    Every time that FilmForce’s redoubtable Ken Plume sends me a box of review copies, there is a surprise inside, some book that we had not discussed reviewing and that I had not requested. On this latest occasion, it was L. Frank Baum, Creator of Oz by Katherine M. Rogers, a 2002 biography published in paperback in 2003 by Da Capo Press.

    How does Baum tie in to a column about comics and cartoon art? Well, I can find links. Eric Shanower has handsomely illustrated handsome graphic novels about Oz. In the 1970s at Marvel Roy Thomas initiated comics adaptations of Baum’s first three Oz novels in oversized tabloid format; the third, adapting Ozma of Oz, was, unfortunately, never released. At DC in the 1980s Thomas co-created a funny animal superhero series, Captain Carrot, which had a spinoff miniseries, The Oz-Wonderland War; as the latter’s title indicates, Thomas was thinking along the same kind of lines that Alan Moore does in League. Like the drawings of Sir John Tenniel in the Alice books, the work of the original artists for Baum’s Oz books, W. W. Denslow and John R. Neill, could just as easily be classified as illustration or cartoon art.

    cic-025-02.jpg

    But I don’t need these excuses to write about Baum. The Baum biography arrived here the day after I completed my previous column about the creation of fictional universes, and Baum fits right in. Since the immense impact of MGM’s 1939 film of The Wizard of Oz has so greatly eclipsed Baum’s original 1900 book, most people are unaware that Baum went on to write fourteen more books about this magical realm. He created scores of characters, and not only filled out the geography of Oz, but even concocted other countries that lay beyond Oz’s encircling, protective “Deadly Desert.”

    In my boyhood, several times I perused a book, which, alas, I never bought, which I believe was Jack Snow’s Who’s Who in Oz, which had first been published in 1954. This book was a visual encyclopedia of the many, many characters with whom Baum and later authors of the Oz series populated his fictional reality. In retrospect, my fascination with Snow’s book obviously anticipates my work on the Marvel Universe Handbook and DC’s Who’s Who, though I’d never thought of the connection until I read Rogers’ book.

    Katherine M. Rogers’ book, which is both scholarly and pleasantly readable, is billed as a biography and does indeed cover Baum’s life in detail. Baum appears to have been a genuinely good and kind man. It may surprise those who consider the middle-aged to have nothing to contribute to works read by the young, that Baum was a late bloomer who did not truly find his vocation, creating the Oz books, and success until midlife: he was forty-four when he wrote The Wonderful Wizard of Oz. (Similarly, Stan Lee and Jack Kirby were in their forties when they were creating the Marvel Universe.) One might have thought that Wizard would have made him wealthy for life, but instead Rogers traces the sad story of Baum’s continual financial struggles through most of his life following Wizard. Baum is yet another example of a creator of enduring works of art who is insufficiently appreciated in his own lifetime. Baum’s repeated attempts to translate his Oz creations into stage shows and silent movies, which he believed would prove more lucrative than his books, even if he diminished his own characters in the process (perhaps through a failure to fully understand what made them work), reminds me of Jordan Raphael and Tom Spurgeon’s biography of Stan Lee, discussed in previous columns. (The 1939 Wizard movie debuted twenty years after Baum’s death.) Considering the hardships and frustrations of his life, Baum’s continuing optimism and good cheer become heroic. (Also, having visited the Hotel del Coronado on San Diego’s Coronado Island, and seen its exhibit claiming that Baum based the Emerald City on the hotel, I am grateful to Rogers for pointing out that Baum wrote Wizard years before he first visited Coronado.)

    What interests me more about Rogers’ book, however, is that it is really a critical biography of Baum that examines his work as a writer, book by book. Rogers is justifiably shocked that Baum’s work has been so long underrated by critics and scholars; only recently, she says, have public libraries begun collecting his books in adequate numbers. It strikes me that this parallels the situation of graphic novels, and perhaps for similar reasons. Rogers thinks the problem is Baum’s relatively plain narrative voice, which, as she points out, is actually key to his realistic presentation of a fantasy world. I think that, as with comics, too many people in the academic and critical establishment fail to understand how archetypal characters and story lines in fantasy can serve as metaphors with psychological meaning and depth.

    Rogers is excellent at illuminating the themes of Baum’s Oz books: his satires on human pretensions, fixations and self-delusions, which she compares to the eccentric characters of Dickens and the “humorous” characters of playwrights of Shakespeare’s time; Baum’s idealization of the virtues of an already vanishing rural America; his socialist ideas about economics and, in seeming contrast, his advocacy of the entrepreneurial spirit; and even his philosophical inquiries into such matters as the nature of the human soul. She is particularly good at drawing attention to Baum’s strong feminist themes. Despite his satire on suffragettes through General Jinjur and her all-girl army in The Land of Oz, which even Rogers finds hard to explain, Baum presented heroic females, most prominently Dorothy, Ozma and Glinda, who are brave, sensible, capable ““ and, in Ozma and Glinda’s cases, highly formidable ““ more so, in fact, than their male colleagues. Rogers compares Dorothy’s common sense attitude to her forebear, Lewis Carroll’s Alice. When Rogers points out how often Baum opposes heroines such as Dorothy or Ozma to male figures of violence and oppression, like the Nome King, I started thinking of Dorothy as a predecessor to such later female opponents of male aggression as Wonder Woman and Buffy.

    As for Baum’s skill at universe-building, Rogers writes that “A fantasy world must be convincing as well as inventive. . . Oz is believable. First of all, Baum wrote as if he believed in it himself. . . Second, his fantasy world is filled with familiar details from actual everyday life ““ a bag of tools, the job of washing dishes, a terrier that loves to bark. Finally, his world is internally logical and consistent. . . The Scarecrow and the Patchwork Girl are magically alive and highly intelligent, but their ability to manipulate is limited by their clumsy stuffed fingers. The air of reality given by homely details and attention to logic makes the Oz stories more satisfying than traditional fairy tales. Moreover, the Oz protagonists are neither victims nor princesses” ““ well, Ozma becomes one, actually ““ “but normal children who confront magical situations just as readers imagine they would do themselves.” (p. 244) This reminds me of the way that J.K. Rowling crafts her fantasy world in the Harry Potter books; she may be the L. Frank Baum of our time, albeit one who succeeded in going from dire financial straits to becoming inconceivably rich. (Odd, isn’t it, that Baum, a man, makes girls the heroes of his books, whereas Rowling, a woman, makes her protagonist a boy? Perhaps some writers find it easier to project ideals of heroism into “the Other,” a figure unlike themselves.) And the three rules that Rogers establishes at the beginning of that paragraph would serve other creators or caretakers of fictional realities well as guides.

    THE DICKENS YOU SAY

    In my Christmas column I discussed various adaptations of Charles Dickens’ A Christmas Carol into cartoon art. The most recent graphic novel by Will Eisner, the great pioneer of this form in America, has nothing to do with Christmas but everything to do with Charles Dickens and the dark side of his work. This is Eisner’s Fagin the Jew, published last fall by Doubleday, which provides a backstory for the notorious villain from Oliver Twist and then retells the events of Oliver Twist from his perspective. Through this means Eisner contends with the disturbing paradox that one of the English language’s greatest authors, known for the humanity and compassion in his works, nonetheless perpetrated an anti-Semitic stereotype in one of his best loved novels.

    Eisner has done considerable research on Dickens and on the Jewish population of London in his time. The question of how anti-Semitic Dickens was proves to be surprisingly complicated. In his afterword Eisner finds that Dickens made casual anti-Semitic slurs in his conversations and letters but notes that these “were common in the language of the day.” In other words, this was part of the conventional thinking of the time. On the other hand, Eisner goes on, Dickens publicly condemned anti-Semitic persecution and advocated Jewish civil rights. Moreover, Dickens even seemed to have regrets about continually referring to Fagin as “the Jew” (as if he symbolized his entire race) in Oliver Twist and deleted most of the references to his ethnicity in a later edition. Eisner points out that nevertheless modern editions used today still contain the ethnic references Dickens wanted to delete; that raises the ominous question of just why modern editors seek to retain the anti-Semitic implications that Dickens himself wanted to remove.

    cic-025-03.jpg

    Eisner seems perhaps even more disturbed by the original illustrations for Oliver Twist than by the text: George Cruikshank, one of those artists who straddles a borderline between illustration and cartooning, literally drew on anti-Semitic stereotyping to create what Eisner terms “an unquestionable example of visual defamation in classic literature.”

    Eisner concludes that Dickens “never intended to defame the Jewish people, but by referring to Fagin as ‘the Jew’ throughout the book, he abetted the prejudice against them.” Eisner then declares, “I challenge Charles Dickens and his illustrator, George Cruikshank, for their description and delineation of Fagin as a classic stereotypical Jew. I believe this depiction was based on ill-considered evidence, imitation, and popular ignorance.”

    Interestingly, Eisner demonstrates from his own experience how easy it can be to engage in the conventional ethnic and racial stereotyping of one’s own time. In his foreword Eisner writes about his creation of Ebony, the young African-American sidekick in his classic strip The Spirit in the 1940s. Though Eisner “became very fond of Ebony and sought to make him as real as I imagined him,” he eventually came to realize that “I was nonetheless feeding a racial prejudice with this stereotype image.” (Oddly, Eisner seems to think that the problem with Ebony was his stereotypical dialect; a greater cause for alarm was surely the visual caricaturing of Ebony. Referring later in his foreword to past pictorial depictions of Fagin, Eisner rightly calls them examples of “visual defamation.” However well intended, the visual caricaturing of Ebony fits that description, too.)

    Moreover, Eisner eventually realized the parallel between the stereotyping of African-Americans and that of his own ethnic group: he writes in his foreword, “I never recognized that my rendering of Ebony, when viewed historically, was in conflict with the rage I felt when I saw anti-Semitism in art and literature.”

    Eisner then goes on to make a rather strangely worded argument. “I concluded that there was ‘bad’ stereotype and ‘good’ stereotype; intention was the key.” and he also asserts that “stereotype is an essential tool in the language of graphic storytelling.”

    Well, first, Eisner’s own experience with Ebony demonstrates that the road to negative stereotyping can be paved with good intentions; Dickens may have sincerely but wrongly thought he was merely delineating facts when he perpetrated the stereotyping of Fagin.

    Further, I think that Eisner is badly misusing the word “stereotype,” which inevitably carries negative connotations. Here is a dictionary definition of the word: “A conventional, formulaic, and oversimplified conception, opinion, or image.” By this definition, even a positive stereotype is something that creative artists should avoid. Art should go beyond formula, conventional thinking, and oversimplification. In his afterword Eisner calls Sherlock Holmes an “enduring stereotype.” I think that the word that Eisner should be using for such a character is “archetype,” which my same dictionary defines as “an ideal example of a type; quintessence.” That’s what I think Eisner is really advocating, and that is what fits the comics medium, which casts archetypal characters into visual iconography.

    In his foreword, Eisner states that his intention in this book is “to undertake a truer portrait of Fagin” than the one Dickens and Cruikshank presented. Now that raises an interesting philosophical question. Can one writer have a “truer” vision of a character than the writer who created him?

    Eisner is not the first person to seek to rehabilitate Fagin’s image. There is Lionel Bart’s classic musical Oliver!, which was turned into an Oscar-winning film in 1968, which turns Fagin into a charming, likable rogue who wins the audience’s sympathies with memorable songs and is allowed to get away at the end, avoiding the death by hanging that Dickens decreed for him in the novel.

    The device of inventing a backstory for a “classic” villain to explain his or her motivations is also not new. Fagin the Jew has been compared in one review to John Gardner’s novel Grendel, which is the epic Beowulf told from the perspective of the “monster” he battles. Then there is Wicked, a novel that has become a Broadway musical, which wins sympathy for the Wicked Witch of the West by showing the prejudice that she faced in her younger days.

    Inevitably, though, Eisner’s mission in Fagin the Jew reminds me of modern directors’ interpretations of an even more dire and disturbing case of a great author whose work is scarred by anti-Semitism: Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice. In the productions I’ve seen, directors and actors stress that Shylock is a tragic figure, understandably (though not justifiably) driven by the prejudice around him to take extreme measures, and various Christian characters come off as repellently bigoted through their contempt for him. There is indeed evidence in the play’s text for this more sympathetic view of Shylock. But a friend of mine who is working on a book about Merchant has argued that despite all this, the play’s treatment of Shylock is still anti-Semitic. So Eisner faces a similarly difficult task in trying to devise a more enlightened depiction of Fagin. Whatever past Eisner invents for Fagin, he is still stuck with the actions Dickens gave him in Oliver Twist.

    The first roughly fifty pages of Fagin the Jew are the most interesting portion of the book, as Eisner places the young Fagin within his extensively researched portrait of Jewish society in early 19th century London. They are divided into the educated, prosperous Sephardim, originally from Spain and Portugal, and the mostly illiterate and impoverished Ashkenazim, from Germany and middle Europe. Many of the first group assimilate to the extent of even raising their children as Christians; in Eisner’s story, Fagin is a member of the second group, who do not forsake their religion. Eisner shows how through a combination of anti-Semitism and sheer misfortune, young Fagin is thwarted time and again in his attempts to make an honest success of himself and ends up turning to crime. Eisner’s dialogue and characterizations are broad and lacking in variety compared to Dickens (foreshadowing his problem in the next section of the book), but this part of his graphic novel has a Dickensian feel nonetheless. The young Fagin’s peripatetic journey through life, suffering through the cruelty of others and the twists of fate, parallel the unhappy life of Oliver himself.

    Fagin, Eisner declares in his foreword, “is not an adaptation of Oliver Twist!” But on page 53 that is exactly what it becomes, a retelling of the events of Dickens’ novel, and it is here that the graphic novel fails. This is a considerable and surprising disappointment, inasmuch as Eisner has so much in common with Dickens: an ability to portray mood and atmosphere, an interest in portraying life within a major city, empathy with the downtrodden and poor, skill at evocative caricature, and a strong theatrical sense.

    Now, Dickens works within the conventions of melodrama, and even of fairy tale (for example, with his orphaned hero Oliver and the mystery of his true identity) and transcends them through the genius in which he handles them. In lesser hands, the character types and plot devices he uses could seem like empty cliches. (This is likewise the difference between the best comics authors who work in genres like superhero action and the many lesser writers who turn out run of the mill stuff.) But Dickens transforms his archetypal characters into vivid, colorfully larger than life, memorable personalities. In large part he does this through the rich descriptions of his narrator’s voice. Dickens also does it through his immense talent for dialogue. (Regular readers of this column should recall my discussion of how much Stan Lee’s dialogue contributed to the characterizations even when the stories were principally plotted by his artists.)

    Who can forget the plaintive note sounded by Oliver early in the book when he begs for more food at the orphanage, “Please, sir, I want some more.” It’s a simple phrase, far different than, say, the elaborate bombast of Micawber or ranting of Scrooge, but it so memorably combines the child’s desperate need, timidity, politeness, determination and innocence.

    In Eisner’s version what Oliver says instead is “Please, Ma’am, er. . . more?” It’s as if he were auditioning for a movie titled Dude, Where’s My Broth?

    And it’s the same throughout the next forty-two pages. Here’s Mr. Bumble, who in Dickens’ hands is the very embodiment of self-important, self-satisfied petty authority, and is renowned for his peculiar insight into a husband’s legal responsibility for his wife (“The law is a ass.”). In Eisner’s version he is merely a colorless, forgettable bureaucrat. In Dickens’ book the twists (so to speak) and turns of the story, become gripping because one cares about the characters involved, and because Dickens is so skilled at creating suspense through his narration. But this comics version finds no storytelling equivalent: instead it’s like hearing rusty plot mechanisms clanking into place.

    But look at another example: Sikes’ murder of Nancy. Dickens made personal appearances in which he gave dramatic readings of selections from his works, and his performance of Nancy’s murder is said to have been harrowing. Nancy in the comics version is no more than a one-dimensional bug-eyed victim. Here, however, is the single best part of this section of Fagin, for in Eisner’s version Fagin witnesses the murder. Instead of showing Nancy at the moment of her death, Eisner shows us Fagin’s reaction to it. The look on Fagin’s face, his stance and gestures, amid the utter blackness of the background, with Sikes’ dog, somehow looking shocked without anthropomorphism, genuinely conveys the horror of the scene. It is the one part of this retelling of Oliver Twist that rises to the original novel’s greatness.

    But then Eisner strongly recovers with his scenes of Fagin in his prison cell, awaiting his execution. I was startled by Eisner’s treatment of Oliver, who visits Fagin there: innocent little Oliver is so wrapped up in his own problems that he is at first utterly insensitive to the obvious anguish of Fagin on the brink of death; so this version of Oliver is not the angel that we thought. Eisner’s novel reaches its dramatic pinnacle when Fagin is next confronted by the shadowy figure of Dickens himself, like a dark god who had created Fagin and has now damned him. Eisner is far more harsh towards Dickens in this scene than he is in the book’s text pieces. Physically unable to stand, Fagin nonetheless spiritually rises to a great height, arguing that his fate should not be used to slander an entire race. Fagin finally thunders, “A Jew is not Fagin any more than a Gentile is Sikes!” forcing Dickens to retreat, bested in argument.

    And then there is an epilogue, set years later, in which the adult Oliver has married Fagin’s granddaughter; how they learned she was related to Fagin is a tale of unlikely coincidences and hidden identities, complete with a watch that solves the mystery, of the sort that Dickens himself would concoct. The graphic novel then ends with the adult Oliver happily united with Fagin’s granddaughter as the smiling spirit of Fagin himself beams down on them from above. And this was a happy ending I could not go along with.

    That’s because I think that Eisner’s recasting of Fagin’s story ignores one of Dickens’ primary themes, both in Oliver Twist and in other works: the mistreatment of children. Even if we accept the idea that Fagin had no choice but to turn to crime, he mentored ““ and exploited ““ children in crime as well. Like the musical, Eisner’s graphic novel presents Fagin as a kindly father figure towards the boys he tutors in thievery. There are plenty of stories, in print, movies and TV, that portray clever, charming thieves for the audience’s amusement; being robbed in real life is decidedly unpleasant, and I doubt that honorable thieves exist in reality. Dickens took crime much more seriously, and his version of Fagin is a moral corrupter and exploiter of children. Oliver Twist is a saga of one boy’s continual mistreatment by cruel adults in a harsh world. Fagin is hardly the only culprit: there are plenty of others, all of whom are WASPs ““ among them, Mr. and Mrs. Bumble, the Sowerberrys, Noah Claypole, and worst of all, Bill Sikes. In Dickens’ novel, Fagin’s quarters are not a refuge for Oliver, but a prison he must escape; Dickens may make the Artful Dodger into a likable scoundrel, but he is still horrified at the idea of an innocent child like Oliver being turned to crime. When Sikes abducts Oliver from the Brownlow home, it is as if he has fallen back from heaven to hell.

    After all, in Eisner’s own backstory for Fagin, he too was an innocent who was led into crime by adults. Fagin is really perpetrating on Oliver the same kind of mistreatment that was perpetrated on himself in his youth. But that doesn’t excuse it. Nor does Eisner portray Fagin’s own corrupters sympathetically.

    Dickens’ great wrong was in fostering anti-Semitic prejudices through Fagin, whether intentionally or not. In making clear that Fagin should not be used to negatively stereotype all Jews, Eisner’s Fagin the Jew is entirely successful. But in attempting to excuse Fagin’s actions as an individual, it just doesn’t work for me.

    AULD LANG SYNE

    In real life we’ve just made the transition from 2003 to 2004, but in Neil Gaiman’s 1602 series, the new year has yet to begin. As regular readers know, I’m examining 1602 issue by issue, as each new installment arrives.

    Issue 5 does not move the story forward or explore the complexity of its world as much as previous installments did, although this chapter ends on the brink of doing both, through what appears to be the start of an encounter between Doctor Strange and the Watcher: issue 6, then, will more than make up for this issue’s comparative lack of revelations.

    cic-025-04.jpg

    Not until my second reading of issue 6 did I spot that the knight assisting Fury in the opening pages has a red mustache and is named “Dougan”: it’s Dum Dum Dugan, from the Sgt. Fury and SHIELD series. On the other hand, on my first reading, mental bells sounded when Strange, meeting with the mysterious old man who had been transporting that equally mysterious weapon, called him “Donal.” That’s close to “Donald,” so can this somehow be an aged version of Don Blake, the circa-1960s human identity of Thor? (“Donal” and “Donald” are also close to “Donner,” another name for Thor ““ indeed, the one used in Wagner’s Ring cycle ““ but I suspect that is merely coincidental.) So then is the mysterious Templar treasure really Thor’s uru hammer, magically disguised as a walking stick (accounting for the fact that Doom has overlooked it)? I suspect I’m still heading down the wrong path in figuring out what the Templar treasure is.

    How wonderful to have a mystery in a superhero comic that actually is a mystery. So often nowadays comics writers are so set on the goal of writing multi-issue arcs that can be packaged as trade paperbacks that they seem unconcerned that these stories must also work as individual installments in the monthly comics. In contrast, Gaiman’s various mysteries in 1602 serve as hooks to induce the reader to come back the next month for the next issue.

    Unexpectedly, Fagin the Jew actually gave me an insight into the 1602 series. In his afterword, Will Eisner notes that the Sephardim fled Portugal and Spain to escape from the Spanish Inquisition. Reading that, I thought of how in 1602 Gaiman has reconceived the X-Men’s Professor Charles Xavier as Carlos Javier, a religious man who shelters his mutant students from persecution by the Spanish Inquisition. Can Gaiman have had the historical persecution of Jews by the Inquisition in mind? This would certainly tie in with the subtext of the anti-mutant hatred in X-Men as a metaphor for anti-Semitism, which was made more explicit when Chris Claremont established that Magneto was a survivor of Auschwitz, a notion adopted by the X-Men movies. Come to think of it, Claremont was doing the same thing as Eisner with Fagin’s background, or modern directors of The Merchant of Venice with Shylock’s: showing how anti-Semitic persecution can shape the personality of one of its victims. I wonder if Ian McKellen, the Shakespearean actor who plays Magneto, sees the connection with Shylock.)

    I like the treatment of Fury this issue: the Elizabethan Fury here proves to be a man of strong moral principles, and, though he may speak in a more refined manner than the present day version, his refusal to believe in Strange’s magic mirrors the street-smart practicality of the Nick Fury who grew up in a Depression-era New York City slum. It’s fun seeing the Toad turn up as Magneto’s man at the Vatican, though his pointy tongue is a post-1960s addition to the character. (And is 1602‘s Magneto with a long white beard an in-joke about McKellen, as if this version of Magneto looks more like Gandalf?) “Master Grey” is finally called “Jean,” but this is no surprise. (So Jean is seemingly dead again in the present-day X-Books, but a living Jean has been transported back to 1602 in this series? Perhaps the tangles of contemporary continuity explain why Gaiman and John Byrne and Alex Ross seem to prefer to create their own alternate timelines/realities in which they don’t have to deal with what’s going on in the “main” titles.) I’m also pleased that towards the end of this issue Fury, Strange and Javier agree that they must do the right thing, even if it means becoming outlaws according to King James’s laws; the superhero as outcast is one of 1960s Marvel’s prime innovations.

    The centerpiece of this issue is 1602‘s reworking of the Fantastic Four’s origin, with what seems a variation on the Aurora Borealis substituting for the cosmic radiation storm that granted them their powers. It’s also fun to see Andy Kubert’s variation on the cover of Fantastic Four #1; there have been so many homages to the cover, but this one, through substituting a dragon-like creature for the monster, has a period feel that makes it stand out. I like the fact that instead of establishing a Baxter Building analogue in London, Gaiman states that the 1602 F.F. continues to travel the world, thereby emphasizing that the Lee-Kirby F.F. were explorers and adventurers. It seems, if I’m interpreting the art correctly, as if, centuries before Lee and Kirby’s F.F. uniforms made of “unstable molecules,” the Storm siblings’ powers require that they go into action nude, though, oddly, the 1602 Reed’s clothing appears to stretch with him. As for the F.F.’s perennial archenemy, Doom, thundering that “There is no right, no wrong. There is only von Doom,” seems to be anticipating Nietzche’s concept of the ubermensch.

    The cover image of the flying ship, which takes off in issue 5’s final pages within, is a lovely idea. Is it intended to be reminiscent of the flying pirate ship at the end of Peter Pan, as seen in the Disney animated film and the new live action version? Or is it an attempt to render the modern day X-Men’s airship in 17th century terms? Or, more likely, is it both at once?

    -Copyright 2004 Peter Sanderson